Full text of "Carpentry and contracting; a practical reference work on carpentry, building superintendence, etc."

See other formats

Google

This is a digital copy of a book lhal w;ls preserved for general ions on library shelves before il was carefully scanned by Google as pari of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

Il has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one thai was never subject

to copy right or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often dillicull lo discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher lo a library and linally lo you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud lo partner with libraries lo digili/e public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order lo keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial panics, including placing Icchnical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make n on -commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request thai you use these files for
personal, non -commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort lo Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each lile is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use. remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other

countries. Whether a book is slill in copyright varies from country lo country, and we can'l offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through I lie lull lexl of 1 1 us book on I lie web
al |_-.:. :.-.-:: / / books . qooqle . com/|

^.m

• * ._ ^

Xtbrarp

of tbe

Wntversit? of Wisconsin

, f _^_ — j„

/•:

L«

*, .1

,. ' I

*\^

C arpen try

and

Contracting

A Practical Reference Work on

CARPENTRY, BUILDING SUPERINTENDENCE, CONTRACTING, SPECIFICATIONS,
ESTIMATING, BUILDING LAWS AND CODE, UNDERWRITERS* REQUIRE-
MENTS, HEATING, VENTILATION, PIPE FITTING, PLUMBING,
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING, BLUEPRINT READING, ETC.

Prepared by a Staff oj

ARCHITECTS, CARPENTERS, CONTRACTORS, AND BUILDING EXPERTS OF THE

HIGHEST PROFESSIONAL STANDING

Illustrated with over Fifteen Hundred Illustrations

FIVE VOLUMES

AMERICAN TECHNICAL SOCIETY

CHICAGO

1919

AMERICAN TECHNICAL SOCIETY

Copyrighted in Great Britain
All Rights Reserved

224868'.^ «,.H<

APR 29 1919 ~

Authors and Collaborators

FRED T. HODGSON

Architect and Editor

Member, Ontario Association of Architects

Author of "Modern Carpentry," "Architectural Drawing, Self-Taught," "The
Steel Square," "Modern Estimator," etc.

i H. V. VON HOLST, A.B., S.B.

i Architect, Chicago

^ Member, American Institute of Architects

! ^

j FRANK A. BOURNE, S.M.

I Architect

j Fellow, Boston Society of Architects

l Associate, American Institute of Architects

j DANA PIERCE, B.A.

Vice-President, Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
EDWARD NICHOLS

f Architect, Boston, Massachusetts

! GILBERT TOWNSEND, S.B.

With Ross & MacDonald, Montreal

FREDERICK E. TURNEAURE, C.E., Dr.Eng.

Dean, College of Mechanics and Engineering, University of Wisconsin
American Society of Civil Engineers

CHARLES L. HUBBARD, S.B., M.E.

Consulting Engineer on Heating, Ventilating, Lighting, and Power
Formerly with S. Homer Woodbridge Company

GLENN M. HOBBS, Ph.D.

Secretary and Educational Director, American School of Correspondence
Formerly Member of Physics Faculty, University of Chicago
American Physical Society

FRANK CHOUTEAU BROWN

Architect, Boston

Author of "Letters and Lettering"

ERVIN KENISON, S.B.

Associate Professor of Drawing and Descriptive Geometry, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology

Authors and Collaborators— Continued

HOWARD P. FAIRFIELD

Assistant Professor of Machine Construction, Worcester Polytechnic In-
stitute
American Society of Mechanical Engineers

F. W. FITZPATRICK

Consulting Architect (formerly of U. S. Service)

Executive Officer, International Society of State and Municipal Building
Commissioners and Inspectors, etc.

ELIOT N. JONES, A.B., LL.B.
Of the Boston Bar

EDWARD B. WAITE

Formerly Dean and Head, Consulting Department, American School of

Correspondence
American Society of Mechanical Engineers

ALVAH HORTON SABIN, C.E.

Lecturer, New York University

Author of "Technology of Paint and Varnish," etc.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

MORRIS WILLIAMS

Writer and Expert on Carpentry and Building

ARTHUR BATEMAN

Head, Sanitary Department, American School of Correspondence
American Society of Sanitary Engineers
British Institute of Sanitary Engineers
Registered Master Plumber

OTIS W. RICHARDSON, LL.B.
Of the Boston Bar

JAMES C. PLANT

Superintendent of Computing Division, Office of Supervising Architect,
Washington, D. C.

WILLIAM G. SNOW, S.B.

Steam Heating Specialist

Author of "Furnace Heating" ; Joint Author of "Ventilation of Buildings"

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

WILLIAM NEUBECKER

Instructor, Sheet Metal Department, New York Trade School

JESSIE M. SHEPHERD, A.B.

Head, Publication Department, American Technical Society

Authorities Consulted

THE editors have freely consulted the standard technical liter-
ature of America and Europe in the preparation of these
volumes. They desire to express their indebtedness par-
ticularly to the following eminent authorities whose well-known works
should be in the library of everyone connected with building.

Grateful acknowledgment is here made also for the invaluable co-
operation of the foremost architects, engineers, and builders in mak-
ing these volumes thoroughly representative of the very best and latest
practice in the design and construction of buildings ; also for valuable
drawings and data, suggestions, criticisms, and other courtesies.

J. B. JOHNSON, C.E.

Formerly Dean, College of Mechanics and Engineering, University of Wis-
consin

Author of "Engineering Contracts and Specifications," "Materials of Con-
struction" ; Joint Author of "Theory and Practice in the Designing of
Modern Framed Structures"

JOHN CASSAN WAIT, M.C.E., LL.B.

Counselor-at-Law and Consulting Engineer ; Formerly Assistant Professor of

Engineering at Harvard University
Author of "Engineering and Architectural Jurisprudence"

T. M. CLARK

Fellow of the American Institute of Architects

Author of "Building Superintendence," "Architect, Builder, and Owner before
the Law"

FRANK E. KIDDER, C.E., Ph.D.

Consulting Architect and Structural Engineer ; Fellow of the American In-
stitute of Architects

Author of "Architects' and Builders' Pocket Book," "Building Construction
and Superintendence ; Part I, Masons' Work ; Part II, Carpenters' Work ;
Part III, Trussed Roofs and Roof Trusses," "Churches and Chapels"

N. CLIFFORD RICKER, D.Arch.

Emeritus Professor of Architecture, University of Illinois
Author of "Simplified Formulas for Floors and Roofs"

W. R. WARE

Formerly Professor of Architecture, Columbia University
Author of "Modern Perspective"

Authorities Consulted— Continued

CLARENCE A. MARTIN

Professor of Architecture, Cornell University
Author of "Details of Building Construction**

FRANK N. SNYDER
Architect
Author of "Building Details"

CHARLES H. SNOW

Author of "The Principal Species of Wood, Their Characteristic Properties'

OWEN B. MAGINNIS

Author of "How to Frame a House, or House and Roof Framing"

HALBERT P. GILLETTE, C.E.

Author of "Handbook of Cost Data for Contractors and Engineers"

OLIVER COLEMAN

Author of "Successful Houses**

CHAS. E. GREENE, A.M., C.E.

Formerly Professor of Civil Engineering, University of Michigan
Author of "Structural Mechanics"

LOUIS de C. BERG

Author of "Safe Building*

FRANK R. WALKER

Author of "The Building Estimator's Reference Book"

IRA O. BASER

Emeritus Professor of Civil Engineering, University of Illinois
Author of "A Treatise on Masonry Construction"

GEORGE P. MERRILL

Author of "Stones for Building and Decoration'*

FREDERICK W. TAYLOR, M.E., and SANFORD E. THOMPSON, S.B., C.E.

Joint Authors of "A Treatise on Concrete, Plain and Reinforced"

Authorities Consulted — Continued

A. W. BUEL and C. S. HILL

Joint Authors of "Reinforced Concrete"

NEWTON HARRISON, E.E.

Author of "Electric Wiring, Diagrams, and Switchboards"

FREDERICK E. TURNEAURE, C.E., Dr.Eng.

Dean of the College of Engineering and Professor of Engineering, University

of Wisconsin
Joint Author of "Public Water Supplies," "Theory and Practice of' Modern

Framed Structures," "Principles of Reinforced Concrete Construction"

J. R. CRAVATH and V. R. LANSINGH

Joint Authors of "Practical Illumination"

JOSEPH KENDALL FREITAG, B.S., C.E.

American Society of Civil Engineers

Author of "Architectural Engineering," "Fireprooflng of Steel Buildings,"
"Fire Prevention and Fire Protection"

WILLIAM H. BIRKMIRE, C.E.

Author of "Planning and Construction of High Office Buildings," "Architec-
tural Iron and Steel, and Its Application in the Construction of Buildings,"
"Compound Riveted Girders," "Skeleton Structures," etc.

EVERETT U. CROSBY and HENRY A. FISKE

Joint Authors of "Handbook of Fire Protection for Improved Risk"

CARNEGIE STEEL COMPANY

Authors of "Pocket Companion, Containing Useful Information and Tables
Appertaining to the Use of Steel"

ALPHA PIERCE JAMISON, M.E.

Assistant Professor of Mechanical Drawing, Purdue University
Author of "Advanced Mechanical Drawing"

H. G. RITCHEY

Superintendent of Construction, U. S. Public Buildings

Author of "A Handbook for Superintendents of Construction, Architects,
Builders, and Building Inspectors"

Authorities Consulted— Continued

HENRY McOOODWIN

Author of "Architectural Shades and Shadows"

VIGNOLA

Author of "The Five Orders of Architecture," American Edition by Pro-
fessor Ware

CHAS. D. MAGINNIS

Author of "Pen Drawing, An Illustrated Treatise"

FRANZ S. MEYER

Professor In the School of Industrial Art, Karlsruhe
Author of "Handbook of Ornament," American Edition

RUSSELL STURGIS

Author of "A Dictionary of Architecture and Building," "How to Judge

Architecture" >

A. D. F. HAMLIN, A.M.

Professor of Architecture, Columbia University

Author of "A Textbook of the History of Architecture"

RALPH ADAMS CRAM, LittD.

Professor of Architecture, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Author of "Church Building"

C. H. MOORE

Author of "Development and Character of Gothic Architecture"

ROLLA C. CARPENTER, C.E., M.M.E.

Professor of Experimental Engineering, Cornell University
Author of "Heating and Ventilating Buildings"

WILLIAM PAUL GERHARD

Author of "A Guide to Sanitary House Inspection," "Sanitation of Public
Buildings," "Theater Fires and Panics," "Water Supply, Sewerage, and
Plumbing of Modern City Buildings"

I. J. COSGROVE

Author of "Principles and Practice of Plumbing'

Fieyr floor plam

FLOOR PUNS OF C. C. GATES RESIDENCE. PASADENA, CALIFORNIA
George A. Clark, Designer, Puadena, California
For exterior view see reverie iiae of page

ii.

el-

Fo reword

THE building industry is today one of our most
important and permanent institutions. Every
new family unit must find a dwelling place,
every new industry must be properly housed in order to do
its work without hindrance from the weather. But with
this development have come complications never dreamed
of by our forefathers. In former years, every carpenter
was a builder and he did very well for he confined himself
to simple jobs — in fact there were none but simple jobs.
There were then no complications with plumbing, gas
and water fitting, heating, electric wiring, etc. There
were no city ordinances to comply with, no building re-
strictions to be acquainted with. The laws regarding
property rights, labor, etc., were simple, and the question
of material was not as complicated.

4L Today, however, all these things must be considered
even if a building is to be erected in a comparatively small
town. Most villages have some kind of water system,
electricity and gas are almost everywhere, and the house
builder demands more artistry in the design and more
comforts within the home. Year by year, the practices of
our best builders are becoming more standardized, more
refined, and more practical. New methods, new tools, and
labor-saving ideas are being evolved as new problems of
construction present themselves. It therefore behooves
every contractor and builder to keep in touch with the
progress of the art by possessing handbooks and reference
works which will show him the way.

C In the preparation of these volumes, the aim has been
to create not merely a work which will appeal to the
trained expert but one that will commend itself to the be-
ginner and to the self-taught practical man by broadening
his knowledge beyond the limits of his experience.

C, Another point which has been considered is that,
notwithstanding the fact that this is a day of specialists,
every contractor and builder must be familiar with the
specifications for the foundations, framing, interior work,
heating, plumbing, wiring, and other specialties entering
into the construction of the building. This information is
presented in readable form and will be found adequate
for the construction of buildings of moderate size. For
the details of construction of large buildings of steel and
concrete, readers are referred to our more comprehensive
reference work entitled "Architecture, % Carpentry, and
Building" in ten volumes.

C The various sections of this work have been prepared
especially for home study by acknowledged experts on the
subjects and are as free from technical terms as possible.
The importance of such practical subjects as Carpentry,
Building Superintendence, Estimating, Steam and Hot-
Water Fitting, Drainage and Venting, Blueprint Reading,
etc., has been emphasized. The illustrations have been
selected with care, and numerous tables and diagrams are
introduced wherever possible. ■ It is the hope of the pub-
lishers that this reference work will be found of distinct
value in its field.

Table of Contents

VOLUME V
Estimating By Edward Nichols! Page *11

Prices — Profit — Percentage — Duplicate Parts — Transportation — Ap-
proximate Estimates : Estimating by the Square — Estimating by
Quantities — Preparation — Definitions — Units — Wages — Excavation —
. Stonework — Brickwork : Chimneys, Flue Lining, Masons' Supplies,
Cellar Columns, Drain Pipe — Carpentry : Board Measure, Prices of
Lumber, Cost of Frame, Windows, Doors, Stairs, Finish — Hardware —
Roofing — Plastering — Painting — Heating — Plumbing — Gasfitting — Elec-
trical Work — Labor — Typical Specimen of Estimate — Schedules

Contracts and Specifications . Revised by Edward Nichols Page 119

Specification and Its Function — Points of Emphasis in Specification
Writing — Specification Writer's Methods of Work: Outlining Main
Divisions, Card Catalogues, Specification Reminder, Final Steps —
Specification for Suburban Work : General Conditions, Excavation,
Grading, Stonework, Brickwork, Lathing and Plastering, Metal Work,
Carpentry Work, Painting, Glazing, Heating, Plumbing, Gasfitting,
Vacuum Cleaner — Specifications for City Work : Preliminary Studies,
Studies in Materials — Outline Specifications : General Conditions, Ex-
cavation, Masonry, Carpentry* Plastering, Painting, Varnishing, Glaz-
ing, Plumbing and Gas Piping, Heating, Cleaning Premises — Formal
Contracts : Contractor's Bids, Award of Contract, General Contracts,
Government Contracts, Specimen Government Contract

The Architect in His Legal Relations ....

. • . By Eliot N. Jones and O. W. Richardson Page 223

Contracts — Agency — Liens — Torts — Architect's Duties in General —
Position under Building Contract : Certificates, Settlement of Disputes,
Inspection, Relations to Owner, Relations to Contractor, Liability of
Architect, Competitive Designs, Ownership of Plans, Compensation —
Appendix : Notice to Architects, Builders, and Contractors, Notes on
Standard Documents, Uniform Contract, Standard Form of Agreement
between Contractor and Owner, General Provisions of Contract, Pro-
fessional Practice of Architects and Schedule of Charges

Building Code By F. W. Fitzpatrick Page 307

Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Building Department
— Plans, Fees, Penalties, and Licenses — Fire Limits — Quality of Ma-
terials : Tests — Factors of Safety— Loading of Soil — Excavations —
Foundations and Footings — Walls, Piers, and Partitions — Boilers,
Ovens, and Heating Apparatus — Stove and Smoke Pipes — Chimneys,
Flues, and Fireplaces — Mill Construction — Fireproof Construction :
General Specifications, Reinforced Concrete Construction, Reinforced
Terra Cotta Hollow Tile, Concrete Building Blocks, Steel and Wrought-
Iron Construction — Special Building Requirements : Public Buildings,
Theaters, Hotels, Plumbing, Heating, Lighting, Hoistways, Well-Holes,
Stairways, Doors, Fire Appliances, Standpipes, Fire Extinguishers,
Axes, Automatic Sprinklers

Review Questions . . Page 423

Index . . . . . . . . . Page 433

♦For page numbers, see foot of pages.

fFor professional standing of authors, see list of Authors and Col-
laborators at front of volume.

TWO VIEWS OF LIVING ROOM OF THE C. C. GATES RESTOEKCK

GeomB A. Clark. Desiinifir. Pasadena, California
Tor olber Tiewa ire opposite foreword

ESTIMATING

PART I

INTRODUCTION

The ability to estimate may be considered as the dividing line
between the journeyman and the master builder for, no matter how
skilful a mechanic may become, he can never "hang out his shingle"
and invite patronage in his distinctive line of work unless he becomes
able to make reliable estimates of material and labor to be furnished.
To do this, something more than mere accuracy aind quickness in
figures or a mastery of mathematics is needed; the estimator must
have also experience and judgment, an understanding of the more
or less complicated details which go to make up a building, and a
knowledge of current prices and discounts in the trade. It is the
object of this text to point the way toward the acquirement of such
of these essentials as may be imparted by words or figures, that is,
to put in condensed form some of the common methods by which
estimates are made up, and to point out some of the things which
are to be avoided.

As prices of labor and materials are constantly shifting with
the times and with the location of the job, the figures quoted in this
work must be taken only as proportionate, to be used in comparison
with known quantities and methods, and not as a basis for making
actual estimates. On account of the variableness in price, it is
better, in general, to make estimates on the basis of days or hours of
labor and of quantities of materials, so that they may be used for
comparison in future work, and to this end all estimates should be
carefully labeled and filed away for future reference. This should
be done whether the bids were successful or otherwise; if a bid is
successful, there will arise a good opportunity to compare the estimates
of cost of the different items with the actual cost of execution; if a bid

♦There is no such a thing as a universal or permanent standard price for anything. Prices
vary in different localities at the same time and in the same locality at different times. The
estimator must therefore acquaint himself with local market conditions in every case.

2 ESTIMATING

fails to win the job, satisfaction and experience may be gained by
noting the items which may have been priced too high or too low.
This data will be of great service in preparing future estimates,
especially in the comparisons between estimated and actually
executed work.

GENERAL FACTORS IN ESTIMATING

Use of Catalogues and Price Lists. Catalogues and price lists
of all standard articles are easily obtained and should be kept at
hand, properly indexed, for ready reference, as they contain a great
deal of specific information. For close figuring, however, it will not
do to rely upon these prices, as the amounts of trade discounts are
not always included. These vary greatly from time to time, and often
there are two or more discounts — a trade discount, a cash discount,
and a variation in discounts made by different merchants — all of
which the contractor must be familiar with to obtain bottom
prices.

Data of this sort should be carefully tabulated for constant
reference, in such a form that it may be easily revised and kept, so
far as possible, up-to-date.

Time and Manner of Payment. The manner and time of
payments is a matter to be considered in this connection, so that the
contractor can take advantage of cash discounts, which often make
a great difference in the cost of certain materials.

Determination of Profit. Lump-Sum Method. To the actual
price of labor and materials must be added the profit and this will
need careful consideration. A common method is to add a lump sum
to the estimated cost of labor and materials, this amount varying
with locality and customer, with the probable sharpness of com-
petition, and with the circumstances of the contractor. This is a
careless method, as it leaves no means for future comparison and no
certain knowledge of just what the profits of a given job are.

Percentage Method. A better way is to base the profits upon a
percentage of the estimated cost. This will vary, in ordinary cases,
from 10 to 15 per cent. Ten per cent is the least that should be
expected on any work, and is not enough for small contracts of two
or three thousand dollars, but for large work, where there is a great
duplication of parts and processes, it will generally prove sufficient.

ESTIMATING 3

Some contractors, whose workmen are required to perform especially
skilful labor, figure 15 per cent on all labor and 10 per cent on
materials.

Extent of Duplication of Parts. The matter of duplication is
an important factor in estimating, as a considerable saving is often
made if large quantities of material, either worked or unworked, are
required; this is especially true of manufactured parts, such as
doors and windows, columns, balustrades, etc. Modern machines
are capable of duplication with astonishing rapidity, and workmen
can put together similar parts more quickly and cheaply than they
can variable members.

Transportation. The distance of the work from the shop of the
contractor, or from centers of manufacture, will affect the cost to a
marked degree, as much time is consumed in teaming and especially
in handling the material a number of times.

If communication between the works and the building site can
be established by water, it will usually save considerable expense in
freight and handling, with perhaps less risk of damage, and, conse-
quently, less expense for crating and boxing. A careful study should
be made of the means of transportation to each different building
site from the shop, the office, and the mill, and the data kept for
future reference, subject to varying rates and conditions, to change
of seasons, and amounts to be transported.

Special Conditions of Each Job. These are some of the more
important matters which require preliminary consideration as affect-
ing all estimates, but they are only a small part of the real question
involved, as different localities and customs require different treat-
ment, and numerous questions will arise to confront the contractor,
all of which may be successfully met by the exercise of care and
judgment.

METHODS OF ESTIMATING

Estimates are formed by many and varying methods, depending
upon the degree of accuracy required, the capability of the con-
tractor, and the character of the building. A broad division may
be made between approximate estimates and accurate detailed
estimates, only the latter of which should be considered when it is
the intention actually to carry out the work under a definite contract.

4 ESTIMATING

Approximate Methods. Estimating by Cubing. Approximate
estimates are obtained with varying degrees of accuracy by several
methods, the most convenient and reliable of which is the system
of cubing, i.e., the cubical content of the proposed building is ascer-
tained and multiplied by a given price per cubic foot. This rate is
obtained by careful comparison of the plans and requirements with
similar buildings which have been erected under conditions as nearly
as possible like the conditions under which the proposed building
can be erected.

Several methods are used to determine the cubical units,
depending upon the size and shape of the proposed building. One
method is to multiply the square feet in the plan of the building by
the distance from half the depth of foundations to half the height
of the walls; another system uses the distance from the bottom of the
foundation, and another obtains the actual cubical contents. Any
of these may be used if the data for comparison is obtained in the
same way, but all are subject to important variations which experi-
ence and judgment alone will determine. For instance, if the contour
of the building is very uneven, with low portions, such as porches and
sheds, and high portions, such as towers and cupolas, these must
either be omitted from the whole and compared separately, or a lump
sum added or subtracted according to the size and elaboration of
these members.

Another variation arises in the size of rooms, giving a ratio of
partitions and division walls which is not constant; then, too, a large
building with many duplicated parts will, of course, require a different
rating from a smaller one. The method of estimating by cubing
is, therefore, at best approximate, and its degree of accuracy depends
largely upon the experience and judgment of the contractor. Even
long experience will afford no safeguard against unusual elaboration
of interior or exterior, so that cube rates can be applied only to
buildings of ordinary character, and comparisons are reliable only
between buildings of like description and uses, as the treatment of
even the same materials will vary largely in buildings of vary-
ing uses.

The height of the building will not increase the cube rate pro-
portionately, unless the internal voids are alike, although it is certain
that the higher the building is from the ground, the more time and

ESTIMATING 5

expense it requires to put the material in place, to say nothing of
thicker walls and necessarily heavier construction.

Estimating by the Square. A convenient method of estimating is
by the square of one hundred surface feet. This is especially applica-
ble to office buildings, schools, mills, stables, and all buildings where the
floors are few in number or similar in plan. For one-story buildings
the price per square is taken to include the roof , walls, floor, and foun-
dations, but for buildings of two or more stories the price per square
should be taken separately for each floor, the lower floor being price®
to include the foundations and the top floor to include the roof.

This method of estimating by the square is not so accurate as
estimating by cubical contents, but the results are often more
convenient and adaptable, because the tabulation of the square area
of the various floors may be easily reduced to terms of accommodation
for public buildings or shops. For instance, a given floor area in a
school house means accommodation for a certain number of pupils;
in a church, a certain number of sittings; in factories for the manu-
facture ofstaple goods, a certain number of machines and operatives.

Estimating by Units of Accommodation. This unit of accom-
modation is sometimes carried further, and, by the reverse process,
made the basis of another method of estimating the approximate
cost of such buildings as the above mentioned, i.e., schools, churches,
factories, hospitals, etc. This is also a method by comparison, the
known data being supplied by previous experience or calculation,
and it is often valuable as a means of determining the approximate
cost of buildings necessary to accommodate a given number of
individuals or machines, before any definite plans have been drawn.

All of these methods are approximate, with varying degrees of
accuracy, and should never be advanced as accurate, or used as the
basis of a contract, unless the contractor has had a long and varied
experience and feels absolutely certain of his judgment, or unless
a proper margin is added for possible variations.

Accurate Method. Estimating by Quantities. The only sure
and correct method of estimating is by taking off the actual quan-
tities in detail and carrying out the prices accurately, with the cost of
labor, the percentage for profit, and contingencies added.

For this, accurate and complete drawings and specifications are
necessary to give the absolute quantity and quality of materials and

6 ESTIMATING

labor. The various items are then taken off, similar portions
grouped, the amount of labor estimated, and a complete and classified
schedule prepared and priced at current rates; the cost of trans-
portation, board of men, and any other contingencies noted, a per-
centage of profit added, and a sum total reached which should be
correct if faithfully done.

This, of course, takes considerable time, but is well worth the
expense and trouble if a definite contract is to be made.

Preliminary Investigations. In order to estimate to a sufficient
degree of accuracy, some things other than the possession of plans
and specifications are necessary. A visit to the site should be made,
to ascertain the nature of the soil, the levels of the lot, the distance
from railroad or wharf, the condition of the roads, and the preparation
of the site necessary to receive and dispose of materials. Some knowl-
edge should be obtained of the nature of the subsoil, the presence
of ledges or water below the surface which will require especial or
costly treatment, etc. Often a deposit of sand will be found upon
the site which will not only save carting away the material excavated,
but, if of proper quality, may be used for the work. There are many
such incidental factors involved, so that a knowledge of existing
conditions will be of great advantage to the estimator.

Regarding underground conditions, there is always an element of
chance, as the most thorough examination will not always reveal
hidden perils. The author knows of a case where a mason had
contracted for the building of a sewer, and was in a fair way to
make a good profit, when a narrow vein of quicksand was uncovered,
to overcome which not only took away all the anticipated profit
but caused a severe loss besides.

Ground water is another source of loss and it will be well for
the contractor to examine his contract closely, to see to what extent
he is to furnish protection from this danger, as a vein of water which
may have been temporarily stopped or diverted by the operation of
building, will sometimes unexpectedly make its presence known
during or after the completion of the work, when it may become a
source of great annoyance and expense to the contractor if he has
agreed to insure a waterproof job. Numerous illustrations could
be given of the danger from unforeseen causes which can at best be
only partially obviated by the most careful examination.

ESTIMATING ' . ' 7

IMPORTANT ARITHMETICAL PRINCIPLES

In order to take off a building accurately, either by quantities,
square, or cube, a good knowledge of arithmetic is necessary; and,
while we may assume that the reader already possesses this, it may
be well to include some of the essential rules of that branch of
arithmetic which is known as mensuration. This consists primarily
in the science of obtaining such definite data regarding given figures
or surfaces, as area, solidity, capacity, linear dimensions, and com-
parison with other bodies.

Definitions of Arithmetical Terms. The area, or superficial
dimension of any figure is the measure of its surface, without regard
to its thickness or any other third dimension.

The cubical content of any figure is the measure of its solidity,
or whole capacity, and has reference to the three dimensions, length,
breadth, and thickness.

If the figure is considered as hollow, then the cubical content
becomes its capacity or capability of containing matter.

The linear dimension of a figure is expressed by its length in a
direct line in any direction and has no regard to breadth or thickness.

Units of Measurement. The application of these dimensions
is made by fixing a unit by which the figure may be compared
and the required dimension obtained: thus, for calculating the
area of a Jftgure the unit is usually a square, one side of which
is the unit of length; and the area becomes the square measure of
the figure.

This is expressed in common terms by square inch, square
foot, square yard, or any other given unit, and the measure of
the surface is computed by obtaining the number of these square
units which are contained in the figure, the process being called
squaring.

In a similar manner the cubical contents or solidity of a figure
is obtained by computing the number of cubical units which it
contains, which is called cubing it.

Rules for Determination of Unknown Dimensions. Numerous
rules have been framed for obtaining unknown dimensions from given
dimensions. There are given below the formulas and data which
should enable the student to solve most of the ordinary problems
which will arise in common practice.

ESTIMATING

Measurements of Surfaces

Linear Dimensions

Circumference of circle = diameter X8.1 416

Circumference of ellipse = (square root of one-half the sum of

the squares of the two axes)

X8.1416

Radius of circle »= circumference XO. 169156

Radius of circle *= square root of area XO. 56419

Diameter of circle . = circumference XO. 81881

Side of inscribed square = diameter X0.7071

Side of inscribed square —circumference X0.2251

Side of equal square — diameter XO. 8862

Area

Area of circle —square of radius X8.1416

Area of circle = square of diameter X0.7854

Area of circle . —square of circumference XO. 07958

Area of circle = J circumferenceXi diameter

Area of ellipse — product of both diameters XO. 7854

Area of triangle . . ' **base Xi altitude (Fig. I)

Area-ab xfcc Area - de x r h c

Fig. 1. Diagrams Illustrating Areas of Parallelograms

Area of parallelogram = lengthXbreadth or perpendicular

height (Fig. 2)
Area of trapezoid = sum of parallel sides Xi perpen- ,

dicular distance between them

(Fig. 8)
Area of trapezium —sum of areas of triangles into

which trapezium may be divided

(Fig. 4)
Area of regular polygon . . . . . = length of one side Xi perpendicu-

+ lar distance from center X No.

of sides
Area of irregular polygon —sum of areas of triangles into

which polygon may be divided

(Fig. 5)

ESTIMATING

Area of ring included between cir-'
cumf erences of two concentric • =

circles

I square of one diameter— square
of other diameter) X 0.7854
{FiQ.6)

Diameter of sphere

Measurements of Solids

Linear Dimensions
=square root of surf aceX0J>6419

A*r» e<i» be X£ d d

Fig. 2. Diagrams Illustrating Areas of Triangles

Diameter of sphere .
Circumference of sphere

Area

Surface of sphere
Surface of sphere
Surface of sphere

■ cube root of solidity XI. $407
cube root of solidity XS. 8979

circumference X diameter
square of diameter X3.1 416
square of circumferenceXO.8188

. c ci

- I I ,b

• . , _

L^Vb*

+ C

Fig. 3. Diagram Proof of Law of Right Triangle

ESTIMATING

Fig. 4. Diagram of Right
Triangle

Are<a«/dcx£ ty )+/a.c x£ de )

Fig. 5. Diagram for Finding Area
of Trapeaium

Are<a-iae(<il>+dc)

Fig. 6. Diagram for Finding Area
of Trapezoid

Area»a+l*c*d

Fig. 7. Diagram for Finding
Area of Irregular Polygon

Are#£fc) ? ( C a)x.7854-

agrai
Circles

Surface of cube . =area of one sideX6

Lateral surface of prism

= perimeter of base X altitude
Lateral surface of regular pyramid

— perimeter of baseXh slant height (Fig. 7)
Lateral surface of frustrum of regular pyramid

— sum of perimeters of two endsXi slant
height (Fig. 8)

Solidity or Capacity

Fig. 8. Diagram of Concentric

Solid contents of sphere

= surface X i diameter
Solid contents of sphere .

—cube of diameter X0. 5286

Solid contents of cone or pyramid —area of baseXi altitude

Solid contents of cylinder ........ = area of base X height

ESTIMATING

TABLE I

Dun-

Areas o

Circles

Dun-

fin.)

dm. in.)

lin.)

(•Q. in.)

lin.)

0.0123

78.54

0.0491

86.59

0.1104

95.03

0.1963

103.86

0.3067

113.09

0.4417

122.71

0.9013

132.73

0.7854

143.13

0.9940

153.93

1.227

165.13

1.484

176.71

1.767

188.69

2.073

201.06

2.405

213.82

2.761

226.98

3.141

240.52

3.976

254.46

4.908

268.80

5.939

283.52

7.068

298.64

8.295

314.16

9.621

330.06

11.044

346.36

12.566

363.05

15.904

380.13

19.635

397.60

23.758

415.47

28.274

433.73

33.183

452.39

38.484

471.43

44.178

490.87

50.265

530.93

56.745

572.55

63.617

615.75

70.882

660.52

For the convenience of the worker, there are tabulated in
Table I the areas of circles with diameters varying from $ inch to
99 inches.

The following rules are given for solving somewhat more compli-
. cated problems. The multipliers tabulated in Table II for the
determination of measurements of polygons are the results of mathe-
matical computations too elaborate to b e repeated here.

It is also necessary at times to find an unknown dimension from
one or more given dimensions. The following rules are given for the
case- most commonly used by the estimator.

12 ESTIMATING

1. To find the hypothehuse of a right-angled triangle when the
base and perpendicular are known:

Lateral A-rea-g ±cx(h+c+d.+e*f+a\

Fig. 9. Diagram for Finding Lateral Area of Regular Pyramid

Add together the squares of the known sides and extract the square
root of the sum (Fig. 9).

2. To find one side of a right-angled triangle when the hypothe-
nuse and other side are known:

From the square of the hypothenuse subtract the square of the
given side, and extract the square root of the remainder (Fig. 10).

3. To find the area of a regular polygon when the length of one
side only is given:

Multiply the square of the side by the number opposite the polygon
in Column A, Table II. \

4. To find the radius of a circumscribing circle when the
length of one side only is given:

Multiply the length oj the side given by the
number opposite the name of the polygon in
Column B, Table II.

5. To find the length of side of a polygon
that is contained in a given circle, when the
radius of the circle is known :

Multiply the radius of the circle by the num-
Fig * 1 pySmfd rum of ber opposite the name of the polygon in Column

C, Table II.
6. To find the radius of a circle that can be inscribed in a
given polygon when the length of the side is given:

ESTIMATING

TABLE II

Table of Multiples to Compute Measurements of Regular Polygons, the

Side of the Polygon Being Unity

Name or Polygon

No. of
Sides

Area

B
Radius of
Circum-
scribing
Circus

C
Length

of THE
Side

Radius of

Ascribed

Circle

Triangle. . ,
Tetragon. .
Pentagon. ,
Hexagon. . .
Heptagon.
Octagon . . .
Nonagon. .
Decagon. . .
Undecagon
Dodecagon

0.433013
1.

1.720477
2.598076
3.633912
4.828427
6.181824
7.694209
9.36564
11.196152

0.5773

0.7071

0.8506

1 . 1524

1.3066

1.4619

1.618

1 . 7747

1.9319

1.732

1.4142

1.1756

0.8677

0.7653

0.684

0.618

. 5634

0.5176

0.2887

0.5 -

0.6882

0.866

1.0383

1.2071

1.3737

1.5383

1 . 7028

1.866

Multiply the length of a side by the number opposite the name of
the polygon in Column D, Table II.

COMPILATION OF ESTIMATES

We will now take up one by one the various items which the
estimator must consider in making his calculations. We will consider
both quantities and prices, endeavoring to suggest all the different
aspects of the work that must be taken into account in making an
accurate, fair, and profitable estimate. As labor is one item in every
operation, the general question of wages should be first investigated.

SCALE OF WAGES

The item of cost of labor, on construction of any kind, is at
best a variable quantity, dependent to a large degree upon com-
petition, demand, and labor organization.

The cost of labor is steadily on the increase, while the hours
of labor are steadily decreasing. The tendency in both directions
operates to a certain degree to lessen the effective power of labor,
so that the amount of work done in a day is not what it represented
a few years ago.

The various schedules given below are based upon the current
price of labor in Boston, Massachusetts, in 1916, but on account of
the variations in labor in different parts of the country, these prices

14 ESTIMATING

can be used only as approximate figures. Blank spaces are left in
these columns so that the student or contractor can fill in local or
varying prices of labor.

1916 /%xv

Carpenters : $4.56. . . . i . >P. .

Stone masons 5.20 J...O. .

Brick masons 5.20 ?.•.*?>. .

Hod carriers 3.60

Plasterers 5.60. . . . i. .<CV>.

Plasterers' helpers 2.80

Lathers 5.20 l.tfV.

Quarrymen (9-hour day) 3 .00

Stone cutters 4 . 50

Tile setters 5 . 50

Cement finishers. 5.00 V.'i V. .

Roofers 4.80 \

Roofers' helpers 3 . 50

Steamfltters 5.00. ...:■.>.: .

Steamfitters' helpers 2.50

Plumbers 5.20. . . .* A ?. .

Gasfitters 4.80

Gasfitters' helpers 2 . 50

Electricians 5.00. . . .7;** .

Painters 4.40. . . .7 ,VP. .

Iron workers 5 . 00

Laborers 2.56

EXCAVATION

Quantities. Many considerations, seen and unforeseen, enter
into the cost of excavations, as the unforeseen conditions can, at
best, be only judged of, it is the more important that known circum-
stances should be carefully considered. Among these may be
mentioned the varying kinds of soil and rock, the depth to which the
excavation can be carried without shoring, the distance to which
the excavated material is to be carried, and whether pumping or
bailing will be necessary. Material excavated to a depth of six
feet can be thrown to the surface, but below this depth a stage will
be necessary, or else it must be carted or wheeled out.

ESTIMATING

Fig. 11. Division of Plot.

In taking off quantities for excavation, work in trenches should
be kept separate from large areas, as the lack of room for working
in the trenches increases the cost.

Where the nature of the soil is uncertain, borings should be
made or test pits dug, not only to determine the character of the
material, but also to determine the depth at which hardpan is to be
found. This is specially necessary when the specifications call for the
foundations of any structure to be carried to hardpan, without refer-
ence to the drawings, or when no definite depth of footing is shown.

In the absence of full instructions, it is best to figure on excavat-
ing a foot outside of all walls or footings, to give ample working
room; and trenches for pipes,
etc., should be enough wider
than the pipe to allow of
working all around. Hollows
should be made where hubs
rest, in order to give a full
bearing for the pipe.

In taking quantities in irregular ground, the plot should be
divided into a number of definite squares and the contents of each
square taken separately, Fig. 11.

Cost of Excavating. The cost of excavating varies in different
localities and under differing conditions, no two cases agreeing in
details or in execution. The governing factors are experience and
judgment. Excavating is usually priced by the cubic yard and
averages about as follows:

Picking— 12 cu. yd. per day at $2.56 $0.23

Throwing out — 12 cu. yd.per day at $2.56 23

Wheeling 50ft 10

Total $0.56

Excavations in clay or very hard soil may cost from 60 cents
to $1.00, while rock excavations cost from $2.00 to $10.00, or more,
according to the nature and position of the rock. Refilling and
packing around walls costs usually from one-quarter to one-half
of the price of earth excavations. Excavation of sand or loose gravel,
which can be done by means of a horse scraper, costs 30 cents per
cubic yard.

16 ESTIMATING

Cost of Piling. The cost of piling varies with the nature of the
soil and the length of pile necessary. If a 30-foot pile is taken as an
average length, then piles 30 feet long, driven and cut off level to
receive footings, will cost from $4.50 to $6.00 each.

Concrete piles, either driven or molded in place, will cost from
$1.00 to $1.65 per lineal foot.

STONEWORK

Stone walls are figured either by the perch or the cubic yard.

In taking off a stone foundation, it is customary to take the
corners twice: that is, each different face of the wall is measured
from out to out, thus doubling the corners. This makes up for
the extra labor of laying up the corners.

Rubble. The cost of a perch of rubble foundations laid in one-
half cement mortar, 1 to 3, may be taken as follows:

1 perch stone $1 .25

J barrel cement, at $2.10 52

i barrel lime at $1.20 30

i load sand at $1.80 30

J day, mason, at $5.20 1 .73

i day, laborer, at $2.80 70

Total $4.80

A perch of rubble wall laid in Portland cement mortar, 1 to 3, costs :

1 perch stone $1 .25

\ barrel Portland cement at $2.10 1 .05

\ load sand, at $1.80 30

\ day, mason, at $5.20 1 .73

\ day, laborer, at $2.80 70

Total $5.03

Cut Stone. Cut stonework is figured by the cubic foot, the
prices differing according to the amount of labor involved in the
cutting, and the latter depends somewhat upon the nature of the
stone, a hard stone being more expensive to prepare than a soft
one. The principal kinds of stone used in building are granite,
limestone, sandstone, marble, and bluestone.

Granite. Granite is one of the hardest stones to quarry and
prepare, and, on account of its cost it is not so extensively used as

ESTIMATING 17

limestone or marble. Granite in rough blocks from the quarry
costs from 45 to 60 cents a cubic foot, and the cutting of beds and
joints costs 25 cents for each square foot of surface treated. Pitching
off the face to a line with rockface costs 25 cents per square foot,
while hammering in 8-cut work costs 70 cents per square foot.
Quincy granite costs, in the rough, about double this, or $1.20 per
cubic foot; the cutting will cost one-third more.
This data may be tabulated as follows:

Granite, in rough blocks at quarry, per cu. ft $0 . 60

Cutting for beds and joints, per sq. ft 25

Rockface, per sq. ft 25

8-cut work, per sq. ft 70

Hence the facing of an average wall with 8 inches of granite^
if the stones are about 2 by 3 feet, or 6 square feet in each block,
will cost as follows:

Stock, 4 cu. ft., at $0.60 $2.40

Beds and end joints, 2§ sq. ft. at $0.25 67

Rockface, 6 sq. ft., at $0.25 1 . 50

Total $4.57

Cost per sq. ft 76 J

If the stone were finished in 8-cut work, the cost of finishing the
surface would be 70 cents a square foot instead of 25 cents, an
increase of 45 cents, making the total cost about $1.21 a square foot.

Limestone. Limestone is used to a large extent, especially in
conjunction with brick, for trimmings for various kinds of buildings.
Indiana limestone costs at the quarry about 30 cents a cubic foot.
Lake Superior redstone costs 35 cents; Ohio sandstone, 55 cents;
In estimating, about 20 per cent should be added for waste, 5 per cent
for quarry waste, and 15 per cent for cutting waste.

*Pr ces Vary with the Different Shapes Cut, but They Will Be Found

to Average about as Follows:

Water table, 8 X 12 in., per linear ft $1.50

Steps, 7 X 14 in., without nosing, per linear ft 1 . 50

Steps, 7X14 in. with nosing, per linear ft 2 . 50

Door sills, 8 X 12 in., per linear ft 1 .25

* These prices are based on an average freight charge of $0.50 per cu. ft.

18 ESTIMATING

Window sills, 5 X 12 in., per linear ft $1 .00

Window sills, 5X8 in., per linear ft 75

Window caps, 4 X 10 in., per linear ft 70

Window caps, 8 X 12 in., per linear ft 1 .00

Wall coping, 5 X 20 in., per linear ft 1 .50

Platforms and large slabs, 6 in. thick, per sq. ft . . 2 . 00

A common use of limestone is in the form of window sets,
consisting of a flat arch in three pieces with keystone, and a light sill,
Fig. 12. The rise of these caps is about 10 inches, and the rise of the
sill 5 inches. These sets for an average «ized window, say with a
4-foot opening, will cost for a 4-inch reveal $10, and for an 8-inch
reveal, $15.

Sandstone. The cost of dressed sandstone is about 10 per
cent more than that of limestone.

Setting Granite, Limestone, and Sandstone. The cost of setting
cut stone may be taken at 15 cents a running foot for window

trimmings and ashlar work, and 25 cents
for platforms, water table, steps, etc.
Trimming and fitting at the building will
cost about 10 cents per cubic foot.

The foregoing prices are based upon
quarrymen's wages at $3.00 per day, and
stonecutters' wages at $4.50 per day.
Much of the cutting and finishing of
stone is done by machinery, so that the
question of wages does not enter into

Pig. 12. Limestone window set the preparation of the stock so largely

as in many other branches.
Marble. A more expensive stone to use is marble, which can be
obtained in a variety of colors, in different parts of the country. The
price of marble differs in different localities but for general purposes
it may be taken as about double the figures which we have quoted
for limestone.

Bluestone. In the East, bluestone is used mainly for flagging,
copings, etc., but in the central and western sections it is used to a
considerable extent for building. The price of bluestone flagging
3 inches thick with trimmed joints and face planed and dressed, is
65 cents a square foot; with natural face, from 35 cents to 45 cents.

ESTIMATING 19

Milestone ashlar, 8 inches thick with natural face and dressed joints,
costs $1.00 per square foot, and 20 cents a square foot for setting.

Seam-Faced Granite. In some localities granite, lying in up-
turned strata with open weathered seams, is to be obtained, Fig. 13.
This is used for facing walls in ashlar work, being set on edge in the

wall with the seam face showing; it costs in place, 4-inch to 8-inch
thick, from 60 cents to 75 cents a superficial foot.

BRICKWORK

Quantities. Brickwork is usually estimated by the thousand
bricks, but it is sometimes priced by the cubic foot, reckoning 40
cubic feet to a thousand brick. A mason in one day will lay from
800 to 1,000 common bricks, or 300 to 400 face bricks.

The number of bricks in a wall may be found by multiplying
the superficial area by 1\ for each 4 inches of the thickness of the
wall. Openings of the size of ordinary windows are generally deducted,
hut very small openings will cost more to make than the deduction.
An allowance for breakage should be made of 5 per cent.

20 ESTIMATING

Mortar. Bricks are laid in mortar made of lime or cement,
according to the strength required. Lime mortar should not be used
in damp situations, or where great strength is required. The dif-
ference in cost of lime and cement mortar is so little that cement
mortar is generally used.

The building laws of some cities require that brickwork be laid
in cement mortar for a certain part of the height.

Cement mortar makes a darker joint than lime mortar; if a white
joint is required, it can be obtained, without loss of strength, by
using Portland cement and lime mortar.

Cost. Common Brick. The cost of common brickwork by the
thousand brick in various kinds of mortar, may be analyzed as follows :

In 1:3 Lime Mortar —

1,000 bricks $9.50

3 bu. lime, at $0.36 1.08

\ load of sand^ at $1.80 90

10 hours, mason, at $0.65 6 . 50

10 hours, tender, at $0.35 3.50

Total $21.48

In 1:3 Rosendale Cement Mortar —

1,000 bricks $9.50

\\ bbl. Rosendale cement, at $1.25 1 . 88

\ load sand, at $1.80 90

10 hours, mason, at $0.65 6.50

10 hours, tender at $0.35 3.50

Total ...$22.28

In 1:3 Portland Cement Mortar —

1,000 bricks $9.50

\\ bbl. Portland cement, at $2.10 2. 62

\ load sand, at $1.80 90

10 hours, mason, at $0.65 6. 50

10 hours, tender at $0.35 3 . 50

Total $23.02

The difference in cost, it will be seen, is not great enough to be
considered in a job of ordinary size, where cement mortar will give
assurance of greater stability.

ESTIMATING 21

Cost of Face Brick. Face brick of many kinds are to be had,
either plain or molded, and in a variety of colors. On ordinary face
brickwork a mason with tender will lay about 300 or 400 in a day.

Face bricks cost from $25 to $50 per thousand; a good average
brick can be secured for, $32. This makes the price for a thousand,
laid, about as follows:

1,000 face bricks $32.00

1J bu. lime, at $0.36 45

\ load fine sand, at $1.80 90 /

3 days, mason, at $5.20 ' 15 . 60

1J days, tender, at $2.80 1.20

Total $53.15

Of this sum $19.80 goes for labor and $33.35 for stock.

Enameled bricks are to be had in various colors, white and buff
being the most common. These bricks cost from $75 to $100 per

thousand.

CONCRETE

Concrete is used to a great extent now for footings, walls, piers,
etc. The cost of concrete is not very different from the cost of stone
for foundations; and if there is uncovered at the site a deposit of
suitable sand and gravel, as is sometimes the case, concrete can be
put in at a less price than a granite footing.

Concrete with a reinforcement of steel is used in various forms
for piers, floors, and walls.

The cost of a cubic yard of concrete, using the proportion of
1:3:6, may be summarized as follows:

1 bbl. Portland cement : $2. 10

3 bbl. sand 45 i

6 bbl. broken stone 1 . 57

Concrete foreman, 2 hours, at $0.75 1 . 50

Laborer, 4 hours, at $0.35 1 . 40

Total $7.02

Cellar concrete 3 inches thick costs from 60 cents to 75 cents per
square yard in place. Concrete of Rosendale cement can be put in
more cheaply; for foundation walls it costs about $6 per cubic
yard, for piers $6.50 per cubic yard.*

22 ESTIMATING

MISCELLANEOUS DATA FOR MASONRY WORK

Chimneys

Chimneys may be quickly estimated by the linear foot of height,
as follows:

1 flue, 8 X 8 in., per ft., $1.00, with flue lining $1.20

1 flue, 8 X 12 in., per ft., 1.10, with flue lining 1.40

1 flue, 12 X 12 in., per ft., 1.25, with flue lining 1.60

2 flues, 8X8 in., per ft., 1.50, with flue lining 1.90
2 flues, 8 X 12 in., per ft., 1.80, with flue lining 2.30

Flue Linings

Below are given the net prices per foot of flue linings, outside

dimensions.

4|X 8* in $0.10 8|Xl7Jin $0.30

4^X13 in 15 13 X 13 in 28

8£X 8§in 15 13 X 18 in 40

8iXl3 in 22 18 X 18 in 66

For openings add one-third.

Masons' Supplies

Portland cement, per bbl. $2. 10

Rosendale cement, per bbl 1 . 25

Extra lime for skimming, per bbl 1 . 15

No. 1 lime for mortar, per bbl 1 . 05

Vermont lime, per bbl 1 . 20

Plaster, per 250-lb. bbl 2.00

Mortarcolor, red, inbbls.,perlb 01J

Mortar color, red, in 100- or 200-lb. kegs, per lb. . 01?

Mortar color, black, per lb 03 \

Philadelphia pressed brick, for fireplaces, per M . 35 . 00

Firebrick, per M 35.00

Best plastering hair, per bu 45

Mortar hods, each 1 . 25

Brick hods, each 1 . 00

10-in. mortar hoes, each 65

Good No. 2 shovels, square point, plain back, each 1 . 00

Sand screens, wood leg, each 7. 00

Bolted dump barrows, each 2 . 00

Metal corner bead, per ft 04

ESTIMATING 23

Iron rim and cover, 20-in. diameter, each $3 . 50

Iron rim and cover, 18-in. diameter, each 3 . 00

Iron rim and cover, 15-in. diameter, each 2 . 50

Metal lath, plain, per yd * .19

Metal lath, galvanized, per yd 25

Cellar Columns

For cellar supports, in place of brick piers, patent pipe columns,
consisting of steam pipes filled with cement, are coming into general
use in many localities.

These columns cost less, and take up less room than a brick

pier of equal strength. The prices, subject to a discount, are for

columns of different sizes, as follows:

Diameter of 7-Ft. 8-Ft. 9-Ft. 10-Fr.

Column Column Column Column Column

3 in. $1.65 $1.90 $2.20 $2.65
3§in. 1.90 2.20 2.65 3.15

4 in. 2.75 3.25 3.80 4.40
4* in. ' 4.00 5.00 5.50 6.00

5 in. 5.00 5.85 6.65 ' 7:55

6 in. 6.00 6.95 8.00 9.30

Earthen Drain Pipe
For sewer and cesspool connections and general drainage,
earthen vitrified drainpipes are used. These are laid in cement and,
if well below frost or danger of breaking, make a more durable pipe
than cast iron, besides being much less costly. The weight and net
price of standard vitrified pipe of various diameters are given below:

Inside Diameter ^ EI( ?? t Price op Pipe Price of Bends

(per ft.) (per ft.) and Curves

2 in. 61b. $0.08f $0.26|

3 in. 81b. .08| .26 J

4 in. 101b. .08f .26£

5 in. 121b. .14 .42

6 in. 161b. .14 .42
8 in. 241b. .191 .57f

10 in. 341b. .28 .84

12 in. 451b. .35 1.05

15 in. 671b. .47 1.41

18 in. 861b. .664 1.99^

24 ESTIMATING

CARPENTRY

The carpenter-work of a building includes, in general, the
skeleton or frame — if a wooden building — the floor timbers, studs of
partitions and walls, rafters, the covering-in of the frame, with its
exterior finish and clapboards, siding or shingles, the flooring, furring,
grounds, and beads. This practically covers the constructive wood-
work or carpentry proper, while to the trade of joinery belongs the
outside and inside finish, windows and doors, sheathing and dado,
stairs and fixtures.

In many sections the general term carpentry includes all wood-
working and covering, while in others the distinction between the
carpenter and the joiner is more distinctly drawn.

For the purposes of this work it will not be necessary to hold this

distinction, and so for convenience the term carpentry will be used

to cover all branches of woodworking.

Two distinct elements enter into the carpenter-work of any
structure — material and labor — and the cost of both is subject to
fluctuation to a great extent. The trend is in the direction of increased
cost in varying degrees in different localities; but the state of the
market in both labor and materials is never quiescent, so that any
printed prices must be considered as comparative only, and must
be carefully compared with local and known data before being
accepted as accurate or final.

The material with which the carpenter works, consists in
the main of three principal divisions — the frame, the covering,
and the finish — each of which has further subdivisions, as will
be noted.

Board Measure. All lumber which has not been wrought or
molded, is sold by "board measure"; that is, the stock in each piece
is reduced to a unit of a square foot of board one inch thick, expressed
by the abbreviation B.M. Prices of lumber are usually r$ted by
the thousand feet, so that the expression "twenty-five dollars a
thousand" means twenty-five dollars for a thousand square feet of
stock one inch thick.

To reduce stock of greater thickness than one inch, to its equiva-
lent in board measure, several rules may be used. A convenient
method is to divide the product of the width and thickness in inches
by 12, and multiply by the length in feet.

ESTIMATING

TABLE III

Board Measure

Length of Timber

Size op Timber
(in.)

i«.;

2x 3

2x 4

io|

131

141

17}

181

21}

2x 5

131

161

18}

21!

23}

26}

2x.6

2x 7

161

181

231

25}

30}

32}

371

2x 8

13J

18|

26!

29}

34!

37}

42}

2x 9

2x10

16|

231

261

331

36}

43}

46}

53}

2x12

2x14

23J

321

371

46!

51}

60!

651

74!

2x16

26|

371

:48

531

58}

69}

74}

85}

3x 4

3x 5

12}

171

221

27}

32}

37}

3x 6

3x 7

17|

241

311

38}

45}

52}

3x 8

3x 9

22}

311

40}

49}

58}

67}

3x10

3x12

3x14

105

112

3x16

104

112

120

128

4x 4

13}

18f

211

26!

29}

34}

37}

42}

4x 5

16}

231

26!

331

36}

43}

46}

53}

4x 6

20 '

4x 7 ,

23|

32|

371

46!

51}

601

65}

741

4x 8

26f

371

42!

531

58}

69j

74f

85}

4x 9

4x10

33i

46|

531

66!

73}

86f

93}

100

1061

4x12

104

112

120

128

4x14

46|

651

74!

931

102}

112

121}

130}

140

149}

6x 6

• 6x 8

104

112

120

128

6x10

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

6x12

60'

108

120

132

144

156

168

180

196

6x14

112

126

140

154

168

182

196

210

224

6x16

112

128

144

160

176

192

208

224

240

256

! 8x 8

sai

741

85!

1061

117}

128

138}

1491

160

170!

! 8x10

66§

931

106!

120

133}

146}

160

173}

186}

200

213}

8x12

8tf

112

128

144

160

176

192

208

224

240

256

i 8x14

93}

112

130!

1491

168

186!

205}

224

242}

261}

280

2981

10x10

83}

100

116|

133}

150

166!

1831

200

216!

233}

250

266!

10x12

100

i20

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

280

300

320

10x14

116|

140

1631

186!

210

233}

256}

280

303}

326}

350

373}

10x16

133J

160

186!

2131

240

266}

293}

320

346}

3731

400

4261

12 x 12

120

144

168

192

216

240

264

288

312

336

360

384

12x14

140

168

196

224

252

280

308

336

364

392

420

448

12x16

160

192

224

256

288

320

352

384

416

448

480

512

14x14

1631

196

228!

2611

294

326!

359}

392

424!

457}

490

522!

14x16

186!

224

2611

298|

336

373}

410!

448

485}

522}

560

597}

26 ESTIMATING

Example. How many feet, B. M., are there in a joist 2 in.XO in., 20 ft.
long?

Solution. -^X20=30ft. B.M.

When the sizes are fractional, or produce a product not easily
divided by 12, the operation may sometimes be simplified by multi-
plying the length in feet by the thickness and the width in inches,
and dividing the whole by 12.

Example. How many feet are there in a joist 2J in. x 9 in., 16 ft. long?
Solution. 16X ff X9 -30 ft. B. M.

In Table III are tabulated the board measure for lumber of
different sizes and different lengths.

Miscellaneous Prices of Lumber. At present prices, the cost of
various classes of lumber, per thousand B.M., will be as follows:

Framing and Boarding Lumber, etc. —
Dimension spruce lumber up to 9 inches of depth $30 .00 •

10-inch stock 32.00

For long lengths, add per M $2.00

Hemlock boarding 27.00

Spruce boarding 28.00

Spruce boarding matched 30.00

Spruce upper floor 45.00

Extra shingles 4. 75

Clear shingles 4. 50

Spruce clapboards 65 . 00

SJding cypress 30.00

' Drop or novelty siding 55.00

Laths 4. 75

♦Georgia pine timbers, 12 in 42.00

♦Georgia pine timbers, 14in 55.00

♦Georgia pine timbers, 16 in 60. 00

Flooring —

Georgia pine, heart face rift $75.00

Georgia pine, common rift 50.00

' Maple flooring 60.00

Quartered-oak flooring $125.00 to 150.00

♦Hard pine from the South by shipload costs about $5.00 less per M.

ESTIMATING 27

North Carolina pine, rift stock $55.00

North Carolina pine, slash stock. . . , 45 . 00

Finish —

Georgia pine $ 60.00

Cypress No. 1 70.00

Cypress No. 2 55.00

Oak, plain 100.00

Oak, quartered 125.00

Red birch % 90.00

Whitewood 82.00

Ash.... 90.00

Elm 50.00

iNsrofe Door Frames —
2 ft. 8 in.X6 ft. 8 in $1 .20

2 ft. 10 in. X6 ft. 8 in 1 .25

3ft. 0in.X7ft.0in 1.30

For transom bars add 1 . 00

Window Frames —
2\ ft. X 4J ft. $1 . 10

3 ft. X5 ft *. ,.... 1.25

Framing

Taking Off Quantities for Frame. In taking off the rough
frame of a house for the purposes of estimating, the accurate method
is to take a schedule of every piece of timber from the framing plans;
but as it often happens that the estimates are asked for from the
general drawings, before the framings are made, it has become the
custom in many sections to extimate the cost of the walls and floors
by the square of 100 superficial feet, making separate allowances
for sills, girders, plates, and other large timbers.

If the estimator desires to take off the frame separately, in the
absence of framing plans the following dimensions for members may
be taken in the construction of an ordinary house:

Sills from 6 in.X 6 in. to 6 in.X

10 in.
Girders from 6 in.X 8 in. to 8 in.X

10 in.

28 ESTIMATING

Floor joists from 2 in.X8 in. to 3 in.X

12 in., 1,(1 ig. on centers
Wall studding of outside")

frame \2 in.X4 in., 16 in. on centers

Bearing partitions J

Studding of closets \ 9 . Q .

and light walls J

Plates 4 in.x4 in. and 4 in.X6 in.

(sometimes 2 iti.X4 in. .

doubled).

Rafters from 2 in. X6 in. to 2 in. X 12

in., 18^0 24 in. on centers

In taking off the frame, the sills and plates will of course
be measured by the linear feet in the outside wall. The position of
the main bearing partitions will usually give the number and location
of the girders. Studs are doubled at openings and corners, and
fireplaces and stair openings call for timbers of a large size, say from
6 inches to 8 inches in width.

Assuming that the joists are 16 inches on centers, the number of
joists on a floor will be determined by taking three-fourths of the
length of the building in feet, and adding one joist. The number
of studs in the outside frame at 16 inches on centers may be found by
taking three-fourths of the number of linear feet in the outside of the
building, adding one stud for each corner, and one for each door and
window. To this must also be added any gables or bay windows
or other projections. Three-fourths of the number pf linear feet of
partitions will give the number of studs in the inside frame at 16
inches on centers. This allows for the doubling of studs at openings
and corners. For the number of rafters in a plain gable roof, divide
the length of the building by the distance of the rafters apart and add
one. For the number of rafters in a hip roof, divide the whole distance
around the building by the distance of the rafters apart.

Estimating Cost of Frame. In making up our estimate for the
frame, we consider sills, joists, girders, etc., at the cost of a section
30 feet long, containing 90 B. M.; all other sections are estimated
by the square of 100 feet, except windows and doors which are
reckoned at the cost of each. We can then make our estimates for
the cost of framing as follows:

ESTIMATING v 29

Sills —
Stock, 90 ft. B. M., 6 X 6 in. spruce,

at $28.00 per M $2.52

Labor of framing, at $12.00 per M 1.08

Total $3.60

Cost per running ft 12

Floors —

Joists, 2 in.X9 in., 16 in. on centers, 112§ ft.

B. M., at $28.00 $3 . 15

Labor, per square of 100 ft 2 . 00

Nails, 51b .15

Bridging 50

Under floor, 100 ft. hemlock, at $27.00 2 . 70

Waste .41

Labor 4 1 .00

Nails, 5 lb. at $0.03 15

Strapping for ceiling, 1 in.X2 in., 16 in. on

centers .60

NaUs,51b 15

Labor , 1 . 25

Upper floor, 100 ft. spruce, at $45.00 4 . 50

Waste, one-third stock 1 . 50

Labor 2.00

Nails 15

Paper, labor, stock 30

Total $20.51

Rift hard pine upper floors, 100 ft. B. M. at

$75.00 $7.50

Waste and matching, one-third stock 2 . 50

Labor 2.50

Nails 15

Paper 25

Total $12.90

Approximate cost per sq. ft $0. 13

Shellac and wax, per sq. ft 04

Total finished pine floor, per sq. f t . $0 . 17

30 ESTIMATING

Quartered oak floor, per sq. ft $0. 26

Shellac, per sq. ft 04

Total oak floor, per sq. ft $0. 30

Outside Walls —

Studding, 2 in.X4 in., 16 in. on centers, 50 ft.

B. M., at $30.00 $1.50

Waste, one-third stock 50

Nails 25

Labor, per square of 100 ft 2.00

Beads and grounds 25

Boarding, 100 ft. hemlock, at $27.00 2.70

Waste, one-fourth stock 41

Labor, per square of 100 ft 1 . 00

Nails 20

Total for walls boarded $8.81

Shingles, 850 at $4.50 per M $3.82

Paper and laying 50

Nails 25

Labor, per square of 100 ft 3.00

Total $7.57

Paper on walls, under clapboards, or shingles,

per square $0. 20

Labor 05

Total $0.25

Roofing —

Rafters, 2 in. X 6 in., 20 in. on centers, at $28.00 . $1 . 68

Waste, one-fourth stock 42

Labor 2.25

Nails 10

Boarding 2.70

Waste 65

Labor 1 . 25

Nails 20

Total $9.25

ESTIMATING 31

Inside Studding, Ready for Lathing —
Studs, 2 in.X4 in., 16 in. on centers, 50 B. M.

at $28.00 $1.40

Waste, one-third stock 45

Nails 15

Labor 2.00

Beads and grounds 50

Total $4.50

Windows, in Place — v

Window of average size, frame $1 . 25

Sashes, 3 ft.X5 ft 1.70

Blinds 1.10

Fastenings for blinds 15

Weights, 30 lb. at $0.0H 45

Sash cord, 20 ft. at $0.01 20

Sash fast 25

Inside casings, 20 ft. at $0.03J 70

Stop beads, 16 ft. at $0.01f 28

Labor, 8 hours at $0.57 4.56 !

Total $10.64

Cellar window, frame $1 . 50

Sash ; 1.20

Hardware 15

Labor 50

Total $3.35

Doors, in Place —
Inside doors, 2 ft. 8 in.X6 ft. 8 in.Xli in., pine

to paint, each $2. 75

Frame 1.20

Casings 1 . 33

Threshold 15

Nails 05

Hardware 1 . 25

Labor, 8 hours at $0.57 ' 4.56

Total $11.29

ESTIMATING

Front door, common, 3 ft . 4 in. X 7 ft. in. X 1 1 in. $5 . 75

Frame 4. 50

Plate glass .... 2.50

Casings, 20 ft. at $0.04 80

Hinges 68

Locks and knobs 4. 50

Labor 5. 70

Total $24.43

Sliding doors, complete, 2 doors, 3 ft. in X 7 ft.

in. X If in., each $6.00

44 ft. casings, at $0.04^. 1.98

40 ft. grounds, at $0.01 40

40 ft. stop beads at $0.02 80

Astragal 1 . 00

Chafing strip 20

Lock 4.50

Hangers and track 4.50

Sheathing pocket, 84 ft. at $0.04 3 . 36

Labor, 40 hours at $0.57 22.80

Total $45.54

Cellar door, 2 ft. 8 in. X6 ft. 8 in. Xli in $2.25

Frame 1 .00

Finish, 36 ft. at $0.04£ 1 .62

Threshold .15

Hardware 85

Labor 4.00

Total $9.87

Piazzas and Porches —
Shingled piazza column, 28-ft. boards at $0.02^ $0.70

11 ft. studding, at $0.03 33

1 bunch shingles 1 . 12

Nails 15

Labor 5.00

Total $7.30

Square-cased column, 8X8 in $1 .50

Labor 2.00

Erection 75

Total $4.25

ESTIMATINQ 33

Balustrade, of straight, square, lj-in. balusters,

top rail, 3 in. X 4 in., per ft $0.15

Bottom rail, 2 ft. X 4 in., per ft 10

Balusters, 4 to a ft 15

Labor 40

Total $0.80

Ceiling, per square

Sheathing $5.00

Waste. 1 .50

Furring 1 . 50

Nails 25

Labor 2.00

Total $10.25

Conductors —

15 ft. pipe, at $0.15 $2.25

Gooseneck and labor 65

Erection : 50

Total $3.40

Prices of Miscellaneous Materials

Inside Finish. Whitewood or cypress stock which has been
molded costs one cent for every square inch of section one foot long,
less a trade discount, which at present is 30 per cent for cypress and
20 per cent for whitewood. A 5-inch cypress casing will cost, there-
fore, 5 cents per foot less 30 per cent, or 3J cents. Various other
prices for inside finish are as follows:

Finishing Stock —

5-in. casings $0.03§

8-in. base .05$

Plinth blocks, 5 in.X8 in.Xlf in 05

Corner blocks, 5in.X5in.XlJm 07

Moldings per square of section 00 j\

Stock pattern stair rail, 2\ in. X 2f in. per ft 10

Balusters, If, each 12

Newels, 5-in. stockpattern 5.50

Newels, 6-in. stock pattern 6 . 00

Plate rail and picture molding, per ft 07

34 ESTIMATING

Picture molding, per ft $0.01§ to $0.03

Stock drawer case, 3 drawers 4 . 75

Paneled drawer case, 5 drawers 15.00

Finish Stock in Place —
8-in. baseboard with 2-in. molding, per run-
ning ft 12

4-ft. wainscot of narrow sheathing, per run-
ning ft 40

Plain wall sheathing, per sq. ft 05

3$-m. cap for wainscot ' 06

2-in. picture molding 06

4-in. chair rail 07

3-ft. paneled dado, per sq. ft 35

Drawer case, 3 drawers, complete 8.00

Inside Doors, 5 Cross Panels, in Pine to Paint —
2ft.8in.X6ft.8in.XlJin $2.75

2 ft. 10in.X6 ft. lOin.XlJ in 3.00

3 ft. 0in.X7 ft. in.Xl£ in 3.25

Exterior Finish. The exterior finish of a house consists, in the
1 main, of the water table at the bottom, the belt midway, and the
cornice at the top, and the finish for the porches and piazzas.

Labor on Exterior Finish —

Water table, 3 members, at $0.04 $0. 12

Corner boards, per ft 04

Belt, per ft 10

Cornice, $0.03 to $0.06 per member, or per ft 75

Gable finish, per ft. 75

Piazza Finish —

Stock pattern 5-in. turned columns, 8 ft. long ... $2 . 50

Stock pattern 6-in. turned columns, 8 ft. long ... 3 . 00

Stock pattern, 8-in. colonial columns, 9 ft. long . . 7 . 50

Stock pattern 10-in. colonial columns, 9 ft. long . 9 . 20

8-in. Doric column from detail, 9 ft. long 7 . 00

10-in. Doric column from detail, 9 ft. long 10 . 00

10-in. fluted column from detail, 9 ft. long 12 . 00

Short posts, 5 in.X5 in.X4 ft. in 1 .00

Short posts, 6 in.X6 in.x4 ft. in 1 .50

ESTIMATING 35

Balusters, If in., 14 to 16 in. long $0.10 to $0. 15

Railing, If in.X3f in., per ft 10

Railing, 2\ in.X3f in., per ft 12

Tin roof, per square $10.00 to 12.00

Unit Estimates of Amount and Cost of Labor

Amount of Work per Day. Two carpenters working in pairs
should be able to put up in a day approximately one of the following
amounts:

300 ft. B. M. of studding

300 ft. B. M. of rafters

600 ft. B. M. of floor joists

800 ft. B. M. of wall or roof boarding

600 ft. B. M. of matched boarding

500 ft. B. M. of diagonal matched boarding

One carpenter in one day should be able to accomplish any one
of the following amounts of work:

Put up 400 ft. of plaster grounds

Put up 40 pairs of bridging

Set 1 window complete, frame, sash, and fittings

Set 1 door complete, frame, casing, hardware, and hanging

Case 4 windows

Hang and fit 10 pairs of blinds

Hang and fit 5 doors

Case 5 doors

Cost of. Labor per Square. The cost of labor, reckoned on the
basis of 100 square feet, may be estimated at the following rates:

Framing floors $2.00

Framing walls 2.00

Framing plain roof s 2.00

Framing hip and valley roofs 2 . 25

Heavy framing 1 .80

Boarding walls 1 . 00

Boarding walls with matched boards 1 . 25

Boarding walls diagonally 1 . 25

Boarding roofs 1 . 25

Laying rough floor 1 .00

36 ESTIMATING

Laying rough floor diagonally SI . 25

Bridging floors 50

Furring brick walls 12 in. on centers 2 . 00

Furring brick walls 16 in. on centers 1 . 25

Laying spruce upper floor, 6-in. stock 2 . 00

Laying spruce upper floor, 4-in. stock 2 . 25

Laying hardwood floors, 2 J-in. stock 3 . 50

Shingling walls and roofs 3.00

Clapboarding walls 3 . 00

Papering walls under shingles or clapboards 25

Cost of Labor by the Piece, Reckoned as piece work, the cost of
labor on carpentry work will be approximately as follows:

Making window frames, each $1 .75

Making door frames, each 1 . 25

Making door frames with transom, each 2.00

Setting window frames, each 50

Setting window frames in brickwork 75

Hanging blinds, per pair 50

Fitting and hanging sashes, per pair 75

Hanging transoms, each 50

Casing windows, each 1 . 00

Casing large size windows, each 2 . 00

Casing attic and cellar windows, each 1 . 00

Casing door opening, one side 50

Casing door opening, both sides .75

Fitting, hanging, and trimming inside door 75

Fitting, hanging, and trimming outside door 1 . 25

Fitting, hanging, and trimming sliding doors,

per pair 18.00

Finishing common closet ' 2 . 00

STAIRS

The trade of stair building, while a part of the general work of
joinery, is usually taken up as a separate trade by men who do nothing
else. For this reason it is better, if possible, to have the stairs figured
and built by a regular stair builder, who will have the special tools,
molds, and stock necessary for this branch of carpenter work.

«•

ESTIMATING 37

There are usually in every house, two sets of stairs, one in the
front part and one in the back part. Sometimes the stairs are so
arranged as to come together in the second story, dividing somewhere
in their height upon a common landing, one part, the larger and more
elaborate, running to the front hall, and the other to the back hall
or kitchen, Fig. 14. This is called a combination staircase and is
often an economical solution of the problem of front and back stairs.

When two separate staircases are put in, each will have a distinct
character, and it is thi3 condition that we shall consider.

Front Stairs. The front stairs of ordinary width and elaboration,
say from 3 feet to 4 feet wide, with turned balusters and molded rails
and posts, in whitewood or North Carolina pine, may be approxi-
mately estimated from $4.50 to $6.00 per step, complete. This is
on the basis of $2.50 per step for labor,
the remainder for the stock. Paneling ~~»

in connection with the stairs should be
figured from $0.50 to $1.00 per square
foot of which one-half will be labor and
the other half the stock. For ash add 50
per cent to these estimates, for oak 75
per cent.

The cost of winding steps will be
about double that of straight steps for
material, but the labor will be increased
- only about 50 per cent. This price will pig. «. combination stai™»
be sufficient for hard pine treads and
plain molded rail with 1§ inch turned balusters, two to a tread.

No more definite data can be given for the front stairs, as there
is such a wide variation in design and finish, and such a wide range
in selection of posts, rails, and balusters.

In general a good molded and paneled newel may be had for
from $5 to $8; landing posts from $3 to $4, rail from 18 to 20 cents
per linear foot, balusters from 9 to 15 cents each. Balusters turned
in colonial pattern with an upper shaft, a square, and an urn-shaped
turning at the base, Fig. 15, cost, turned to detail, about 20 cents;
if twisted, 30 cents more.

These prices are for open-string stairs; if brackets are used on the
outside stringer, it will add from 12 to 15 cents per step.

ESTIMATING

Back Stairs. Common box stairs, for general use in the back
and attic portions of a house, cost about $2.00 per step, this price

including $1.25 for stock and 75 cents for labor.

»n Winders will be used more frequently here than in
Zg front stairs and will cost about double the price of
S a straight step.

Open cellar stairs of plank with no risers cost
about $1.00 per step, giving 50 cents for labor and
50 cents for stock.

Summary. From the foregoing it will be found
that a flight of front stairs in whitewood will cost,
at the average run of 16 steps, about $80; in ash
they will cost $120; in oak, $150. This is a fair
price for good plain work that will give a satisfactory
result.

The back stairs at 15 steps will cost $30, and
the cellar stairs $12. Under conditions where much
of the handrailing could be done away with, the prices could be
reduced considerably.

Fig. 15. Baluster

in Colonial

Pattern

HARDWARE

The best way to get at the cost of hardware is to secure a schedule
and price for each job from the dealer. The price of hardware
is constantly changing. Prices are given here for a few staple articles
of ordinary value.

Nails per cwt $2.50 to $4.00

Front door set, bronze metal 7.00 to 10.00

Vestibule door set 6.00 to 8.00

Inside door set 1 . 00 to 1 . 50

Store door set. . 6.00 to 12.00

Single sliding door set . 1.50 to 3.00

Double sliding door 2.00 to 3.00

Double acting floor hinge, per pair 3. 50 up

Double acting spring hinge, per pair 2 . 00 up

Window fixture, weights, etc 1 . 10 up

Sash fast, each 25 to .35

Transom fixture 30 to .50

Cupboard door set 60

ESTIMATING 39

Folding door bolts $1.25 to $3.00

Flush bolts, per pair 1 . 50

Butts, small size, per pair 25

Butts, ordinary size, per pair 30 to .40

Double coat and hat hooks, per dozen 2 . 50

Screws, bronze, per gross .85

Single sliding door hanger 2. 50 to 3. 75

Double sliding door hanger 3 . 50 to 5 . 50

Nails. Nails are priced from a base price per hundredweight
adopted by the manufacturers, which includes certain sizes of the
more common kinds. From this base the different kinds of nails are
priced by means of extras, as agreed upon. The present base includes
common, fence, and sheathing nails, in sizes from20 penny to 60 penny.

Following are schedules for all kinds of cut and wire nails in
general use, and the extra price of each kind per hundredweight
about the base, which is $2.85 per hundredweight, for cut nails and
$2.85 per hundredweight for wire nails.

National List of Extras for Cut Nails in Fair Assortment

per Hundred weight

Adopted Dec. 1, 1896.

Base Price* —
Common Fence, and Sheathing Nails, 20-d to
60-d, per cwt .$2.85

Common, Fence, and Sheathing Casing, Box, and Floor

SizEf Extra Size Extra

10-d to 16-d $0.05 10-d and larger. . . '. $0. 15

8-d and 9-d 10 8-d and 9-d .25

6-dand7-d 20 6-d and 7-d 35

4-d and 5-d .30 4-d and 5-d 50

3f-d 40 3-d 70

3-d 45 2-d 1.00

3-d fine 65 Slating

2-d 70 6-d $0.40

4-d and 5-d 50

Spikes 3-d 75

All sizes $0. 10 2-d 1.00

♦The base is variable.

fThe length of the nail is regulated according to the penny, which formerly had reference
to the weight, but is now purely arbitrary. Below are given the ordinary sixes and the corre-
sponding lengths.

ESTIMATING

Fine Finishing

Sue Extra

10-d and larger $0.25

8-dand9-d 35

6-dand7-d 45

4-dand5-d 65

Barrel, Roofing, and Cottage
ljin $0.30

If in
liin
liin
1 in

Jin
| in.

.40
.50
.60
.70
.85
1.00

Clinch

Sue Extra

3 in. and larger $0. 45

2f and 2$ in 55

21 and 2 in 65

If and l*in .75

liin 95

1 in 1.15

10c for each half-keg

4-d Swedes Genuine $1 . 30

4-d Swedes Common 80

Galvanizing 2$c. per lb.

Tinning 3c. per lb.

Size 2-d 3-d 3}-d 4-d
Length 1 11 If \\

Size 12-d 20-d

Length 3$ 4

5-d 6-d 7-d

If 2 21

30-d 40-d

4} 5

8-d 9-d
2| 2f

50-d
5i

10-d
3

60-d
6

National List of Extras for Wire Nails per Hundredweight

Adopted Dec. 1, 1896

Base Price* —

Common, Fence, and Flooring Nails, 20-d to 60-d,
per cwt $2.85

Common, Fence, and Flooring

Size Extra

10-dtol6-d $0.05

8-d and 9-d 10

6-d and 7-d 20

4-d and 5-d 30

3i-d 40

3-d 45

3-d fine .50

2-d 70

Barbed Common and Barbed

Car Nails
All sizes $0. 15

♦The base is variable.

Slating

Size Extra

2-d $0.80

3-d 60

4-d and 5-d 40

6-d 30

Casing and Smooth Box

10-d and larger $0. 15

8-d and 9-d 25

6-d and 7-d 35

4-d and 5-d 50

3-d 70

2-d 1.00

ESTIMATING

Barbed Box

Size

Extba

All sizes, advance over
smooth $0. 15

Smooth Finishing Nails

10-d and larger $0.25

8-dand9-d 35

6-dand7-d .45

4-dand5-d 65

3-d 85

2-d 1.15

Barrel

fin $1.00

Jin 85

1 in .70

l£in 60

Size

11 in.
If in.
ljin

Extra

.50
.40
.30

Clinch

2-d $1.05

3-d , 85

4-d and 5-d .65

6-ddnd7-d 55

8-dand9-d 45

10-d •

12-dandl6-d -.35

20-d

Wire Spikes
All sizes..- $0.10

Miscellaneous Data

Broken stone filling per cu. yd $ 2. 50

Cesspool, 6 ft. diam. and 8 ft. deep, 8 in. brick. 60.00

Blind drains per linearft 12

Earthen drains 4 in. diam., laid, per foot 20

Arch brick laid in wall, per M. 100.00

Marble mosaic, per sq. ft 1 . 00

Marble threshold, exterior 5 . 00

Marble base, per foot 50

Granolithic, per sq. ft 15

Steel beams, per lb 04

Cast iron, per lb .03

Copper skylights, heavy, per sq. ft $1 . 75 to 2 . 50

Plastering, 2 coats on wire lath 65

Wooden balustrade, per ft 2 . 00

Store sash, If in. per linearft 30

Storm sash for house, average 1 . 55

Outside door frame with transom 3. 50

Factory window complete, 4 ft. in. X 8 ft. in. 15 . 00

Lumber planed, per M 2.00

Plank floor laid, per M 9.00

Shingle roof, per square 8.00

Zinc flashings, for each inch of width, per ft 02

42 ESTIMATING

ROOFING

Many kinds of material are used for covering roofs, depending
upon the nature of the work, the pitch of the roof, the desired
appearance, and the availability of material.

Shingles. The roof covering of an ordinary wooden house is,
generally, of shingles. These may be either shaved or sawed, but
sawed shingles are usually used. Sawed shingles come in bundles
of 250, or 4 bundles to the thousand. These quantities are based on
a width of 4 inches to each shingle so that if they are wider they will
be fewer in number, and if narrower, there will be more in number.
Common shingles are from 16 inches to 18 inches in length.

Quantities. In measuring for shingles, the quantities are usually
taken off in the unit of 100 square feet, and the number of shingles
required depends upon the lap or exposure which is given to them.
On roofs, the exposed length is usually 4J inches, and on walls, 5 or
6 inches, although in the carrying out of special designs a greater or
less exposure may be given.

The covering capacity of 1,000 shingles at various exposures
may be tabulated as follows:

Exposure of Area Covered by No. Shingles Re-

Shingles to Weather 1,000 Shingles quired per Square

4 in. Ill sq.ft. 900
4§ in. 125 sq. ft. 800

5 in. 439 sq.ft. 720

6 in. 167 sq.ft. 600

7 in. 194 sq.ft. 514

8 in. 222 sq.ft. 450

Cost. Sawed cedar shingles of best quality marked "Extra"
will cost from $4.50 to $5.00 per thousand, and "clear" shingles,
that is, shingles having the exposed lower third of clear stock, cost
from $4.00 to $4.50 per thousand, and require 5 pounds of 4-penny
nails. These cost 3 cents a pound if plain, or 5 cents if galvanized.
/A carpenter in one day of 8 hours wiH lay 1,500 shingles on plain
work, or 1,000 if surface is much cut up. This will cost, at $4.56
per day from $3.00 to $4.50.

In estimating shingling an allowance will be necessary for waste;
this should be about 5 per cent on plain roofs, and 8 to 10 per cent
on roofs with many hips, valleys, or dormers.

ESTIMATING

Slating. Quantities. Slates are made in different sizes from 6

by 12 inches up to 16 by 24 inches, and larger sizes for special work.

They are laid with reference to head-cover rather than exposure:

i.e., the lap of cover of each course by the second above it, gives the

gage to which slates should be laid, Fig. 16; this lap is usually 3 inches,

so that the exposed length of any slate may be found by subtracting

that amount from the length of the slate and dividing by 2. This

exposure multiplied by the width of the slate gives the exposed area

of the slate; the number of slates in a given area may be found by

dividing the area in square inches by the exposed area of the slate.

Example. How many slates will be required per square to cover a roof

if 8- by 4-inch slates are used?

Solution.

14 in. —3 in. cl .
2 =5Jin.

8 in.X5J in. =44 sq. in.
14,400 sq. in. -5-44 sq. in. =327, No. of slates required

In measuring a slate roof it is
usual to allow an extra width of
from 6 inches to 12 inches, accord-
ing to localities, on hips, valleys,
eaves, and wall cuttings, to allow
for the extra work involved. Extra
charge should be made for towers
and all varied forms of roof.

The number of slates required
to cover a square of roofing is given
below for various sizes of slates:

Size op No. op

Slates Slates

6 X 12 in 533

7 X 14 in 377

8 X 16 in 277

9 X 18 in 214

Fig. 16. Slating

Size op No. op

Slates Slates

10 X 20 in 165

11 X 22 in 138

12 X 24 in 114

14 X 28 in 83

hst. The cost of slating per square is as follows:

Slates, 10 in. X 16 in $7.50

Labor 1 day 4.80

Nails .20

Roofing paper .50

Labor on paper 25

Total $13.25

44 ESTIMATING

Tiles. Where a special feature is to be made of the roof, tiles
are often used; but these are found in such a variety of shapes,
sizes, and prices, that a roof of this sort should always be given to a
roofer to estimate.

Metal Roofs. Copper or tin is generally used for roofs where a
metal covering is desired. Copper roofs, if steep enough to show as
a feature of the building, are usually laid with ribs over battens.
This makes a handsome and durable roof, and does not greatly
increase the cost. Copper roofing, plain, costs per square $40
to $42; copper roofing with battens costs per square $60. Copper
flashings around skylights and balustrades cost from 40 cents to
60 cents per linear foot.

For a cheaper metal roof, tin is generally used; this may be
used on steep or flat roofs. Tin for roofing should be painted on the
under side and carefully soldered on the top. Tin roofing costs from
$11 to $12 a square.

Composition Roofs. For flat roofs, a composition of tar and
paper in layers finished with a protective coat of gravel, is often used;
the cost of this depends upon the number of layers of paper and
"moppings" of tar required. A 5-ply roof gives good service and
costs about $6.00 a square.

Gutters and Conductors. Gutters and conductors are both
made of wood or metal, metal being preferred in all cases. For
metal gutters, copper and glavanized iron are used. Prices for
gutters and conductors are as follows:

Copper gutters, per ft $ 1 . 50

Copper conductors, per ft $0. 50 to .75

Goosenecks, each 5.00 to 10.00

Molded conductor heads , 4.00 to 10.00

Straps, each 1 . 00

Galvanized iron gutters, per ft 90

Galvanized iron conductors, per ft. . . .$0.18 to .20

QUANTITIES LATHING AND PLASTERING

Plastering is measured by the square yard, and is usually done
in 2-coat or 3-coat work. In taking off plastering, it is customary
to deduct only one-half of the area of openings to allow for the
extra work of plastering to the grounds. In some localities no

ESTIMATING 45

opening is deducted unless it is more than 7 square yards in area,
but in close figuring this is not generally followed.

Narrow strips, such as chimney breasts, if less than a foot wide,
are generally called a foot. Round corners, beads, and arrises must
be taken separately by the lineal foot.

Raking surfaces require additional work and should be taken at
about one-half more than plain work. Circular or elliptical work
should be charged at two prices, and domes, groins, and intersecting
soffits, at three prices. Cornices are taken by the square foot of girth,
with enrichments charged separately by the lineal foot.

Standard Practice. In some portions of the country rules have
been adopted governing the valuing of plasterer's work which are in
the main as follows:

First. Measure on all walls and ceilings the surface actually plastered, with-
out deducting any grounds or any openings of less extent than 7 superficial yards.

Second. Returns of chimney-breasts, pilasters, and all strips of plastering
less than 12 inches in width, measure as 12 inches wide; where the plastering is
finished down to the base, surbase, or wainscoting, add 6 inches to height of walls.

Third. In closets, add one-half to the measurement. For raking ceilings
and soffits of stairs, add one-half to the measurement; for circular or elliptical
work, charge two prices; for domes or groined ceilings, three prices.

Fourth. For each 12 feet of interior work done more than 12 feet above
the ground, add 5 per cent; for outside work, add 1 per cent for each foot that the
work is done above the first twelve feet.

Stucco-work is generally governed by the following rules:

Moldings less than 1 foot girt are rated as 1 foot, over 1 foot, to be taken
superficial. When work requires two molds to run the same cornice, add one-
fifth. For each internal angle or miter, add 1 foot to length of cornice; and for
each external angle, add 2 feet. All small sections of cornice less than 12 inches
long measure as 12 inches. For raking cornices, add one-half for circular or
elliptical work, double the price; for domes and groins, charge three prices.
For enrichments of all kinds a special price must be charged. The higher the
work is above ground, the higher the charge must be; add to it at the rate of 5
per cent for every 12 feet above the first 12 feet.

Cost* Lathing is generally included in the plasterer's price
although put up by a different set of men. Lathing is estimated by
the square yard or by the thousand laths, the price for the latter
being from $3.00 to $4.00.

Two plasterers requiring one helper will do from 40 to 50 square
yards of 3-coat plastering, or 60 to 70 square yards of 2-coat work, in
a day of 8 hours; from 1,200 to 1,500 laths make a day's work for
one lather.

46 ESTIMATING

Tivo-Coat Work. One hundred square yards of lath and plaster
for 2-coat work cost about as follows :

Lathing —

1,500 laths at $4.75 per M $7. 12

10 lb. 3-d nails, at $3.20 per cwt 32

Labor 5. 62

Plastering —

10 bu. lime at $0.48 4.80

6 lb. hair at $0.061 39

1 load sand. 1.80

Plasterer 3 days at $5.60 16.80

Helper 11 days at $3.60 5.40

Cartage 1 . 00

Total $43.25

Cost per sq. yd 44

This scale makes 44 cents the net price for one square yard with
no profit added. The cost of plastering is on the increase, and while
the work is done in the country towns as low as 40 cents per yard,
it will not be safe to use this price for any length of time.

Three-Coat Work. For 3-coat work we may take the following
schedule:

Laths, and putting on, as above $13.06

Plastering —

13 bu. lime at $0.48; 6.24

8 lb. hair at $0.061 52

11 loads sand at $1.80 2.70

1 bbl. plaster of Paris 2.00

Plasterer 4 days at $5.60 22.40

Helper 2 days at $3.60 7.20

Cartage 1 . 50

Total $55.62

Cost per sq. yd .55

PAINTINQ

Quantities. Painting is estimated by the yard, doors and
windows being taken solid to make up for the extra labor of cutting
in the sashes and moldings.

ESTIMATING 47

Railings, fences, grilles, and similar surfaces are taken solid.

A painter in one day will cover 100 square yards of outside work
with one priming coat, or 80 square yards with the second coat. Ten
pairs of blinds will make a day's work.

On the first coat, 1 pound of paint will cover about 4 square
yards; and on subsequent coats, 1 pound will cover 6 square yards.
One pound of putty for stopping will cover 20 square yards.

Shingle stains require a gallon for every 500 shingles if dipped
two-thirds in; for a brush coat after laying, a gallon will cover about
200 square feet of surface, or 1,500 shingles.

Below are given the number of square yards covered by one
gallon of paint of various kinds.

Priming Coat —

1 gal. priming color covers 50 sq. yd.

1 gal. zinc white covers 50 sq. yd.

Finishing Coat —

1 gal. white paint covers 44 sq. yd.

1 gal. black paint covers 50 sq. yd.

1 gal. stone color covers 44 sq. yd.

1 gal. yellow paint covers 44 sq. yd.

1 gal. green paint covers 45 sq. yd.

1 gal. emerald green covers 25 sq. yd.

1 gal. bronze green covers 75 sq. yd.

The following tabulation gives the comparative spreading power
of paints on wood, metal, and plaster. The figures represent the
number of square feet of surface covered by ten pounds of paint of
the usual consistency, applied evenly with a brush.

On Wood — first coat second coat

10 lb. red lead cover 112 sq. ft. 252 sq. ft.

10 lb. white zinc cover 221 sq. ft. 324 sq. ft.

10 lb. oxide of zinc cover 378 sq. ft. 453 sq. ft.

10 lb. red oxide cover 453 sq. ft. 540 sq. ft.

10 lb. raw linseed oil cover 756 sq. ft. 872 sq. ft.

10 lb. boiled linseed oil cover 412 sq. ft. 540 sq. ft.

On Metal —

10 lb. red lead cover 477 sq. ft.

10 lb. white lead cover 648 sq. ft.

48 ESTIMATING

10 lb. oxide of zinc cover 1134 sq. ft.

10 lb. red oxide cover 870 sq. ft.

10 lb. raw linseed oil cover 1417 sq. ft.

10 lb. boiled linseed oil cover 1296 sq. ft.

On Plaster —

10 lb. red lead cover 324 sq. ft.

10 lb. white lead (on sized wall) cover. .362 sq. ft.

10 lb. oxide of zinc cover 594 sq. ft.

101b. raw linseed oil (unsized wall) cover 55 sq. ft. 99 sq. ft.

Estimating Cost. Inside Work. The cost of painting varies
under different conditions, but average prices may be taken as follows :

Painting —

1 coat per sq. yd $0. 12

2 coats, per sq. yd 20

3 coats, per sq. yd 25

1 coat shellac, per sq. yd 10

1 coat size and 2 coats paint 25

1 coat size and 3 coats paint stipple. .* 35

Varnishing —

1 coat liquid filler, 1 coat varnish . . .$0.25

1 coat liquid filler, 2 coats varnish 30

1 coat liquid filler, 3 coats varnish 35

1 coat paste filler, 1 coat varnish 30

1 coat paste filler, 2 coats varnish .35

1 coat paste filler, 3 coats varnish 40

Tinting walls in distemper costs 15 cents per square yard for
small amounts, and 10 cents per square yard for 50 yards or more.
Finishing hard wood floors with filler, shellac, and 2 coats of varnish
or wax finish costs 35 cents per square yard.

Outside Work. The following estimates are given for outside
painting and sanding:

Painting —

1 coat new work, per sq. yd $0. 12

2 coats new work, per sq. yd 20

3 coats new work, per sq. yd 25

ESTIMATING 49

Sanding —

2 coats paint, 1 coat sand, per sq. yd $0. 28

3 coats paint, 1 coat sand, per sq. yd 35

3 coats paint, 2 coats sand, per sq. yd 50

Painting on brick costs 15 cents per yard for the first coat, but
subsequent coats cost no more than on wood.

Tin roofs can be painted one coat for 5 cents a yard.

Shingles dipped two-thirds of their length cost at the rate of
1,000 for $3.00; a brush coat in addition costs 50 cents.

Blind.3 are rated at $1.50 per pair for an average size.

HEATING

The heating of a building is generally made the subject of a
special contract. The three usual methods for house heating are, the
hot-air furnace, the hot-water boiler, and the steam boiler. Some-
times a combination system of hot air and steam, or hot air and hot
water is used.

Estimates of the cost of heating should be obtained from con-
tractors who follow this particular branch of construction. In
general, for an ordinary class of building such as residences, apart-
ments, stores, etc., the cost of heating will range, according to the
system used, from 6 per cent to 12 per cent of the cost of the building:
the cost of the hot-air furnace will be from 6 to 7 per cent; of steam
from 8 to 10 per cent; and of hot water from 10 to 12 per cent.
These figures are approximate and the only reliable way to obtain
the actual cost is by taking off the items and figuring each job by
itself.

Hot-Air Heating

Quantities. The hot-air heating of an ordinary house is deter-
mined on the basis of the cubic contents to be heated; the area
of piping and capacity of furnace can be closely approximated by
means of the following general rule:

To determine the size of pipe for any room, find the contents
of the room in cubic feet, and divide this by 25 for rooms on the first
floor, and by 35 for rooms on the second and third floors.

Example. Determine the piping for a house, the dimensions of whose
rooms are as given on page 50.

ESTIMATING

Solvlion. The piping for both first and second floor rooms will be as
follows:

First Floor Rooms —

Living-room (dimensions 12X15X9)

(12X15X9) -5-25 = 1,624-4-25=65 sq. in. area of pipe

= 9 in., diameter of pipe
Hall (8X20X9; 40 per cent to be added for second story hall)
(8X20X9) -5-25 = 1,440-5-25=58 sq. in.
58 sq. in. +23 sq. in. (40 per cent) =81 sq. in., area of pipe

= 10 in., diameter of pipe
Dining-room (14X15X9)

(14X15X9) -5-25 = 1,890 -5-25 =76 sq. in., area of pipe

= 10 in., diameter of pipe

Second Floor Rooms —
Chamber (13X15 X 8 J)

(13 X 15 X8J) -4-35 = 1,658 -5-35 =48 sq. in., area of pipe

= 8 in., diameter of pipe
Chamber (11X12X8 J)

(11 X 12 X8i) -5-35 = 1,122 -5-35 =32 sq. in., area of pipe

= 7 in., diameter of pipe
Chamber (14X16X8 J)

(14X16X8}) -5-35 = 1,904-4-35 = 55 sq. in , area of pipe

= 8 in., diameter of pipe
Bathroom (8X10X8})

(8X10X8}) -5-35 =680-5-35 =20 sq. in., area of pipe

= 7 in., diameter of pipe

The whole piping area will be as follows:

Two 10-in. pipes = 2 X 78 = 156 sq. in.
One 9-in. pipe =* 64 sq. in.

Two 8-in. pipes =2 X 50 = 100 sq. in.
Two 7-in. pipes =2X38= 76 sq. in.

Total 396 sq. in.

Cost. A furnace to carry say 400 to 500 square feet of pipe
area will cost, set in place, from $125 to $150. The labor on pipes,
registers, and furnace will be from $25 to $30.

The cost of piping depends on the distances to run, but the
material can be estimated according to the schedule given below.
Round tin pipes will cost, from A. A. charcoal plates, as follows:

Items in Cost

Pipe, per ft

Hot-air damper .
Furnace collars. .
Tin elbows

Size of Pipe

6 in.

SO. 13
.19
.18
.18

7 in.

$0.14

.19

.18

8 in.

9 in.

$0.15$0.17
.21 .22
.21 .24
.22 .26

10 in.

$0.18
.24
.27
.29

11 in.

SO. 23
.25
.30
.35

12 in.

$0.2510
.26
.36
.40

13 in.

.27
.26
.36
.50

14 in.

$0.29
.27
.38
.59

15 in.

$0.31
.28
.40
.66

16 in.

$0.34
.28
.40
.74

18 in.

$0.41
.32
.50
.81

ESTIMATING

The cost of registers may be estimated as follows:

Items in Cost

Black register.
Slate stone. . .
Register box. ,
Netting

Total $1.48

Size of Registers

6x10
in.

7x10
in.

SO. 78 $0.83
.45 .50
.20 .24
.05 .05

$1.62

8x10
in.

$0.83 $0.9611

52
.24
.06

$1.65

8x12
in.

.06

$1.87

9x12
in.

.06
.74
.30
.07

$2.17

10x14
in.

H.71
.83
.31
.07

$2.02

12x15 12x16 14x18

in.

$2.22

1.10

.35

.08

in.

$2
1.19
.42

.08

$3.75$4.42

in.

73$4.05|$5.53

2.91

.72

.12

1.80
.57
.10

$6.52

16x20
in.

$9.28

Galvanized smoke pipe will cost 12 cents per pound and weighs
per linear foot as follows:

Sis

se of Pipe

Size
No.

4 in.

5 in.

6 in.

7 in.

8 in.

9 in.

10 in.

11 in.

12 in.

13 in.

14 in.

22
24

If lb.
Ulb.

2Mb.
lj lb.

21 lb.
1} lb.

3 lb.
2* lb.

3f lb.
2} lb.

3} lb.
2f lb.

4Jlb.
3 lb.

4} lb.
3| lb.

5 lb.
3| lb.

5} lb.
3} lb.

5} lb.
4} lb.

Galvanized elbows weigh and cost as follows:

Size of Elbow
(in.)

Weight
(lb.)

Cost

$0.26

.27

.29

.30

.31

.32

.36

The cost of tin for sheets of various sizes and weights is as
follows:

Weight

Size

Price

(in.)

(per ft.)

12JX17

$0.05

14 X20

.07

IXX

14 X20

.08

20 X23

.12

20 X26

.13

20 X29J

.16

20 X32J

.17

Miscellaneous Cost Data for Installation of Hot-Air Heating

Galvanized sheet iron per lb $0.06

Common sheet iron per lb 04

Wrought iron per lb 04

52 ESTIMATING

Galvanized piping per lb $0. 12

Galvanized cold-air box per lb 12

Galvanized furnace shields per sq. ft 10

Asbestos paper at 1J lb. per sq. yd 05

Miscellaneous Rules for Installation of Hot-Air Heating

Figure the cold-air supply as three-quarters combined area of
piping.

Locate registers nearest convenient point to furnace, inside part
of room preferred.

Locate the furnace so that all pipes will be as nearly equal in
length as possible.

Estimate pipes by linear foot, but elbows and dampers sepa-
rately, also registers with boxes and borders.

Allow from $1.25 to $1.75 for flange connection of cold-air
box to furnace casing.

Cover all risers with asbestos paper in partitions.

Hot-Water and Steam Heating

In estimating for heating with hot water, all pipes and fittings
must be taken off and listed, all standard radiators priced by the
square foot of radiation, and special radiators, tanks, valves, hangers,
etc., listed separately.

Radiators are listed in the trade catalogues, together with the
number of square feet in each section. These prices are subject to
varying discounts which can be obtained of the manufacturers.

The amount of radiation necessary for each room depends upon
so many varying conditions that all rules are in a way approximate.
Certain formulas may be used, which will give good results in
ordinary cases, but just what allowances are necessary must be
determined by the heating engineer. The same is true of making
the estimates of hot water or steam and the contractor should in all
cases have the job figured by an expert.

In ordinary cases the amount of radiation necessary for steam
heating may be estimated from the cubic contents of the rooms to
be heated according to the following rule:

ESTIMATING

One Square Foot or Radiation Heats

Dwellings
(cu. ft.)

Halls,

Stores, Etc.

(cu. ft.)

Churches and

Auditoriums

(cu. ft.)

By direct radiation
On first floor

35 to 60
50 to 80

75 to 100

125 to 200

On upper floors

By indirect radiation
On first floor

25 to 40
40 to 50

50 to 70

80 to 135

On UDDer floors

The amount of radiation necessary for hot-water heating is
estimated by similar rules.

One Square Foot of Radiation Heats

Dwellings
(cu. ft.)

Halls,

Stores, Etc.

(cu. ft.)

Churches and

Auditoriums

(cu. ft.)

By direct radiation
On first floor

15 to 25
25 to 40

30 to 45

50 to 85

On UDDer floors

By indirect radiation
On first floor

17 to 40
25 to 35

45 to 65

80 to 125

On UDDer floors

Having determined the amount of radiation, piping, and
fittings, the amount of labor may be obtained by adding about 20
per cent to the cost of materials.

PLUMBING

So wide a range is possible in the selection and price of plumb-
ing fixtures that no very useful data can be given for a complete
installation. For instance, in one house, a single bathroom, fitted
up to meet the fancies and purse of the one man, may cost more than
the whole plumbing outfit of his more modest neighbor. Never-
theless, it is a fact that the plumbing of a house is a poor place to
practice economy, as no part of the construction of a building needs
more careful attention in execution or in selection.

In general, a good job of plumbing costs about 10 per cent of
the cost of the building and of this outlay about 30 per cent represents
the labor. In taking off plumbing, the contractor should begin at
the sewer or cesspool, if the drains are included, or, if not, at the
outer end of the soil pipe, and take off carefully every pipe with its
fittings, which should be itemized carefully as this data will be useful
in getting at the amount of calking, fitting, etc.

54 ESTIMATING

Cost of Pipes and Fittings. Soil pipes should be estimated by
the linear foot, f pound of lead for every inch in diameter of the
pipe being allowed in each joint.

From the dealers can be obtained list prices of pipe and fittings,
which are subject to discount; these vary from time to time, but the
present discounts will be found to bring the prices of the more
common drainage materials about as follows:

4-in. extra heavy soil pipe, per ft $0. 36

3-in. extra heavy soil pipe, per ft 27

2-in. extra heavy soil pipe, per ft 18

For fittings add 35 per cent

4-in. running trap 2 . 75

4-in. brass ferrule cleanout 1 . 07

4-in. lead bend 1 .83

4-in. brass ferrule 1 .00

2-in. brass ferrule 54

Solder per lb 40

Below are listed the prices of various materials used in the
installation of water.

40 gal. galvanized boiler and stand •. .$18.00

1-in. brass pipe, per ft 88

1-in. galvanized pipe, per ft 15

f-in. galvanized pipe, per ft * 10

i-in. galvanized pipe, per ft 08

1-in. stop and waste cock 1 . 78

f-in. stop and waste cock 1 . 20

^-in. stop and waste cock 1 . 07

Sill cock 1 . 67

For fittings, add 30 per cent

The more important water measurements with which the
estimator should be familiar are given here. In Table IV are given
the capacities of cisterns of different diameters.

1 cu. ft. measures 7.48 gal. = 29.92 qt.
1 cut. ft. weight 62.321 lb. = 1.004 oz.
1 cu. yd. weighs 1,692 lb.
1 gal. measures 231 cu. in.
1 gal. weighs 8 J lb.

ESTIMATING

TABLE BV
Capacity of Cisterns

In Gallons, for Each Foot in Depth

Diameter*

Capacity

DlAMETEB

Capacity

(ft.)

(gal.)

(ft.)

(gal.)

2.0

23.5

9.0

475.87

2.5

36.7

9.5

553.67

3.0

52.9

10.0

587.5

3.5

71.96

11.0

710.9

4.0

94.02

12.0

846.4

4.5

119.

13.0

992.9

5.0

146.8

14.0

1,151.5

5.5

177.7

15.0

1,321.9

6.0

211.6

20.0

2,350.0

6.5

248.22

25.0

3,570.7

7.0

287.84

30.0

5,287.7

7.5

330.48

35.0

7,189.

8.0

376.

40.0

9,367.2

8.5

424.44

45.0

11,893.2

1 ft. cylinder weight 49.1 lb.

1 in. cylinder weighs .028 lb.

1 bbl. contains 31| gal.

No. of bbl. = contents in cu. ft. X .2375

No. of gal. in ft. of pipe = (diameter in in.) 2 X.04

Pressure per sq. in. = depth in ft. X .433

Pressure of 1 lb. per sq. in. given by column, 27.72 in.

in depth
Pressure of 15 lb. per sq. in. (atmospheric pressure)

given by column, 34 in. in depth
Head of water = pressure in lb. per sq. in. X 2.31
Supply for one person per day 15 gal.
Actual use per person each day from 6 to 12 gal.

Cost of Plumbing Fixtures. The prices of fixtures, as has been
sad, vary greatly; the following figures represent the usual range :

3-ft. soapstone sink, complete $30.00 to $40.00

14 X 17-in. lavatory with marble slab and

backpiece fitted, complete $35.00 to $50.00

Enameled iron lavatory, complete. . . $25.00 to $40.00

5-ft. 6-in. enameled iron bath, complete . . $60 . 00 to $100 . 00
Bathtub only $25.00 to $35.00

♦For tanks that taper take diameter four-tenths from large end.

56 ESTIMATING

Soapstone laundry trays, complete

One part , $15.00 to $18.00

Two parts ; $30.00 to $35.00

Three parts $45.00 to $60.00

List prices of fittings may be obtained from all dealers, subject
to large discounts, which should be considered frequently as they are
constantly changing.

Cost of Labor. Having made a complete list of pipe, fittings,
and fixtures, the labor of construction of an ordinary job of plumbing
may be estimated from 25 to 50 per cent of the cost of materials.

GAS FITTING

As in plumbing, so in gasfitting, the wide range of selection and
cost in fixtures makes it impossible to give satisfactory data with
regard to cost.

The piping only, for an ordinary house, will cost from $1.75
to $2.50 an outlet, and the cost of the whole outfit should be from 3
to 5 per cent that of the house. Pipes of usual size cost per foot,
as follows:

f-in. gas pipe .$0.03

i-in. gas pipe 04

i-in. gas pipe 05

lj-in. main 08

For fittings, add 25 per cent

ELECTRIC WORK

The original contract for a house usually provides for the wiring
for electric lighting and bells, but the fixtures are generally left to
a later agreement, as there is such a great latitude in selection
and cost.

Wiring. For electric light wiring one of two systems is usually
employed — the conduit system, where the wires are all run in pipes
or conduits; and the knob-and-tube system, where the wires are run
in the clear space between timbers, secured to porcelain knobs, or
passing through short tubes of the same material.

In general, the rough wiring of a house may be reckoned from
$5.00 to $5.50 per outlet for conduit work, and from $2.50 to $3.00

ESTIMATING 57

per outlet for knob-and-tube work. This is for every time the wires
are brought to the surface, whether for switches, cut-outs, or fixtures.
Another way is to allow $1.50 for each lamp or switch.

Wires are sold in coils which are marked with the gage and
name of manufacturer, and should bear the label of inspection
acceptable to the local insurance board.

The cost of wire varies with the gage and the insulation, but for
usual house work it should be, for No. 14 wire, 1 cent a foot.

It is well to remember that, in electric wiring, the larger the
house, the more per outlet the wiring will cost. This is contrary
to expectation, but is occasioned by the smaller percentage of lights
to length of wire.

Switches. Various kinds of switches are used, the two principal

types being the push button and the rotary switch. These vary

' in price according to make and finish. A good rotary switch can be

had at from 90 cents to $1.00; push button switches from 35 cents

to $1.00; snap switches from 20 to 60 cents.

Bells. The number of call bells in a dwelling varies according
to the plan and choice of the owner.

For an ordinary house the number would range from six to ten,
and the cost should be from $18.00 to $25.00, or about $30.00 per bell.

' I

ESTIMATING

PART II

TYPICAL ESTIMATE FOR SUBURBAN DWELLING

The taking-off of quantities and making-up of an actual estimate,
is the end toward which our efforts are now directed. This is done, as
has been said, in a number of ways, no two persons arriving at the
same conclusion or following exactly the same methods. To give the
student a practical idea of how estimates are made, we shall now
demonstrate the method of procedure in an actual instance. For
this purpose, we shall take the case of the wooden colonial residence,
the plans and working drawings for which, together with the method
of making them, are fully described in "Architectural Drawing",
and the details of which are described to a certain extent in "Building
Superintendence".

The usual method followed is to take off the quantities in the
order in which they occur in the specification or in the opera-
tion of building, beginning with "Excavation" and ending with
"Painting".

Two methods of procedure are open to the contractor, which he
may avail himself of according to his experience or confidence.
He may take off simply his own particular branch of the work,
relying on each subcontractor to give him a price for the
detailed portions of the work; or, if he is a general contractor,
he may, with the requisite knowledge of general building opera-
tions, take off all the quantities, pricing them according to his
knowledge, and may submit his proposition on the basis of his
own figures. The latter method requires great experience, and
is followed generally only by large contractors, who have in their
employ men whose business is mainly to take off quantities and
make up estimates.

The following estimate has been carefully made up on the basis
of the data given in Part I as to prices of materials and labor. In
actual practice, details of more or less importance will vary in dif-

ESTIMATING

62 ESTIMATING

ferent localities and among different contractors; but the example
here given illustrates the process fully.

ESTIMATE
Fob a Residence to Be Erected for

GEORGE A. JONES, ESQ.

AT RlDGEDALE, MISSOURI

PRELIMINARY WORK

Staking out and setting batter boards $25.00

Water supply during construction 15.00

$40.00
EXCAVATION

Note. — Excavation is priced by the cubic yard; and in this regard, the
distance to which the excavated material must be 'carted will be an important
consideration. In the present case, the material is to be carried only a short
distance, so that no unusual conditions will have to be considered.

As before mentioned, it is usually advisable to dig a cellar at least a foot
larger all around than the sill line, so that plenty of room may be afforded to the
mason to plaster the outside of the wall. This should be done without regard
to the specifications. As this extra excavation lies entirely outside the line of
the house, it may be well to take it off separately, remembering that it will
extend down into the trench below the wall, making about 8 feet of height.

Quantities— cu. f t .

42 ft. in. X 8 ft. in. X 1 ft. in 336

34 ft. in. X 8 ft. in. X 1 ft. in 272

10 ft. 4 in. X 8 ft. in. X 1 ft. in 83

17 ft. 6 in. X 8 ft. in. X 1 ft. in 140

68 ft. in. X 8 ft. in. X 1 ft. in > 544

41 ft. in. X 8 ft. in. X 1 ft. in 328

Cellar Excavations —

28 ft. in. X 43 ft. in. X 5 ft. 6 in. . 6,622

12 ft. 6 in. X 3 ft. in. X 5 ft. 6 in 206

26 ft. in. X 20 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft. 6 in 2,931

9 ft. Oin. X 6 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft. 6 in 322

Carried forward 11,784

ESTIMATING

■ R_E.U"L DtNCL

□ □
DD

Ffe. 19. Detail of Front Elevation of the George A. Jones Residence

ESTIMATING

Cu. Ft.

Brought forward 11,784

Miscellaneous Quantities —

Piers
2 ft. in. X 2 ft. in. X 3 ft. 6 in. X 12 168

Trench

185 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. in 308

Area

14 ft. in. X 2 ft. 8 in. X 3 ft. 6 in 129

Drains

123 ft. in. X 3 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. 6 in 645

Cesspools

5 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft. 6 in. X 8 ft. in 242

10 ft. in. X 10 ft. in. X 8 ft. in 800

Dry Wells

6 X 2 ft. in. X 2 ft. in. X 5 ft. in 120

Total 14,196

Cost of Excavation —
14,196 cu. ft., or 525 cu. yds., at $.60 $315.00

STONEWORK

Dry Walls in Trench — v

16 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X

12 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. 8 irf. X

3 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X
23 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X
16 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X
28 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X
28 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X
14 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X

4 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X
23 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X

Cu. Ft.

ft. Oin 27

ft. Oin 20.8

ft. Oin..... 5

ft. Oin 38

ft. Oin 27.5

ft. Oin 46

ft. Oin 24

ft. Oin 7.5

ft. Oin 38

Total 306.8

307 cu. ft. -v- 25 = 12 perches of dry wall

Mortar Walls — Cu Ft

16 ft. in. X 6 ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 175

9 ft. 6 in. X 8 ft. 3 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 130

Carried forward 408

ESTIMATING

I'ig. 20. Baaemenl Flan of the GoorgB A. Itmnt Iteoiitenw:

66 ESTIMATING

Cu. Ft.

Brought forward 480

23 ft. in. X 8 ft. 3 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 316

12 ft. in. X 6 ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 132

28 ft. in. X 8 ft. 3 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 385

6ft. in. X 6 ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. 6 in 59

10ft. in. X6ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. in 66

8ft. 6 in. X 6 ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 93

9 ft. in. X 8 ft. 3 in. X 1 ft. 8 in.. 123

25 ft. in. X 6 ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 274

6 ft. in. X 6 ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 66

23 ft. in. X 6 ft. 7 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 252

Piers —

2 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. in 14

2 ft. in. X 2 ft. in. X 1 ft. in 4

12 ft. in. X 3 ft. 6 in. X 2 ft. in 84

Area —

14 ft. in. X 3 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. 6 in 73

Total 2,519

2,519 cu. ft. -s- 25 = 101 perches of mortar wall

Underpinning —

16 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 45

6 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 17

12 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 34

6 ft. in. X 1 ft. in. X 1 ft. in 6

8 ft. 6 in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 23

25 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 70

6 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 17

23 ft. in. X 1 ft. 8 in. X 1 ft. 8 in 64

14 ft. in. X 2 ft. in. X 1 ft. 6 in 42

Total '.. 363

363 cu. ft. -7- 25 = 14J perches of underpinning

Cost of Stonework —

12 perches of dry wall, at $3.50 $42.00

Carried forward $42.00

ESTIMATING 67

Brought forward $ 42.00

101 perches of mortar walls, at $5 505.00

14J perches of underpinning, at $8 116.00

Total cost of stonework $663.00

Plastering Walls with Cement —

192 ft. in. X 6 ft. 7 in. - 1,264 sq. ft. = 140 sq. yd.

140 sq. yd. at $.50 $70.00

CESSPOOLS AND DRAINS

Leaching Cesspool —

23ft.6in. X8ft.0in. X lft.6in. = 282cu.ft. = 11$
perches

11$ perches at $4.00 $45.34

Cover 2.50 47.84

Tight Cesspool —

11 ft. 6 in. X 8 ft. in. = 92 sq. ft.
15 bricks X 92 = 1,380 bricks

1,380 bricks at $25 per M $34.50

Iron cover 3.00 37.50

Dry Wells —

2 ft. in. X 2 ft. in. X 5 ft. 6 in. X 12

= 264 cu. ft. = 11 perches
11 perches at $3.00 33.00

Drains —

171 ft. at $.20 $34.20

14 bends at $.30 4.20 38.40

$889.74
BRICKWORK AND FLUE LININGS

Note. — Find the number of bricks in a foot of height in each chimney or
pier, reckoning five courses to the foot of height.

OELLAR~"~ No. Bricks

35 X8 280

107* X8 860

55 X8 440

Carried forward 1,580

ESTIMATING

Fif . SI. Fint Floor Plan ol the George A. Jones Residence

ESTIMATING

ill

fe °T

l<j

« '

ESTIMATING

ESTIMATING 71

No. Bricks

Brought forward 1,580

Veranda Piers —

58J X 10 585

Chimneys —

107§ X 6ft.6in 700

105 X 11 ft. in 1,155

35 X 11 ft. in 385

35 X 4 ft. 6 in 157

127* X 5ft.6in 701

35 X 19 ft. in 665

57* X 4 ft. in 230

127* X 11 ft. in 1,402

Total 7,560

Cost of Brickwork —

7,560 bricks at $25 per M., laid $189.00

3 fireplaces at $40 each : 120.00

1 flue lining 26 ft. 13 in. X 13 in., at $.28 $ 7.28
1 flue lining 36 ft. 9 in. round, at $.22 .... 7 . 92
1 flue lining 68 ft. 8§ in. X 13 in., at $.22 . . 14 . 96

30.16

Total .....$339.16

CONCRETING

Sq. Ft.

23 ft. in. X 38 ft. in 874

3 ft. Oin. X 9 ft. 6 in 28§

15 ft. in. X 26 ft. in 390

4ft. Oin. X 7ft. Oin 28

Total 1,320

1,320 sq. ft. (147 sq. yd.) at $.75 $110.25

PLASTERING

Note. — Take off square feet of plastered surfaces, and deduct one-half of
the openings, after reducing to square yards.

Cellar • sq. yt.

23 ft. in. X 38 ft. in 8^4

9 ft. 6 in. X 3 ft. in 28

Carried forward 902

ESTIMATING

-n£A/«wvi-PLAn-or- riarr-n.*

■ * ■ r m i.yi,i.i.fff*?^ |t ,

Fix. 24. Framing Plan of Fine Floor of the George A. Junes Kcsideuoe

ESTIMATING 73

Sq. Ft.

Brought forward 902

15 ft. 6 in. X 26 ft. in 403

30 ft. in. X 8 ft. in 240

First Story—

25 ft. in. X 40 ft. in 1,000

11 ft. in. X 3 ft. in 33 *

25 ft. 6 in. X 16 ft. 6 in 420

490 ft. in. X 9 ft. in 4,410

Second Story —

25 ft. in. X 40 ft. in 1,000

16 ft. 6 in. X 19 ft. in 313

520 ft. in. X 8 ft. 6 in , . 4,420

Total surface ". 13,141

Outs —

32 doors, average 40 sq. ft 1,280

34 windows, average 15 sq. ft 510

1,790
1,790 sq. ft. -5- 2 = 895 sq. ft. allowance for outs
13,141 sq. ft. -895 sq. ft. = 12,246 sq. ft. = 1,361 sq. yd.

Cost of Plastering —

1,361 sq. yd. at $.48 $653.28

CARPENTER WORK*

Frame— ft. b.m.

188 linear ft. 6 X 6 in. sill 564

136 linear ft. 4 X 6 in. sill 272

74 linear ft. 8 X 10 in. girders 494

250 linear ft. 4 X 6 in. posts 500

188 linear ft. 4 X 6 in. girts 376

2,206
2,206 ft. B. M. at $43 per M $94.86

First-Story Frame, Bridging, and Under Floor —

25 ft. in. X 40 ft. in 1,000

Carried forward $94. 86

* See "Analysis of Carpenter Work."

ESTIMATING

•TINMM - WUZ0 ©TMSUfl Jt
-AOTLO-TO fit WHTTLWOOO*
'10 ftMKT

T=?

to Roor\

5cp-Rooa^

t^l

-er-

1 1 * -«-< ■* if

ROOP

P=Q=

PLAN- OF-v/ECOA*D-TLOOR/-

*-Uc*le ^ « ' ' ' » » ' ' ' » /eet*-

Fig. 25. Second Floor Plan of the George A. Jones Residence

ESTIMATING

Efci

*rBANlN3-PLAJV OF- OKnND-fLOCXi-
tWu- of '/--»

Fig. 20. Framing Plan of Second Floor of the George A. Jones Remdenc

76 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $94.86

11 ft. in. X 3 ft. in 33

26 ft. in. X 16 ft. 6 in 429

1,462
1,462 sq. ft. (14.62 squares) at $10.66 per square $155.85

Upper Floor —
Hard Pine

25 ft. 6 in. X 16 ft. 6 in 421

421 sq. ft. (4.21 squares) at $13.25 per square $55. 78

Oak

25 ft. in. X 40 ft. in 1,000

lift. in. X 3 ft. in 33

1,033
1,033 sq. ft. at $26.25 per square $271 . 10

Porch Floor —

6 ft. in. X 11 ft. in 66

9 ft. Oin. X 5 ft. in 45

Piazza Floor —

26 ft. Oin. X 9 ft. Oin 234

20 ft. 6 in. X 7ft. Oin 144

489
489 sq. ft. at $14.65 per square $71.63

Second-Story Frame, Bridging, and Strapping Floors —

40 ft. in X 25 ft. in. 1,000

20ft.0in. X 17ft.0in 340

1,340
1,340 sq. ft. at $27.26 per square $373.40

Third Story —

1,340 sq. ft. at $11.83 per square $258.52

Roof Frame, Boarding, and Shingles —

30 ft. in. X 16 ft. 6 in. X 2 (sides) 990

34 ft. in. X 16 ft. 6 in.. X 2 (sides) .1,122

2,112

2,112 sq. ft. at $17.65 per square $373.40

Flashing — Cost 50.00

Tin Roof, Frame and Boarding —

21 ft. in. X 7 ft. 6 in 157

Carried forward $1,704.54

ESTIMATING

- PLAN- Or-THlRD-FLOOR-d -ROOF-

Fig. 27. Third Floor and Roof Plan of the George A. Jones Residence

78 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $1,704. 54

Cu. Ft.

19 ft. in. X 6 ft. 6 in 124

11 ft. in. X 5 ft. 6 in 60

14 ft. in. X 9 ft. 6 in 133

474
474 sq. ft. at $22.10 per square $104.75

Outside Walls, Studding and Boarding —

172 ft. in. X 20 ft. in 3,440

6 ft. 6 in. X 10 ft. in. X 2 (sides) 130

3 ft. in. X 9 ft. in. X 2 (sides) 54

3,624
3,624 sq. ft. at $9.31 per square ! $347.39

Inside Studding—

180 ft. in. X 9 ft. in 1,620

196 ft. in. X 8 ft. 6 in 1,666

28 ft. in. X 8 ft. in 224

3,510
3,510 sq. ft., at $5 per square $165. 50

Clapboarding —

44ft.0in. X 19ft.0in. X 2 (sides) 1,672

6 ft. in. X 8 ft. in. X 2 (sides) 96

2 ft. in. X 9 ft. in. X 2 (sides) 36

39 ft. in. X 19 ft. in. X 2 (sides) 1,482

3,286
3,286 sq. ft. at $10.46 per square $343. 72

Deduct for stock only, 36 windows

= 540 sq. ft., at $5.90 per square. ... 31 . 86 $31 1 . 86

Miscellaneous

Dormers —

6, at $50 each ,..V. . . . . ? $300.00

Main Cornice —

180 ft., at $1.50 per ft \ 270.00

Balustrade on Roof —

96 ft., at $0.50 per ft $48.00

18 posts, at $1.50 each 27.00 75.00

Carried forward $3,279.04

ESTIMATING 79

Brought forward $3,279.04

Piazza Finish —
Cornice —
102 ft, at $2 $204.00

Columns —
9 in place, at $11 each 99.00

Corner Pilasters —
2\ in place, at $9 each 22.50

Balustrade —

76 ft., at $.50 $38.00

8% small posts at $1 each 12.00 50.00

Outside Steps 25.00

Lattice —

55 ft. in. X 1 ft. 6 in. = 82§ sq. ft., at $.15 12.37

Porch Ceiling —

111 sq. ft., at $10 per square 11 . 10

Bulkhead Steps 25.00

Corner Boards —

252 ft. in. X 8 in. = 168 sq. ft., at $.30 per sq. ft. 50.40

Water Table—

117* linear ft., at $.20 23.50

Windows and Frames —
Attic —

4 windows, circular top, at $11 . 20 '. . . . 44. 80

4 windows, square, at $5.25 21 .00

Second Story —

8 windows, 3 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft. in., at $10.63 85.04

7 windows, 2 ft. 6 in. X 4 ft. 6 in., at $10.00 70.00

First Story —

1 window, 2 ft. 6 in. X 4 ft. 6 in 10.00

2 windows, 2 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft. 6 in., at $10.50 21.00

2 windows, 2 ft. 6 in. X 3 ft. 9 in., at $9.00 18.00

2 pairs French windows (oak) 4 ft. 6 in. X 7 ft. 6 in.,

at $18.24 36.48

1 window, 3 ft. 4 in. X 5 ft. 6 in. (oak finish) 16. 18

Carried forward $4,124. 41

ESTIMATING

Fig. 28. Framing Flan of Third Floor of the George A. Jones Rcaideni

ESTIMATING 81

Brought forward $4,124.41

1 window, 3 ft. 4 in. X 5 ft. 6 in. (birch finish) 16. 18

1 window, 2 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft. 6 in. (birch finish) 14.45

2 windows, 3 f t.4 in. X 5 ft. 5 in. (whitewood) , at . $10 . 10 . 20 . 20
4 windows, 2 ft.6 in. X 4ft. 6in. (N.C.pine), at$9.40. . . 37.60

Front Door, with side anil top lights —

3 ft. 3 in. X 7 ft. 6 in 56.33

Rear Door — \

2 ft. 10 in. X 7 ft. 6 in 13.46

Cellar Sashes —

12, at $3.25 39.00

Coal Bins in Basement —

240 sq. ft. studding at $3.00 per square. . . .$ 7.20
240 sq. ft. boarding at $4.75 per square — 13 . 08

2 days' labor on one door 4. 56 24. 84

Cold-Air Box —

3 ft. in. X 1 ft. in., 25 ft. long, at $.62 per linear ft. 15 . 50

Basement Partitions—

46 ft. in. X 8 ft. in., 368 sq. ft., at $10.20 per square 37 . 53

3 doors, at $9.53 28.59

67J ft. shelving. . . ; 10. 12

1 door to bulkhead 10.00

First Story —

1 door, 2 ft. 8 in. X 7 ft. 6 in. (whitewood and birch

finish) 20.67

1 pair sliding doors (whitewood and birch finish). 53 . 52

40 ft. birch base 8.00

1 door, 3 ft. 3 in. X 7 ft. 6 in. (whitewood and oak) . 22 . 67
1 door, 2 ft. 10 in. X 7 ft. 6 in. (whitewood and oak) . 20 . 67

Wood Cornice in Dining Room—

56 ft. 6 in. X 6 in. birch, at $.48 $26.88

56 ft. picture molding, at $.06 3.36 30.24

Wood Cornice in Library —

82 ft. 6 in. X 6 in. oak, at $.48 ... ■ .$39.36

Carried forward $39 . 36 $4,603 . 98

82 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $39.36 $4,603.98

82 ft. picture molding, at $.06 4. 92 44. 28

Oak Base —

72 ft., at $.20 14.40

1 door, 3 ft. in. X 7 ft. 6 in. (whitewood) 12.59

Vestibule Door, side lights and top light, same as front door . 56 . 33

Whitewood Base, 101 ft., at $.10 10. 10

5 doors (N. C. pine), at $9.48 47.40

China Closet Finish 100.00

Pantry 50.00

Kitchen and Back Entry Sheathing —

65 linear ft., at $.40 26.00

Mantels —

Allowance $125.00

Labor of setting , 6.50 131.50

Second Story —

16 doors stock, at $9.48 151 .68

1 arch in hall 10.00

2 wood columns, at $10 20.00

5 closets, at $3.50 v 17.50

1 linen closet .\ 25.00

1 linen closet 20.00

Third Story —

2 doors, finished one side, at $7.04 each 14.08

1 closet door 7.04

Tank 10.00

Finished floor, 100 sq. ft 7.25

Base, 14 ft, at $.10 1.40

Conductors —

120 ft., at $.15 per ft., put up $18.00

6 goosenecks, at $1.00 6.00 24.00

Cutting and Fitting for Plumbing and Heating 35 . 00

Freight, Fares, and Expenses 50. 00

Insurance 10.00

Total cost of carpenter work $5,499. 53

ESTIMATING

Fig. 29. Framing Plan of Roof of the George A. Jones Residenco

84 ESTIMATING

STAIRS

Front Stairs —

128 ft. spruce, at $32 per M $ 4. 10

120 ft. whitewood, at $82 per M 9.84

85 ft. quartered oak, at $150 per M 12 . 75

30 ft. mahogany rail and turn 40.00

5 paneled posts at $5.00 25.00

105 balusters, at $.20 21.00

11 nosings, at $.06 66

25 scotias, at $.03 75

Nails, glue, etc 1 . 00

Labor 76.00 $193. 10

Back Stairs —
First Flight-^

55 ft. spruce, at $32 per M $ 1.76

105 ft. N. C. pine, at $60 per M 6.30

16 scotias, at $.03 each .48

Nails, etc 75

Labor 22.00 31 .27

Second Flight —

54 ft. spruce, at $32 per M $ 1.73

110 ft. N. C. pine, at $60 per M 6.60

17 scotias, at $.03 each 51

Nails, etc 75

lpost 1.00

4 ft. rail, at $.12£ 50

12 balusters, at $.08 96

Labor 24.00 36.05

Cellar Stairs —

40 ft. spruce, at $32 per M $1.28

75 ft. N. C. pine, at $60 per M 4.50

Post 75

Rail 1.20

Labor 7.00 14.73

$275.15
Teaming 2.00

Total cost of stairs $277. 15

ESTIMATING 85

HARDWARE

Note. — This estimate is based upon a fair quality of hardware, the butts
being of bronze-plated steel, the knobs of glass in Master's part, with rose and
escutcheon of bronze; the sash fasts of solid bronze metal, also lifts and catches;
black or white knobs in service portion.

Basement

Bulkhead, Outside—

2 pairs extra heavy galvanized T-hinges,
8-in., at $.85 $1.70

2 hooks and staples, 5-in., at $10.00 20

Labor 1.00

Bulkhead, Inside —

1 pair heavy T-hinges, 8-in 15

1 thumb latch . 10

Labor 50

Three Doors —

3 pairs butts, 3£-X 3£-in., at $.20 .60

3 sets locks at $.50 1 . 50

Labor 2.00

Hinged Windows —

12 pairs butts, li-in., at $.08 96

12 hooks and eyes, at $.04 48

12 buttons, at $.04 48

Labor 2.00 $11.67

First Floor

Entrance Door —

1J pairs butts, 4|- X 4§-in., at $.50 $ 0. 75

1 set locks, bronze metal 12 . 00

Labor 2.50

Seven Inside Doors, Front —

7 pairs butts, 3£- X 3§-in., at $.40 2 . 80

7 sets locks, at $1.50 10.50

Labor 7.00

Carried forward $35.55 $11.67

ESTIMATING

-detail;- of- kitchen -pantry etc-

- = -]

llll

y KITCHEN BNNTin' lfcjltI 3KTKW THKff CHINA CLOSET

1 ui f e r -

■ECMIL OT PANTRIES

SCAlJ . -DETAIL OFLIfEN CLOSET-

Fi«. 30. Details of Kitchen, Pantry, Etc., oi the George A. Jones Resit

ESTIMATING 87

Brought forward . .$35.55 $11.67

Side Entrance Door —

li pairs butts, 4§- X 4§-in. at $.50 75

1 set locks . . 3.00

Labor 1.25

One Pair Sliding Doors, 5 ft. in.

1 set hangers, 5 ft. in. double 4.50

1 set S. D. locks 3.00

Labor 2.50

Six Inside Back Portions—

6 sets locks, at $.60 3.60

6 pairs butts, 3|- X 3§-in. at $.20 1 .20

Labor 5.00

Back Doors —

\\ pairs butts, 4J- X 4J-in. at $.30 45

1 set locks 3.00

Labor 1 . 25

Ice Chest Door —

1 pair butts, 3- X 3-in 50

1 IH lever, galvanized 75

1 brass hasp and padlock 2.00

Labor 75

China Closet —

2 pairs glass doors —

2 pairs butts, 2£- X 2 |-in. at $.30 60

2 elbow catches, at $.10 w . . .20

2 cupboard catches, at $.15 30

1 pair cupboard doors —

2 pairs butts, 2|- X 2|-in. at $.15 30

1 elbow catch 10

1 cupboard catch 15

20 drawer pulls, at $.10 2.00

Labor 3.50

Pantry —

4 cupboard doors —
4 pairs butts, 2J- X 2J-in. at $.15 60

Carried forward $76. 15 $11.67

88 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $76. 15 $11.67

4 cupboard catches, at $.15 60

1 bbl. swing 75

10 drawer pulls, at $.10. 1.00

Labor 2.50

Windows —

15 sash fasts, at $.40 6.00

30 sash lifts, at $.10 3.00

Labor 10.00

Casement Windows—

4 pairs butts, 3- X 3-in. at $.50 2.00

2 pairs flush bolts, at $1.00 2.00

2 casement fasts, at $.60 1 . 20

Labor 1.25 96.45

Second Floor

Sixteen Doors-

16 pairs butts, 3£- X 3£-in., at $.40 $6.40

16 sets locks, at $1.00 16.00

Labor 13.50

Windows —

14 sash fasts, at $.40 5.60

1 sash fast 50

28 sash lifts, at $.10 2.80

2 sash lifts, at $.12 24

Labor 9. 50

Six Drawers in Linen Closet —

12 drawer pulls, at $.10 1.20

Labor 25 ,55.99

Bathroom —

1 pair butts, 3£- X 3J-in. (nickel-plate) — $0.50

1 set locks (nickel-plate) 1 . 50

Labor 1.00 3.00

Attic

Two Doors —

2 pairs butts, 3£- X 3£-m., at $.12 $0. 24

2 sets locks, at $.60 1.20

Labor 1 . 25

Carried forward $2.69 $167.21

ESTIMATING

Fi«. 31. Details of Main Cornice ■>

Donne™ of lis George A. Jones Reside]

ESTIMATING

Fig. 32. Details of Porch. Cornice, Etc.. of the George A. Jones Reside]

ESTIMATING 91

Brought forward $2.69 $167.21

Two Low Doors —

2 pairs butts, 2?J- X 2i-in. at $.12 0. 24

2 cupboard turns, at $.40 80

Labor * 1 . 25

Windows —

8 sash fasts, at $.40 3.20

16 sash lifts, at $.10 1.60

Labor 5. 50

6 doz. H. & C. hooks, 639J, at $.50 3 . 00

3 doz. base knobs, at $.35 1 . 05

Labor 3.00 19.64

Total cost of hardware $186 . 85

HEATINd

Furnace —

1 No. 28 Crawford furnace (28-in. firepot) . $138 . 00
22 ft. 8-in. galvanized iron smoke pipe,
55 lb. at $.12. 6.60 $144.60

Registers —

1 14 X 18-in. register, stone, box, and
netting $6. 52

4 9 X 12-in. registers, stone, box, and
netting, at $2.17 8.68

4 8 X 10-in. registers, stone, box, and
netting, at $1.65 6. 60

4 7 X 10-in. registers, stone, box, and

netting, at $1.62 6.48 28.28

Piping, including dampers, collars, and elbows —

12 ft. 14-in. tin pipe, at $.29 $ 3:48 .

64 ft. 9-in. tin pipe, at $.17 10.88

278 ft. 7-in. tin pipe, at $.14 38.92 52.28

Covering for Risers (6 lb. asbestos paper per pipe) —

5 risers, 30 lb. at $.05 1.50

Plastering Rings in Cellar —

For 13 pipes at $.25 each „ 3. 25

$230.91
Office Expense and Profit 57. 73

Carried forward. $288.64

101

ESTIMATING

-PLUndWG-PLANiJ-Cf VECT1CW ■_,

Fig. 33. Plumbing Plana and Section of the George A. Junes Reaidei

ESTIMATING 93

Brought forward $288.64

Labor —

Measuring and laying out risers, man 1 day . $ 5 . 20
Erecting risers, man 2 days, helper 1 day. . 13.20
Laying out and erecting cellar pipes and

furnace, man 3 days, helper 2 days 21 . 20

Finishing, man 1 day 5. 20

Carting and expenses 10.00 54.80

Total cost of heating apparatus $343.44

PLUMBING

Waste and Soil Pipes —

2 4-in. lead bends, at $3.16 $ 5.75

2 4-in. sleeves, at $1.00 1 .82

5 2-in. sleeves, at $.54 2.45

2 3- X 2-in. sleeves, at $.80 1.45

1 l£-in. Pemberton trap 8. 00

30 lb. solder, wiping, at $.35 9. 50

2 trap plugs, at $.65. , 1.20

2 6-in. traps, at $2.14 3.90

1 6-in. cesspool 2. 12

4 1 J-inch solder nipples, at $.40 1 . 45

1 4-in. roof flashing 1 . 82

Soil pipe 58.00

15 ft. l}-in. lead pipe, No. 55 5.88

50 ft. 2-in. iron pipe\ 7
40 ft. lf-m. iron pipe J

Soil fittings, J cost of pipe 19. 35

Cast-iron fittings, \ cost of iron pipe 2. 18 $135.74

Miscellaneous Fittings —

3 4-in. brass CO $ 2.90

1 5-in. brass CO 1 . 58

Refrigerator waste 15. 15

Local vents 14. 60

1 ball cock 1.52

2 sill cocks 3.04

Tank overflow 7. 85

4|-in. S. & W. cocks 3.93

Carried forward. $50.57 $135.74

103

94 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $50.57 $135.74

1 boiler valve and chain 76

25 lb. tinned copper, at $.42} 9.70

6 3-part hangers, brass 9. 44

2 f-in. hose bibs 3.00

3 f-inch plain bibs 4.00

Street connections 62.50

1 lb. putty 06

2 lb. grafting wax 65

Calking lead, 380 lb 32.25

Oakum 1.95 174.88

Fixtures —

1 36- X 24- X 8-in. sink, 12-in. back $14.00

1 24- X 14-in. pantry sink 17. 50

1 pair pantry cocks 4. 40

2 24- X 48-in. trays, 12-in. back 17.50

1 5-ft. bathtub, complete 49. 70

1 lavatory, complete 30. 00

1 watercloset, complete 55.00

1 40-gallon boiler 23.00

1 40-gallon boiler stand 1 . 00

12 lb. fine solder 4. 65

Clamps and hooks 3.30

Tinned tacks 15

Fuel 2.38 222.58

Supplies and Labor —

126 ft, f-in. galv. water pipe $ 9. 16

22 ft. i-in. galv. water pipe 1 .25

Fittings 2.06

74 ft. f-in. brass $34.40

56 ft. i-in. brass 24.30 58.70

Fittings 9.85

Painting of iron pipes 10.00

Stopcocks 4. 30

Sink and tray legs 5. 78

Lead, oil, etc 80

Carried forward $101 .90 $533.20

104

ESTIMATING 95

Brought forward $101.90 $53^.20

Clamping brass and screws 30

Cartage and fares 6.00

Labor, 40 days, at $6.00 340.00 448.20

$981.40
Profit, 10 per cent 98. 14

Total cost of plumbing $1,079. 54

ELECTRIC WIRING

Note. — The following estimate is figured on outlet boxes at all outlets;
and includes a main cabinet and main switch to connect with the meter and to
cover the meter, on an 8-circuit panel board, which allows one spare circuit.
The panel board is to be made of slate, with slate gutters and linings, with good
wooden door and trim.

The labor is estimated on wages of $4.00 per day for a journeyman, and
$2.50 per day for helper. This price is above that paid in small places, but is
below what is paid in some cities.

Supplies —

25 ft. 1-in. galv. conduit $ 2. 25

1 1-in. pipe cap 45

1 1-in. elbow fitting .45

4 1-in. pipe straps 04

58 ft. No. 6 D. B. R. C. wire 3.48

2 1-in. ground clamps 24

75 ft. No. 6 S. B. R. C. wire 3.75

30 large knobs .90

30 3i-iri. No. 14 screws 24

40 3 X i-in. porcelain tubes 60

1 60-ampere double pole fused J. K. switch . 95

2 50-ampere enclosed fuses 34

Steel cabinet for main switch 2 . 00

1 60-ampere double pole main line cut-out. . 95

2 35-ampere fuses (enclosed) 34

1 4-circuit cut-out panel and cabinet 8. 00

2500 ft. No. 14 S. B. R. C. wire 21.88

250 ft. h flexible conduit (tubing) 3. 75

800 5§-in. knobs 6.00

12 lb. 10-penny wire nails 42

800 leather nail heads 16

1000 3- X A-in. porcelain tubes 3.40

105

96 ESTIMATING

200 4-XTT-in- porcelain tubes . $1 . 00

100 6-XtV-u 1 ' porcelain tubes 1 .00

50 8-X A-i n « porcelain tubes 1 .00

25 10-XTT-in- porcelain tubes 1 . 00

48 new work type outlet boxes 2. 88

12 new work type switch boxes 1 . 56

1 gross f-in. No. 8 screws 15

\ lb. friction tape .23

i lb. splicing compound 35

J lb. wire solder 15

10 S. P. flush push switches 2.70

2 3-way flush pu&h switches 70

12 single switch plates ; 1 . 56

Incidentals 3.00 $77.87

Labor —

On rough wiring 65.00

On mains 18. 50

On finishing 18. 50

Carting 2.00 104.00

Office Expenses 36.37

Profit 43.65

Total cost of electric wiring $261 . 89

ELECTRIC LIGHTING FIXTURES

Note. — While the electric lighting fixtures are not generally made a part
of the building contract, it may be worth while to consider them in relation to
the cost of the house; there is, however, such a wide range in design and cost, as
well as in personal preference, that any data given can be at best only
approximate.

The following estimate is based upon simple designs of moderate cost in

"old brass 1 ' finish:

First Story

Living Room —

1 4-light electrolier $27.50

4 1-light wall brackets, at $6.00 24.00

Hall —

2 2-light ceiling pieces, at $3.50 7 . 00

Vestibule —

1 3-light cluster 9.00 $67.50

1 ;

Carried forward $67.50

106

ESTIMATING 97

Brought forward $67.50

Porch —

1 1-light ceiling-piece 2.50

Parlor —

1 4-light electrolier 27.50

2 1-light wall brackets 9.00

Dining-room —

1 4-light electrolier 20.00

2 1-light wall brackets 6.00

China Closet, Rear Hall, Kitchen —

3 1-light ceiling-pieces, at $1.25 3 . 75

2 1-light wall brackets, at $1.75 3 . 50 139. 75

Pantry —

i 1-light ceiling-piece 1.00

Entry —

1 1-light ceiling piece 1 . 75

Piazza —

1 1-light ceiling piece 2.50 145.00

Second Story

Hall —

2 1-light ceiling-pieces, at $1.75 $ 3 . 50

Alcove —

2 1-light ceiling pieces, at $3.00 6. 00

Bedrooms —

13 1-light brackets, at $3.00 39.00

Bathroom —

1 1-light ceiling-piece 1 . 75

Rear Hall —

1 1-light bracket 1.75 52.00

Third Story

Hall —

1 1-light wall bracket $1.75

Attic —

1 3-ft. drop-cord 1.00 2.75

Carried forward $339. 50

107

93 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $339. 50

Basement

Laundry—

1 1-light wall bracket $1 . 35

Cellar —

4 3-ft. drop-cords, at $1.00 4.00

$344.85
Labor

Installing above fixtures with all necessary trimmings $36. 00
Total cost of electric lighting fixtures in place $380. 85

PAINTINQ

Outside Painting —

17 pairs blinds, 3 coats, at $1.50 pair $25.50

1,068 yds. 3 coats, windows and woodwork,

at $.25 264.50

54 yd. 2 coats metallic paint, upper side tin

roofs, at $.18 9.72

62 yd. 2 coats oiling on floors, porch, and

piazza, at $.15 yd 9.30 $308.02

Interior Painting —

166 yd. filling, staining, and shellacking,

and 2 coats hard oil finish, at $.25 yd $41 . 50

245 yd. filling and 2 coats spar varnish, first

coat rubbed, at $.30 yd 73.50

403 yd. one coat shellac, 3 of paint, 2 coats

zinc and white varnish, rubbed with

pumice and water, ivory white finish,

at $1.00 yd 403.00

294 yd. treated with potash, one oil filler;

cleaned; 4 coats shellac, last coat rubbed

with pumice and oil, oak and birch, at

$.45 yd 132 . 30

109 yd. filling, 4 coats shellac, last coat

rubbed with pumice and oil, floors at

$.35 yd 38.15

108

ESTIMATING

Fig. 34. Details of Trim on First Floor of the George A. Jodbb Residimo

100 ESTIMATING

114 yd. size and 3 coats paint, last coat

with varnish, walls, at $.25 yd $28.85

5 yd. 3 coats paint and one enamel gloss,

bathtub, at $.40 2.00

100 yd. 3 coats paint, last with zinc, flat,

whitewood, at $.30 yd 30.00

10 yd. one coat shellac on pipes, at $.10 yd. 1 .00
299 yd. size and tinting in water colors,

ceilings, at $.15 yd 44.85 $795. 15

Total cost of painting $1103. 17

GENERAL SUMMARY

Batter boards and water supply $ 40.00

Excavation - 315.00

Stonework, cesspools, and drains 889. 74

Chimneys and brickwork 339. 16

Concreting 110.25

Plastering 653.28

Carpenter work 5,499. 53

Stairs 277. 15

Hardware 186.85

Heating 343.44

Plumbing 1,079.54

Electric wiring 261.89

Electric fixtures 241. 10

Painting 1,104.17

Total $11,341. 10

ILLUSTRATIVE SCHEDULES

I. ANALYSIS OF CARPENTER WORK

Following is a section devoted to the analysis of the different
portions of carpenter work in the foregoing estimate. These show
how the prices are obtained, and will be very useful for comparison,
as the changes in cost of parts can be noted and kept up to date.

110

ESTIMATING 101

First Floor, price per square of 100 sq. ft., including the floor beams,
bridging, and under floors, but no furring for plaster —

Joists, 2- X 10-in., 16-in. on centers $3. 75

Labor 2.00

Nails .15

Bridging 50

Under floor, hemlock, at $27.00 2 . 70

Waste, one-third 41

Labor 1 .00

Nails 15 $10. 66

Hard Pine Upper Floor, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Stock $7.50

Waste, 15 percent '. 2.50

Labor 3.00

Nails .25 13.25

Quartered Oak Upper Floor, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Stock. $14.50

Waste 5.00

Labor J 6.50

Nails 25 26.25

Porch or Veranda Floor, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Joists, 2- X 8-in., 16 in. on centers $2.80

Labor 1 . 50

Hard pine flooring, at $G5 6. 50

Waste 2.15

Labor 1 . 50

Nails 20 14.65

Second Floor, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Joists, 2- X 10-in., 16 in. on centers $3.75

Labor 2.00

Bridging 50

Furring 2.00

Underrfloor stock 2 . 70

Waste 41

Carried forward $11 . 36

111

102 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $11 . 36

Labor 1.00

Nails 15

Upper-floor stock 5. 50

Waste 1 . 80

Labor 2.25

Nails 20 $22.26

Third Floor, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Joists, 2- X 8-in., 16 in. on centers $3.08

Labor 2.00

Under floor 4. 25

Furring 2.00

Bridging 50 11.83

Shingled Roof, per square of 100 sq. ft. — %

Rafters, 2- X 7-in., 20 in. on centers $2. 15

Labor / 2.25

Matched spruce boarding 3 . 00

Waste, one-quarter 75

Labor 1 . 50

Nails 20

Shingles 4.50

Labor 3.05

NaUs 25 17.65

Tinned Roof, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Rafters, 2- X 7-in., 20 in. on centers $2. 15

Labor 2.25

Matched boarding, as above 5 . 45

Paper 50

Tinning 12.00 22.10

Wall Frame and Boarding, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Studding, 2- X 4-in., 16 in. on centers $5.00

Boarding , . 2.70

Waste 41

Labor 1.00

NaUs 20 9.31

Inside Studding, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Stock 2- X 4-in., 16 in. on centers $1 . 40

Waste, one-third 45

Labor 2.00

Carried forward $3 . 85

112

ESTIMATING

103

Fig. 35. Alternate

Detail of Window Frames of the George A. Jones Residence

113

104 ESTIMATING

Brought forward $3.85

Nails 15

Grounds and beads 50 $4. 50

Clapboarding, per square of 100 sq. ft. —

Clapboards, 80, at $0.06J $5.20

Labor 4. 56

Paper 50

Nails 20 10.46

Main Cornice, per linear ft. —

Gutter, per ft $0. 17

Upper fascia 03

Fillet 01

Lower fascia 04

Planceer 08

Bed-mold 02

Frieze 06

Architrave molding 04

Brackets 25

Labor 70

Rough furring 10 1 . 50

Piazza Cornice, per linear ft. —

Upper fascia $0.03

Gutter 10

Lower fascia 03

Fillet 01

Planceer 08

Bed-mold 02

Brackets 25

Frieze 15

Architrave mold 03

Soffit 05

Inside frieze ». .10

Labor 1.00

Rough furring 15 2 . 00

Attic Windows, circular top, each —

Frame $6.00

Sash 2.50

Inside finish 1 . 00

Weights and cord 45

Labor 2.25 2.20

114

ESTIMATING 105

Second-Story Windows, 3 ft. 6 in. X 5 ft., each —

Frame $1.25

Sashes, 17£ sq. ft. at $.16 1.90

Blinds 1 . 00

Blind fasts 15

Inside finish 1 . 19

Nails and screws 10

Weights and cord 74

Labor, 1 day 4.56 $10.89

First-Story Windows, 2 ft. 6 in. X 4 ft. 6 in., each —

Frame $1.25

Window, 11J sq. ft., at $.16 1.60

Blinds 75

Blind fastenings 15

Screws and nails 10

Weights, 22§ lb., at $.01£ 33

Cord 15

Inside casing, 18 ft., at $.03$ 63

Backhand, 18 ft., at $.03 54

Stop beads, 14 ft., at $.02 28

Labor 4.56 10.34

French Windows, 4 ft. 6 in. X 7 ft. 6 in., each —

Frame $5.00

Sash, 4 ft. 6 in. X 7 ft. 6 in., 34 sq. ft., at

$.20 6.80

Astragal 75

Nails and screws 10

Inside finish 96

Labor 6.84 28.55

Window, 3 ft. 4 in. X 5 ft 6 in. (oak finish), each —

Frame $1.75

Window, 18 sq. ft., at $.16 2.88

Blinds 1.25

Blind fasts. 15

Nails and screws 10

Weights 75

Finish (oak) 2.46

Labor, 1| days 6.84 16. 18

115

106 ESTIMATING

Rear Door, 2 ft. 10 in. X 7 ft. 6 in-
Frame $3.50

Door, 21 sq. ft., at $.20 4.20

Finish 91

Labor 4. 56

Nails 05 $13.22

Front Door, 3 ft. 3 in. X 7 ft. 6 in., with top and side lights: —

Frame —

Sill, 7 ft., at $.25 $1.75

Jambs, 23 ft. at $.07 1.61

Mullions and transom bar, 20 ft. at $.10$ . . 2 . 10

Outside casing, 23 ft. at $.03$ 81

Mullion casing, 20 ft., at $.02 42

Labor, one-half price of stock 4. 56 11 . 25

Door, 3 ft., 3 in. X 7 ft. 6 in —

21 sq. ft., at $.25 $5.25

Side-light panels, 6 ft. at $.25 per ft 1 . 50

3 sash rims, at $.50 1.50

Leaded glass, lOf sq. ft. at $2.50 27.00 35.25

Inside Finish —

Stop beads $0.28

Architrave, 24 ft., at $.04 J per ft 1 .08

Labor, 3 days $13.68 15.04

Total $61.34

Door, 2, ft. 8 in. X 7 ft. 6 in. (N. C. pine)—

Stock door $2.35

Frame 1 .25

Threshold 15

Nails 05

Finish, 39$ ft. at $.03$ 1.38

Labor 4.56 9.74

Pair Sliding Doors, 6 ft. X 8 ft. (whitewood and birch) —

Doors, 48 sq. ft., at $.50 $24.00

Architrave, 24 ft. birch 2. 16

Architrave, 24 ft., whitewood 1 . 08

Jambs, 22 ft., birch 1.62

Jambs, 22 ft., whitewood 85

Grounds, 22 ft., birch 50

Carried forward $30.21

118

ESTIMATING

Brought forward .$30.21

Grounds, 22 ft., whitewood 23

Chafing strip, 22 ft., birch 33

22 ft., whitewood 15

Astragal, birch and whitewood 1 . 50

Sheathing pockets, 96 ft., at $4.75 per

square 4. 50

Labor, 5 days' work 22.80

107

$59.72

II. SCHEDULE OF HEATING
Memoranda from Which Heating Estimate Is Made Up

First-Floor
Rooms

Dimensions
of Rooms

(ft.)

1
Contents
of Rooms
(cu. ft.)

tH
«

•

Diameter

of Pipe

Requibed

(in.)

Dimen-
sions of
Registers
(in.)

Abba of Pipes
(sq. in.)

TinPipb Requibed

Including Elbows

(ft.)

Living-Room

14X25X9

3,150

2 9

2 9X12

128

Hall

11X25X9

3,465

14X18

154

Parlor

12X14X9

1,512

9X12

Dining-room

12X14X9

1,512

9X12

China closet

7X10X9

• • • •

....

7X10

Second-Floor
Rooms

Bedroom

11X14X8J

1,309

8X10 1

Bedroom

11X14X81

1,309

8X10

Bedroom

HX14X8i

1,309

7 ;

8X10

Bedroom

HX14X8i

1,309

8X10

Alcove

6X11X8*

• • • •

7X10

Bathroom

6X10X8J

• • ■ •

• • • •

7X10

Rear bedroom

10X13X8J

1,105

7X10

Smoke pipe, 22 feet

Heat-pipe area, 714 square inches

Cold-air box, 534 square inches, or three-quarters of

heat-pipe area
Firepot, 28 inches

* Forty per cent must be added to contents of hall for space above.

117

*.i
V-

CONTRACTS AND
SPECIFICATIONS

In order to build intelligently and with profit, it is
essential after the scheme has been developed on the draw-
ings — that the materials and their qualities be so selected and
so designated that there can be no misunderstanding relative
thereto, on the part of either the owner or the builder, and
that only such materials be required as the former is pre-
pared to pay for.

INTRODUCTION

THE SPECIFICATION AND ITS FUNCTION

Essential Characteristics. The province of a specification is
to supplement the drawings, setting forth those points in the pro-
posed work which cannot be readily expressed by diagram and
figures. It may therefore be said that its principal object is to
define the general conditions under which the work is to be done,
and to describe the quality of the materials to be used. In other
words, a specification is a statement of the conditions under which
the building is to be constructed, and of the items necessary there-
for which are not indicated on the contract drawings.

The specification also presents the general conditions under
which the work indicated by the drawings is to be executed. It
stipulates the kind and quality of labor and materials desired, and
contains all the written instructions and descriptions that may be
needed to indicate fully to the bidders just what must be furnished.

Clearness. The completeness and clearness of the specification
materially govern the amounts of the bids, and also regulate the
amount of extra charges brought in by the contractor at the final
settlement; a simple description, therefore, giving as briefly as
possible the correct idea to the bidder, is likely to achieve a better
result than a long treatise on what is recognized as good workman-
ship and material by any workman capable of undertaking the
contract at all.

119

2 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Quality and Kind of Materials. As a general rule the specifica-
tion should give the quality and kind of material to be used, and
the method of workmanship, leaving the quantities and sizes to be
obtained from the plans. This method, if carefully followed,
simplifies the checking-up in completing the plans. Changes in
quantities and dimensions can be made on the plans, while changes
in material are looked for in the specification.

Notes on Drawings. Specifications are sometimes written in the
form of notes on the drawings; but these easily become separated,
so that the specification might not be considered for every part
of the work on which it would have a bearing. Moreover, as there
is not usually room on the drawings for the necessary detail, they
never can be as complete as a written description, and at the same
time they tend to lead the contractor to neglect the complete specifi-
cations. On the other hand, notes on the drawings have a certain
advantage in being directly before the contractor. They can be
easily and permanently put on when making the drawings, and
they show the exact location of the materials mentioned.

General Comments on Wording. Clear and Exact Language.
Specifications must be written in language perfectly intelligible to
all persons connected with the work ; special care must be exercised
in this, since the specifications, together with the contract drawings,
form the basis of the final agreement or bargain between the owner
of the proposed building and the builder, this agreement being
called the contract.

The building to be erected is described by the architect in two
ways — namely, by drawings and by a written description, the speci-
fication. The same experience and ability that enable him to make
the drawings, will be required in formulating the written state-
ments necessary to express what cannot be fully shown in the
design. The importance of the specification is shown in the
fact that in case of discrepancy it takes precedence over the
drawings.

The diction employed, should, therefore, be carefully considered,
so that the specification will be a continuous description of the
matter, dealing fully with each subject or each part of the work
in proper sequence, and,' avoiding all reiteration of requirements
either in whole ot in part. Short sentences referring first to one

120

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3

subject and then to another, and of doubtful connection, should
never be allowed.

Terms Used in Grading Material. Words should be used in their
most common meaning, and if an expression indicates only a trade
term for a locality, it should be so stated. " First quality" as a
trade term, for example, may not mean the best in the market;
4 ' Extra No. 1 ' ' shingles are not so good as * ' Extra ' ' ; * ' 6-cut ' ' stone-
work may show many stones which would not appear if "Good 6-
cut" were called for. If the architect is not fully informed on
these points, he should study more carefully the grades of materials
being put into buildings, and how they appear in structures that
have stood for some time. Visits to supply houses, mills, shops,
and stoneyards, will repay the time spent.

Such expressions as "best", "proper", "sufficient", etc., are
capable of being interpreted in very different ways, according to
the point of view of a good or a poor workman.

Accuracy of Statement. Generally speaking, adjectives and
adverbs and all general description should be dispensed with. The
requirement that work shall be finished "in the best possible man-
ner ' ' means very little. A reasonable interpretation of * * best work ' '
for a house costing $1,500, would be entirely unsuitable for a house
costing $15,000; and as all through the scale the meaning varies,
it will be evident that the contractor, influenced by his intent to
make a profit, and the owner, influenced by his desire to get his
money's worth, will have widely separated views as to what the
"best" is. The architect, in attempting to decide the question, is
likely to get the ill-will of both.

Each requirement should be so carefully written that there
can be only one interpretation, with absolutely no doubt as to its
true intent. If the specifier hopes to get better work through some
hidden meaning in the specification, he is doomed to disappoint-
ment; for the more expensive interpretation will be used by the
contractor in making his bid, but later, when the vork is required,
he may plead that, on account of the uncertainty of meaning, he
should not be required to do the work the more expensive way
without extra compensation. Make the specification fair and
honest, for it is the basis on which the architect will stand as
arbitrator during the progress of the work.

121

4 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

It should be remembered that it is the province of the workmen
to comprehend and not to originate ; and so the statement of what
is to be constructed should be made very clear, leaving nothing
to the imagination of the contractor. A statement in the specifica-
tion of what could be better shown on the drawings is likely to be
poorly comprehended by the builders ; on the other hand, the owner
of the building will be wont to think more of the specification, since
he can understand this more clearly than he can the drawings.
There should be nothing, however, in the specification, or in any
part of the work, to discourage originality, personal interest, and
the exercise of judgment on the part of the workmen.

Province of Specification. Before a specification is begun, its
limits are fixed by the drawings ; on them the scheme is illustrated
fully, the material indicated in a general way, and all sizes shown.
Two tasks are the imperative duty of the specification writer :

(1) To acquaint himself most carefully with all that is illus-
trated by the drawings ;

(2) To determine all that is not given in the drawings.
Having settled in his mind the second point, he has the province

and the limits of his work before him; for, as above stated, it is
the province of the specification to set forth those points which
cannot be explained by the 'drawings. A most careful study of
the drawings, therefore, is necessary, in order to learn every point
in the proposed scheme which they do not cover — points which
must be covered in the specification.

To attempt to emphasize requirements already fully shown in
the drawings, by calling attention to them again in the specifica-
tion, adds nothing in the way of obligation, and has the effect of
casting doubt on those requirements which are not thus doubly set
forth.

A careful consideration, then, of the province of the specification
will show that its functions are to define the relations between the
different parties, the conditions under which the work is to be done,
and the materials used in execution. These are the points which .
have everything to do with the cost of the work. In building, as
in most other items, the form and shape have less to do with the
cost than have the conditions under which the work is done and the
materials required therefor.

122

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 5

As Relates to Contractor. Specifications should never impose
conditions which can involve the contractor in any unnecessary
trouble or expense. They should aim so to modify all conditions
that the contractor will feel others are co-operating with him to
produce the desired result without unnecessary expense or incon-
venience. The result desired should always be made perfectly
clear and apparent in the wording of the specifications; the means
of obtaining that result should, except in rare cases, be left
to the judgment of the contractor, who alone is responsible for
such result.

Sometimes it is imagined that, unless the conditions are set
forth with some degree of harshness, the owner will feel that
sufficient protection to his interests has not been provided; but,
before the completion of the work, he will probably realize, from
the smoothness with which the work progresses, that the tact of his
architect has saved him much annoyance and a considerable sum
of money.

As Relates to Architect. The writer of the specification must
clearly bear in mind, throughout his entire work, that the architect
is to occupy a unique position in carrying out the work — a position
which in altnost no other line is occupied by one individual. The
architect is the confidential professional adviser of his patron ; and
also, as the work progresses, he is to be the unbiased arbitrator,
often between opposing interests, one of Which is that of his patron
or employer. The office of arbitrator is difficult, and one which it is
generally impossible to occupy at all times to the satisfaction of
both parties; and as the unconscious influence of the patron's
interests is very likely to warp the judgment of the architect in
making interpretations which must govern, it is very necessary that
in the specification all matters be stated so clearly that differences
of interpretation will seldom occur, and that when they do occur
the specification will give the architect ample standing room, so
that his judgment may be accepted without either party feeling
wronged.

"Standard specifications ,, , which require "standard materials ,, ,
put in by "standard methods", have done their part most fully to
discourage owners, contractors, and, finally, architects. The same
judgment used in buying supplies of life that will satisfy require-

12S

6 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

ments, should be used in buying building material ; and success in
buying depends on knowing how to buy.

Parties Concerned. Owner. The owner is the autocrat; his
wishes are to govern, and unless his interest can be thoroughly
aroused, the transaction will probably end unsatisfactorily. There
is no person so hard to serve as one who, while feeling it necessary
to build, has no interest in the process. The work, when done, will
never be quite what he thought it would be, and he will never be
satisfied. The interest of the owner should, therefore, be enlisted
concerning as many details of materials as possible, and the reason
for using one and not another. His questions will at first be trying.
Possibly the first query will be : What will be the increase in cost of
a brick or stone-faced house over a wood house ? — and no amount of
argument or explanation will convince him that no definite ratio
exists. But the question can be used as an excuse to discuss the
different qualities of brick, or the kinds of stone which he prefers,
and soon technical knowledge of these materials will awaken an
interest and call out more rational questions. This discussion will
reveal the kinds of materials which will be satisfactory to the
owner and an estimate quickly made by the architect will answer
the question.

It is the right of the owner to understand all the differences in
quality of materials, and why each kind is to be used. If he does
not, he will probably be much annoyed by the wiseacres, who are
sure to criticise everything delivered on the site, and the end will
probably be severe criticism of the architect, who "did not know
enough to specify the best." It will rarely occur to the owner,
that, had the "best" been specified, it would have carried his
building well into the hands of the mortgagee. The owner's interest
if once aroused, will lead to a co-operation with the architect and
the contractor, which will encourage the owner to "give and take"
in minor matters, to the mutual advantage of himself and the con-
tractor.

It is, further, the owner's right to have freaks and notions; and,
after a careful presentation of the case, his ideas as to materials,
though they may be decidedly different from those of his architect,
should be respected, and the material incorporated as dictated by
him. Herein is the opportunity for the architect to use his best

124

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 7

technical knowledge, and so to meet the conditions that in spite of
them the result will be satisfactory. The architect who says that
he carried out the dictations of the owner and is not responsible
for the result, is likely to lose a patron and possibly to make an
enemy.

Contractor. As a general thing, the only object the contractor
has in mind in taking the work is the pecuniary profit to himself
in the transaction. It is rarely that satisfactory results can be
obtained from a man who is losing money ; generally he so manages
that the owner is as great a loser, and the architect is blamed for
the losses of both.

While the contractor is under obligations, after taking the con-
tract, to carry out the work "as directed", it is well to remember
that his assumption of the contract was a purely voluntary act, and
that he was under no obligation to take it. It is his right to know,
before he puts in his bid, just what he is expected to furnish and to
do, not to be left to furnish what, in the judgment of someone not
interested in him, are materials of "best quality' ' or "good qual-
ity." Nothing will so much tend to draw from the contractor the
best results, as to sense a feeling of co-operation on the part of both
the owner and the architect.

Specification Writer. The central figure in this transaction is
the specification writer. His tact must arrange the conditions under
which the work is to be done ; his technical knowledge must supply
the data, and set forth in clear, explicit language, the description of
the material which the contractor is to furnish and the owner is
to accept. He is to be the arbitrator when any question arises
affecting the interests of both in conflicting ways, and for his own
comfort the arbitration must be such that both sides will see its
full justice. In order that the necessity for arbitration shall present
itself as seldom as possible, it is essential that all the conditions
and questions liable to cause misunderstanding be fully studied and
settled in the specification. It is the duty of the superintendent to
see that the contractor follows out the requirements of the specifica-
tion, but it is unfortunate to have the specification so loosely written
that the requirements are ambiguous, or at least not explicit, and
the contractor is made to feel that he is distrusted, or that he is
obliged to furnish materials or labor at a loss under an arbitrary

125

8 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

decision, which, had the detail of the specification been more clearly
given he would have avoided.

Particular attention is called to the following paragraph, as
the advice contained therein is of the utmost value :

The specification writer must be a man of tact and technical
knowledge. It is outside the scope of this paper to discuss the
former quality, except in a most general way, but an effort will be
made so to treat the technical side that the student can develop
lines of thought that will enable him, whenever questions arise,
to attack them from such points as will gam for him the necessary
inside information; in no sense is it the intent of this paper to
set up such matter as will serve as models and forms to be applied
to miscellaneous conditions. The training of the specification writer
should be such as to accustom him to think in building material;
and when the habit is formed, the student, in passing from day to
day, structures completed or in course of construction, will con-
stantly find himself reasoning as to the use of various materials.
This is technical education. No school, no matter how long or how
thorough its course, will cover all the points to be decided in the
first modern specification. All the training any school can give is to
teach a man to think out the solution of his first and each succeeding
commission along sound lines. This is the character of work which
rouses enthusiasm in the worker and without which the work will
amount to little.

POINTS OF EMPHASIS IN SPECIFICATION WRITING

Preliminary Work. It is advisable for the specification writer
to block out a memorandum specification, indicating very generally
the points which will be completely covered in the finished copy, and
to do this at the time the architect is making the preliminary
sketches, which indicate the scheme to be followed later in the
contract drawings. With this preliminary specification a close esti-
mate of cost can be made, and the modifications incorporated which
are necessary to bring the cost of the work within the stipulated
sum. In the final Writing, however, this memorandum should be
used only for reference, as an effort to copy any part of it bodily
into the completed work is likely to introduce matter not desired,
or to cause the omission of essential matter not considered at the
time the memorandum was made.

There are certain data that it is advisable to obtain before writing

126

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 9

the specification, such as the information obtained from test borings
to determine the condition of the soil, references as to the location
of sewers and water-supply pipes, etc.

Bill of Quantities. It is sometimes held that the specifications
should be considered as a sort of index of all the labor and materials,
required in the structure, and that any items not mentioned in this
index cannot be required. This feature, however, is the province
cf the bill of quantities which in this country is prepared by the
contractor for his own use, and not by the architect. The con-
tractor makes up the bill of quantities from the drawings and
specifications which together show the shape, size, and quality of
materials, but which should never- attempt to state 1;he quantity in
detail ; for if an attempt is made to designate where materials are
to go, and if for any reason every single point is not covered in
such designation in the specifications, the contractor may seize upon
the omission as an excuse for an * ' extra. ' ' There is a growing senti-
ment, however, in favor of the employment of a quantity surveyor,
whose duty it is to make up from the architect's drawings and
specifications a bill of quantities, to be used by the competing
bidders, and to be later the basis of the contract or agreement
between the successful bidder and the owner.

Form of Publication of Specifications. Specifications are ordi-
narily typewritten, and several copies are usually made — one copy
for the owner, from one to three for the contractor, one office copy,
and extra copies which may be used in securing estimates, supplied
to the Inspection of Buildings' Department, etc. If many copies
are required, the specifications are sometimes lithographed, printed,
or mimeographed. It is the custom in some offices to print in type-
written form, or to mimeograph, the general conditions only, which
are the same in different specifications ; but it is better to have the
general conditions written in the same form as the general specifi-
cations, for if they are not the contractors are likely to overlook
them and to neglect the directions therein stated.

Marginal Sketches. Sometimes sketches are made in the margin
of the specification to indicate the use of materials or to show
required details. This can be done easily if the specifications are
printed or lithographed, but under the present system of dupli-
cating by typewriting, it is difficult. This sort of information can

127

10 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

be shown more completely on the regular drawings, which can be
reproduced in sufficient quantities to explain every item.

Preliminary Estimates. Preliminary estimates are generally
obtained from some "reliable contractor," who is called in before
the specification is complete, to estimate the relative cost of certain
parts of the building where there is doubt as to which of two
methods or materials to use.

It is better, however, for the architect to become familiar with
the prices of different items, so that he can estimate for himself the
cost of various schemes, unless the owner has settled on one par-
ticular contractor to whom the work is to be let. When the "re-
liable contractor" is called in, he appreciates fully that the time he
puts on the estimate will be in the nature of gratuitous services,
or nearly so, and therefore careful figures are not made, and often
the architect and owner are both misled.

Classification of Work of Different Trades. The opening de-
scription of the work should be straightforward, clear, and concise.
The specification should be carefully classified according to the
different trades, so that each sub-contractor and the estimator of
every small shop may find the work he is to do definitely indicated.
It is easy for a general contractor to unite sub-contracts and let
several to one firm, but very difficult to subdivide a specification
where trades are not differentiated. This should not lead the
architect, however, to separate work among different trades, if
safety, warranty, or promptness requires that certain parts of the
work shall all be under the control of one contractor, as, for exam-
ple, the roofer.

Each item describes the class of material to be used and the
kind of labor to be employed. The number of pieces and the
dimensions are left to the plans; though when, however, the plans
are incomplete on account of the small scale, the quantities and sizes
must be given fully and completely in the specifications.

The usual method of arranging a specification is to classify the
items under each building trade, and then to subdivide the building
trades as much as possible. Commence with the work to be done on
the foundation of the building and carry the description up through
the building to the roof in the order of construction. In this way
there is less danger of omissions. Sometimes it is advisable to de-

128

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11

scribe a certain part entirely under the trade that would have gen-
eral charge of it. For example, an iron staircase would be described
under "Iron Work/' and the description would include a wooden
handrail. Metal flashings, it is often specified, are to be furnished
by the carpenter, mason, or plumber for use in connection with
their work, though frequently these are provided by the metal
worker and set by the carpenter, mason, or plumber.

It should be stated and understood that every contractor is to
report any defect or discrepancy, as soon as observed, to the archi-
.tect, and to lend his personal interest and attention to the best
possible execution of the whole work.

Alterations in Specifications. The sets of specifications as
well as the drawings which they accompany, must be kept un-
changed, for reference, both when the estimates are received and
when the contract is signed. Later changes must be shown by
other drawings and by "addenda" to the original specifications.
Interlineations in a specification should not be made if there is
time for rewriting. If made at the last moment, they should be
signed individually at the time of signing the contract. All changes
introduced after the specification is completed and the contract let,
which involve extra charges, should have each a complete descrip-
tive specification written, referring to the general specification.

Arrangement for Reference. In writing out the specification,
it is advisable and usual on public work to number every clause
under the different trades in order. These numbers will be found
very useful for reference and comparison during the work. An
index may be placed at the beginning of the specification.

Inclusion of Indirect Items. There are many indirect items
which should be fully covered by the specifications — for example,
the requirement that the contractor shall take care of certain minor
points, such as clearing out rubbish, covering the windows, and
heating the building while the plaster is drying, putting up staging,
etc. Even when there is a general contractor for a building — which
would relieve both architect and owner of any direct responsibility
— it saves much discussion between the sub-contractors if such points
as these are included in the specification.

Attention to Public Regulations. Due consideration must also
be given to the various state and municipal regulations which are

129

12 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

enforced for the preservation of public health and safety ; and also
to insurance. regulations which apply primarily to the prevention
of property loss by disaster of any kind.

These regulations are directed principally toward securing
sufficient strength and stability to prevent collapse of construction,
sufficient protection against fire from within or without, adequate
ventilation and sanitation, and have regard, besides, for measures
of public welfare such as open areas, the protection of property
values, and the improvement of civic beauty.

Where there are definitely stated requirements in state or mu-
nicipal building laws, use the same wording or expressions in the
specification. The provisions in the laws are the result of long
study and practical experience, and often the difference of a single
word will confuse or obscure the meaning to the contractors. The
specifications may be abbreviated by referring directly to the build-
ing laws, and omitting what is there clearly stated.

Restriction on Architect's Powers. While every specification
should require that the work as a whole and in all details shall be
carried out to the satisfaction of the architect, such requirement
must carry with it the full understanding that the architect shall be
satisfied when the contractor has furnished what the clear meaning
of the drawings and specification calls for, and under no circum-
stances shall the architect, under the excuse that what has been
furnished is not satisfactory to him, demand other than that which
is required by the drawings and specifications.

Use of Warranty Clauses. It is often desirable to stipulate
that certain portions of the Work are warranted to exercise their
functions properly when completed, and for a certain period of
time thereafter. For example, the Heating specification may stipu-
late that the apparatus is to maintain a temperature of 70 degrees
wheu that of the outside is at zero or 30 degrees below ; or it may be
that the roof is to be warranted to remain waterproof for a certain
length of time. Such warranty clauses should be sparingly used,
for in case of a defect in the portion warranted, it is generally as
expensive to get the person who installed the defective portion to
remedy it, as to get the work done over by another party, and the
delays incident are annoying in the extreme. When a warranty
clause is used, it is generally made an excuse for constantly chang-

130

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 13

ing the work from that specified, under the plea that, if carried
out in accord with the contract, the work cannot be warranted.
Such changes are always in favor of poorer work. It is generally
better for the architect to know just what materials will do the
work, to see that such are installed, and to leave the warranty
clause out.

Specification for Particular Brands. Specifying a particular
make or brand of material is likely to carry the impression that
the writer's knowledge is limited or that he is unduly influenced in
favor of the article specified. If a particular appliance is required,
it is well to except it from the contract, and say that the owner

"will furnish,- delivered on the site, which the

contractor is to set in place and connect," etc.

Employment of Consulting Experts. In important work, speci-
fications on electric wiring, heating, plumbing, ventilation, etc., are
frequently prepared by consulting engineers employed by the
owner to arrange these points under the direction of the architect.
In this case the engineers prepare the specifications, which can be
included in the architect's other specifications, and any questions
that may come up during the progress of the work should be
referred to the consulting engineer by the architect before a change
is made. The employment of consulting experts is common in the
erection of high buildings, where engineers are frequently engaged '
to lay out the steel construction.

But when the services of specialists in any line are required, i;
should in all cases be understood that the general scheme for the
work is not to be altered, and that the engineer is to adapt his
portion of the work to the general plan, and not to insist on modi-
fying the general plan to suit any particular methods or appliances
he may desire to use.

'Specification as to Payment and Time of Completion. In a
building operation, four questions always arise :

(1) What is to be done?

(2) How is it to be done?

(3) When is it to be completed?

(4) What is to be the manner of payment?

The first two questions are answered by the plans and specifica-
tions. Although the last two are finally stated in the contract, it

131

14 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

is necessary that some reference should be made to them in the
specification, for the information of the bidders.

The period for completion may be stated in terms of months
and days after the signing of the contract.

Payments on the contract may be made by one of four methods :

(1) Stated sum

(2) Cost plus a percentage »

(3) Cost plus a percentage with guaranteed limit

(4) Cost plus a fixed sum

The first is the usual way in contracting work.

Full information relative to the method of payment which the
owner prefers and intends to incorporate in the contract, should
be set forth in the specification, as this is a matter which will have
a marked influence on bidders.

If "payment by stated sum" is agreed upon, then, unless the
payments can be arranged so that the owner supplies money for
the material and labor at frequent intervals, it follows that the
contractor has to use considerable of his own capital or credit to
carry the work along. For this he must be paid ; and, therefore, as
the owner generally has the funds prior to beginning work, it is
advisable to state in the specification such dates and percentage of
payments as will permit the contractor to carry on the work with a
minimum charge for the use of his own capital or credit.

SPECIFICATION WRITER'S METHODS OF WORK

Outlining Main Divisions of Work. The completeness and
clearness — and therefore the usefulness — of a specification, depend
on its systematic arrangement. The first thing to do, therefore, is
to prepare a skeleton or outline of what is later to be the finished
form. This should consist, in the first place, of a list of the dif-
ferent general branches of the work. Then, under each of these
general heads should be set a list of sub-heads; but it is not good
policy to attempt to cover every point before beginning the writing
of the specification proper, as, in writing, items will constantly
occur to the writer in connection with what has already been writ-
ten. After this skeleton has been prepared, the major part of the
work is done, as the filling-in and detailing of requirements under
each heading is a comparatively simple operation.

132

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 15

Use of Card Catalogues. On smaller work, where the Archi-
tect is both designer and specification writer, the job will be, or
should be, so in mind that no assistance is required in arranging
this skeleton; but in larger offices, where generally the first time
the writer sees the drawings is when he begins consideration of
the specifications, it is very desirable — in fact necessary — for him
to have some reminder of the items which are to be considered.
These reminders may be in the form of the catalogue cards which
are used in some large offices to list specification items. Each
card contains notes and memoranda relative to one item, and the
cards of the file can be easily grouped and re-grouped — using
markers or wire clips — to take care of the particular requirements
of each contract. With these in hand, the specification writer,
although hitherto unacquainted with the drawings, can work intel-
ligently and effectively. As the use of the cards extends, the
information accumulated on them becomes very valuable. Items
observed from day to day in technical papers or on buildings in
course of construction, and facts gleaned from conversation, should
be noted on the cards in careful but abbreviated fashion, under
the proper headings, and these will recall the details of the case
when their assistance will be useful.

Analysis of Task. The drawings, after they have been de-
livered to the specification writer, should be most carefully studied,
for the whole scheme of design, arrangement, use, construction, and
decoration must be well in mind. Having obtained a broad, com-
prehensive impression of the work, the general method of obtaining
the results desired, is next to be studied. Considerable time can be
spent in this work to advantage. It is a good plan, after what has
seemed a sufficient period of study, to sit down, close the eyes, and
call to mind the different parts as a whole and in detail. If the
scheme then appears clear, and can be followed out understandingly
in the mind, without reference to the drawings, then — and not until
then — is the writer fitted to begin the work. With such prepara-
tion he can with surprising rapidity lay out his first line of main
heads, and with a similar rapidity, his subheads; when these are
completed, the main part of the work is done. Too much stress
cannot be laid on the importance of a clear comprehension of the
entire scheme, as a whole and in detail, before a word is written.

133

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

If the writer fails in this, his specification will be neither clear nor
complete, and will be likely to degenerate into a series of discon-
nected sentences with little or no affinity for those which precede
or follow.

Specification Reminder. There is given below a list of head-
ings which cover certain items generally needed, with occasional
notes written out to illustrate how other notes can be made when
experience furnishes the material. It is especially desirable to call
attention in the notes to any particular difficulties in any line of
work which may have been previously observed, and the means
employed to correct them.

GENERAL CONDITIONS

Division of work

Work to be done

Quality

Materials and labor

Delivery of materials

Contractor

Laying out of work

Engineer

Permits

Building laws- *

Fences

Office

Vouchers

Inspection

Protection of work

Rubbish
Scaffolding

Defects

Assistance to other contractors

Cutting

Architect

Drawings and specifications

Detail drawings

Charges

Bond

Insurance

Ownership of old material

Water supply

Temporary watercloset

Contingent work

Award

Terms of payment

Changes

Time for completion

Shoring
Raising
New openings

Old building
Tearing down
Removing walls
Brick

MASONRY

Alterations and Shoeing

Piers

New underpinning

Demolition and Removal

Old vaults and cisterns
House mover

Ownership of old material
Removal of old material

134

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Excavating and Grading

Location

(If there is much change of level it is
advisable to have a surveyor lay out the
finished grades.)

Clearing the site

Excavation for cellar

Excavation for areas

Excavation for drains

Excavation for water

Excavation for cesspools

Blasting

Grading

(If possible, have the scheme of grad-
ing laid out before beginning to build,
in order that the earth excavated from
the cellar may, with one handling, be
carried to the proper location to carry
out the scheme.)

Footings below frost

Shoring

Bracing

Temporary piling

Surplus earth

Saving loam

Trees

Shrubs

Stone Masonry

Lime — Cement — Sand

Damp-proofing

Non-staining cement

Coping

Mortar — Ties

Curbing

Pacing walls

Concrete floors

Bed of stone

Steps

Bond of stone

Walks

Cut Stone

Stock — Limestone; sandstone; granite Carving
Finish Cleaning

Concrete Construction

Cement — Sand — Aggregate
Mixing

Reinforcing materials
Blocks — Beams — Forms

Brick Laying

Common brick — Sand mold — Pressed; Chimney caps

enameled
Lime — Cement — Sand
Bond — Common; English; Flemish
Cutting
Wetting brick
Freezing weather
Bedding window frames
Chimneys — Flue linings

Partitions

Floors

Furring

Chimney Jbars
Chases -
Hollow walls
Boiler setting
Register openings
Bough fireplace openings
Iron doors
tyV > a ■ • ,. , ■ \/°
Terra Cotta

Fireproofing
Ornamental terra cotta

139

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Plastering

Grounds

Pebble dash

Wood lath

Lime and sand mortar

Metal lath

Hair

Back plaster

Patent plaster

Two-coat work

Corner beads

Three-coat work

Cornices

Exterior plaster

Relief work

Tils Work — Marble and Slate

Fireplaces

Bathroom

Interior marble work Walls — Floors

Mosaic

Plumbing marble

Terrazzo

STRUCTURAL STEEL AND IRON

Quality — Cast; wrought Bolts

Tests

Rivets

ORNAMENTAL IRON AND BRONZE

Oast

Steps

Forged

Coal-hole cover

Grilles

Stable fittings

Elevator enclosures

MISCELLANEOUS IRON

Fire escape

Tree guards

Balconies

Wheel guards

Wire guards

SHEET-METAL WORK

Copper

Skylights

Lead

Cornice work

Zinc

Eave troughs

Gutters

Speaking tubes

Ventilators

Ventilation flues

Flashings

Heat ducts

ROOF

Tar and gravel

Slate

Copper

Valley

Canvas

Flashings

Tin

Snow guards

Shingles

CARPENTER WORK

Framing

Window weights and cord

Sheathing

Exterior finish

Lining

Cornice

Flooring

Closets

136

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Finish lumber

Interior finish — Pine; hardwood; na

Paper

tural; paint

Doors

Refrigerators

Sash

Mantels

Blinds

Stairs

Glass

HARDWARE

Locks

Knocker

Knobs

Hinges

Escutcheons

Special hardware for casement win-

Sash locks

dows

Sash lifts

House number

Springs

Blind fixtures

Hooks

Screen

PAINTING

Lead

Number of coats for each material

Oil

Finish

Shellac

Exterior stains

Varnish

Metal work

Colors

Roof

Putty

Interior walls

Whitewash

Plumbing pipes

GLASS

Plate — Double-thick; single-thick Cleaning

Stained — Ribbed; wire

Glazing

HEATING

Laying out work

Boiler

Cutting, etc.

Piping and hangers

Foundation

Valves

Flue

Heat regulator

Furnace

Radiators

Cold- and hot-air ducts

Tank

Registers

Boiler and pipe covering

PLUMBING

Fixtures

Water front \

Bowls

Water piping

Closets

Shut-off cocks

Bathtubs

Soil piping

Wash-trays

Branches

Sinks

Traps

. Urinals

Refrigerator waste

Connection with waste pipes

Back-air pipes

Laundry stove

Fresh-air inlet

Hot-water boiler

137

20 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

GAS

Pipes Stove connection

Tests Gas machine

Outlets Gas logs

ELECTRIC WORK

General description of scheme Fixtures

Wire Switchboard

Conduits Switches

Outlets Meter connections

The list given is not intended to be in any sense so complete
as to be a sufficient guide to work in all buildings. It is inserted
to illustrate the scheme often used in offices where the specification
writer is somewhat unfamiliar with the work already laid out on
the drawings. Practice differs so radically, and the range of build-
ing is so wide, that a comprehensive list, covering all the multi-
plicity of questions that arise in connection with buildings, would
be cumbersome. But, following the lines above laid out, each
specification writer can rapidly accumulate what he needs in his
particular line; and the operation of seeking for new items of
importance in practice will be a source from which much valuable
information and experience will be obtained.

Practice for the Student. Before proceeding, the student
should prepare a schedule along the lines suggested above, but
specifying under each heading at least double the number of sub-
items mentioned.

He should also write a description of the character of work
referred to by each heading, these descriptions each to contain
approximately one hundred words. Below is given a brief descrip-
tion of the subject of " Heating,' ' which will serve to illustrate the
work the student should do:

HEATING

There are five principal methods of heating dwellings — namely, by fireplaces,
by stoves, by furnaces, by steam boiler, and by hot-water boiler — all adapted
to fuels in common use.

Fireplaces are suitable in mild climates, and to supplement more efficient
apparatus in cold climates.

138

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 21

Stoves are the most economical, but are often objectionable fixtures.

Furnaces deliver heated air to the various rooms, and are satisfactory for
small buildings.

Steam and hot. water supply heat from radiators in each Toom. Steam re-
sponds more readily than hot water to variations in the size of the furnace fire,
and should be used, therefore, when quick changes in temperature are desired.
It should also be installed in the larger classes of buildings where it can be
easily controlled.

Hot water should be used when an even temperature at all times is desired.

Use of Similar Specifications as Basis for Work. New problems
are constantly arising which tax the ingenuity of even the experi-
enced architect, and which necessitates new directions. Many
building operations have requirements so unusual that any aid
except that of general experience will be of little value. As a
rule, however, good results will be achieved if the specification
writer uses the written or printed , specifications prepared pre-
viously for work of similar character, or the cards which record
the separate items, and makes thereon the necessary changes, giv-
ing meanwhile careful and constant attention to the plans, and
comparing frequently the plans and specifications. Before the
drawings are sent out, the specifications should be carefully
checked with the " specification reminder," to discover omissions.
In work containing unusual or elaborate detail or intricate altera-
tions, it will be easier to write out a new specification completely
tljan to alter an existing one.

Final Steps in Preparation of Specification. The specification
writer generally starts his work with the drawing hung on a
wall or screen near by. With the plans closely in mind, he should
block out the list of headings, forming a skeleton or general,
synopsis of the whole. Then he should go through the different
trades, checking, writing, and dictating, either following a card
catalogue, taking a printed form or standard specification and
filling in the blanks, or using an old specification and interlining
the changes, which are then copied to form the complete docu-
ment. Extra care must be taken to cover new and important
points that are likely to be insufficiently studied. It will be found
rather difficult to make an old form apply to a new building,
without the use of too many general terms and "blanket
clauses.' 9

139

S*"

22 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

' Having made a thorough study of the subject, the specification
writer may lay out his work under the following headings :

I. GENERAL CONDITIONS

II. EXCAVATING AND GRADING

III. STONEWORK

IV. BRICKWORK

V. LATHING AND PLASTERING
VI. METAL WORK
VII. CARPENTRY
Framing
Exterior Finish
Interior Finish
Hardware
VIII. PAINTING
IX. GLAZING
X. HEATING
XL PLUMBING
XH. GASFITTING
XIII. ELECTRIC WIRING

Under each general heading will come many and various sub-
heads. Thus, for instance, under "GENERAL CONDITIONS,"
will be listed such items as "Material and Labor," "The Contrac-
tor," "The Architect," "Drawings and Specifications," "De-
tails," "Time for Completion," etc.; under "EXCAVATION,"
"Preparation of Site," etc. Every aspect of the work should be
included in the complete outline.

SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUBURBAN WORK

The following specification is given to show the method of
writing a specification for a particular building. In every case
the architect should consider every item necessary for the build-
ing and should write out exactly what is desired.

SPECIFICATIONS

Foe a Country House to be Erected for

GEORGE A. JONES, Esq.

at Ridgedale, Missouri

Frank A, Bourne, Architect

140

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 23

GENERAL CONDITIONS

Materials and Labor. All materials and labor required for
the complete execution of the work are to be of the best quality,
unless otherwise provided, and are to be furnished in place by the
Contractor. The Contractor is also to furnish all scaffolding,
apparatus, etc.

Contractor. Personal superintendence is to be given by the
Contractor to the work, and a competent foreman is to be at all
times on the work. He is to lay out the work carefully, and shall
be held responsible for any mistakes which he, or any one in his
employ, or any of his subcontractors, may make.

He is to be responsible, also, for any accidents either to person
or property, which may occur in connection with the execution of
jthe work either directly or indirectly, for which otherwise the
Owner might suffer.

He is to obtain all permits from the city officials required by
ordinances ; is to pay all fees for water supply, sewer connections,
etc.; and is to follow all the requirements of the building laws,
whether incorporated in this specification or not.

He is to be responsible for all materials, whether incorporated
in the building or not, until the final acceptance of the work ; and
any damage there may be from any cause is to be repaired ; or, if
beyond repair, the damaged portion is to be replaced.

He is to keep the building fully insured ; and all policies are to
be so. drawn that the loss, if any, is to be paid to the Owner as his
interest may appear.

He is to provide such fences as may be required to protect
adjoining property.

Architect. The Architect shall have charge of the work, and
is to exercise such supervision as will enable him to determine
whether the true spirit and intent of the drawings and specification
is being carried out. If, in the exercise of this function, he finds
that any employe of the Contractor is, through incompetence or
wilfulness, a detriment to the work, he shall file with the Contractor
definite charges; and, upon the filing of such charges, the Con-
tractor shall discontinue the services of such employe in connection
with this work.

The Architect shall issue on the third of each month a voucher
calling for ninety (90) per cent of the value of labor and material
incorporated completely in place in the building on the first of the
month, which voucher shall be honored on presentation to the
Owner ; but this clause will not require the Architect to include in
the voucher the value of any material placed in the building which
in his opinion does not meet the contract requirements.

141

24 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The Architect shall be the interpreter of the intent and meaning
of the drawings and specification, and his decision shall be final
and binding on both Owner and Contractor.

Drawings and Specification. The drawings and specification
are to be considered as co-operative ; and the material or work called
for by one and not indicated or mentioned in the other, is to be
furnished and done ks though fully treated in both.

If no figures or memoranda are given, drawings are to be accu-
rately followed according to scale ; but wherever there are figures
or memoranda, these are to be followed instead of the scale, if
there is a discrepancy.

Detail drawings shall be furnished of such portions of the work
as the Architect may desire to explain more fully ; and any work
constructed without such drawings (except by permission expressly
obtained), or not in accordance with them, must be taken down
and replaced at the Contractor's expense.

No changes are to be made without a written order signed by
the Architect; and the adjustment, whether allowance or extra
expense, is to be made at that time.

Time for Completion. Work is to commence at once, and is to
proceed with promptness and despatch.

Work is to be completed and building delivered to Owner six
months after date of contract. Times of completion of the different
parts are to be as follows, the time allowed in each case to be from
date of signing contract.

Foundation ready for sill 1 month

Frame enclosed, chimney completed 2 months

Outside finish on 3 months and 15 days

Plastering 4 months

Interior woodwork 5 months and 15 days

Painter 's work and completion 6 months

(Month and day to be inserted in contract and specification for each period
mentioned above)

EXCAVATION, GRADING, ETC.

(Note TO Student. — For this part of the work it is of advantage to draw
a lot plan. This should show the system of drainage, which, if not included
in the Architect's drawings, is often not very satisfactorily studied or under-
stood. This part of the work, however, often depends on local conditions or
customs in different towns, and for that reason is not made a part of the
general contract. The drainage and water supply are often taken care of by the
sity or town authorities, the pipe beinj* carried either to the lot line or to the
outside of the building wall. The Architect has to ascertain what the system is,
and to write his specification accordingly.

A datum* line (if not already given) should be established by the Engi-

* For convenience in engineering operations, there is estal
locality a datum line — that is, a horizontal line passing through

established in each
a certain fixed

142

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 25

neer's level, at the sidewalk curb. This should be obtained for use in making
the sketches and plans, and should be referred to frequently. If the first-floor
level is determined in the studies with relation to this datum line — or "bench
mark", as it is often called — the location of the building will be much more
easily determined. If the lot plan is kept separate from the drawings, it can
be contoured to show the different levels; and sections can be drawn on the
margin to show the slope of the land. This plan can also be used for locating
drainage and water and gas supplies.

The parts of the drawings referring to the excavator's work should be
as carefully studied as those relating to any other part of the building opera-
tions. If possible, borings should be made on the lot before commencing
the drawings, so that the character of the soil can be determined.

A few dollars spent by the Owner for borings on the lot and for a care-
ful survey will be more than repaid by certainty in the excavator's estimate.)

■

Preparation of Site. The Contractor is to stake out the build-

, ing, and to erect permanent batter boards at such points that they

will not be disturbed during the construction of the foundations.

' Clear lot for the building, removing soil and loam from site

• and 8 feet additional, and stacking it within 40 feet of the building

V. where it may be used for final grading. Remove rubbish; cut

^ down and remove any trees marked as condemned by Owner or

Architect, and carefully protect all trees that are to be preserved.

Excavation. .Excavate for all work covered by this contract,

to at least one foot outside the cellar \yall to the depth shown, and

no deeper. This includes drains, dry wells and trenches, as well

as cellar.

The dry well for refrigerator waste is to be 3 feet in diameter,
6 feet deep, with trench to same 5 feet deep and 8 feet long.

Thfe trench under the cellar wall is to slope to drain cellar. No
walls or piers are to start less than 4 feet 6 inches below the surface
of ground.
I Excavate for water pipe, gas, fresh air ducts, and for drain
and cesspool about 40 feet from house. Excavate for piazza piers
and for chimney footings.

Grading. After mortar of foundation walls is set, fill with
stone and gravel to within 18 inches of finished grade ; and after
first-floor joists are set, complete filling, tamping every foot in
height. Grade to level shown on drawings, so as to turn water
away from building, using earth and top soil first removed.

Grade at completion as directed, removing loam where filling
is called for, and covering with 12 inches of loam for lawn, and
18 inches depth of loam for shrub planting. For paths, where

point marked zero. Levels above this are marked thus, "+15", "+20", etc., which
means that these particular points are 15 feet, 20 feet, etc., above the fixed point.
In coast regions, this datum line is often fixed at low-water mark.

All city grades are figured from the datum line; and to establish such a line at a
building is to fix a level at the required number of feet above the original. Thus,
on the seacoast, the levels may run down to +10 or +18 ; while in Denver, which is
at comparatively high altitude, is a datum line or bench mark + one mile (or
+5,280 feet), in such localities it is usual to drop the first two figures and call
the bench "+80."

143

26 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

shown, excavate 12 inches deep, fill with gravel made to crown

2 inches.

Care of Lawn. Sod for 2 feet on border of path and lawn,

and 3 feet next to building. Lawn is to be leveled, raked clear of

stones, and sown with best approved grass seed ; it is to be properly

watered and cared for until completion and delivery of building.

Allow one hundred dollars ($100) for shrubs delivered, and plan,t

same.

STONEWORK

Lime, Cement, and Sand. All lime is to be best quality Bock-
land or its equal, freshly burned; and all cement is to be first
quality Portland. Brands are to be approved by Architect. All
sand must be clean and sharp.

Mortar. Except where otherwise specified, the proportions are
to be as follows:

Lime mortar — 1 part lime to 3 parts sand

"Half -cement" mortar — 1 part Portland cement, 1 part lime, 5

parts sand
Lime-Portland cement mortar — 1 part Portland cement, 2 parts

lime, 4 parts sand
Portland cement mortar — 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand

Walls. The Contractor is to furnish all materials and to build
wall and footings as shown on drawings, of good local stone in
irregular courses, the first 12 inches to be laid dry in the trenches,
and the remainder below ground to be laid in Portland cement
mortar, the whole to be laid to a line on the outside face, and well
bonded. The joints are to be thoroughly filled with mortar, and
are all to be pointed inside and outside the whole height, holding
the trowel so as to weather the pointing on the outside. , There
shall be at least one through bond stone to every ten square feet
of wall.

The underpinning and all stone work above grade are to be laid
in "half-cement" mortar, neatly pointed on the exterior with
Portland cement mortar colored to match the stone, and to have
ruled joints.

Carefully level the walls to receive the sills, and imbed in
mortar. Cellar window sills to have wash formed with Portland
cement.

Cement Coating. Mortar composed of 1 part Portland cement
and 1 part sand, is to be applied to the outside of the wall below
grade on the uphill side of building, from bottom to finished grade.

Cut out joints of exterior wall, where exposed above grade,
y*> inch deep, and point neatly with Portland cement mortar, as
described.

144

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 27

Drainpipe and Cesspool The drainpipe is to be 5-inch, best
glazed earthenware pipe, furnished and laid from cesspool to a
point 5 feet outside cellar wall. Joints are to be filled with
Portland cement. Connection is to be made by plumber.

Construct at a point about 40 feet from house two cesspools,
as shown, one to be 4 feet, inches in diameter, and 8 feet deep,
with 8-inch brick walls, thoroughly cemented inside and out and
made water-tight. Six feet from same, construct a leaching cess-
pool, 6 feet in diameter and 8 feet deep, made of loose stone,
laid dry.

From iron pipe outside of building, connect house with cesspool
by 4-inch Portland stoneware pipe. Also connect the two cesspools
with Portland stoneware pipe, as shown.

The cemented cesspool is to have tight iron cover; the leaching
cesspool is to have a ventilated iron cover.

Four-inch glazed earthenware pipe is to be furnished and laid
from dry wells to one foot above ground, for conductor drains. Set
iron pipe furnished by plumber to receive conductors.

Concrete Cellar Floor. Concrete is to be laid in the base-
ment. Level off with coarse gravel; settle thoroughly, and put
down 3 inches of concrete, composed, to the thickness of 2 inches,
of 1 part Portland cement, 2 parts sand, and 3 parts clean, coarse,
sharp gravel, well tamped; cover with 1-inch coat, composed of
1 part Portland cement and 2 parts sand ; finish to true and even
surface so that cellar will drain dry.

BRICKWORK

Except as otherwise specified, the brickwork is to be laid with
hard-burned common brick, carefully selected for exposed work
such as facing of chimneys above roof; all must be new, well
shaped, and of uniform size. Bricks are to be laid wet in warm,
dry weather, and dry in damp or freezing weather. All mortar
to be lime-Portland. Joints are to be thoroughly flushed with
mortar and well pointed. All outside exposed work is to be washed
down after completion.

Chimneys. The chimneys are to be laid in Portland cement
mortar. Build in lead counterflashing, at least 2 inches into the
mortar joint, and turn down over the roof flashing.

Plaster the exterior of all chimneys where not exposed.

The chimney caps are to be of 2-inch blue stone, using only one
piece to each chimney; the flue holes are to be cut through, and
%-inch smaller each way than the flue below.

All flues are to be lined with hard-burned terra cotta, 1 inch
thick, set with very close joints filled with Portland cement mortar.

145

28 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Terra cotta round thimbles are to be set for all smoke inlets;
and in the ventilation flue, a square opening for a register is to be
formed with square, smooth brick.

Fireplaces. Two 2-inch by ^-inch wrought-iron chimney
bars, to support flat arches, are to be placed above each fireplace,
8 inches longer than opening.

Provide and build into bottom of each chimney one 8-inch
by 10-inch cast-iron door and frame and set clean-outs to all
flues.

Trimmer arches are to be turned for hearths on center of fire-
place, and are to be 2 feet wide and of lengths equal to the hearths.
Level up with cement to receive hearth.

Run 4- by 8-inch ash flues from first story fireplaces to ash pit.

Finished fireplaces are to be formed as shown in detail draw-
ings — face, back, and fire bed of l^-inch Philadelphia brick, with
hearths of red, unglazed kitchen tile, or same as face. They are
to have two 2- by ^-inch bars, cast-iron throat, patent damper
and slide, and ash dump. After completion, each fireplace is to be
kept protected. Samples of brick and tile must be submitted for
approval.

Girder Supports. Set brick piers or iron columns in base-
ment where shown, for support of girders, bricks to be laid in
Portland cement mortar. If iron columns are used they are to b*e
4-inch and concrete-filled, with cast-iron caps and base plates.

LATHING AND PLASTERING

Lathing. Lath all walls, ceilings, and partitions (except be-
hind sheathing in kitchen, but including all space behind all other
sheathing and wainscots) ; also all furring, studding, soffits, and
the underside of stairs throughout first, second, and third stories ;
also the laundry, head of stairs to basement, and cellar ceiling
(but not where marked "unfinished" on the plans). Good spruce
laths are to be used, set %-inch apart and nailed with four nailings
to a lath. Break joints every sixth course, and over all door and
window openings. All laths to be put on horizontally. Metal
lath over heater in basement.

Plastering. Plaster all above-mentioned lathing two coats.

The rough coat shall be the best, thoroughly slaked, pure eastern
lime; clean, sharp sand; and best, long cattle or goat's hair, mixed
in the proportion of 2y 2 bushels hair to 1 cask lime and 3 barrels
sand, to be thoroughly worked and stacked outside of build-
ings at least ten days before using. Carry first coat to rough
floor. All to be well troweled and straightened up with a
straightedge.

146

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 29

The skim coat shall be sand finish, of white, well-washed sand,
3 parts sand to 1 part white lime putty, floated up with cork floats,
and left medium rough; sample to be approved by Architect.

Whitewash. Whitewash all brick or stone work, etc., in base-
ment, two coats, using good lime and plaster of Paris.

Metal corner beads (of approved make) to be furnished and
set by plasterer throughout first floor, main house.

Cornices. Cornices are to be run in accordance with detail
drawings :

Schedule— To be used in living room, parlor, dining room, hall.

METAL WORK

Flashings. Wherever roofs come in contact with vertical
surfaces 5-pound lead flashings, 9 by 9 inches, are to be built into
each shingle joint and turned up onto the vertical surface at least
5 inches. Over these flashings, counter-flashings are to be placed,
built into the brickwork as above specified; or, where the vertical
surfaces are of shingle or siding, they are to extend under such
surfaces at least 6 inches. '

Valleys. All valleys are to be lined with 5-pound lead extend-
ing 6 inches under shingles at each side.

Eaves-Trough and Conductors. The eaves-troughs and con-
ductors are to be of No. 26 galvanized iron, the conductors to be
crimped 3 by 4 inches and connected 6 feet above ground with the
4-inch soil pipe to drain.

All work in connection with the eaves-troughs and conductors
is to be riveted when possible, and all joints soldered; and the
expansion and contraction from changes in temperature is .to be
guarded against by expansion joints or loose ends.

CARPENTER WORK
Framing

The building is to be full frame, and framed, braced, spiked,
and pinned in the best and strongest manner, perfectly true and
plumb. Filling-in studs shall be nailed, and door and window
caps cut into studs. No woodwork shall come within one inch
of a chimney ; and framing must be arranged to avoid cutting for
pipes, chimney, etc. Truss all openings over 3 feet wide.

Timbers. Quality. The timber, except where otherwise speci-
fied, is to be of spruce. All timber throughout the building to be
full and square to the dimensions indicated, well seasoned, and
free from large or loose knots, sap, shakes, or other imperfections
impairing durability or strength.

147

30 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions. Dimensions are to be as follows:

Sills, 6 by 8 inches

Girders, 8 by 10 inches

Posts, 4 by 8 inches

Girts, 4 by 8 inches

Ledger boards (used only in subordinate framing), 1 by 6-inch

hard pine
Braces, 3 by 4 inches long
Studding, 2 by 4 inches, 16 inches on centers
Door and window studs, double, 2 by 4 inches
Door and window heads, 3 by 4 inches
Partition caps, 2 by 4 inches, hard pine
Partition soles, 2 by 4 inches
Joists, first and second floors, 2 by 10 inches ; attic, 2 by 8 inches,

16 inches on centers
Plate, 2 by 4 inches, double, breaking joints
Rafters, 2 by 8 inches, 20 inches on centers
Valley rafters, 3 by 10 inches
Ridges, 2 by 8 inches 1

Piazza and porch girders, 4 by 8 inches
Piazza and porch sills, 4 by 8 inches
Piazza and porch floor beams, 2 by 8 inches, 20 inches on centers

Sills. Halve (or frame and pin) sills at angles. Frame corner
posts and door and window studs to sill and girt. Floor beams are
to be notched down on sill, and gained in.

Joists. Double the joists under all partitions not over parti-
tions below running parallel with the joists, where supports to span
are 10 feet or less ; under all others, triple the joists.

Headers and Trimmers. Double all headers and trimmers
8 feet long or less ; triple all longer ones.

Bridging. Bridge all floors every eight feet with 1- by 3-inch
pieces, cut diagonally and double-nailed at each end.

Studs. All studs are to be 2 by 4 inches, 16 inches on centers,
straight and plumb. Partitions directly over walls and girders
in cellar, or with partition caps below, are to run down to rest on
them. Strongly truss all partitions not supported from below.
Spike studs at corners. Set studs of sliding door pockets on heavy
paper and line pockets with i^-inch matched sheathing with tight
joints.

Piazza Joists. Piazza joists are to pitch 1 inch in 5 feet away
from the houses.

Main Roof. The main roof is to be framed in the strongest
manner, with valley rafters carried to the ridge or hips. All hips
and ridges are to be maintained perfectly straight. Eafters are
to be notched over the plate and spiked. Double the rafters at

148

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 31

each side of dormer openings ; 4- by 8-inch header, 8 feet above top
floor. Partitions are to be carried up to support the roof wherever
practicable. All are to be thoroughly tied, and made perfectly
secure and strong. Collar beams are to be 2 by 6 inches, 8 feet 2
inches above attic floor.

Dormers. Dormers are to be framed with 4- by 4-inch corner
posts, 2- by 4-inch studding and plate, and 2- by 6-inch rafters.
The studding is to be notched 1 inch on rafters and to extend to
the floor.

Boarding. Cover all roofs and frame walls with good, sound
spruce boards not over 10 inches wide ; roof is to be square-edged,
the walls to be matched and laid diagonally. Cover walls with
"Neponset" black sheathing paper, or its equal.

Shingles. Roof. Cover all roofs with "extra" sawed cedar
shingles, laid 5 inches to the weather, with two nails to each shingle.
Double-shingle all hips. The ridge is to be finished with 6- by
%-inch saddle boards.

Walls. Cover all walls with "clear" sawed cedar shingles, 5y 2
inches to the weather.

Exterior Finish

All exterior finish not otherwise specified is to be worked from
good cypress, clear of sap, shakes, and large or black knots, follow-
ing elevation and detail drawings; and to be put up in a skilful
manner, with close joints and with nails sunk for puttying. Joints
exposed to the weather are to be matched and painted with thick
white lead before putting the pieces together. The painter is to
prime finish before or immediately after putting up.

Main Cornices. Main cornices are to be according to detail
drawings, with 5- by 7-inch cypress gutter, fascia, plancier, rebated
l^-inch belt above clapboards, moldings, dentil course, and
brackets.

Cellar Hatchway. Cellar hatchway is to have 2-inch plank
treads on 2-inch carriages, 16 inches on centers ; 2-inch plank sills,
and trapdoor frame, bolted to masonry. Case with %-inch cypress,
and make doors of narrow cypress, the doors to be well cleated.
Make water-tight. Put on heavy strap hinges and proper fasten-
ings. Build single door at foot of stairs.

Porch and Piazza. Floors. The floors of porch and piazza
are to be laid with %-inch by 3-inch Georgia pine, dressed on one
side, the upper edge eased off; laid % inch apart, and nailed with
8-penny nails. Finish with rounded nosing and yg-n 10 ! 1 by 1-inch
moldings. Floors are to pitch to throw off water.

Outside Steps. Steps are to be constructed with 2- by 10-inch
plank carriages, 16 inches on centers.

149

32 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Treads of outside steps are to be of T/s-inch by 4-inch hard pine
strips, with rounded nosings and coving under, returned at the
ends. Risers are to be %-inch thick.

Ceiling. Ceiling of covered porch and piazza to be of %-
inch by 2^-inch tongued, grooved, and beaded North Carolina
pine.

Columns. Columns are to be built up of white pine, with
turned shafts of diameter as shown for lower third, diminishing
slightly above, with molded caps and molded bases.

Balustrade. At floor and at roof of porch and side piazza, and
over dining-room bay, there is to be a balustrade, the balusters
to be of 214-inch stock, 2 inches apart, turned.

Posts. Posts on porch and piazza roofs are to be built up with
turned finials, and supported by pieces running up from the plate
or sill inside of posts.

The top rail is to be built up and molded ; the lower rail, 2 by 3
inches, is to be solid and beveled.

Window Frames. Plank frames in stonework in basement,
except where shown double-hung, are to be of 1%- by 6-inch pine,
with %- by 1%-inch molded staff bead, and 2%-inch sill. Frames
are to be rebated on the outer edge for screens. Sash is to be hung
at the top, to swing in.

All windows shown with meeting rail, unless otherwise specified,
are to have pine frames made for double-hung sashes, with %-inch
hard pine pulley stiles, tongued into outside casings, beads, %-inch
ground casings, 13/ 8 -inch yokes, 2%Anch sills to pitch 1% inches,
%-inch by 5-inch outside casing over boarding, with 1%- by 2^-
inch back window caps, as shown. Windows are to have 2-inch
bronze-faced axle pulleys.

Scuttle. The scuttle is to be 2 by 2 feet, with plank frame
6 inches high. Heavy strap hinges and fixtures are to be applied
that will hold the cover at any angle. Frame and cover are to be
tinned.

Door Frames and Doors. Frames. The frames are to be made
from clear pine stock, 1% inches thick, rebated and beaded on
inner edge, and with 1%-inch hard pine thresholds. The casing
of outside door frames is to correspond with windows.

Sash. Sash is to be of white pine, unless otherwise specified.
In the first story, it is to be 1% inches thick; in the second and
third stories, and all of the ell, 1^2 inches thick; in cellar 1*4
inches thick. Large one-light sash are to have 1%-inch meeting
rails. Sash is not to be stained.

Doors. Doors, except stock doors, are to be paneled and molded
according to scale and detail drawings. All panels are to be loose,
and not glued or nailed. Tenons are to have %-inch haunches.

150

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 33

Outside veneered doors shall be 2% inches ; doors 3 feet wide and
over, shall be 2 inches thick; all others, 1% inches thick.

Front and Rear Hall Doors. These are to be 2^ inches thick,
of white pine, veneered inside to match vestibule ; lower panels are
to be raised, and upper panels glazed with double-thick glass.

Other Outside Doors. All other outside doors except cellar
door shall be of 1%-inch pine stock sash doors, as shown, with
wood muntins, glazed with double-thick glass. Build cellar door
of %-inch stock.

Blinds. Blinds are to be hung for all windows. They are to
be of cypress or of white pine, 1% inches thick. Mark each blind
to correspond with the mark on the window opening.

Screens. The Contractor shall furnish and set screens for all
outside doors and windows that open ; they shall be made from the
best clear, thoroughly seasoned white pine, %-inch thick, and shall
be stained and varnished with three coats. Screens are to be fitted
with lifts, springs, and runs, so that they can be used for either
upper or lower half of sash, with adjustable run.

Wooden frames are to be covered with 14-mesh best approved
galvanized wire, and door frames and cellar windows with 13-mesh
wire.

Grounds and Furring. Fur ceilings and rafter in the finished
portion of the attic with 1- by 2-inch spruce furring strips, 12
inches on centers, nailed to every beam; and fur out in finished
attic rooms for 3-foot 6*inch walls ; also for plastering next to base-
ment walls, with 2- by 4-inch studding, set flat.

Put grounds for %-inch plastering around all door and window
openings where there is no ground casing, and for base, wainscot,
wood cornice, etc., as directed. Put two grounds behind base.

Interior Finish

Materials and Their Treatment. Stock. All stock is to be
of the best quality, unless otherwise specified, free from knots or
sap, thoroughly seasoned or kiln-dried. All must be smoothed,
scraped, and sandpapered by hand before putting up, and at com-
pletion ; such work as is to have a natural finish must be properly
cleaned. No interior finish is to be taken into building until the
plastering is dry.

Priming Back of Finish. Back of standing finish is to be given
a priming coat by the Contractor who furnishes the interior finish,
before it leaves his shop.

Curved Finish. All curved finish is to be spring on or worked
from large stock, so that no kerf marks can be seen.

151

34 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Finish for Main Part of House. All finish on main part of
house, except inside of closets, is to be molded.

Finish for Service Paris of House. All parts of the building
devoted to service, and the inside of closets, are to have flat finish.

Wainscot Sheathing. North Carolina pine, 4 feet high, is to
be set in the back entry, the kitchen, and the bathroom ; it is to be
matched and beaded like approved sample, % inch by 2^ inches,
with 1%-inch rebated cap and no base.

Paneled Wainscot. This wainscot is to be paneled, as shown,
with raised panels; to be 3 feet high, have a 6-inch base, and a
molded cap, %-inch rails and stiles, and loose panels.

Schedule — To be used in dining-room.

Birch. Unless otherwise specified, all birch is to be the best
selected, first-quality red birch, of even color.

Schedule — To be used in dining-room.

Oak. Unless otherwise specified, all oak is to be the best
selected, thoroughly seasoned American quartered white oak; it
shall show good grain, and be free from shakes, knots, stains, or
any other imperfections.

North Carolina Hard Pine. Unless otherwise specified, the
North Carolina hard pine used is to be of selected first quality.

Schedule — To be used in back entry : kitchen ; pantry ; china closet ;
' bathroom.

Picture Moldings. Picture moldings, V/g by 2y 2 inches, and
of the same wood as the finish, are to be run around principal
rooms of first story; around all chambers of second story, main
house, moldings, %- by %-inch and matching finish, are to be run.
Unless otherwise directed, the molding is to be 1 foot 6 inches
below ceiling, and where there is a cornice, y 2 inch below cornice.
The picture molding is to be finished by painter before putting up,
except for the last coat.

Door Frames and Doors. Frames. All inside swinging doors
are to have 1%-inch double-rebated and beaded frames of pine or
whitewood to match adjacent finish. Veneer for other woods with
14-inch veneer on 1 14-inch pine.

Doors. Doors, except stock doors, are to be paneled and molded
according to scale and detail drawings. All panels are to be loose
and not glued or nailed. Tenons are to have %-inch haunches.

Doors not veneered are to be of solid pine, whitewood, cypress,
or birch, to match room.

152

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 35

Doors in rooms having hardwood finish are to have thoroughly
kiln-dried, white pine core, with solid moldings and ^-inch veneer-
ing of kiln-dried wood % inch on edges, well glued on both sides
to match hardwood finish of rooms. If one of two adjacent rooms
is to be painted, veneer door with hardwood of other room, on both
sides. AH panels over 15 inches wide to be glued up.

Stock Doors. Stock doors are to be 1% inches thick, stock
sizes, with plain panels and flush moldings on both sides, and to
have 4 panels. Architect must approve sample showing quality
and arrangement of panels.

Sliding Doors. Sliding doors are to have a&tragal joints at
center, and %- by 1^4-inch friction mold all around; to slide on
"Richards" or other approved patent hangers, on birch track.

Dwarf Doors. Dwarf doors for wardrobes, cupboards, pantry,
etc., are to be solid paneled, 1*4 inches thick.

Closets. Clothes Closets. Each closet is to have a high shelf,
and strips all around for clothes hooks. Unless otherwise directed,
shelf is to be % inch by 14 inches, and 5 feet 10 inches above floor,
with hook rows at 4 feet 6 inches and 5 feet 6 inches above floor.

Linen Closet. The linen closet is to have a counter shelf with
four drawers below; shelves above, 16 inches apart, extending to
ceiling, to be fitted with doors hinged at the bottom to drop down.

China Closet. The china closet is to have a counter shelf 2 feet
8 inches above floor; underneath, paneled, hinged doors and eight
drawers, one drawer subdivided; above, hinged, glazed doors and
five shelves. There is to be a frame for the sink, and a high closet
over the sink with glazed doors and three shelves. There must be
8 inches clear space over counter shelf.

Pantry. The pantry is to have a counter shelf, as shown,
2 feet 8 inches high, with 4%- by 14-inch shelves above and four
drawers below, one drawer being divided for knives, etc. ; space for
two flour bins with doors; remainder- of space to have shelving
enclosed by sheathed doors. All this is to be of clear white pine
or whitewood, for natural finish.

Broom Back. A broom rack is to be put up in broom closet
or in cellar stairway; it is to have cast-iron holders for sweeping
and whisk . broom, dustpan, fire bucket, etc., which holders or
fixtures are to be included in the hardware.

Tank in Attic. In the attic a tank, 4 by 4 by 2 feet, is to be
built of 2-inch plank, tongued and grooved, fastened together with
iron rods and nuts, and well cleated.

Plumbing Strips. Plumbing strips are to be put up to sup-
port pipe where required by plumbers. Water closet seats and
tanks, except in attic, are to be furnished by plumber.

Mantels. Allow a total sum of one hundred twenty-five dol-

153

36 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

lars ($125.00) for wood mantels delivered at house, to be selected
by Owner, set by carpenter, and finished by painter.

Floors. Under Floors. Lay under floors, except in basement,
of good square-edged spruce boards, surfaced on one side to even
thickness, and nailed to every bearing with two 8-penny nails.
End joints are to be cut over beam in every case.

Sheathing Paper. Lay two thicknesses of approved sheathing
paper between the under and finish floors.

Finish Floors. The upper floor is not to be laid, where there
are double floors, until standing finish is all in place. All lining
floors are to be thoroughly repaired and cleaned before finish floor
is laid. #

Oak Floors. Por first floor of main house, except in kitchen,
the floors are to be of matched quartered-oak flooring, % inch by
2y 2 inches, clear, thoroughly seasoned, and kiln-dried ; to be blind-
nailed to every bearing with 8-penny nails, laid over rough floor,
planed off, scraped, and sandpapered, ready for finishing. Protect
properly.

Hard Pine Floors, Hard pine floors are to be laid in kitchen,
pantries, and bathroom, to be of %-inch by 2 1 /£-inch matched rift
Georgia pine.

Hardware. The sum of one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00)
is allowed for all trimmings of doors and windows, and fittings in
china closet, pantry, closets, drawers, etc., allowance to cover net
cost to Contractor ; Architect or Owner is to select hardware where
he chooses; and Owner is to have benefit of any deduction from
allowance. Carpenter is to furnish correct list of hardware, and
to put it on carefully and in workmanlike manner.

PAINTING

Miscellaneous Requirements. Samples. Samples of all colors
shall be submitted for Architect's approval.

Knots and Defects. Sap, pitch, knots, and similar defects shall
be covered with good-quality shellac.

Number of Coats. Unless expressly so indicated, priming and
shellacking are not to count as coats in this specification.

Exterior Finish. All dressed exterior finish, blinds, and sash,
are to be painted two coats, after priming, of white lead and lin-
seed oil.

Hard Pine. Pulley stiles and floors, and steps of porches, are
to receive two coats oil, well rubbed in.

Schedule. Following is a general memorandum of exterior
painting. This is to be compared with plans, and all work is to be'
left with painter's finish complete.

154

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 37

Finish, 2 coats paint after priming
Porch floors, 2 coats oil
Blinds, 3 coats
Metal, 3 coats
Shingles, natural

Inside Finish. Except where otherwise specified, all inside
finish is to be well filled, and is to have one coat of stain and shellac
and two coats of dead hard oil finish. All work about kitchen and
bathrooms is to have two coats of hard oil with high gloss.

Ivory White. Where indicated, give 1 coat shellac, then 3 coats
lead, and oil paint, sandpapering each coat; then 2 coats white
lead, zinc, and white varnish, rubbing down with pumice stone
and oil. Sample and tint shall be approved.

Whitewood. Whitewood and other finish, unless otherwise
specified, are to have 3 good coats lead and oil, color as approved ;
last coat is to have suitable proportion of zinc, and to be left with
flat or oil finish.

Hardwood. Treat hardwood finish according to best methods
with potash ; give 1 coat of oil or paste filler ; clean off ; give 4 coats
of white shellac, sandpapering after each coat except last, which
is to be rubbed to dull finish with pumice stone and oil.

Enamel White. Give 1 coat shellac ; then 4 coats lead and oil
paint, sandpapering each coat; then 2 coats white varnish, rubbed
each with pumice stone and oil, sample to be approved.

Standing Hard Pine Finish. Standing hard pine finish is to
be given 1 coat approved primer and filler, sandpapered; 1 coat
approved inside spar varnish, rubbed down ; and 1 coat approved
inside spar varnish, flowed on.

Schedule — To be used in kitchen; pantry; serving-room; bath-
room.

Bathtub. Bathtub is to be painted outside, 4 coats; the last
coat to be an enamel gloss coat.

Exposed Piping. All piping that shows is to be given 1 coat
of white shellac.

Plastered Walls and Ceilings. Plaster walls, except in bath-
room, and ceilings, except in kitchen, pantry, china closet, and
bathroom, are to be painted 1 coat sizing and 3 coats paint, last
coat to contain varnish to leave gloss. All ceilings are to be sized
and tinted.

GLAZING

Plate Glass. Furnish and set 14-inch American polished plate
glass for large lights in main house.

155

38 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Double-Thick Glass. All glass not otherwise specified is to be
first-quality double-thick German or American glass.

At completion, all glass is to be thoroughly cleaned of oil, putty,
paint, mortar, and plaster, and to be left whole.

HEATING

Furnace. Provide and set up complete, where shown on plans,
a hot-air furnace of approved make, to be of cast iron, with stated
^and sufficient area of grate and heating capacity to keep building
at 70 degrees Fahrenheit, when thermometer is at zero outside.

Piping System. Smoke Pipe. The smoke pipe is to be 9-inch
black iron pipe, fitted with close-fitting damper, also a check
damper, and proper cleanouts.

Tinwork. Furnish and set warm-air pipes and register boxes,
of bright IX tirjplate. Mark each pipe with the name of room
it supplies. Cover risers with metal lath in partitions before
plastering.

Dampers, Collars, etc. The dampers for warm-air pipes, net-
ting for register boxes, tin collars, casings, lining tin for protection
from fire are all to be supplied and set by Contractor.

Cold-Air Box. The cold-air box is to be of No. 24 galvanized
iron, with all joints riveted tight, and with such bracing as will
effectually prevent the sagging of the top. It is to be fitted to the
cold-air inlet and at delivery inlet, and is to have a balanced, close-
fitting damper which, when open, will give full passageway for air.

Registers. Furnish registers and connect to pipes, with valves
in each. Registers are to be of black Japanned cast iron, with tin
boxes and borders. In the library, register is to be bronze ; in the
reception room, of white enamel, of approved quality and design.

Schedule — B«gisters are to be laid out according to an approved
schedule submitted by each bidder, showing size, finish, etc., •
for each room, with size of supply pipe. Locations are to be
as shown on plans or as approved in building, before proceed-
ing with work.

PLUMBING

Piping and Connections. Materials. All drain, soil, waste,
and vent pipes, and all fittings, are to be extra heavy plain cast iron,
painted outside two coats red lead.

Joints. All joints in cast iron pipe are to be made tight with
oakum and lead, well calked.

Lead Pipes. All lead, waste, and vent pipe branches are to be
of best quality drawn lead, of the following weights per foot:

156

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 39

1%-inch 31b.

2 -inch 41b.

3 -inch 6 lb.

4 -inch 8 lb.

Connections. AH connections of lead and iron pipes are to be
made by heavy brass ferrules, same size as lead, calked with lead.

Joints between ferrules and lead pipes are to be wiped ; all lead
pipe joints are to be wiped.

Pipe Supports. All vertical lines of soil and waste pipes, if
not carried to drain below cellar floor, are to rest on brick piers at
their base.

Iron Pipes. All vertical lines of iron pipe are to be held in
place by pipe hangers or wrought-iron clamps, placed 5 feet apart.
In horizontal lines, they must be not more than 10 feet apart.

Lead Pipes. AH lead pipes are to be secured in place with
metal tacks or brass clamps, placed 3 feet apart; and horizontal
pipes are to be supported their entire length by carrying strips.

Brass Pipes. All brass pipes are to be secured by brass pipe
holders, approved by the Architect.

miscellaneous Piping Requirements. Pitch of Pipe. All hori-
zontal drain and waste pipes are to have a fall of not less than
14 inch to the foot.

Angle of Connections. All changes in direction must be made
with Y (45 degrees), % (22*£ degrees), or ^ (11% degrees),
branches.

All connections with horizontal pipes must be made by Y
branches. TY's (sometimes called "Sanitary TV') may be used
on vertical pipes.

Brasswork. All exposed brasswork is to be nickel-plated, ex-
cept in basement and kitchen, where it is to be polished.

Cleanouts. Set Y's with extra heavy brass screw caps at each
bend in horizontal lines, and 15 feet apart in straight lines; also
set cleanouts at ends of all horizontal lines.

All cleanouts are to be the same diameter as the pipes with
which they are connected.

Traps and Vents. Every fixture must be separately trapped.
No traps are to be less than 1% inches in diameter. Each set of
trays must have one trap.

All traps must be vented — 4-inch traps by 2-inch branches, 2-
inch and 1%-inch traps by 1%-inch branches.

Roof Flashings. All joints between the roof and iron pipes
must be made tight with 6-pound lead or 16-ounce copper flashings.

Drains, Soil and Waste Pipes. The plumber shall make proper
connections from a point 10 feet outside of building, with a drain,
by 5-inch iron pipe.

157

40 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Just inside the house wall, place a 5-inch running trap with
two cleanouts ; and run a 5-inch fresh-air pipe from house side of
trap to a point not less than 15 feet from building, opening one
foot above ground, with return bend.

Continue drain 5 inches in diameter under cellar wall, and con-
nect the various soil and waste pipes with same.

The trap on the main drain must he placed in an accessible
brick manhole, with 8-inch walls, and be covered with stone or
iron cover ; and the drain pipes must be laid in a brick trench with
stone or iron cover.

Set, where shown on plans, lines of 4-inch soil pipe, or 2-inch
waste pipe, as necessary, with proper connections to receive the
various fixtures. Carry the pipe through roof, and one foot above
same, increased one inch in diameter from a point below roof ; ends
above roof are to be left free and unobstructed.

For each line of fixtures, set a 2-inch pipe, with fittings for the
various vents. Connect with soil pipe below lowest fixture, and at
top well above highest fixture.

All waterclosets are to have 2-inch local vents of nickel-plated
copper connected to 3-inch spiral galvanized pipe, carried to chim-
ney, as directed by Architect. All joints in pipes are to be soldered
tight.

Under the refrigerator, place a copper-lined box, 12 by 8 by
6 inches. Carry l^-inch lead waste pipe from box to basement,
with end turned up so as to form a water-sealed trap, and capped
with light flap valve, to waste into sink or other receptacle provided
for the purpose.

Tests. The water test must be applied to the entire system
of piping, in the Architect's presence and to his satisfaction. All
pipes and connections must remain uncovered until they have
passed the test.

On completion of the work, after all fixtures are set, the smoke
test will be applied, and must prove satisfactory to the Architect.

Fixtures. Watercloset. Waterclosets are to be installed as
follows :

In basement — one washdown closet, with metal outlet of ap-
proved pattern, and with oak seat (no cover) attached to bowl with
heavy hinges. The tank is to be a plain 12-ounce copper-lined si-
phon tank with cast-brass gooseneck, valve, high-pressure ball-
cock, iron brackets, chain and pull, and 1%-inch brass flush pipe.
Brass work is to be polished.

In bathroom — one siphon-jet closet, with water-covered outlet
connection between earthenware and waste pipe; 11,4-inch cherry
seat and cover, with heavy hinges, attached to bowl. The tank is
to be a cherry service tank, 8 gallons' capacity, with brass brackets,

158

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 41

high-pressure ball cock, and 1^-inch flush pipe. Brasswork is to
be nickel-plated.

Lavatory. In the bathroom there is to be installed one 22-by
27-inch enameled-iron lavatory, with back and apron in one piece,
supported on concealed wall hangers ; it is to have heavy, low-down
pattern compression cocks, disc handles, ^-inch iron-size brass sup-
ply pipes, and 1^-inch deep-seal 3-pattern trap. Brasswork is
to be nickel-plated.

Bath. In the bathroom there is to be installed one 5-foot guar-
anteed quality, 3-inch roll-rim, enameled-iron bath, flat bottom,
approved pattern; it is to have %-inch heavy combination com-
pression cock, disc handles, %-inch supply pipes, 1^-inch con-
nected waste and overflow pipes, and plug and chain. Outside of
bath is to be finished by painter. Bath is to waste through l^fe-
inch bath trap set in floor.

Sinks. Sinks are to be installed as follows :

In kitchen — one 36- by 24- by 8-inch soapstone sink, with
12-inch back, and soap dish, set on galvanized-iron standards.
Sink is to waste through 6-inch lead trap, and to be supplied
through %-inch compression bibs; hose end on cold cock; brass-
work to be polished.

In china closet — one 24 by 14-inch recessed, 18-ounce, tinned-
copper sink, with 1%-inch standing waste and overflow. Waste is
to.be the same as in case of kitchen sink, and supply through tall
gooseneck with heavy pattern compression cocks ; hose end on cold
cock; brasswork to be nickel-plated.

Wash Trays. In the laundry there are to be two 24-inch soap-
stone trays, with 12-inch back, and soap dish, plugs and chains.
Trays are to be set on galvanized-iron standards.

Range Boiler. Range boiler is to be of copper, 40 gallons' ca-
pacity, on galvanized-iron stand, and connected with range by
%-inch brass pipe.

All fixtures except water closets are to be supplied with hot
and cold water.

Water Supply. Materials, etc. All cold-water pipes and fit-
tings are to be of galvanized iron ; and all hot-water and circulat-
ing pipes are to be iron-size brass, semi-annealed, with all fittings
of brass.

Where exposed, brass or nickel-plated pipes are to be supported
by brass or nickel-plated hangers.

All exposed supply pipes in bathroom and toilet rooms are to be
nickel-plated brass, semi-annealed; in kitchen, polished brass.

Stops and Wastes. All risers are to have stop and waste,
roundway same size as pipe, in accessible position in cellar, and
properly tagged.

159

42 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

All supply pipes and branches shall have proper pitch so that
they may be readily emptied at their lowest point ; and each branch
supply of fixtures shall have compression stops, with stuffing box
close to cocks.

Size of Pipes. Make connection with water main in street by
%-inch, 4-pound lead pipe; and carry same into building. Just
inside wall, place a %-inch " Simplex' ' stop, with %-inch stuffing
box hose bib on house side. From stopcock, carry galvanized pipe
along on basement ceiling, and take branches to supply various
fixtures, as may be necessary.

From %-inch main, take branches as follows :

For risers % inch

For sill cocks % inch

For tank in attic % inch

Supplies to fixtures shall be as follows :

To lavatory and watercloset tanks % inch

To baths, sinks, and wash trays % inch

From tank in attic to hot-water boiler % inch

Attic Tank. In attic, where directed by Architect, line a 4-
by 4- by 2-inch tank with 14-ounce tinned copper, fitted with %-
inch high-pressure ball cock and proper valves. Overflow is to
run to roof or to laundry traps in basement, as may be directed
by the Architect.

Set, where directed by Architect, two %-inch nickel-plated
wheel-handle sill cocks, with stuffing box. Inside of wall, place
a %-inch " Simplex' ' stop and waste.

Hot Water System. Connect hot-water boiler with tank by
%-inch pipe. Carry %-inch brass pipe from boiler, with branches
as specified to supply the various fixtures, and ^-inch brass return
to boiler. The entire system must circulate freely and thoroughly.

From highest point of system, carry ^-inch expansion pipe to
tank, discharging over top of same. Place stop cocks on supply
to boiler and from same.

aASFITTING

Provide and put in gas piping according to this specification,
and as shown on plan, according to the rules of the local gas-
light company.

The cutting is to be done by the carpenter, not by the gas-
fitter. No floor beams are to be cut farther than 2 feet from
bearings.

Piping. Piping is to be of wrought iron; fittings are to be
of galvanized malleable iron, set with red lead, firmly fastened.

160

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 43

Make sure that pipe is free from obstructions, before placing in
position. Gasfitters' cement must not be used.

Following is the scale of sizes of pipes and number of burners
(not outlets) to be supplied therefrom : ♦

Longest run (ft.) 20 30 50 70 100 150

Size of pipe (in.) % % % 1 44 2

Number of burners 2 4 15 25 40 70

Testing. Piping is to be tight under a pressure of air equal
to a column of mercury 6 inches high, mercury to stand without
failing for half an hour. Outlet caps are to be loosened to show
that they affect testing apparatus, and that there is no obstruc-
tion in pipes.

VACUUM CLEANER

Provide, install, and connect up complete in first-class opera^
tive condition, to the approval of the Architect, a vacuum clean-
ing machine of one sweeper capacity, for the purpose of removing
dust and other foreign matter from carpets, rugs, cushions, up-
holstery, floors, walls, and other interior surfaced. The vacuum
cleaning machine shall include all mechanisms incidental to the
complete and perfect operation of the system, and all equipment
shall be of the most recent and perfected design.

The contractor shall install the machine, as herein specified,
and all piping required to make the system complete, including
cleaner mains, risers, and exhaust pipe. All electrical connections
are to be made by owner.

Permits. The Contractor shall obtain permits, arrange for
inspection, and furnish without cost to owner all certificates of
inspection required by the city or local authorities on the entire
equipment.

Foundation. A substantial floor shall be provided by Owner
in the room in which the vacuum cleaner machine will be located.

Equipment. Vacuum Cleaning Machine. The Cortractor shall

furnish and install, where shown on plans, one No. Vacuum

Cleaner.

Tools. The Contractor shall furnish one set of tools as follows :

1 Carpet or rug renovator

1 Felt bare-floor sweeper

1 Renovator for upholstery, portieres, clothing, etc*

1 Renovator for tuft cleaning

1 Duster

Extension handles sufficient for use with above tools, and such
that walls, ceilings, or hangings can be easily reached from
the floor

161

44 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

All tools must be well made, durable, and of polished aluminum
or nickel-plated finish.

Furnish two 25-foot lengths non-collapsible vacuum hose, of
not less than 1 inch inside diameter, and having smooth inside
surface. The hose is to be the best quality, reinforced in a man-
ner to prevent collapse at highest vacuum obtainable with the
pump furnished.

Each length of hose and each extension handle must be equipped
with a quick-acting coupling. Simple slip joints will not be ac-
ceptable.

Piping. Provide and install piping for vacuum cleaning sys-
tem, located as indicated by the Architect, and consisting of two
vertical risers of l^-inch pipfe, and necessary horizontal mains,
connecting the risers with the vacuum cleaner. The exhaust pipe
from the vacuum cleaner is to be carried into a vent flue or to an
unobjectionable point outside the building, as indicated by the
Architect, and to be of the same size as connection provided for it
on vacuum cleaner. The pipe used must be of standard weight,
with smooth inside surface, free from dents, kinks, fins or burrs.
The ends of all pipe are to be squared and reamed smooth to the
full inside diameter. All piping and joints must be thoroughly
tested and guaranteed free from leaks.

Fittings. All fittings must be those known as "drainage fit-
tings," made of gray cast iron, free from defects, having inside
diameter through body of same size as pipe bore; long-turn tees
and elbows to be used. All openings in fittings receiving inlet
couplings are to be 1^ inches, pipe size.

Pipe-Joint Paste. In the installation of the piping, under this
specification, pipe-joint paste, red or white lead, must be applied
only to male threads of pipe and fittings.

Hangers. Horizontal overhead pipes are to be supported by
suitable pipe hangers, spaced not more than 12 feet apart.

Cleanout Plugs. Brass cleanout plugs, of same size as pipe,
are to be provided in horizontal mains at turns and at base of
risers.

Inlet Couplings. The following openings are to be equipped
with inlet couplings:

Basement, 1 First story, 2

Second story, 2 Third story, 1

Decorating. All exposed piping in finished rooms is to be
decorated with paint or bronze, two coats, as directed by the
Architect.

162

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 45

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CITY WORK

While many of the preceding requirements relate to both coun-
try and city construction, there are certain details that are pe-
culiar to each, so that a specification adapted to city work will
next be considered.

PRELIMINARY STUDIES

For illustrations in connection with the following pages, the
construction of a city house is selected, on a corner lot fronting
100 feet on the avenue, and 150 feet deep on the side street, a party
wall on the inside line. The house is to come out to the avenue
sidewalk line, with coal vaults under sidewalk. The avenue in
front is paved, with curb and sidewalk in place. There are no im-
provements of this character on the side street.

Study of Drawings. A careful outline of what the specifica-
tion is to treat should be made before any of the actual writing
is begun ; and inasmuch as the scheme has been developed on the
drawings, and the only object of the specification is to supplement
these, a most careful study of the drawings should be made, keep-
ing in mind the question of conditions and materials. Notes
should be taken of the different classes of subjects which will
supply the headings for the specification; and very largely on
the arrangement and completeness of these notes will depend
the success of the specification, which should never be begun
until the last note is taken and the whole arranged in proper
sequence.

Study of Site. With th6 completed scheme in mind, the site is
visited and studied as carefully as were the drawings. It is found
that a fence is necessary to prevent careless teamsters from driv-
ing over the adjoining property. The curb and sidewalk have
been placed under the direction of the city authorities, and they
must be carefully protected. There is a large tree on the lot,
which, with two in the street, must be saved. In matters of this
kind it is useless to stipulate that the contractor is to be respon-
sible for any damage to the tree, and then leave it unprotected.
After some teamster has damaged it, there is nothing the contractor

163

46 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

can do to put it back or to pay for the damage. Definite means of
protection should be included in the contract work. There will be
little use to try to preserve sod or shrubs. When the work is com-
pleted, it will usually be found that the grades are changed just
enough to destroy the sod, and that the shrubs had better be lo-
cated elsewhere. All the room on the lot will be valuable to the
contractor for working space and piling material, and this point
he will not fail to take into account in making his bid; or — to
put it otherwise — if he is confined to narrow quarters and required
to protect the grass and shrubs, he will add a round figure for the
additional work and inconvenience.

Study of City Regulations. The city authorities must be con-
sulted relative to the amount of roadway which may be used, the
guards required in the way of barricades, temporary sidewalks,
and red lights at night.

The questions of where the sewer and the water main are to
be tapped must be settled; and it is usually better to have both
connections made under a special contract before any work is done
under the general contract, as the sewer will possibly be needed
to keep storm water from the excavated space, and water will be
needed at once for masonry work. If the street has been paved,
it is probable that both sewer and water main have been brought
to the curb.

Study of Soil. It will be of advantage, if, at this point, the
owner will have three or four small test holes dug. Borings are
of doubtful value; and often, in uncertain soil, a great additional
expense is entailed after the award of the contract on account of
necessary substructure work. Not infrequently clauses are in-
serted in the specifications, requiring the contractor to be respon-
sible for any bad spots found, and to do all necessary work to
make them good, so that test pits are considered unnecessary.
Since, however, under such conditions, the contractor will always
figure for the worst conditions, and the owner pays for it, it is
better to know definitely the kind of bottom that will underlie the
building. In digging these pits, the knowledge of the various kinds
of soils to be encountered will be of value. The specification writer
can estimate with certainty then how much material can be used
for filling and grading of the lot, and how much worthless mate-

164

CONTEACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 47

rial must be hauled away. If any sand ie encountered, tests
should be made to determine its value for mortar.* This knowl-
edge will have its influence on the bidders in making up their
proposals.

It is not here presumed that the case under consideration in-
volves extensive protection of adjoining walls, or that excavation
is to be carried below, or that shoring must be done. Such Gases
are comparatively rare; and, as each instance involves questions
not of a general nature, it is outside the scope of a paper of this
character to discuss this phase.

STUDIES IN MATERIALS

Since the primary object of this paper is instruction, there
are introduced here certain problems relative to the particular
qualities of the material under consideration. Special attention
is called to the fact that these problems are not intended merely
to illustrate the qualities of the particular material, but to
indicate lines of thought to be followed in considering every
material.

There are a great many things taken £or granted in connec-
tion with building material — many old beaten paths which lead
one from tradition to nowhere. The sooner the specification writer
accustoms himself to testing everything he handles, the sooner he
will be master of the situation. If this work is ignored, and he
follows only well-worn tracks, and the information of "material
men," he will be in "hot water' ' most of the time.

In specifying materials, one maxim should always govern:
Never specify a quality which you cannot demonstrate exists; or
forbid a quality or ingredient you cannot detect. For instance, if
you are not prepared to have a chemical analysis made of the Port-
land cement, do not say anything about sulphur or magnesia;
clauses of this kind may sound well, but they may also cause you
trouble, if later you cannot tell anything about the composition of
the material. If you rely on the analyses as made by the manu-
facturers, you can depend on it that you will never find a cement
with a harmful percentage of either.

* See later discussion of "Studies in Materials.'*

165

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The problems relative to materials will be discussed under the
following headings — sand, cement, lumber, and roof materials. In
addition to the work along the lines laid out, the powers of ob-
servation should be so cultivated that, in the daily routine, wherever
work is encountered, the eye will be ever ready to detect any phase
of development in material.

SAND

Essential Qualities. Sand will be considered only in connec-
tion with cement (Portland cement).* The province of sand with
cement is, on a small scale, similar to that of brick in masonry.
The cement acts in the same capacity as the mortar surrounding
the brick. If a brick could be made the size of the complete wall
there would be no need for mortar, but as it cannot, mortar is re-
quired to fill thoroughly all spaces between the bricks and to ad-
here to each tenaciously so as to form one solid mass. If on the
sides of the brick should be placed thin layers of soft clay, the bond
would be broken, inasmuch as the clay would not cling tenaciously
to the brick and would prevent contact between the brick and
the mortar; therefore, to obtain a good brick wall, each brick must
be clean and free from a coating of foreign material, so that con-
tact with the mortar will be complete.

To return to sand — in the same way each particle must be en-
tirely separate from any other, and must be free from foreign

Fig. 1. Molds for Making Sand-Testing Bricks.

coatings which would prevent ite contact with the cement or would
cause the particles to cling together so that a thorough coating of
each particle with cement would be impossible. The usual require-
ments for sand in cement work is that it shall be "clean, coarse,
and sharp." Rarely should more than three volumes of sand be

* See discussion of "Cement.

t»

166

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

used to one volume of cement, but for our building we must be

more economical. We find in the pits on the site a soft, fine sand,

which, while it separates well, resembles ground clay when rubbed

between the fingers. Before throwing it out as useless and paying

a round price for sand hauled in, let us see what can be done

with it.

Tests. The sand may be tested by using the material to make
sample cement bricks.

Make frames of wood screwed together which will provide 32
molds for bricks 2 inches long, with %-inch section, Fig. 1, using
two long strips %-inch square divided by %-inch strips so as to
leave 2 inches clear between each, all to be oiled. Obtain some
clean, coarse, sharp sand for comparison, and also some of the fine
soft sand from the site ; carefully mix (dry) sand of both kinds with
cement in four different proportions— first in the proportion of 3
parts sand to 1 cement, then of 4 parts sand to 1 cement, then of
5 parts sand to 1 cement, and lastly of 6 parts sand to 1 cement —
eight batches in all. Make enough of each batch to mold four
bricks. Mix each batch with the greatest thoroughness, in order
that every side of every particle of sand shall become coated ; then
add just enough water to dampen thoroughly, and crowd the mix-
tures into the molds (which should be laid on a smooth plank, for
bottom), compressing each as much as possible. If water appears
on top, it will indicate that too much has been used in mixing.
Place on each brick an identifying mark, such as

No. 1 3-1, standard sand

No. 2 4-1, standard sand

No. 3 5-1, standard sand

No. 4 6-1, standard sand

No. 5 3-1, common sand

No. 6 4-1, common sand

No. 7 5-1, common sand

No. 8 6-1, common sand

Cover with a damp cloth to prevent evaporation; and after
one day draw out the screws holding the forms, and keep the bricks
moist for two weeks— either covered with a wet cloth or immersed
in water.

At the end of that time the test of the bricks for crushing
strength should be made. Obtain first two good, smooth planks
about 3 feet long by 1 foot wide, then go to a neighboring foundry,
and get permission to use their scales and a few hundred pounds
of pig iron ; lay down one plank on a perfectly level bed, and on

167

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

it place the No. 8 bricks on their sides, Fig. 2. In order to get
an even bearing it is well to put below and above the cement bricks
one layer of soft building paper; on top place the second plank
with great care, seeing that it has a firm, even bearing at each of
the four bricks. Now carefully lay pig iron on the upper plank,
beginning at the middle, and loading toward each end, never filling
one side before the other or with a much heavier load. Carefully
watch the bricks; note when they crack, and when they crumble;
weigh the pig iron, and note the results.

Test each of the remaining seven sets of bricks in the same
way.

It is safe for ordinary dwellings to select the cheapest materials
and mixture which will carry under such conditions 500 pounds

3-0

zo*-

+-s:

Fig. 2. Planks with Bricks Located for Crushing Test.

of iron. For example, it is supposed that No. 3 sample, made up
of 5 parts standard coarse sand to 1 part eement, carries the same
load as No. 6, made of 4 parts sand from the site to 1 part cement.
If it costs $1.50 for one cubic yard of coarse sand, and $0.50 a yard
to haul the sand away from the excavation, the coarse sand costs
us for use $2.00 a cubic yard or $0,074 cents a cubic foot. "With
cement at $2.00 a barrel, the total cost would be as follows :

Cost of 5 cu. ft. sand $0.37

Cost of 1 cu. ft. cement 0.67

Cost of 5 cu. ft. mortar* $1.04

.'.Cost of 1 cu. ft. mortar $0.20%

* When sand and cement are mixed in proper proportions, the bulk of the mix-
ture is not (theoretically) greater than the bulk of the sand, as the cement only
fills the voids or spaces between the particles of sand, just as there can be poureo
into a full measure of shot 20 per cent of water without overflowing the measure.

168

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 51

Using sand from the site in mixture No. 6 (4 parts sand to 1
cement), we have the cost per cubic foot as follows:

Cost of 4 cu. ft. sand $0.00

Cost of 1 cu. ft. cement. $0.67

Cost of 4 cu. ft. mortar $0.67

.'.Cost of 1 cu. ft. mortar : $0.16%

It will thus be seen that it is cheaper to use the 4 to 1 mixture
and the poorer sand from the site, than to haul the sand away,
bring in other sand, and use less cement. If, on the other hand,
it is found that it will require No. 5 to equal No. 3, it will be cheaper
to haul away the excavated sand and haul in good sand.

Before breaking the bricks, they should be very carefully ex-
amined as to texture and firmness. Scratching with the finger nail
will show the general quality to the student after a short experi-
ence; experiment with weights is therefore unnecessary after the
student has become familiar with the appearance of good mortar.

After the bricks are broken, examine the fractures, and observe
with a glass how well the spaces between the particles of sand are
filled. Generally the results will be about as follows :

No. 1 will show much greater strength than No. 5
No. 2 will not be of much greater strength than No. 6
No. 3 will perhaps break under less weight than No. 7
No. 4 will break and crumble long before No. 8

The reasons for these differences are readily detected under a
glass. The imported coarse sand requires much more cement to
fill the spaces. In No. 1 they are all filled ; while in No. 4 there are
large voids, which do not occur to such an extent in Nos. 7 and 8 ;
the sand being finer allows smaller voids. Observe that the increase
in the number of voids or small holes in the mass weakens the
mixture.

Now try one other experiment. Get two forms from which 4-
inch cubes can be made. Make a mixture of, say, 4 parts fine sand
to 1 part cement ; mix half of it with a large amount of water, as
is usually done in ordinary work, and from this form a 4-inch
cube. Mix the other half with just enough Water to change through-
out the color of the mass, and from this make another 4-inch cube.
Crowd the mixtures into the form, both cubes to be compressed as

169

52 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

much as possible; set the cubes aside, covered with a wet cloth
for a week; then split with a cold chisel, and observe. The in-
terior make-up of that mixed with a larger amount of water is full
of voids; that mixed with little water is compact.

The question of sand is treated, as later the question of roofs
will be, with a great deal of "home-made" detail, not only to get
at the question of sand and roofs, but to illustrate how, with mate-
rials that are always at hand, results of great practical value may
be obtained.

CEMENT

There is probably no other building material of which so much
has been written as cement within the last ten years ; and there will
be no attempt here to discuss the question except from an ex-
tremely practical standpoint. All things considered, Portland ce-
ment at $2.00 a barrel net is the most economical material for gen-
eral masonry. Lime is much clleaper, but of very doubtful value
as generally made. The English, Scotch, and French use lime with
great success; but it is always slaked in pits for at least three
months prior to use, and is treated and worked so as to make it
valuable for mortar, while in this country the lime undergoes such
crude treatment that it cannot be considered a material suitable

for good work. Therefore lime in any form will not be further
considered for masonry work.

Classes of Product. There are now three classes of Portland
cement on sale in this country. By far the largest class is that
ground from an artificial clinker. Second are those known as slag
cements, ground largely from furnace slag. While in much of the
product of the second class the sulphur has been so far extracted
as to make it identical in chemical analysis with the cement of the
first class, and of great value in general masonry, it is wiser to avoid
the use of slag cement where surfaces are exposed to wear, as in
sidewalks, steps, etc. Unless the work is of minor importance slag
cement should not be used unless such chemical tests (independent
of tests made by the manufacturers) can be obtained as will show
that the sulphur therein is below 2 per cent.

The third class is one imported from Belgium under various
brands carrying English names, such as "Eagle", "Star", etc., the

170

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 53

packages showing, however, the place of manuf acture. These
cements are generally coarse and of low grade — possibly the fac-
tory's second grade, on which the manufacturer does not care to
put his regular brand.

English cement is practically out of the market.

A few brands of German remain, like the "Dykerhoff", which
commands a high price and for which there is a limited demand
from users who believe there is no other from which equally good
results can be obtained. For our purposes, however, the second
and third classes need not be considered ; the range in the first is
wide, and little if anything is gained in price in using either of the
others.

Tests. On important work, tests should be made to determine
the fineness of grinding, specific gravity, time of initial and final
set, soundness, the proportion of silica to lime, and the amount of
sulphur and magnesia. Tests are also made of tensile strength;
but since this is a quality never required of cement, and this test
only indirectly bears on other necessary qualities, and since the
presence of matter which is likely to cause final disintegration,
tends often — in the early stages of use — to increase the tensile
strength, such tests should be in no way relied on.

In this paper, only three tests which it is possible for the stu-
dent to make with appliances easily obtained, will be considered.

Fineness. To test for fineness, what is known as a 100-mesh
sieve — that is, a sieve with 100 spaces to an inch — should be ob-
tained. Any first-class hardware store can furnish the wire either
from stock or on order, and a home-made sieve can be constructed.
A small quantity of cement should be weighed and most carefully
sifted ; 90 per cent of the material should pass through the sieve.
By referring to statements relative to cement, made under "Sand",
the student will understand that extreme fineness is required in
order that the cement may fit in and completely fill any voids
which may exist between the particles of sand.

Initial Set. The time for the initial set is determined approxi-
mately as follows :

Mix a small amount of neat cement (clear cement without sand)
with water, to the consistency of stiff mortar; observe the time it
takes to set hard enough to prevent an indentation when on it is

171

54 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

placed a wire about 6 inches long and of t^-inch diameter loaded
with a 14-pound ball on top. The time should not be less than
30 minutes.

It is unwise to use cement which sets at once or in so short a
time that it can hardly be placed before the set occurs. Cement
fresh from the works often takes its first set quickly ; but after it
has attained an age of two or three months it improves in this
respect. Therefore, never specify "fresh cement/ ' as cement
should not be used within three months from the date of its
manufacture.

It should be noted that the setting quality of cement consists
in the permanent union of water with the cement. The setting
of cement mortar is often referred to as the "drying out"; as a
matter of fact, the water necessary for mixing the mortar never
leaves it unless driven off by extreme heat. This may be proved
by a simple experiment. Take a tin can with tight cover; weigh
out five pounds of dry cement; mix with it enough water to wet
it ; pack it in the can and thoroughly compress it. If water rises
to the top — indicating that too much has been added — pour it off;
put on the cover tight, and weigh the whole, to determine the
amount of water added; then set it away for two weeks. At the
end of the time, open the can and put it in a warm, dry place for
a few days so that the cement may be thoroughly dry, then weigh.
It will be found that the weight is that of the original cement
plus the water added, which still remains in the mass. Subject the
cement to extreme heat, and it will be found that the water is
thrown off, the cement becomes fine again, and its weight corre-
sponds with that originally used.

Soundness. This is one of the most important physical tests,
for it indicates whether there probably exist elements which will
eventually disintegrate the mass. Test pats must be made and
their action carefully observed; if warping, cracking, or blotches
appear, the material should not be used. Form on small pieces of
clean glass four pats of cement mixed with only so much water
as will turn the color of the cement. The pats should be about 3
inches in diameter and Y 2 * nc h thick in the center, tapering to the
edge, which should be as thin as possible. After the pats have been
for a day under a damp cloth, put two of them in water for a week,

172

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 55

and leave two in air, then examine for the symptoms referred to
above.

Should it be possible to test the material chemically, the follow-
ing points should be observed :

The amount of lime should be slightly over three times that of
the silica. Thus, if there is 20 per cent silica, the lime should run
from 60 to 62 per cent. The silica should not fall below 19 per
cent, or rise above 22 per cent, and this is about the range of good
cements on the market.

More than 2 per cent of sulphur should never be allowed. The
reason for this is that the setting of cement is a process in which
the various materials combined unite chemically to form one solid
mass. Sulphur in its various forms is an ingredient which does
not work in harmony with the other materials; while it does not
at once prevent the satisfactory combination and setting of the
other materials, yet under conditions that are very likely to pre-
vail it sets up a chemical action tending to disintegrate the mass
in time.

Magnesia can generally be considered an ingredient which has
no value either as sand or cement, being what is known as ' 'inert"
material. While 4 per cent may not injure masonry, wearing
surfaces should not have over 3 per cent.

The manufacturers of Portland cement have tried to
eliminate both of these ingredients — but so far without success
at a cost which would make it possible to sell the cement at a
profit

The specific gravity should not fall below 3.10, as a low specific
gravity indicates poor> burning of the clinker.

These later tests, however, are delicate laboratory operations,
and only experienced chemists are capable of getting satisfactory
results.

Non-staining Cements. There is a very general prejudice
against the use of the ordinary Portland cement for setting lime-
stone, sandstone, and marble, the theory being that the moisture
from the mixture, in getting away, travels through the stone, carry-
ing with it certain staining matter, which is either deposited on the
surface or unites chemically with ingredients in the air to stain
the face. For this reason there have come to be used certain mate-

173

56 CONTEACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

rials of much less structural value than the Portland cement. These
are called non-staining cements, and are sold at a high price.

There are also on the market many materials intended to be
put on the back of stone, which, the manufacturers assert, will
prevent the passage of moisture and staining matter. While it can
easily be demonstrated that water containing cement running over
the face of soft stones does leave distinct traces, it is a different
thing to show that such stone or marble can be stained by mate-
rials in the joints or on the back. It is well, before any amount
of money is spent, to experiment in producing the stain on the
stone used with the ordinary cement.

This may be done by filling a small box with soft mortar, and
placing therein a piece of stone or marble, so laid that the top
surf ace is y$ inch above the mortar. Then tack a piece of water-
proof paper to the box sides, and cut a hole somewhat smaller
th(m the upper face of the stone or marble sample used, using
weights to bring the inner edge of the paper to the stone so that
practically no moisture can pass except through the sample and
off from the exposed surface. The results of the so-called staining
qualities of Ordinary cement can in this Way be determined.

LUMBER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH

Local conditions affect very much the grading of lumber. While
the great lumber interests formulate and publish schedules of
grades, the user cannot, from their designations and descriptions
of grades alone, make an economical selection. The designations
" first' ' or "best quality," "without imperfections," etc., inserted
in specifications to describe the quality desired, tend to make
trouble for everyone concerned on account of the various meanings
put on these terms.

Some markets are well supplied with good spruce framing
lumber, while an adjoining section will have no spruce but will
have good rough pine or hemlock. The same differences will be
found relative to finishing lumber. The student should visit each
lumber yard, look over the stocks, find materials in that market
and how they are graded; he is then prepared to state in the
specifications just what imperfections can be allowed in framing
timber, boards, or finishing lumber, but he must always bear in

174

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 57

mind that there is no material in existence which is free from
imperfections. By observing the defects and stating clearly what
will be allowed and what will not, he can avoid very many unpleas-
ant misunderstandings, with the owner especially, and also with
the builder.

Lumber which has the largest number of good qualities is the
most expensive ; therefore, for each portion of the work, only that
material should be required which has the particular qualities
required for that particular place.

Since in the case of lumber the questions of grade, quality, etc.,
can be determined by observation rather than by such experiments
as are indicated for cement or sand, these matters will not be
further treated here ; but in the following specifications, there will
be illustrated what consideration should be given generally to
lumber grades, quality, and finishes.

•

ROOFING MATERIAL

Value of "Thinking in Construction." In the previous
examples or problems attention has been given to putting the
student in line of thinking in materials. In this section considera-
tion will be given to the combination of materials in a roof covering,
partly because a good roof is one of the prime necessities of a suc-
cessful structure, and also because, in a brief study of one type of
roof of ^hich a model can easily be constructed, the elements of how
to think in construction within the province of the specification can
be clearly illustrated.

The particular covering here considered is canvas. Undoubt-
edly each student is familiar with the use of canvas for boats — from
steamships, sailing vessels, etc., the decks of which are covered with
canvas— down to the small duck boat completely constructed of
this material; but it is possible that few have ever considered the
various steps necessary to make it available for water and wear-
resisting uses.

Study of Canvas as Roof Covering. Canvas, in its natural con-
dition, is far from waterproof, and is one of the materials most
easily and quickly destroyed by mildew. Its one original desirable
quality is its extreme strength and toughness. Therefore there
must be incorporated with this toughness the properties of resisting

175

58 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

the passage of water and the ravages of decay. To prove to your-
self how tough a material canvas is, take a good sample of 10-ounce
duck; put it on a board, and strike a dozen times in one place ; take
it up, rub it in the hands, and observe how little damage has been
done to the texture. The following experiment will show how the
other essential qualities are added :

Build up of %-inch matched flooring, dressed on the upper side,
a board about 3 feet square, putting 2- by 4-inch cleats on the
underside. These cleats represent the rafters, the %-inch stuff,
the roof boards. Obtain from different stores samples of 10-ounce
duck, and mark each for identification, making a schedule in which
the price of each is noted. Cut all samples to exactly the same size ;
and, after drying thoroughly to drive off all moisture, have them
weighed by a druggist on very accurate scales, noting on the sched-
ule the weight of each piece. Soak and wash each thoroughly,
rubbing so as to remove all size or filling soluble in water. After
the samples are thoroughly dry, have each carefully weighed again,

and note the weights on the schedule. From this schedule can
easily be determined which is the best material for the money. It

may be found, for example, after soaking out all soluble matter,
that the canvas which costs 18 cents a yard is considerably cheaper
than that costing 17 cents.

A choice having been made, buy a yard ; and, when thoroughly
dry, secure it to the boards prepared, using ordinary tacks, about
%-inch long, spaced one inch apart ; stretch the cloth as much as
possible so that it will be tight and flat. "Wet it thoroughly and
observe that wetting has a tendency to shrink it; but, as it cannot
shrink because it is securely nailed to the board, each thread is
drawn very tight and made smaller. A close examination will show
that the spaces between the threads are increased and that water
runs through as through a sieve. While the canvas is in this
condition, put on a good coat of white lead and oil paint (this is
about the only material which should be painted wet), and observe
that a large amount of paint is taken up ; in fact, the paint goes
through the openings between the threads, reaching and covering
the underside of the cotton. The water does not unite with the
paint, and passes off before the paint dries, allowing the threads
to swell into the soft paint, so that when the paint is dry the fabric

176

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 59

is practically imbedded in it, with less on the upper surface than
anywhere else. Two more coats on top are necessary. This treat-
ment protects the canvas from mildew and makes.it waterproof;
the original fabric furnishes the strength.

After the paint is dry, subject the sample to the harshest of
treatment. Grind with the heel, drop bricks, etc., to see just how
much it will resist ; if not successful in making a hole, use a hatchet,
patching the hole so made by tacking over it a piece of duck of
sufficient size to cover it ; wetting it, and painting it, etc., as before.
When dry, place the boards level, nail down 1-inch strips around
the edge, laid in white lead, and cover with one inch of water. Let
this stand for forty-eight hours. Now cut up the duck, and see
if any leaks exist ; if so, carefully examine the covering to determine
exactly the cause. Next, roll the duck loosely, and put away
for two weeks in a dark, damp place, and then examine for
mildew.

It is not the intention in using this illustration merely to explain
how a canvas roof is made, but to set the student to thinking about
roofs. A shingle roof, or a tar-and-gravel roof, or a slate roof,
differs only in the manner in which it accomplishes the same ends.
All other types of roofing should be observed and studied along
similar lines, so that the proper material will be used in each of
the different varieties of buildings.

ELECTRIC WIRING

Special Nature of Wiring Specifications. The item of electric
wiring, while entirely within the province of the architect to lay
out, is of such a mechanical nature that it is rarely advisable to
include it in the general specification. Few general rules outside
of a set adopted by the National Board of Fire Underwriters —
called the "National Electric Code" — can be formulated.

The arrangement, location, and sizes of wires are problems
involving delicate adjustment in order to obviate danger from
fire, to prevent loss of power, and to obtain a perfectly satisfactory
service at all points under the maximum load, and yet keep the
amount of material down so as to avoid unnecessary expense.

Expensive instruments are necessary for the testing of the
system when complete, and a considerable experience is needed

177

60 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

even for stating in a specification what tests are to be applied
in each specific case. Therefore it is not deemed best to discuss
the matter further here, except to state that for work such as that
under consideration, the services of an engineer in the employ of the
electric light company which is to furnish the energy can generally
be obtained to lay out the system and to test the completed work.

OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS

In studying the following outline specification, it is suggested
that many trade papers and the general magazines advertise appli-
ances used in building, and that a postal card request to the
advertisers will bring very useful information about the product
advertised. Especially is this true as regards cement, concrete,
stone, brick, paints, varnishes, plastering material, plumbing goods,
and heating goods.

Catalogues of the last two are particularly easy to obtain and
are well worth studying. If the student finds himself especially
impressed with any one system or brand of goods, he should make
it a point to learn about other materials or systems which are
used for the same purpose, until he finds some which, he is satisfied,
are equally good. The man who has only one material he can
use, or one way of accomplishing a certain object, is sure to be
either deficient in information or unduly influenced; there is no
one material, or one way of doing anything that is best in all
respects.

The student should also have a copy of some of the many hand-
books of general information relative to materials. Of these,, prob-
ably Trautwine will be found the most useful ; for, while it is not
so popular as some, it is a high authority, and in it will be found
notes on every variety of material and construction.

SPECIFICATIONS
Fob a Residence Building to be Erected fob

>fr&N-IXQ-E t / [,^<c —

Corner of A Avenue and B Street, Chicago, Illinois

v ' - " : ■

*^ ' ' ^ v Btchnrct l&oe, Architect

178

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 61

GENERAL CONDITIONS

Contract Drawings. The drawings which will with this speci-
fication form the basis of an agreement for the erection and com-
pletion 0$ a residence for John Doe, ScTbe erected at the co rner of
A 'Avenue and B Street are numbered i^JJ, 4, 5, 6, 7, to a scale
of % inch to the foot; and details,C2 0j 21, 22 ^3}"i^rirscale of
Qy 2 inches) All materials and work necessary to complete the
structure indicated, are to be furnished and done by the Con-
tractor.

It is the intention that the general scheme for the work shall
be illustrated by the drawings, on which all dimensions and sizes
are given. When features or details are evidently of a similar
nature to those already shown, they will not be carried out in
detail ; but in all such cases the Contractor will complete the work
in accordance with the evident intent of the drawings.

The materials are in general designated; and when the draw-
ings are competent to show fully what is required, it will not be
within the province of the specification, or details to be prepared
later, to make further reference thereto.

Detail Drawings. Full-sized details and models will be fur-
nished as the work^rogresses, and no work requiring them is to
be done before their delivery. In their preparation, minor mod-
ifications may be made which do not materially affect the cost of
execution. (Th e drawings will b e -delivered -to- the Contractor
/ _j^j jj j jyi th* ( Y i llrnu n n^ pM i' u* ifiL aitqr the award of the eontract:

For ^ et istxucti o n of' exterior walls, cornice, roof, or

material - framing , . 6 weeks

For i » t e ri or flnislr \ . .4 months

For carving' on material in phtee ... 6. months

Specifications. It is the intention that this specification shall
cover those points with regard to materials which the drawings
/T> are not competent to cover; and the fact that certain items are
^ indicated on the drawings, and not mentioned herein, shall not
relieve the Contractor from furnishing them. It is the intention
that the drawings and this specification shall so co-operate that
all matters in connection with the proposed structure necessary
for making accurate estimates for the completion of the building,
shall be fully set forth. There are, however, certain operations
and materials obviously necessary for the construction ; and unless
these are of unusual nature, no mention thereof will be made, but
such fact shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to
provide for all such items.

Changes in Plans. No alterations shall be made involving
change in cost, unless ordered by the Architect in writing. The

L wv*- 1 -

179

62 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

written order must set forth fully the nature and extent of the
change, and the terms and conditions under which it is to be made,
and to it the assent of both Owner and Contractor is to be attached.

The AlraKfeet shall, during the progress of the work, give oral
directions relative thereto; but such directions ghall not be con-
sidered as authorizing changes.

Acceptance and Rejection of Materials. The decision of the
jfic!lflet r t shall be final relative to the work and materials furnished,
and the materials rejected are to be removed promptly from the
site. It shall be understood, however, that every item furnished in
place in the building which is covered by a payment, is considered
as accepted, and shall not be later rejected unless defects develop
which were not visible prior to the payment; and when, for such
cause, material is rejected, the entire expense incident to replacing
4he material is to be borne by the Contractor.
/ Responsibility of Contractor. The Contractor is to be entirely
responsible for producing the finished work in place ; and in carry-
ing it out, he is to furnish all tools and temporary appliances to
' accomplish the contract requirements; he must also supply heat,
so that after the first plaster coat is begun no part of the building
shall be allowed to have a temperature lower than 40 degrees
k - » Fahrenheit. If plastering is done in hot, dry weather, Contractor
is to protect the building with such temporary .closures as will
revent injury fromjo^ rapid eva poration. He is to be responsible
for the protection, notonly of all material delivered on the site,
but also of all materials in place, until the acceptance of the build-
ing as evidenced by the final payment on the contract and the
delivery of the structure to the Owner. As this responsibility
extends to loss by fire, he is to keep the building fully insured in
stock insurance companies, the loss, if any, payable to the Owner
as his interest may appear. The total amount of such insurance
shall never be less than a sum 20 per cent higher than the total
amount of the payments made; and prior to each payment, the
Contractor shall deliver to the Owner such policies.

The Contractor shall, if required by the Owner four days prior
to the time any payment is due, produce evidence satisfactory to
the Owner that such settlements have been made as will clear the
premises from the liability of liens on account of either labor or
materials furnished; and in case the Contractor fails to produce
such evidence, the Owner is not under any obligations to make the
payment until his demand is complied with. If the demand is not
made by the Owner four days prior to the day any payment is due,
the Contractor shall not be obliged to furnish evidence for the
payment then coming due ; but the right to demand the evidence
before any subsequent payment is made, will continue to exist, so

180

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 63

that the Owner may demand such evidence prior to any future
payment.

Compliance with City Laws. The Contractor, without the
intervention of e kh er Owner or Architect,- is to comply with
all city ordinances for the regulation of building on private
property and the temporary use of highways beyond the building
lines.

/ Employer's Liability Insurance. Should any person, whether

/employed by the Contractor or not, or any property, be injured in

\ any of the operations in connection with the building or through

>jj Jthe carelessness of the Contractor or any of his employes, the

C^ \ Contractor is to be responsible therefor ; and he must, consequently,

/ carry at all times employer's liability insurance which will cover

I up to $5,000 the damage to any one person, either of the public or

\f those in his employ.

Ladders and Scaffolds. The Contractor is to maintain at all
times such ladders and scaffolding as will afford the Owner -&&
^rohite et access to all portions of the work.

Samples of Materials. As soon as possible after the award of
the contract, the Contractor is to deliver on the site samples of all
materials required in connection therewith. Since the samples are
to indicate the range in the materials he proposes to use, they
should represent both the poorest quality and the best in each class,
! the understanding being that the material furnished is to run
1 between the two, so that the average of the material will be prac-
v^ j tically the average between the two samples.
-f < The Architect shall pass on these samples; and after acceptance
I J by him, they are to be kept for guidance in passing on the material
.' when delivered. If any of the samples, in the opinion of the
i Architect, are not in accord with the contract requirements, he shall
reject such in writing, setting forth fully his reasons, and" the Con-
tractor is to furnish additional samples in lieu of those rejected,
until materials suitable, in the judgment of the Architect, are
submitted. In executing the work, the poorer materials are to be
placed in the minor portions of the work, as selected by the
Architect.

Contractor's Foreman. The Contractor is to have a repre-
sentative, fully empowered to act in all cases for him, on the site
' whenever any work is in progress or any material is being deliv-
<K\ ered ; and ©elther-the Owner ne r the A r chit ect shallfigive to anyone,
except such representative, any directions or instructions. Should
such representative not give proper attention to such directions or
instructions, such neglect will be sufficient cause for refusal on
the part of the Owner to make further payments until the settle-
ment of the questions involved.

181

64 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Architect. The Architect is the technical adviser for the
Owner, and shall have the general direction and oversight of the
building operations, with the right, conceded by both Owner and
Contractor, to accept or reject finally materials or workmanship, to
decide the amount due at each payment period, and to determine
when the Contractor has complied with the conditions of his
agreement.

He is not to be responsible for such questions as those relating
to liability for liens, or for such other matters of business detail
as do not require the technical training for architectural practice.

As the Architect must depend on the clear requirements of the
drawings and specifications for his authority in exercising his
duties, it is desirable that all questions which may arise be fully,
settled therein, so far as practicable, before the submission of bids.
Therefore all parties who propose to submit bids should, in writing,
call attention to any points which in their judgment are not fully
explained by the drawings and specifications, at least six days
before the time set for receipt of proposals; and such questions,
with the replies thereto, will be forwarded to each prospective
bidder. The failure of any bidder to ask for such supplementary
information will be construed, after the award of the contract, as
barring him from demurring from any ruling which in the opinion
of the Architect is justified by the contract requirements. In any
questions of a technical character which may arise between the
Owner and Contractor, the Owner shall be governed by the decision
of the Architect.

Payments. Before beginning the work, the Contractor, if he
so desires, can prepare for the AreKlfiS a statement showing the
order in which he will proceed with the construction of the build-
ing ; and a schedule of the quantities of all items entering into the
work, with the value of each in place — the total of such values to
be the contract price. If, in the judgment of the Architect, this
schedule is perfectly fair, it shall be adopted as a basis of the
monthly estimate of the value of the work satisfactorily in place;
and on the third day of each month, the Owner shall pay on the
contract price 90 per cent of the value of the materials satisfac-
torily in place on the first, as determined by the schedule ; but in
these estimates, no account shall, under any circumstances, be taken
of the value of materials not finally incorporated in the building.

If, however, the Contractor does not elect to prepare such a
schedule, or prepares a schedule evidently not fair to the Owner,
then the Owner shall pay to the Contractor on the third of each
month 90 per cent of the value of the materials satisfactorily in
place, as determined by the Architect 's estimate ; and in determin-
ing the value, the Architect is to be governed by the total contract

182

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 65

price, so that at. all times there will be reserved by the Owner
sufficient funds to complete the building, in case of default on the
part of the Contractor, at usual market rates, and, in addition,
10 per cent.

Time of Completion. The time limit for the completion of the
work shall be(pa$e)months from the date of award of contract; and
it shall be a condition of the contract, that there will be deducted
from the final payment the sum of fifteen dollars ($15.00) as liqui-
dated damages for each day's delay after the expiration of such
period, until the final acceptance of the work by the Architect and
its delivery to the Owner.

Protection of Lot. Put a tight board fence 5 feet high, with
three 2- by 4-inch rails, and with 4- by 4-inch posts set 6 feet on
centers, which will protect adjoining property from encroachment
during building operations.

On the street side, and in front of the spot to be occupied by
the building on the avenue, enclose such portion of the roadway
as is permitted by the city building ordinance to be used in building
operations; build also such fence, and place such walks as are
required by such ordinance.

On the site is one oak tree, and in the street two elm trees.
These are to be protected by tree boxes of 2-inch plank and 2- by
4-inch cleats, with such holes cut on sides as will permit a full
circulation of air about the trunk; under no circumstances are
any guy ropes to be secured to, or allowed to interfere with, any
portion of the trees.

There will be no attempt to save any of the sod or shrubs now
on the site, and the Contractor will be allowed all the space for
piling material, etc.

The protection by the Contractor, of trees, sidewalk, curb,
adjoining property, etc., as required hereinafter, shall not relieve
the Contractor from responsibility for any injury which may occur
to such protected items on account of the building operations.

EXCAVATION

Disposition of Excavated Materials. Pour test pits have been
dug to a point one foot below the-bottom of all footings ; and bid-
ders shoukTvisit the^site^Snd examine the conditions. The black
soil which constitutes the top stratum is all to be piled on the lot,
wherever the Contractor desires, so long as it is not against the
oak tree. Below the black soil is a stratum of sand which is satis-
factory for concrete and ceiptot mortar ; below this is coarse gravel
which may be used for cprfcrete, provided all stones which will not
pass through a 2-inch -^ing are cracked to such size. Any other

183

66 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

material to be taken from the excavation is worthless, and must
be hauled away.

The excavation is to be carried on so that different strata will
be kept in separate piles. Any materials mixed so as to make it
undesirable in the opinion of the Architect to use them for the
purposes above designated, are to be hauled away.

Shoring. The curbstone in place is to be protected by sheet
piling driven down just back of the inside of curb line so that
there will be no settlement or shifting before the supporting wall
is completed.

The other sides of the excavations are to be sloped enough to
prevent caving.

The excavation is not to go below the party wall of the adjoin-
ing building.

All excavations for footings must be complete before any foot-
ings are placed.

Backfilling. After all foundation walls are completed and
thoroughly set, backfilling is to be done with sand or gravel.

Sewer and Water Connections. The sewer and water have
already been brought to the site. The sewer terminates at a brick
manhole, 3 feet 6 inches inside diameter, with iron cover, at grade
about 5 feet from the side line of the building; and temporary
connections with this manhole are to be made, so that there shall
be at no time any standing water in the excavation, should it
develop that the gravel is a water-bearing stratum.

The water connections will be encountered, in making the wall
at the curb line, about 4 feet below grade.

MASONRY
Materials Required

Cement. All cement is to be Portland cement, of such fine-
ness that 90 per cent will pass through a 100-mesh sieve. The
initial set shall be in not less than 30 minutes; and pats of neat
cement, about 3 inches in diameter and y 2 inch thick in center,
worked off to a thin edge, which has been exposed in air or im-
mersed in water for seven days, after the cement has set sufficiently
not to be disintegrated by water, shall show no discoloration, warp-
ing, checks, or signs of disintegration.

Sand. The sand shown to be on the site by the test pits is of
sufficiently good quality for all masonry mortar except wearing
surface of pavements, steps, etc. Should there not be enough thus
obtained, that brought in must be as clean and sharp as that found
in excavating.

The sand for all wearing surfaces, such as walks, steps, and

184

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 67

cellar and area floors, down for at least y 2 inch, is to be crushed
granite, ranging from the finest material to that which will pass a
30-mesh sieve.

Broken Stone. The gravel stratum may be used for concrete
aggregate, provided the sand and all stone too large to pass a
2-inch ring are screened out. The sand may be used with other
sand on the site, and the stone screened out be broken to size
required; the other material needed shall be equal to that obtained
on the site, and the Contractor shall not dig holes below the fin-
ished grade lines to obtain material.

Brick. Common Brick. All common brick are to be run of
the kiln, excluding salmon brick, which will take up during one
hour's immersion in water as much as 18 per cent of their weight
in water. As delivered, the hardest are to be kept in piles for use
in backing exterior walls and flues; the softer are to be put in
interior walls.

Facing Brick. All facing brick are to be of light color and
rough face texture; evenness of tone or burning will not be re-
quired ; and the light and dark tones will be laid together, with no
attempt to keep the same tones together; but no brick shall be
allowed which is soft enough to absorb over 12 per cent of its
weight in water. The facing brick are to have full square edges,
free from chipped corners.

Granite. The exterior wall below water table, and the front
steps and buttresses, are to be of granite. All granite is to be of
light color, free from black knots, and is to be finished 4-cut work.
The joints are to be % inch wide, and tooled back full for 1 inch
from exterior surface. The stones may be as thin as economical
dressing will permit.

Soft Stone. From water table up to the line of the second-
story window sills, all stone required is to be a light limestone or
sandstone with a 4-bat-to-the-inch finish (consisting of 4 concave
grooves to each inch, made either by hand or by machine) for all
vertical surfaces. All other surfaces shall be rubbed. The stone
must be of an even texture, free from seams or streaks. Should
any material used show in a rubbed block any grain from which
the natural bed can be ^determined, it is to be set so that it will
rest on its natural bed ; but if the stone is of such character as to
show no such indications, it will be immaterial whether or not it
rests on its natural bed.

The ashlar may be as thin as 4 inches, except where reveals or
corners occur. At reveals the heads are to be the full depth ; and
no vertical joint in the face of the wall is to be nearer the reveal
than 1 foot, while all caps and sills are to be the full depth.

Terra Cotta. Structural. The interior faces of all exterior

185

68 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

brick walls are to be furred with 2-inch porous terra cotta of such
quality that a nail can be driven therein without splitting, and
firmly held.

All flues are to be lined with hard-burned non-porous flue
linings, at least % inch thick.

Ornamental. All ornamental terra cotta for cornice and balus-
trade is to have a color similar to the lighter tones of brick, with a
combed surface forming about 6 ribs to one inch. The terra cotta
is to be hard-burned, with capacity to absorb not over 4 per cent
of its weight of water after immersion for one hour. All approxi-
mately horizontal surfaces are to be made rough, to key the cement
coat which it is proposed to put above. The finished pieces are to
be straight and unwarped, and in lengths never less than 2 feet
10 inches for continuous members; in projecting members, all ver-
tical joints must occur over bearings. All members with less than
2-feet face must be in one piece. The Contractor must furnish
shop drawings for approval of jointing only; no outlines are to be
modified thereby, and such changes in the jointings may be made,
within the lines previously laid down, as in the judgment of the
Architect will better the construction or appearance of the work.

Masonry Construction

Concrete Work. The concrete work of all footings and ex-
terior foundation w&lls below grade, shall be composed of 1 part
Portland cement, 4 parts sand, and 7 parts screened gravel or
broken stone. In order to make these proportions efficient, it will
be necessary, in mixing and applying the materials, to use great
care, ^iie Contractor, under direction of the Architect, shall con-
struct a cube of the mixture abgut 18 inches square, to show its
possibilities when carefully manipulated ; this standard shall be the
one by which the work will be judged, and any portion of the con-
crete work which falls below this standard will be condemned. The
sand and cement must first be thoroughly mixed dry, turning it
over at least four times if no machine is employed, . so that no
uncolored particles of sand can be detected; after which, just
enough water is to be added to dampen the mass thoroughly. The
aggregate is then to be mixed in, wet.

Walls. It will be necessary to place plank forms for all foot-
ings and walls ; the concrete is to be put in such forms, and thor-
oughly rammed. A smooth surface like a spade is to be forced
down, just inside the planking, to force the aggregate back from
both faces of the wall until clear motar only shows. The walls of
each portion are to be carried up the full height rapidly, and the
planking to be so arranged that it can be removed from any part
within two days after the placing of the concrete. Both faces of

186

CONTEACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 69

the wall are to be finished smooth with a trowel, the surface being
so compressed as to make it proof against ground moisture.

Basement Floor, After the lining of the first floor has been

laid, the basement floor is to be put in. On the base of concrete

3 inches thick, composed as for footings, put, before it has set, a

wearing surface y 2 inch thick, composed of 1 part cement to 3

parts crushed granite, troweled to a smooth, level surface.

/ Beams and Slabs over Sidewalk Cellar. Reinforced concrete

[ beams and slabs over the sfclewalk coal cellar, are to be composed

\of 1 part Portland cement, 3 parts sand, and 5 parts gravel or

V ) broken stone which will pass through a %-inch ring* This is to be

f Stamped in the forms and around the reinforcing metal, to form a

{[ / solid, compact mdss. As the strength of this slab is dependent

, principally on^ne care in mixing the material and in placing it,

1 it must be te*rced three weeks after it is set, by placing five layers

i of brick oyer the entire surface. If under this test it fails or

\ cracks, i^ls to be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.

Sidewalk. After the completion of the building, a sidewalk, in

all respects matchinff^nat now in place, is to be continued over the

concrete slab, and t^e iron coalhole cover frame is to be built in so

as to set flush witn the surface.

Brickwork. Bough Brick Walls and Chimneys. The rough
brick partition walls in basement, and all chimneys and the backing
of all exterior walls, shall be laid and thoroughly imbedded in
Portland cement mortar, 1 part cement to 4 parts sand ; all brick
are to be thoroughly drenched before being laid. In packing up
stonework, the brick iyto be so bonded that it can be brought up
approximately level With the top of each stone course ; there is to
be placed in every ljorizontal stone joint a sheet of No. 24 expanded
metal, extending /.o within 1 inch of the face of the stone and
through the full thickness of the brick wall. This is to be free from
rust, and at once imbedded in the mortar joints of stone and brick
to form a reinforced concrete bond.

Every fifth course of rough brick is to be of headers.
Where rough brick walls will be exposed to view, the joints shall
be trowel-pointed and all mortar kept off the face.

Chimney Openings in Wall and Fireplace. At the base of ash
pits, set doors 8 inches by 12 inches.

At the base of chimney flues, set doors 6 inches by 8 inches.
In each fireplace hearth, there is to be a small cast-iron ash
, dump with cast-iron frames built in and anchored.

Terra cotta pipe thimbles are to be built in, 1 foot from the
finished ceilings, as follows : ?

, 1 — 8-inch thimble in heater cellar 1 — 6-inch thimble in kitchen

/ 1 — 6-inch thimble in laundry
\

187

70 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Fireplaces. The fireplaces are to be built complete with fire-
brick backs and facings, all laid flat, as the chimney is constructed.
Special-shaped firebrick, with ends molded so as to conform to the
line of the facing and bevel of the jambs, are to be used at the
angles between facing and jambs.

All brick below the flat arch are to be laid in fire clay with
close joints; and in each joint a strip of No. 24 expanded metal
is to be built, extending within y 2 inch of the face of the brick and
leaving at least 4 inches to build into the mortar joint of backing.
In the throat, put cast-iron flue-stops, with dampers which can
easily be closed from below.

The flat arches above are to be laid in Portland cement mortar,
with No. 24 expanded metal extending through each joint to within
y 2 inch of exposed faces and sticking up 4 inches. When this is
complete, a reinforced concrete beam is to be formed above, in
which brick ties are to be imbedded, in addition to six strands of
No. 8 twisted wire fencing.

The flue linings of hard terra cotta are to be set close ; and any
which are crooked or broken in handling shall be rejected.

Facing Brick. Facing brick shall be used for the visible sur-
faces of the exterior brick walls and chimneys. Each course will
alternate headers and stretchers, and the facing and backing are
to be carried up together and of such size brick that the headers
of every fifth course will bond. The header of all other courses
may be half-brick. The joints shall be approximately y 2 inch
thick, and trowel-pointed as the work is laid ; all mortar must be
kept off the face.

Over the windows, flat arches ar^to be formed, bonded, as
required for-tne fireplaces, to tbe-tjoncrete beam formed back of
the arch.

Setting of Granite and Soft Stone. The joints of all stone-
work are to be % inch thick, with expanded metal, as required
above, the mortar to be of the same composition as for brick.

The Contractor will be responsible for, any staining of the faces
of the stone. He will ,be permitted to use such brand of cement as
he may consider safe, provided in tbe tests it conforms to the
requirements of Portland cement as stated under " Cement.' '

Note to Student. No. 1. — In order that the student may ascertain
to what extent he is grasping the situation, he should, at this point, and before
proceeding further with this specification, spend at least six hours on masonry
work in progress in his vicinity, observing work which corresponds to that
referred to in this outline specification. He should ask questions of such
foremen or workmen as he is able to approach, regarding the details of con-
struction and materials used. He should see the men who furnish the material,
and obtain from them the prices, and also find out about different grades of
the material.

188

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 71

Under no circumstances are notes to be taken. The student must
absorb the information in such a way that he will remember it. After the
conclusion of these investigations, he should take four days in which to
think over the situation as observed. After the four days of thinking, he
should write a specification, not exceeding 400 words in length, for some par-
ticular portion of the work or materials observed, giving special attention
to covering the most ground possible with specified number of words.

Setting Terra, Gotta. Structural. All furring terra cotta is
to be set in Portland cement mortar. As a 1 to 4 mixture would
be too short for the thin edges, the mortar must be a 1 to 2y 2 mix ;
one 30-d spike is to be driven into the brick mortar joints, with
head projecting \y 2 inched into furring joint for tie.

Ornamental. All joints are to be y 2 inch thick, and special
anchors, shofan on the detail, are to be built in. Fill all hollow
portions with concrete formed by running in cement mortar and
then crowding in broken bricks until the mortar is forced into
every corner.

Over all approximately horizontal surfaces, put a ^-inch coat
of 1 to X Portland cement mortar, after covering the surface with a
continuous sheet of No. 24 expanded metal. The terra cotta surface
is to be thoroughly wet, the mortar coat pressed vigorously through
the metal, and the surface finished smooth. This surface is to be
protected from the sun for four days, and wet at such intervals as
will keep it at all times moist.

CARPENTRY
Materials Required

Rough Lumber. All wood which is not exposed to view in
rooms above basement, may be of pine, spruce, or hemlock, sized
and seasoned.

Joists and Stringers. Joists and stair stringers must be sound,
with no loose knots, or knots over 2y 2 inches, measured the longest
way, within 3 inches of the lower or within 1 inch of the upper
edge.

Studs. All miscellaneous studs must be sound, with no loose
knots in either edge.

Bough Floors. There will be no wood floors in basement.
Cover all joists and rafters with tongued and grooved pine or
spruce boards, % inch thick and not over 5 inches wide, for lining.
Shakes and other imperfections, which do not leave holes, will be
accepted, provided the imperfection is of such a character that it
will firmly hold a nail.

Miscellaneous. All miscellaneous framing lumber, bridging,
etc., must be sound.

189

72 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Finishing Lumber. Floors. All finished floors of the first ami-
^ oooond * story shall be of qnoptorod .white oak; and all floors above
shall be of edge-grain pine, tongued and grooved, with not over 2y 2
inches face, thoroughly kiln-dried, and of a quality free froln
shakes. Sound knots will be allowed ; also imperfections which do
not extend to within *4 i ncn of the wearing surface.

Basement. There will be no finish in basement, except door
frames and doors, which will be stock pattern and paneled 1%
inches thick.

First-Floor Rooms. The finishing lumber for all rooms on first
floor except kitchen, pantries, and closets, shall be of quartered
white oak, with bright surface, and with no imperfections which
appear, on the face or exposed edges; but sound knots of any size,
which are finished smooth, will be allowed. All other finishing
lumber of first and second floors is to be of q g^j^^^ ^bifeh, of a
quality specified above, but may be straight-sawed. */7^>t-

Second-Floor Rooms. All finishing lumber above secoad floor
is to be of pine, of a quality containing no defects which one coat
of shellac and three coats of paint will not cover.

Shelving. All shelving in closets and pantries throughout the
building, may be of pine or poplar, full % inch thick.

Stairs. All stair treads, rails, balusters, and risers are to be
of qufffflpyed white oak, the treads to be 1% inches thick, all strings
to be of the same wood as the finish of adjoining floors.

Miscellaneous. All lumber for grounds, window-frames, etc.,
may be of pine or spruce, with square edges and free from loose
knots.

Carpentry Construction

Framing. Joists. All joists are to be set 1 foot 4 inches on
centers, with a bearing on all supporting walls of 4 inches. In
brick walls, the ends are to be beveled so that the upper edge is just
on a line with the inside face of wall.

Every third joist in the brick wall is to be anchored thereto
by a strap anchor containing y 2 square inch of metal, extending 2
feet onto the lower edge of joist and within 4 inches of the outside
face of wall, the end turned up 2 inches, to be spiked to the joist
with five 30-d nails to each anchor. Where joists meet over parti-
tion heads, they are to be spiked thereto with four 20-d spikes at
each bearing, and, when practicable, to the joist of the opposite
side. All joists are to be cross-bridged every 8 feet of clear span,
with 2- by 2-inch stuff, with two 12-d nails in each end.

Trimmers. All trimmers are to be doubled, and all headers
over 10 feet long are to be tripled. Where joists are framed
together, no cutting is to be done; but wrought-iron hangers or

190

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 73

stirrups with a cross-section of all vertical parts equal to 1 square
inch of metal, are to be used.

Studs. All studs are to be 1 foot 4 inches on centers, both studs
and heads doubled beside and over all openings; and all openings
over 4 feet wide are to be trussed above. Each stud is to be secured
with four 12-d nails at each end, and to have one line of 2- by
2-inch single -bridging in the height of each story, this bridging
to be so set in the center of the stud that it will be an inch back
from both faces.

Rough Floors. The lining floors shall have two 8-d nails in
each board over each bearing, one in the tongue and one about
1 inch from the groove edge. All lining shall be so laid as to be
perfectly tight, and may be laid before plastering.

Sash. All sash shall be of pine, 1% inches thick. When only
single sash are shown, they are to be hinged with three 3-inch
wrought-iron butts at the top, and have two hooks to each sash to
secure them when either closed or open. All other sash are to be
double-hung with braided cotton cord and iron weights, the pockets
of the window frames to be as long as practicable.

Finish. Floors. All finished floors shall have one 8-d nail over
each joist ; and, after being laid, they are to be scraped or planed to
an even' surface. These floors are to be laid after all other finish
is in, and are to be cut with great care against the base.

Lumber. All finish lumber is to be put up in such a manner
that the nails or screws securing it will be invisible. This is to be
done by working through the back or in quirks or concealed places,
but no splintering to hide the heads of nails shall be required.

Doors. The hardwood doors are to be veneered on soft white
pine cores made of strips not over % inch thick. Before the
veneering is put on, the Architect is to be advised where the cores
may be inspected; and, if the gluing or seasoning is defective, or
hard knots are discovered, the cores shall be rejected. The panels
are to be left free to shrink. The doors below the third floor are to
be 1% inches thick ; those on third floor and above, 1% inches thick.

Mantels. The mantels are to be built up complete, all parts
glued together and nailed or screwed in concealed places, and
brought to the building ready to set in place.

Hardware. The Owner shall furnish mortise locks complete,
3 butts for each door, 2 sash lifts, 1 sash lock, 1 socket, and 4 sash
pulleys for each window.

The Contractor is to set these and to furnish and set any other
hardware evidently necessary to complete the work — such as
wrought-iron brackets for shelves, sliding-door hangers, etc.

Roof. The flat portions of the roof are to be covered with
canvas. The steep portions shall be covered with tile.

191

74 CONTEACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Canvas. All canvas must weigh, when thoroughly dry, 10
ounces to the square yard, and must not lose over 5 per cent of its
dry weight after being soaked in water 10 hours and so rubbed as
to take out all matter soluble in water. It is to be laid dry, stretched
tight, all edges to be lapped 1 inch and tacked with %-inch tacks
set % inch apart.

In all places where the roof meets a vertical surface, three-
cornered strips, iy 2 by iy 2 inches are to be nailed, and the canvas
is to be carried up over them and 8 inches on the vertical wall. If
such wall is of masonry, there shall be a 1%-inch by 2i/£-inch
dressed strip, fastened by expansion bolts set 3 feet apart under the
projecting ledge of brick ; the canvas is to be tacked to the under-
side of this strip, as at other places.

After the entire roof is covered and the canvas swept clean, it
is to be soaked with water, and, when thoroughly wet is to be
rubbed full of stiff paint composed of white lead and raw oil in
proportions of 100 pounds of lead to Sy 2 gallons of oil. When
this is dry and the surface hard — not less than five days after the
first application — the roof and all exposed surfaces of wood strips
in connection therewith are to have two coats of white lead and oil
paint.

Tile. The steep portions of the roof are to be covered with red
tile burned from a tough clay; and all nails or wire necessary to
secure them permanently to the roof are to be of copper. If wire is
used, the gage is to be not less than No. 12 ; if nails, the gage is to
be not less than No. 8.

All joints are to be so close that there will be no necessity for
waterproof paper below, or for cement, except at the hips.

All valleys are to be open, and flashed with 14-ounce copper,
which must extend not less than 8 inches under the tile at each side.

Note to Student. No. 2. — See Note 1, on page 70, relative to
examination of actual masonry work. At this point the student is to follow
the directions in No. 1, only applying them to carpentry work and materials,
and to write a specification (not exceeding 400 words) of some portion as
directed in Note No. 1.

Gutters and Conductors. All gutters and exterior conductor
pipes shall be of 16-ounce copper; where they join the soil pipe
system, they are to be soldered to cast-brass thimbles, which are to
be calked into the iron piping with pig lead.

PLASTERING

There is to be no plastering in the basement, but all the walls
above are to be finished with three-coat work.

Lathing. All brick walls are furred with terra cotta, on
which the plaster is to be placed. All other surfaces are to be

192

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 75

lathed with pine or spruce, only partially seasoned ; and wherever
these lathed partitions and the brickwork of chimneys or the terra
cotta adjoin, expanded-metal or wire-mesh lath are to be placed,
extending 8 inches on to each side ; as each coat of plaster is placed,
all corners are to be cut through from floor to ceiling.

Composition of Plaster. All plastering material is to be
freshly burned stone lime, slaked at least two weeks before being
mixed with sand ; it is to contain hair of the ordinary quality sold
for plastering purposes, and sand clean and sharp. The mixing is
to be done just prior to its use, and is to be thorough. The hair
is to be soaked so as to separate it, and enough must be used, and
it must be so mixed that it will not be possible to find any small
portions of the mortar in which the hair is not visible.

Application of Plaster. The first coat is to be mixed very
rich with lime, using not more than 4 parts of sand to 1 of unslaked
lime ; it is to be scratched.

The second is to be a thin coat, in which 6 parts of sand may
be used to 1 part of unslaked lime ; this is not to be applied before
the first coat is dry and hard.

The last coat in all cases will be white, a hard finish of lime
putty gaged with plaster of Paris. This is to be applied in not less
than five days after the first coats appear dry and hard.

The first two coats are to go to the floor back of all baseboards
and wainscot, and be brought up to all grounds.

When completed, the work is to be straight and free from dis-
colorations, hair cracks, or lime pits.

\
Note to Student. No. 3. — See Note No. 1 on page 70, relative to
examination of actual masonry work. At this point the student is to follow
the directions in No. 1, only applying them to plaster work and materials,
and to prepare a 400-word specification of a portion of the work or materials,
as explained.

PAINTING, VARNISHING, GLAZING

Painting of Exterior. All exterior woodwork is to be primed,
as soon as in place, with raw linseed oil and a very small amount
of yellow ocher; and later is to have two additional coats of raw
linseed and white lead paint mixed in the proportion of 100 pounds
of lead to 5 gallons of oil, colored with such pigments as will pro-
duce the single color desired; no more dryer is to be used in each
coat than is necessary to insure its drying within 18 hours.

Painting of Interior. All pine woodwork throughout the
house, including floors, shall have one coat of white shellac and
three coats of paint, mixed as above, and of the colors selected by
the Architect. There shall be one color only in each room for
finish, and one for floors.

193

76 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Hardwood Finish. All hardwood except floors is to be filled
with a mineral filler, and to have three coats of varnish, the last
two rubbed to a dull surface. The varnish is to be of a brand cov-
ered by an affidavit from the manufacturers that it contains no
resin or petroleum products and that it has at least 17 per cent of
copal gums. The varnish must also be of such a character that a
film on glass will not dry in less than 48 hours, and when dry, the
film is not to be brittle. Four days must elapse between the appli-
cation of each coat of varnish and the succeeding coat.

All hardwood floors, treads, and risers are to have one coat of
hot raw linseed oil and two additional coats of cold raw linseed oil,
three days to intervene between each coat and the next.

Glass. All glass is to be at least % inch thick and free from
all smoke, bubbles, or wavy lines. It is to be set in the sash after
priming with white lead, back-puttied, and fastened with points not
over 6 inches apart and full-puttied.

PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING

Fixtures. Bath. The bathtubs are to be of porcelain, Class A,
5 feet long, glazed all over; with nickel-plated combined waste and
bell supply fixture, with compression valves and china indexed
handles, and %-inch iron-size brass supply pipes, nickel-plated.
Over the Owner's tub there is to be an 8^-inch tubular shower
with hot and cold water through compression bibs with china
indexed handles, nickel-plated curtain ring with white duck cur-
tain, and nickel-plated chain and hooks.

Lavatories. The lavatories are to be of vitreous porcelain, 22
by 27 inches, with pedestal; they are to be fitted with combined
waste and spout supply fixture, having china indexed handles, and
an adjustable trap to wall, nickel-plated.

Water Closets. The water closets are to be of the siphon jet
type, with white enameled seat and cover and vitreous porcelain
low-down tanks with china lever handles, and brass floor flange with
porcelain bolt caps. The flush pipe, vent extension, and seat
hinges are to be white enameled.

Wash Trays and Sinks. The wash trays and sinks are to be of
porcelain, Class B, white with integral back, porcelain legs and wall
supports. The trays shall have ^-inch brass waste plugs with a
continuous brass waste pipe to the trap. They are to be supplied
with hot and cold water through compression bibs with china
indexed side handles. The sinks are to have a l^-inch outlet
strainer and trap to wall, and to be supplied with hot and cold
water through compression flanged bibs with china indexed
handles. Ash drainboards are to be supplied, as shown. The trays
and sinks must be glazed inside and outside.

194

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 77

Hot-Water Boiler. The hot-water boiler is to be of copper, of
60-gallon capacity, and tested to 200 pounds pressure. It is to
be connected with the water front of the range, and have supply-
pipes, pressure regulator, relief valve, and sediment cock complete.

Piping. All cold-water piping is to be of lead, except in the
basement, where it is to be of galvanized iron.

All hot-water piping is to be of iron-size brass, semi-annealed,
with all fittings of heavy brass. All exposed piping in -bathroom
and toilet room is to be nickel-plated, in kitchen and laundry,
polished brass.

From the end of the water main, now at the front wall, extend
a 1^-inch pipe to where the lead riser leaves the first floor level.
This riser is to be 1 inch and to extend to the ceiling of the upper
floor. The branch to the basement wash trays, from the l^-inch
main, is to be %-inch, and that to the watercloset tank, y 2 inch.

Above the basement, branches to sinks and watercloset tanks
are to be y 2 inch ; to bathtubs and hot-water boiler, % inch ; and
to lavatories, y 2 inch.

Hot water from the boiler at the kitchen range is to be cir-
culated to all fixtures except water closets in pipes of the above
sizes.

All lead pipes are to be run on hardwood boards and through
floor boxes, and to have tacks not over 2 feet 6 inches apart;
where run horizontally, there are to be two brass bands between
each pair of tacks, to prevent sagging.

No turn is to be made on a circle of less than 9 inches diameter ;
pipes are to be so carried as to provide a dead end of not less than
3 feet above the highest branch, and so graded that all will drain
through a stop cock and waste cock to be set just inside the base-
ment wall.

Joints. There are to be as few joints as possible in the lead
piping; but where they occur, either in connection with lead or
brass, the joints are to be wiped; if connections are necessary to
iron pipes, brass ferrules, either calked or screwed into the iron
pipe, are to be used.

Stop Cocks. Just inside the basement wall, and wherever a
branch leaves the main in both hot- and cold-water lines, place
stop cocks and waste cocks with a waterway equal to the area of the
pipe in which it is placed, and with ^-inch wastes to waste pipes
or sewer. Those in the cellar are to be plain brass ; and those above,
nickel-plated, with lever handles.

Faucets. All faucets, except for bathtubs, are to be self-clos-
ing, of %-inch larger waterway than the pipe supplying them;
those in the wash trays and sinks are to be plain brass, those for
bowls to be low-down nickel-plated.

195

78 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The bathtubs shall be equipped with combination, compression
bibs closing with the pressure, of the plainest and heaviest stock
pattern, with a nozzle and to which a Vfc-inch hose can be attached.

Traps. Under the set of tubs, each sink, and bathtub, set a
4-inch lead pot trap, 8 inches deep, with a 4-inch brass trap screw
in the top, set in an accessible place as near the fixture as possible.

Under each bowl set a nickel-plated trap which cannot be si-
phoned mider any conditions existing in the building, and with
no movable parts, but with a trap screw which will permit cleaning,

Soil Pipe and Connections. All soil pipe and fittings are to
be of cast iron of the grade known to the trade as " Extra Heavy"
— that is, the grade in which a 5-foot length of 4-inch pipe weighs
not less than 65 pounds, and is coated outside and inside with as-
phalt paint. The main line extending from the running trap in
the manhole to a point just above the highest fixture, is to be 4-
inch; all branches to fixtures are to be of the smallest diameter
allowed by the city ordinances, and are to be brought to points as
near the fixtures as possible.

Above the highest fixture, a 4-inch wrought-iron fitting is to
be calked into the cast-iron hub of the soil pipe, and continued
with a 4-inch wrought-iron screw-jointed pipe into the flue for the
kitchen range, and thence to top of chimney ; but before the wrought
pipe enters the flue, a right angle is to be formed in the screw-
joint fittings, so that, in case of unequal settlement of any part,
the screw joint in the angle will take up the movement.

Back air or vent pipes are to be installed only as required to
comply with the city ordinances.

All soil and waste pipes are to be calked with pig lead.

As the details show the location of pipes and fittings required
on the plumbing drawings, they are not described here.

All connections from bowls and sinks to traps and waste pipes
and also from wash trays are to be of 1%-inch "n.p." brass. From
bathtubs the waste pipes are to be l^-inch " Heavy' ' lead; and
the joints are to be formed as indicated above for water runs.

The waterclosets are to be set on and bolted to brass flanges
above the floor, from which a 4-inch lead bend of 8-pound weight
is to connect with a brass ferrule calked in the soil pipe.

The flush pipe connection from tank to watercloset is to be
nickel-plated brass 2-inch pipe.

In carrying out the entire plumbing system, all pipes are to be
run exposed, except where the soil pipe is continued in the flue.
There is to be no cutting of timbers; and wherever pipes pass
through partitions or floors, collars of the same material as the pipe
are to be placed, except that where lead pipes are used, the collars
are to be of nickel-plated brass.

196

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 79

Test. After the roughing-in of soil and waste pipe is com-
plete, all outlets below the top are to be stopped, and the entire
system is to be filled with water, which is to stand in the pipe
without settlement for 10 hours.

Obedience to City Regulations. The requirements of the city
ordinances are to be observed ; but where this specification requires
work or material in addition to that specified by the ordinance,
the city regulations are not to be construed as relieving the Con-
tractor from furnishing all that is herein specified ; and when the
work is completed, it must be in such condition that every fixture
and pipe shall perform the functions pertaining thereto in a per-
fect manner.

Final Tests of Plumbing. It shall, further, be an obligation
on the part of the Contractor to make the smoke-and-peppermint
test of the entire system, when required, not less than 3 months
after the occupancy of the premises; and previous to such tests,
there is to be no tightening of unions or other screw joints. Any
joints which then are not found to be perfectly tight, are to be
opened, and such washers or other appliances placed as in the
opinion of the Architect will make a permanent seal.

Note to Student. No. 4. — See Note No. 1 on page 70, relative to
examination of actual masonry work.. At this point, the student is to follow
directions there given, only applying them to plumbing work and materials,
and to prepare a 400-word specification of a portion of the work and materials,
as explained.

Gas Piping. Inasmuch as the Gas Company lays down full
and complete rules governing the sizes of pipes and methods of
running them, which must be followed, this portion of the work
is not set forth here, further than to require that such rules shall
be followed. But in carrying out the work no joist is to be cut
more than 1 inch deep, and never more than 8 inches from its
bearing.

No vertical stud is to be cut more than l 1 /^ inches deep, and
no vertical supporting timber or pier under any circumstances.

When complete, the system is to be tested, in addition to the
Gas Company's test, with 15 pounds air pressure, which must be
held for half an hour.

HEATING

The Owner shall furnish, deliver, and set up in the cellar, but
without any smoke pipe or steam pipe connections, a cast-iron,
sectional, low-pressure steam boiler; and the Contractor is to fur-
nish and place all other necessary material and labor to install
the system completely. All radiators are to be of cast-iron. The
piping is to be so installed that all steam and condensed water
in the same pipe will travel in the same direction, except that one

197

80 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

short connection to radiators may let in steam and take out water,
so that only one valve will be required.

All radiator valves are to have unions, so that the radiator can
be completely disconnected thereby, and are to be nickel-plated,
with wooden handles.

The air valves to radiators shall be of the approved automatic
type. All valves other than radiator valves in pipes shall be gate
valves, allowing a full opening.

The sizes and positions of all radiators and pipes are shown on
drawings Nos. 30, 31, 32, and 33.

The smoke pipe from the boiler is to be of No. 22 gage black
iron, with riveted joints.

After the system of steam pipes and radiators is complete,
it is to be tested with air pressure to 50 pounds ; and the pressure
is to stand one hour without showing any drop at the gage.

All radiators are to be bronze-painted; all pipes above base-
ment are to be painted maroon, and all in basement black.

A brick wall is to be placed around the boiler, extending to the
floor lining between the joists, leaving a space of at least 2 feet
between boiler and wall at all points except in front. Overhead,
nail to the joists No. 24 galvanized-iron sheets, above which, be-
tween the joists, put 2 inches of mineral wool.

Prom the chamber thus formed, take IX tin pipes (that is, pipe
of tin on iron or steel plates which weighs approximately 9 ounces
to a square foot before coating with tin) to the registers indicated
on the First Floor Drawing. Each pipe is to have a damper com-
pletely closing the entire area. The registers are to have tight-
fitting valves and cast-iron borders.

Build the cold-air box of No. 24 galvanized iron, with hinged
valve closing the entire area, and with chain and weight compe-
tent to hold it in any desired position.

Note to Student. No. 5. — See Note No. 1 on page 70, relative to
examination of actual masonry work. At this point the student is to follow
the directions in No. 1, only applying them to heating apparatus, etc., and to
prepare a 400-word specification of a part of the apparatus.

CLEANING PREMISES

After the work is practically completed, all surplus material
and debris are to be removed from the premises; the building
swept clean; windows washed; and the finish wiped off, so as to
allow a final inspection of all visible points. Any items which
are then passed as satisfactory shall be considered as fully com-
plying with the contract requirements, unless there later appear
hidden defects which at that time could not be seen.

198

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 81

FORMAL CONTRACTS

Contractors' Bids. Duplicate copies of the specifications
given in the preceding pages are sent to various contractors and
bids asked for. After proper analysis of the specifications and
drawings, each contractor submits a sealed bid, preferably accord-
ing to the following form :

PROPOSAL SHEET
, the undersigned, hereby proposes to construct a

dwelling for

in strict accordance with drawings numbered,
and the foregoing specifications for the sum of.

If light colored sand stone or lime stone is substituted for
all face brick and ornamental terra cotta following
the same outlines, add i

If two months more time is allowed for the construction,
deduct J|

If in the upper stories plain oak is substituted for painted

pine, add - 4

Signed

• •••••••••••••

• •••••

Award of Contract. After the completion of the drawings and
specifications, and due consideration of the bids received from the
contractors who are asked to figure on the work, it is customary to
award a contract — that is, to enter into an agreement for carry-
ing out the work; and an instrument is drawn for the signature
of both the owner and the contractor, setting forth their legal
relations. Inasmuch as a contract between two parties is an agree-
ment to do a certain specific thing, it is evident that the principal
part of the contract, or the basis therefor, consists of the drawings
and specification, in which is the full and complete description of
the specific thing to be done. Hence, in the preceding text, the
point that every requirement and condition should be clearly set
forth, has been emphasized; for, however strong the formal con-
tract may be, if it has no specific basis, it is of no value. There-
fore, from a legal standpoint, emphasis is again placed on the
necessity for a clear and unambiguous statement in the specifica-
tion, of just what is to be done.

199

82 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

The formal contract is not drawn till after the award of the
work; but separation in time does not change the fact that it is
only a continuation of the specification ; it is the completion of the
latter, and it should, in short, clear terms, set forth the final
arrangement.

As the province of the specification is to set forth and explain
what is not included in the province of the drawings, the formal
contract is to set forth such final conditions as the specification was
not able to cover.

GENERAL CONTRACTS

Alterations in Work. There are certain conditions likely to
prevail in carrying out the work, which may in a very material
way affect the operation of the contract, and possibly destroy its
force, notwithstanding the fact that its basis is sound. As the
contract is an agreement to do a certain specific thing, it follows,
that, if any change is made in any of the matter which goes to
make up that specific thing so that some other specific thing is
substituted, the terms of the contract are not filled; and such a
change, unless properly guarded, can be made the basis of refusal
on the part of either the owner or the builder to abide by all the
conditions covered by the contract. Questions of this description
are among the most serious which arise in general architectural
practice.

As buildings progress, the owner and often the architect see
items which, if changed, would improve the result; and as the
departure from the specific thing contracted for appears slight, the
builder is, in a general way, either requested or directed to make
the change. Also, in the progress of the work, the builder often
finds it possible for him to make better arrangements for mate-
rials, etc., by making substitution, and, considering the change of
little moment, he proceeds to make it.

In the first of the cases above cited, the owner or the architect
is surprised when he finds that modifications made are the basis
for an extra charge of some magnitude ; and that they are also used
as an excuse (and it is generally valid) for several days' delay in
the completion of the work.

200

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 83

In the second case, the builder is surprised to find his substi-
tution the basis of a demand that he make a material deduction
from the contract price.

In either case; the architect is blamed by both parties — and
often justly so — for allowing matters to drift into the existing
conditions ; and it is not unusual for the owner and builder to get
together and settle their differences, without changing their opinion
of the architect.

Therefore, after the signing of the contract, it should be the
special province of the architect to see that as few changes v as pos-
sible are made; and, when it is advisable to make changes, to be
certain that all the conditions affected thereby are fully under-
stood, and that such understanding is expressed in writing signed
by both parties.

It is not the intention here to intimate that desirable changes
should be abandoned in order to avoid complicating the contract
situation, because there is no work in which improvements cannot
be made as it progresses; but emphasis is laid on the suggestions
that such changes should be as few as possible, and should never
be allowed at all unless there is a distinct advantage gained to the
owner, and that, in consenting to any changes, the case should
be put in such formal shape that there can be no later misunder-
standing!

Prompt Preparation of Detail Drawings. As the question of
time is generally important to the owner, the architect should see
that all detail drawings are furnished within the specified time,
as it is unreasonable to expect the builder to complete the work
on time if he is delayed in the receipt of the drawings. A delay
is generally a sufficient excuse for extension of the contract time
for completing the work. Special care should be taken that the
modification in the details be not of such a character as can be
used as a basis for demands for extra compensation beyond contract
prices.

Agreement between Owner and Builder. Under the ordinary
conditions that prevail in private practice in work that is not of
great magnitude, a simple document is all that is necessary to set
forth the final relations of owner and builder, in form somewhat
as follows :

201

84 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND BUILDER

AN AGREEMENT entered into this loth day of March, 1916, by

and between , of Chicago, Owner, party of the first

part, and , also of Chicago, Builder, party of the second

part:

Witnesseth: That the said party of the second part, for and in

consideration of the sum of Five Thousand ($5,000.00) Dollars, in payments as

set forth in the specification, agrees to construct a city dwelling for the said

party of the first part, at the corner of Ave. and St.,

city of Chicago, in accordance with drawings numbered and

specifications, all prepared therefor by , Architect.

Which drawings and specifications are a part of and the basis of this

agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the said party of the first part

agrees to pay to the said party of the second part the full sum of Five Thousand

($5,000.00) Dollars, in payments and under conditions as fully set forth in the

specification.

In witness of the foregoing, the parties- aforesaid here set their hands

and seals to this and one other instrument of like tenor and date, this

day of , 1916.

, Owner (Seal)

, Builder (Seal)

In presence of:

Should changes be necessary, a supplementary agreement in the
following form should be prepared for the signature of both parties :

Whereas : , Owner, did, on the fifteenth day

of March, 1916, enter into an agreement with. ,

Builder, for the erection of a dwelling in accordance with drawings and speci-
fication prepared therefor by , Architect, as fully set

forth in such agreement; and

Whereas : it is the desire of said , Owner, to

make certain changes as fully set forth as follows :

The said , Builder, agrees to make such changes and

make all necessary modifications in the work necessarily incident thereto, for
the sum of One Hundred ($100.00) Dollars, as an addition to the original eon-
tract price for the work, it being understood that no additional time is to be re-
quired in the cpmpletion of the work on account of these changes.

And the said , Owner, agrees to pay the addi-
tional sum of One Hundred ($100.00) Dollars on account of these changes.

202

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 85

In witness of the foregoing, the parties aforesaid have set their hands

and seals to this and one other instrument of like tenor and date this

day of , 1916.

, Owner (Seal)
,, Builder (Seal)

In presence of:

The above agreement has been duly noted by me,

,, Architect

Architect's Monthly Reports. As the work progresses, it will
be necessary for the architect each month to make an estimate
of the value of the labor and materials satisfactorily in place, and
to issue to the contractor a certificate for presentation to the
owner. A certificate not only serves its purpose of notifying the
owner of the amount -due, but also furnishes him with a state-
ment of the account to date. It is very desirable that both owner
and contractor shall each month see, understand, and sign a clear
statement of the conditions existing under the contract; for this
closes up all matters which if allowed to drift, might cause serious
misunderstanding. The form of certificate is given below.

Certificate No, £.

Chicago, Illinois

May 1, 1916
This certifies that , Contractor, under his agree-
ment, dated March 15, 1916, with , to construct a

dwelling at the corner of Ave. and St., city of Chicago,

is entitled to a payment in amount Twelve Hundred Dollars ($1,200.00)
under the terms of said agreement in accordance with the following statement
of the account:

Contract price $5,000.00

Extra No. 1, dated April 3, 1916 100.00

Extra No. 2, dated April 18, 1916 125.00

Total of contract and extras to date .$5,225.00

Value of work and materials satisfactorily in place at this date

Eetained percentage 10% $ 240.00

Certificate No. 1, April 1, 1916 960.00

Certificate No. 2, May 1, 1916 1,200.00

Total value of work in place on this date $2,400.00

Total balance unpaid under this contract $2,825.00

To , Owner , Architect.

203

86 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

May 3, 1916.

Received from , Owner, the sum of Twelve

Hundred Dollars ($1,200.00), and I acknowledge that the above statement of
the account is complete and correct.

, Contractor.

RECEIPT FOR INSURANCE POLICIES

(To be detached and delivered to Contractor after signing)

Received of , Contractor, fire insurance policies

as follows : in total amount $2,600.00,

issued as required by agreement dated March 15, 1916, for the erection of a

dwelling for me at the corner of Ave. and St.

, Owner.

Contracts That Require Bonds. In all the foregoing relative
to formal contracts, consideration has been given only to such cases
as would come up in an ordinary private practice, where it is taken
for granted that the relations of parties with one another are such
that all that is necessary to insure a satisfactory completion of all
agreements is a definite understanding of exactly what is to be
furnished and done by each of the contracting parties. No con-
tracts can be drawn, or specifications written, which prevent either
party from bringing suit against the other if he so desires.

The question is entirely different in the case of formal contracts
for public or corporation work requiring bonds where, on account
of the impersonal nature of the owner, it is impossible to adapt
procedure to the varying conditions that arise. It is entirely out-
side the province of the architect to attempt to arrange details of
a legal nature in such cases. The liability of a bondsman is very
peculiar, and he can be relieved therefrom because of even very
small departures from the agreement. Thus changes in the work
or material, changes in the dates or manner of payment, changes in
time of completion of the work, etc., can be set up (and generally
with success) as reasons why the obligations under the bond should
be set aside.

As a general thing, bonds are now furnished by large corpora-
tions who employ the best of legal talent to dispute, on any ground,
their liability should they be called on ; and it is unreasonable for
an architect to attempt to protect his patron's interest under such
circumstances. Therefore, in cases of this nature, the attorney

»04

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 87

representing the public body or the corporation for which the
work is to be done, should draw the formal contract and bond, and
supervise their execution. Any action during the progress of the
work which could in any way affect the specific obligations of either
party, should be passed on by such attorney; and, in case of any
change, he will obtain a formal consent of the sureties on the bond,
before its final ratification.

GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS

It is not generally known how extensive are the building opera-
tions of the Treasury Department of the United States, or how
greatly its demands for material and labor influence the market;
nor do many contractors or material men know much about the
nature of the contracts to be awarded. There is, besides, a kind
of superstition that such contracts are so bound up in red tape
that it is wise for contractors and men with good material to keep
out of this market. It is the object of this section to show the
amount of work which is under the control of the Treasury Depart-
ment ; to indicate its general nature and the conditions under which
contracts are let and the work executed, and which govern the
furnishing of materials; and to explain the nature of the formal
contract and in what respects it differs from those usually required
between individuals.

Government work is not all red tape. In fact, when the reasons
for certain fixed lines of action are understood, the red tape appears
in the light of necessary business machinery, which, if more fre-
quently applied with discretion to private enterprises, would assist
in producing results far in advance of the average now obtained.

Number and Value of Government Building Contracts. There
are at times under contract, wholly or in part, or awaiting contracts
which will usually be awarded within two years, nearly two hundred
fifty buildings, the cost limit of which, including sites, would be
fixed by Congress at approximately $40,000,000. Placing the cost
of sites at about 20 per cent of the total, it will appear that the
buildings will require in material and labor over $30,000,000. At
the rate at which work is generally carried on, the disbursements
involved through the different channels would be from $600,000 to
$1,000,000 a month. While there are many corporations in the

205

88 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

■

world disbursing an equal sum for materials and labor required
in industrial enterprises, there is probably none where such large
sums are disbursed through general channels open to so many-
branches of industry.

Character of Buildings and Their Fittings. The buildings
under the control of the Treasury Department are for the use of
the civil branches of the Government, such as Postoffices, Courts,
Customs, Internal Revenue, Marine Hospitals, and Quarantine
Stations. Such buildings as the Capitol, the Library of Congress,
and the executive buildings of the different Departments at Wash-
ington, are not under the control of the Treasury Department nor
built by it; neither are forts or other Army or Navy buildings,
or United States jails.

Many of the buildings under the Treasury Department are
very large and expensive, the New York Custom House and the
Chicago and San Francisco postoffices being buildings of this type.
The larger number, however, are of moderate size, ranging from
structures of 40 feet by 80 feet outside dimensions and one story
high, to buildirgs of three times that area and three stories high,
costing complete, with heating apparatus, etc., from $35,000 to
$175,000 each.

The large majority are of fireproof construction and classic
design, with interior finish of hardwood and marble where the
funds permit. The best of materials and appliances are used
throughout, as it is inadvisable and almost impracticable in public
buildings of this character to exercise the many economies which
prevail in private building.

. The interiors are fitted with the best of modern appliances and
conveniences ; plumbing is extensive and of the most modern kind ;
the toilet rooms for postoffice carriers are supplied not only with
the usual appliances, but often with shower-baths; and no wood-
work, either in floors or in finish, is allowed. Throughout the build-
ing, small private toilet rooms are provided for the more prominent
officials; and in many, especially in the south, bathtubs are sup-
plied. The heating, ventilating, and electric work are, in their way,
equally complete. ' '•

The buildings in the larger cities where the Railway Mail Serv-
ice men change, have dormitories for the accommodation of from

206

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 89

ten to seventy-five men. In the postoffice proper are galleries with
openings commanding every corner accessible to the men, from
which inspectors can watch for days, without arousing suspicion,
any person suspected of pillaging the mails.

There is always a large "swing room ,, for carriers when off
duty, where they have games, boxing gloves, and occasionally a
billiard table for recreation.

In the larger postofiice buildings there are the most elaborate
mechanical equipments, engines, boilers, electric generators, elevat-
ors, mail-carrying and handling devices, sweeping machinery, etc.

From the foregoing it is evident that there are few lines in the
building industries which should not be interested in the erection
and furnishing of these many buildings.

Building Conditions. It is a matter of interest to a very large
body of contractors, subcontractors, artisans of all callings, and
material men, and manufacturers, how the Department builds, and
in what ways it differs from the average investor in its building
operations and contracts.

There is a prevalent idea that mystery surrounds the act of
securing the whole or any part of a government contract — that
one must be on the inside and know how to pull the wires. This
feeling arises probably from the facts that the Government as an
employer and owner is a very different affair to deal with from
a personal owner; and, because of such difference, and because of
the magnitude of the varied branches of work, rendering it neces-
sary to have some fixed and unyielding rules and regulations to
which all doing business with the Government must comply, the
great mass of people who should be interested are likely to think
that this is all red tape, and that they cannot get near any of
this work.

Exactness and Rigidity of Contract. When the owner and the
contractor in ordinary practice make an agreement, it is always
modified by the personal conditions and qualities of each, so that
the conditions and terms frequently differ materially in instances
of work of the same character. With the Department, however,
this cannot be. The Department has fixed policies and rules, and
is hedged about by law in such a way that it must be unyielding at
all points; it cannot adapt the work to the conditions of the con-

207

90 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

tractor; it can take no chances; and anyone seeking to do business
with the Department must lay aside all personal ideas of methods,
and must seek from the first to get into the line of the Depart-
ment's method and requirements, even if these appear to be with-'
out reason. The contractor who imagines that he can take a
contract, and can afterward have its lines modified to suit his own
methods, which he may honestly believe to be better than the
requirements of the Department, is not only bound to be disap-
pointed, but is certain to lose a round sum before final settlement.

When bids are asked for the construction of a building, the
drawings and specifications are so prepared that the bidder is given
notice relative to every requirement ; nothing is taken for granted ;
it is fully set forth to what extent he is to be responsible for the
completion of the work, and he is shown all details leading up to
such completion. How and when each payment shall be made, is
fully explained. Many of these requirements are unusual; the
builder may not,, and probably does not, understand why they are
inserted; but that is really none of his business; the requirement is
plainly stated, and if he wants to put in a bid, he has but to figure
just what the cost of the apparently useless requirements will be,
and to add such amount to his bid.

The conditions which govern Treasury contracts are the result
of the experience of many years; and if a greater proportion of
private owners and contractors for private work would adopt
similarly exact methods in their operations, their work would be
attended with much fewer annoyances and much less friction. The
Department is just as rigid in not permitting a contractor to
furnish something for nothing, as it is in not permitting him to
substitute a poorer article than that required by the contract.
Should the contractor under any circumstances make a substitu-
tion, he is never safe. The superintendent on the work may pass
it ; but the contractor never knows when some traveling inspector
or other official may arrive and detect the change. In that case,
the superintendent, as well as the contractor, receives severe cen-
sure, and the contractor has either to rectify the trouble or to
consent to a deduction of a good round sum, which usually rep-
resents several times the difference in value between the material
furnished and that required.

208

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 91

Final Authority in Disputes. It is fully set forth in the specifi-
cation that, in case of dispute regarding what is required or regard-
ing the value of extra work, either as an addition or as a deduction,
the decision of the supervising architect is to be final; and this
means more than such clauses in private specifications, for the
Department cannot be sued, and, in case the contractor objects to
the ruling and stops work, the Department has the power to abro-
gate the contract and to finish the work at the expense of the
sureties on the contractor's bond. Later the contractor can bring
a suit in the Court of Claims; but it is very rarely that any sub-
stantial change is made in the original rulings. This rather auto-
cratic power appears one-sided, and at first thought unfair; and,
because of such appearance, it is never exercised except under
extreme conditions, after every effort at reasonable settlement has
failed; and then the decisions are such that, as above stated, the
Court of Claims rarely reverses them to any extent.

This power is necessary for the Government; otherwise the
, Department would be at all times subject to inroads and impositions
which would make progress impossible.

Rights of Subcontractors and Material Men. The subcontractor
and material man has no right of lien; but he has a right, after a
certain lapse of time, to bring suit against the contractor; more-
over the bond required by the Government, equal to one-half of
the contract price, is also for his benefit, so that he has the same
protection under the bond as has the Department. Upon applica-
tion, certified copies of all contracts and bonds are furnished for
his use by the Department, free. But the Department is under no
obligation, nor has it any right, to withhold payments from the
contractor at the request or demand of unpaid creditors.

The relations of subcontractors and material men at the Depart-
ment are peculiar in that they cannot in any way be recognized in
a business connection; they have no more connection with the
Department than a factory which makes the shoe sold by a dealer
has with • the customer. The contractor is the only business
man known or recpgnized; all business of whatever nature must
come under his signature. A subcontractor can get no infor-
mation or directions from the Department's representative. If
it were otherwise, the contractor would have just cause for

209

92 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

complaints relative to the Government's interference with his
business.

Provisions for Competitive Bids. Many years ago a Depart-
mental order forbade the requirement of any particular item which
might limit competition, or the mention of any particular mate-
rial or appliance, "or its equal"; as a consequence, there must be
inserted in the specification such descriptions as will require appli-
ances or materials which can be had through competition and which
will accomplish the ends required. The contractor is at liberty to
obtain his samples for approval in any market he desires ; but when
such samples are approved, it is a very difficult matter to have a
change authorized; were it otherwise, the Department would be
constantly annoyed and delayed in its work by contractors changing
their minds relative to the parties with whom they wish to deal.

It is often urged by persons controlling some new and special
appliance, that it is not good business for the Department to refuse
to specify an article having all the desirable points which it is
evident, they maintain, belong to the particular article controlled
by them. If this idea governed, the office of the supervising
architect would be overwhelmed by enthusiastic men with material
and appliances of very doubtful value, the claims of which would
be generally urged with a strenuousness in direct proportion to
their worthlessness.

Experience has also shown that where competition relative to
items entering into work has not existed, the persons controlling
the appliances used rarely resist the temptation to charge abnormal
prices. This results in the contractor seeking relief at the Depart-
ment and asking to be permitted to make a substitution; if his
request is granted, the higher bidders at once set up the claim
that their figures were based on the specified 'requirements, and if
they had known that such were not to be enforced their bid would
have been low enough to capture the contract.

Changes in Contract. After a contract is once made, no one
other than the Secretary of the Treasury, or, under certain circum-
stances, an Assistant Secretary, has the authority to make a change,
no matter how small. The superintendent on the work can allow
no variations; nor has even the supervising architect himself any
authority to make a change. For instance, two rough coats of

210

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 93

plaster are required back of a certain wainscot, but it is found
advisable to omit the second; the area is small, and the difference
in expense nothing. But the superintendent must obtain from the
contractor a proposal to omit this coat without expense to the
Government; and after this proposal has gone through the differ-
ent divisions of the supervising architect's office for note, com-
ment, and recommendation, the Assistant Secretary accepts the
proposal in regular form as a public exigency, and with the under-
standing that it is not to affect the time for completion, or the obli-
gation of the sureties on the bond, etc. If it were otherwise, the
superintendent would be constantly harassed by requests and argu-
ments for changes; and if he permitted changes, the worst of
motives would be imputed to him.

Justice in Government's Methods. So thorough is the system in
the Department, that there is no detail too small for the fullest con-
sideration. There is probably no architect's office elsewhere in the
world where all details receive such attention; and there are few
transactions of any nature occurring within^ recent years, of which
all details cannot be obtained by any official in the office in less
than ten minutes.

When the red tape of the Department is considered from various
standpoints, and the results reviewed, it should inspire more respect
than is usually accorded to it; and the man who is seeking con-
tracts or subcontracts should first of all get into the spirit of the
business methods of the Department, make his bid to cover all its
requirements, and, if he gets the contract, use his best efforts to
live up to the letter of every requirement. Such methods will bring
success; carelessness will bring failure.

It is often stated that such and such persons have the " inside
track' ' with Departmental work, and that there is no use bidding
against them. This is in a sense true ; but in all such cases it will
be found that that "inside track" was laid by the contractor getting
in line with the Department's methods and doing business as
thereby required; and the way is open for any other man to lay
for himself such an "inside track."

Methods of Soliciting Bids. There is a prevalent impression
that it requires some special effort to have an opportunity to figure
on Department work. There could, however, be no greater mistake,

211

94 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

as every effort is made by the supervising architect to obtain the
best competition. For every building, from forty to sixty sets of
drawings and specifications are printed and sent without charge
(being carried both ways free) to any general contractor who makes
an application. In a very few instances a certified cheque is
required, the proceeds of which are returned upon the receipt of
the drawings, etc., in the office. Subcontractors and material men

cannot be supplied with drawings and specifications, as it is im-

■

practicable to make a sufficient number of sets, and for the further
reason that it is desired that subcontractors and material men shall
get all the information on which they base their bids from their
principals, thus avoiding the danger of differences of opinion that
might arise relative to the scope of the sub-bids.

When bids are wanted, the work is advertised for from four to
seven weeks, in representative technical journals throughout the
country in the general section in which the work is to be done, and
in the local papers of the town or city in which the building is to
be erected. Notices as news items are sent to a very large line of
trade papers, and also to contractors within a few hundred miles
of the city whose addresses are availably but such notices are dis-
continued if the party addressed does not submit a bid after notices
of several buildings have been sent.

Many material men send in requests that their specialties be
required, and when they find that that cannot be done, thjey drop
all interest; whereas, if they followed up the matter, ascertained
to whom the contract was awarded, and endeavored to arrange to
sell any materials handled by them required under the contract,
they would often obtain profitable contracts.

Specimen Contract. In order that the exact nature of the
form which has to be signed by parties to whom contracts for
Treasury buildings are awarded may be seen, a specimen contract
is herewith reproduced, with occasional notes in smaller type to
explain its provisions. The form of bond is also printed ; but, as
this varies little from that used in private contracts, no notes in
explanation of the provisions of the bond will be found necessary.

212

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 95

1 CONTRACT

2 BETWEEN THE

3 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

4 AND

5 JOHN DOE

6 ' Whitbeas> By advertisement, duly made and published according tc

7 law, proposals were asked for furnishing all of the labor and materials

8 for the work herein provided for; and

9 Whereas, The proposal of John Doe

10 furnished in response thereto, was duly accepted, as hereinafter stated,
il on condition that he execute a contract in accordance with the terms of

12 said bid

Note. — The practical award of the contract is a letter written by the Assistant
Secretary of the Treasury (under written authority of the Secretary) to the successful
bidder, accepting the bid and stating the principal conditions which are to govern — such
as the price to be paid, time for completion — approving such appliances as have in the
proposal sheet been offered for carrying out the contract (provided such are satisfactory),
and settling the amount of bond to be furnished. This letter, referred to below, is
attached to, and made a part of, the formal contract.

13 Now, therefore, this agreement, made and entered into by and

14 between , Secretary of the Treasury, for and

15 in behalf of the United States of America, of the first part, and John Doe,

18 , of the second part,

19 Witnesseth: That the party of the second part, for the consideration

20 hereinafter mentioned, covenants and agrees to and with the party of the

21 first part to furnish all of the labor and materials and do and perform all

22 the work required

24 ,

28 in strict and full accordance with the requirements of drawings numbered

30 and such other detail drawings as may be furnished to the party of the

31 second part by the Supervising Architect of the United States Treasury

32 Department ; the advertisement for proposals, dated

33 190 ; the specification for the work ; the proposal dated

34 X90 , addressed to the said Supervising Architect by the said party

35 of the second part; and letter dated 190 , addressed to the

36 said party of the second part by

37 Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, accepting said

38 proposal;

213

96 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

(2)

Note. — The proposal often covers several pages. First the lump sum price is
stated for the entire work; then follow many Alternate* — that is, the amount the bidder
will add or deduct provided certain materials are substituted for those required by th*
straight bid — as. for instance, the amount to be deducted for "Alternate A," substituting
brick for all plain surfaces of the

Superstructure above 1st floor line $

After the alternates, unit price* are given. Thus:

Price per thousand for common brick in place $

After this are lists of appliances to be used in the work. Thus:

Name of boiler proposed to be used ,

Number of square feet of grate surfaces •«•

Etc., etc.

1 a true and correct copy of each of which said pape»s is attached hereto

2 and forms a part of this contract; and which s*&d numbered drawings,

3 bearing the signature of the said Supervising Arraisect and the signature

4 of the said party of the second part, are on file iu che Office of the Super-

5 vising Architect of the United States Treasury Department, and are

6 hereby made pert of this contract.

7 And the said party of the second part further covenants and agrees

8 that the work herein agreed to be performed shall be commenced prompt-

9 ly upon receipt of notice of the approval of the bond hereto attached,

10 and that the same shall be carried on in such order and at such times and

11 seasons, and with such force as shall from time to time be directed or

12 prescribed by the Supervising Architect or his representative, and that

13 the same shall be completed in all its parts within '.

14 .

15 from the date of the approval of said bond hereto attached; that all

16 materials used shall be of the very best quality of their respective kinds;

17 that all the work performed shall be executed in the most skilful and

18 workmanlike manner, and that both the materials used and the work

19 performed shall be in every respect to the entire and complete satis-

20 faction of the Supervising Architect.

21 And the said party of the second part expressly covenants and agrees

22 that the bond hereto attached shall be security, also, for the satisfactory

23 performance and fulfilment of all the guarantees set forth in or required

24 by said specification.

Note. — No official has any right to permit a Contractor to do any work under the
contract until the bond has been formally approved.

27 It is expressly convenanted and agreed by and between the parties

28 hereto that time is and shall be considered as of the essence of the con-

29 tract on the part of the party of the second part, and in the event that the

30 said party of the second part shall fail in the due performance of the

31 entire work to be performed under this contract, by and at the time

32 herein mentioned or referred to, the said party of the second part shall

33 pay unto the party of the first part, as and for liquidated damages, and

34 not as a penalty, the sum of dollars for each and

35 every day the said party of the second part shall be in default, which

214

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 97

(3)

1 . said sum of dollars per day, in view of the difficulty

2 of estimating such damages with exactness, is hereby expressly fixed,

3 estimated, computed, determined, and agreed upon as the damages

4 which will be suffered by the party of the first pait by reason of suoh
* default, and it is understood and agreed by the parties to this contract

6 that the liquidated damages hereinbefore mentioned are in lieu of the

7 actual damages arising from such breach of this contract; which said

8 sum the said party of the first part shall have the right to deduct from

9 any moneys in its hands otherwise due, or to become due, to the said

10 party of the second part, or to sue for and recover compensation or

11 damages for the nonperformance of this contract at the time or times

12 herein stipulated or provided for.

Note. — The question of actual damages is always a very difficult one to settle,
and generally involves a lawsuit; therefore the contract states the amount of liquidated
damages, or the amount settled and fixed in advance by both parties to be paid by the
Contractor in case of default. While this amount is rarely less than $20.00 a day, with
an average of about $40.00, the Secretary of the Treasury is empowered by Congress to
remit so much as will reduce such sum to one th?t in his judgment is right; and as a
matter of fact, it is usual to assess only such an amount as will cover the actual expense
of maintaining a Superintendent on the ground, and any items of rent, etc., and additional
inspections for which the Department has actually to pay on account of the failure to
complete within contract time.

13 The party of the second part further covenants and agrees to hold and

14 save the United States, its officers, agents, servants, and employees,

15 harmless from and against all and every demand, or demands, of any

16 nature or kind, for, or on account of, the use of any patented invention,

17 article, or appliance, included in the materials hereby agreed to be

18 furnished under this contract.

19 It is further covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto

20 that the said party of the second part will, without expense to the United

21 States, comply with all the municipal building ordinances and regula-

22 tions, in so far as the same are binding upon the United States, and obtain

23 all required licenses and permits, and be responsible for all damages to

24 person or property which may occur in connection with the prosecution

25 of the work ; that all work called for by the drawings and specifications,

26 though every item be not particularly shown on the first or mentioned

27 in the second, shall be executed and performed as though such work were

28 particularly shown and mentioned in qach, respectively, unless other-

29 wise specifically provided ; that all materials and work furnished shall be

30 subject to the approval of the said Supervising Architect ; and that said

31 party of the second part shall be responsible for the proper care and

32 protection of all materials delivered and work performed by said party

33 of the second part until the completion and final acceptance of same.

Note.— Municipal laws are binding on the Government to a very limited extent,
and only outside of the lot line; the land, when bought by the Government, not only be-
comes its projferty, but It is, by such sale, ceded back to the United States, so that the
land occupied by the public building is no longer a portion of the State, and the State or
City has no more authority over it than it has over the District of Columbia.

Cases sometimes occur when some city official attempts to show authority, as in
one case where a permit to enter the sewer was denied until some minor useless demand

215

98 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

(4)

relative to the plumbing was complied with. The official had a perfect right to refuse the
permit as the sewer was in the street; but after the Department had decided not to turn
on the water, and to leave all plumbing fixtures unusable, the official soon found it better
policy to allow the connection. This policy is always followed by the Government, as the
practice of the Supervising Architect's office in all matters of this sort is the best, and is
generally far better than that followed by many municipal laws.

Inside the lot lines, municipal and state authority do not exist, except for minor
police regulations.

1 It is further covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto

2 that the said party of, the second part will make any omissions from,

3 additions to, or changes in, the work or materials herein provided for

4 whenever required by said party of the first part, the valuation of such

5 work and materials to be determined on the basis of the contract unit of

6 value of material and work referred to, or, in the absence of such unit of

7 value, on prevailing market rates, which market rates, in case of dispute,

8 are to be determined by the said Supervising Architect, whose decision

9 with reference thereto shall be binding upon both parties; and that no
-0 claim for damages, on account of such changes or for anticipated profits,

11 shall be made or allowed.

12 It is further covenanted and agreed that no claim for compensation for

13 any extra materials or work is to be made or allowed, unless the same be

14 specifically agreed upon in writing or directed in writing by the party of

15 the first part; and that no addition to, omission from, or changes in the

16 work or materials herein specifically provided for shall make void or

17 affect the other provisions or covenants of this contract, but the differ-

18 ence in the cost thereby occasioned, as the case may be, shall be added to

19 or deducted from the amount of the contract; and, in the absence of an

20 express agreement or provision to the contrary, no addition to, or

21 omission from, or changes in the work or materials herein specifically

22 provided for shall be construed to extend the time fixed herein for the

23 final completion of the work.

Note. — The somewhat arbitrary power referred to in the foregoing, is, as a matter
of fact, rarely exercised; and when exercised, the greatest care is taken to make the
amount such that it cannot be questioned. Sometimes Contractors imagine that, having
the contract, they can demand for extras an exorbitant price, and they would be successful
in many cases but for this saving clause.

24 It is further covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto

25 that all materials furnished and work done under this contract shall be

26 subject to the inspection of the Supervising Architect, the superin-

27 tendent of the building, and of other inspectors appointed by the said

28 party of the first part, with the right to reject any and all work or

29 material not in accordance with this contract; and the decision of said

30 Supervising Architect as to quality and quantity shall be final. And

31 it is further covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto

32 that said party of the second part will without expense to the United

33 States, within a reasonable time to be specified by the Supervising

34 Architect, remedy or remove any defective or unsatisfactory material or

35 work; and that, in the event of the failure of the party of the second

36 part immediately to proceed and faithfully continue so to do. said party

216

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 99

(5)

1 of the first part may have the same done and charge the cost thereof to

2 the account of said party of the second part.

3 It is further covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto

4 that until final inspection and accept aoce of, and payment for, all of the

5 material and work herein provided for, no prior inspection, payment,

6 or act is to be construed as a waiver of the right of the party of the first

7 part to reject any defective work or material or to require the fulfilment

8 of any of the terms of the contract.

9 It is further covenanted and agreed that the party of the first part

10 shall have the right to require that any particular portion of the work

1 1 herein provided for shall be completed within such time as may be here-

12 after definitely specified by the said party of the first part in written

13 notice to the said party of the second part ; and that should the said party

14 of the second part fail to complete such particular portion of the work

15 within the time so specified, or fail to complete the entire work contem-

16 plated by this contract within the time or times herein stipulated or

17 provided for; or fail to prosecute said work with such diligence as in the

18 judgment of the party of the first part will insure the completion of the

19 said work within the time hereinbefore provided, the said party of the

20 first part may withhold all payments for work in place until final com-

21 pletion and acceptance of same, and is authorized and empowered, after

22 eight days' due notice thereof in writing, served personally upon or left

23 at the shop, office, or usual place of abode, or with the agent of the said

24 party of the second part, and the said party of the second part having

25 failed to take such action within the said eight days as will, in the judg-

26 ment of the said party of the first part, remedy the default for which said

27 notice was given, to take possession of the said work in whole or in part

28 and of all machinery and tools employed thereon and all materials

29 belonging to the said party of the second part delivered on the site, and,

30 at the expense of said party of the second part, to complete or have com-

31 pleted the said work, and to supply or have supplied the labor, materials,

32 and tools, of whatever character necessary to be purchased or supplied by

33 reason of the detault of the said party of the second part; in which event

34 the said party of the second part shall be further liable for any damage

35 incurred through such default and any and all other breaches of this

36 contract.

37 It is further covenanted and agreed that the said party of the first part

38 shall have the right of suspending the whole or any part of the work

39 herein contracted to be done, whenever, in the opinion of the Super-

40 vising Architect, it may be necessary for the purposes or advantage of

41 the work, and upon such occasion or occasions the said party of the

42 second part shall, without expense to the United States, properly cover

43 over, secure, and protect such of the work as may be liable to sustain

44 injury from the weather, or otherwise; provided that for all such sus-

45 pensions and other delays caused by the said party of the first part the

46 party of the second part shall be allowed one day additional to the time

47 herein stated, for each and every day of such delays so Caused, in the

48 completion of the contract, the same to be ascertained by the Super-

217

100 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

(6)

1 vising Architect ; provided, that no claim shall be made or allowed to the

2 said party of the second part for any damages which may arise out of any

3 delay caused by the said party of the first part.

4 And the said party of the first part, acting for and in behalf of the

5 United States, covenants and agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, unto

6 the said party of the second part, or to the heirs, executors, administra-

7 tors, or successors, of the said party of the second part, in lawful money

8 of the United States, in consideration of the herein recited covenants and

9 agreements made by the party of the second part, the sum of

10 r

12 And the party of the first part covenants and agrees that payments

13 will be made in the following manner, viz: ninety per cent of the value

14 of the work executed and actually in place, to the satisfaction of the

15 party of the first part, will be paid from time to time as the work pro-

16 gresses (the said value to be ascertained by the party of the first part),

17 and ten per cent thereof will be retained until the completion of the en-

18 tire work, and the approval and acceptance of the same by the party of

19 the first part, which amount shall be forfeited by said party of the second

20 part in the event of the nonf ulfilment of this contract ; it being expressly

21 covenanted and agreed that said forfeiture shall not relieve the party of

22 the second part from liability to the party of the first part for any and

23 all damages sustained by reason of any breach of this contract ; provided,

24 however, that no payment hereunder shall be due to the said party of the

25 second part until every part of the work to the point of advancement

26 reached — on account of which payment is claimed — shall be found to be

27 satisfactorily supplied and executed in every particular and any and all

28 defects therein remedied to the entire satisfaction of the said party of the

29 first part.

30 It is an express condition of this contract that no Member of Congress,

31 or other person whose name is not at this time disclosed, shall be admitted

32 to any share in this contract, or to any benefit to arise therefrom; and

33 it is further covenanted and agreed that this contract shall not be

34 assigned.

35 In witness whereof, The parties hereto have hereunto subscribed

36 their names this : day of A.D. 190 .

37
38

39 ce«2

u v S
2*3.3

41 «fe|g
o *»

42 £3§d

43 gfl^S

44 © .♦*©

■-I 09 W U

46 ""~

218

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS 101

(7)

We hereby certify that this contract and bond
have been correctly prepared and compared:

Chief of the Law and Records Division. ( Secretary of the Treasury

Superintendent of the Computing Division.
Witnesses to the signature of the Contractor:

. . Place

gi| f Contractor. j ~S8S* *

seal here, i

Note. — The above relates to one of the most vexing questions both to the Con-
tractor and to the Department, which is encountered. When a Contractor gets hope-
lessly in default, it is as bad for him as for the Department to try to push through
In such cases he is credited with the full value of all labor and materials on the ground;
but for all additional items to complete the work covered by the contract, the sureties
on his bond have to pay. Usually the bondsmen take the contract to finish the work;
and in most cases, so far as the Department is concerned, no litigation follows.

(1)

1 BOND

2 Know all men by these presents, That we,

5 of the City of , County of , and

6 State of , principal , and

8 -•

9 of the City of , County of , and

10 State of , and

11 of the City of , County of , and

12 State of , suret , are held and firmly bound unto the

13 United States of America in the sum of dollars

14 ($ ), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of

15 which, well and truly to be made to the United States, we bind ourselves,

16 our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and

17 severally, firmly by these presents

18 Sealed with our seals and dated this ...... day of , A.D. 190 .

19 The conditton op the above obligation is such, That whereas the

20 said ha . . entered into a certain contract,

21 hereto attached, with Secretary of the

22 Treasury, acting for and in behalf of the United States, bearing date the

23 day of , A.D. 190 : Now, if

24 the said

26 shall well and truly fulfil all the covenants and conditions of said contract,

219

102 CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

(2)

1 and shall perform all the undertakings therein stipulated by

2 to be performed, and shall well and truly comply with and fulfil the con-

3 ditions of, and perform all of the work and furnish all the labor and

4 materials required by, any and all changes in, or additions to, or omissions

5 from, said contract which may hereafter be made, and shall perform all

6 the undertakings stipulated by to be performed in any and all such

7 changes in, or additions thereto, notice thereof to the said suret

8 being hereby waived, and shall promptly make payment to all persons

9 supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work

10 contemplated by said contract, then thin obligation to be void; other-

11 wise, to remain in full force and virtue

12 In testimony whereof, The said

13 c

14 , principal ; and «»

16 and > suret

17 have hereunto subscribed their hands and affixed their seals the day first

18 above written .'

19 Signed, sealed, and delivered in presence of

21 Ui ogri

24 I " B *

Note.— It will be observed that on each page, both of form of contract and of bond,
each type line is numbered, U 3, 3, etc. This is customary In all such government doc-
uments, and is for the purpose of locating references, interlineations, etc.

At first glance, this contract appears to be one-sided in that it
confers on one side certain seemingly arbitrary power which, if used
in the extreme, would be disastrous to any Contractor; but, as a
matter of fact, the Department uses its extreme rights with the utmost
caution, and generally goes more than "half-way" in disputed settle-
ments.

Where disaster occurs — such, for instance, as in a cyclonic wind,
wrecking ^work in place, as happened at the Pan-American Exposition;
or in damage by fire, as in the Baltimore conflagration — the Depart-
ment promptly recommends that Congress make a reimbursing
appropriation to be used in replacing work damaged; and that body
always responds, recognizing a moral if not a legal obligation.

i « i

220

THE ARCHITECT IN HIS LEGAL

RELATIONS

CONTRACTS

Legal considerations often enter into the architect's work, and
dictate his course of action. An architect in active practice cannot
acquire such a knowledge of the principles of law as will enable him
to |dispense with expert advice in unusual circumstances, or in
matters of great importance. The trained power of legal reasoning
which, with an accumulated knowledge of law, is part of the
equipment of a good lawyer, and which, even in apparently simple
situations, is constantly called into use, is not to be attained by a
man whose chief energy is given to another profession. Neverthe-
less, it is important for an architect to have some knowledge of the
nature of legal considerations and of the legal principles of com-
monest application.

In the following pages will be found brief general -statements
of the law upon certain matters with which an architect is much
concerned, and suggestions as to the application of these princi-
ples to his business. It should be mentioned that the laws in
different states differ widely in details; it is impossible here to go
into such details. What is given is intended to provide such
an understanding of principles as will give the student a certain
knowledge of the nature of his legal rights and duties, some con-
ception of the kind of mistakes which are possible, and of precau-
tions which may be taken, so as to constitute a practical safeguard
in everyday business.

It is proposed to present first a general statement of legal
principles affecting the relations into which an architect is brought
in the practice of his profession.

LAW OF CONTRACTS

The building contract, commonly made between the owner
and the builder, confers certain powers upon the architect. While

223

2 LEGAL RELATIONS

the architect is not a party to this contract, and so cannot enforce
it, he is by reason of it drawn into the contractual relations of others.
For this reason alone, the branch of the law dealing with contracts
is an important one to him. Moreover, he may have occasion to
supervise or assist in the making of contracts in behalf of the owner;
while in the important matter of right to compensation, the archi-
tect is dependent upon the Haw relating thereto.

Express Contracts and Implied Contracts. When competent
persons make la contract, their rights are fixed thereby. If, how-
ever, without any express contract, one person furnishes services
or goods which another person accepts, and if there is no under-
standing that the transaction is a gift, the person furnishing the
services or goods is not without a right to compensation. The law
imposes upon the person receiving the benefit an obligation to
make compensation to the person from whom he receives it. This
obligation is sometimes said to arise under an implied contract,
as if, in accepting the benefit, it is impliedly agreed to make recom-
pense. This principle is of great importance and frequent appli-
cation. It will be seen later that it is applied not only when there
is no express contract, but also in some cases where an existing
express contract for some reason cannot be enforced.

The principle above stated, that an express contract once made
by competent parties fixes their rights, is fundamental. Suppose
A sues B upon an implied contract for material furnished, claiming
$100 as the value thereof. If the parties had an express contract
for a smaller sum, A could not recover $100, even though that
might be a reasonable price; or if there was an express contract
which A had not substantially fulfilled, A could not, in general,
recover at all, unless indeed it can be shown that, in spite of A's
failure to fulfill exactly the contract, B has accepted the material.
In that case the facts might raise a new implied promise. But if B
refused the material, no such promise could, of course, be implied. On
the other hand, if A offered material in compliance with the contract,
and B refused to receive it, A could hold B answerable for breach
of the express contract although B received no benefit therefrom.

Quantum Meruit. The contract which is implied in law is
always to pay the fair value of what has been received. The Latin
words quantum meruit, meaning as much as it is worth, are therefore

224

LEGAL RELATIONS 3

used to describe an action based upon an implied contract. To
recover in quantum meruit accordingly means to recover the reason-
able value, to be determined in the course of the action, of whatever
has been furnished. It has already been explained that where there
exists a valid and enforceable contract, on which, both parties have
the right to insist, no recovery can be had in quantum meruit for
labor and materials furnished under the contract. This does not
mean that where a contract once existed concerning such work
and labor, or goods or materials, or concerning a part of it, an action
in quantum meruit will never lie. There are various circumstances
under which this action will lie, in spite of such an express contract.
It sometimes happens that a contract is so altered that it is no
longer ascertainable and is therefore treated as not existing. In
such a case an action on an implied contract can be maintained.
If a partly performed contract is abandoned by the agreement of
all the parties to it, an action in quantum meruit will lie for the work
or materials already furnished only in case the contract is what
is (known as an entire contract as distinguished from a divisible
or apportionable contract. An apportionable or divisible contract
is one susceptible of division or apportionment because of having
two or more parts not necessarily dependent upon each other and
not intended to be so dependent; as, for instance, in the case of a
contract for building several houses, where there is nothing in the
contract itself or the circumstances to prevent singling out the part
respecting a particular house, and treating it as distinct and com-
plete of itself. Such a contract might be of such a nature that it
would be obviously unfair to one party or the other thus to separate
the parts, and to hold a party bound as to a portion without regard
to the rest. A contract of this latter sort would be an entire contract,
that is, a contract of which the terms, nature, and purposes indicate
an intention that each of its material provisions shall be dependent
on all the rest. If, then, the contract which is abandoned is a
divisible contract, of which one or more complete divisions have
been performed, the contract may be treated as governing those
divisions and recovery may be had only under the contract. But
if the contract be an entire contract, it would not be fair to hold
the parties as bound in respect to a portion only, never contem-
plated as complete in itself. Their rights must therefore be settled

4 LEGAL RELATIONS

on the theory of implied contract, the party indebted being answer-
able in quantum meruit only.

When one party to a contract is ready and willing to per-
form, but is prevented from performing or from completing his
performance by the act or fault of the other contracting party, the
first party may recover on the contract, or he may elect to rescind
the contract and recover in quantum meruit for the labor and materials
employed. If the party prevented from performing elects to rescind
the contract and sue in quantum meruit, the party at fault is required
to pay whatever the real worth of the work and materials is proved
to be, not, however, according to the general rule, giving com-
pensation in excess of the contract price for the whole.

In an action in quantum meruit the architect's certificate is
probably not i^ecessary to recovery, although where the architect
has pointed out defects in the work or material already employed,
and the builder claims to have remedied them, it may be prac-
tically necessary for the builder to show the architect's certificate
stating that the defects have been satisfactorily remedied.

Validity of Contract with Illegal Provisions. In general, a
contract which violates statute law, or any principle of the com-
mon law or of public policy, cannot be enforced. This may be of
importance to architects in connection with restrictive building
laws. The mere fact that a contract may be, or has been, carried
out in such a way as to involve forbidden acts, does not render it
invalid; the rule is aimed at such contracts a3 necessarily involve
the doing of something illegal. Similarly a contract which is intended
to effect a civil wrong to a third person may under some circumstances,
be illegal. An illegal contract cannot be enforced, according to
the general rule, even by one who performed his part of the bargain,
although for services rendered under such a contract there might
be some right of recovery by implied contract. This is one of
the subjects of which it is impossible to give here more than the
broadest principles; the point to be borne in mind is that in case,
of any contract involving legal wrongdoing, there is occasion for
caution and for ascertaining legal rights under the peculiar cir-
cumstances of the case as they may arise.

Validity of Contract Provisions Opposed to Public Policy.
As contracts which involve violation of statute or common law

226

LEGAL RELATIONS 5

cannot be enforced, so there are principles of public policy which
no contract will be allowed to contravene. Thus clauses such
as are common in building contracts, providing that any .future
disputes arising in the course of dealing between the parties shall
be determined in some specified way by arbitration are not always
effective to prevent the parties from resorting to law. The policy
of the law will not permit courts of justice to be thus ousted from
their jurisdiction.

But in spite of the lack of binding force in agreements intended
to prevent a resort to the courts, there is a method in which a
resort to referees or arbitrators for certain purposes may be enforced-
A clause of a contract making it a condition precedent to recovery
in court, that the quality of materials, the value of services, the
amount of damage and the time of paying it, or other matters not
going to the root of the action itself, shall be settled in a certain
way, is valid, and will prevent the maintenance of an action until
all possible steps have been taken to comply with it. Thus the
provision of many building contracts that certain matters such as
those just named, shall be referred to the architect, is valid. The
further stipulation that the architect's decision of such matters
shall be finally binding, ig also generally held effective, in the absence
of bad faith on the part of the architect. When a contract is
thus drawn, the agreement of the parties rests their legal rights
directly upon the decision of the persons named. No obligation
under the contract therefor arises until the arbitrators decide a
question, and they having decided it, resort may be had to the
courts in order to enforce their decision. The courts are therefore
not ousted from their jurisdiction.

Parties to Contract. Individuals. In order to have a good
contract, the parties must be legally competent. As an infant is
favored by the law, a person on coming of age may affirm or
repudiate contracts while made under the disability of infancy,
although the other party to such a contract is bound. It is further-
more unsafe to enter into a contract with a lunatic or a drunken
person. A married woman was formerly unable to contract; in
some states married women may now make valid contracts
about their own property, while in many states the disability is
entirely removed.

227

6 LEGAL RELATIONS

Corporations. It may also be mentioned here that where a
private corporation is a party to a contract, a question may arise
whether or not the making of a contract is within the powers of the
corporation. To determine what these powers are, reference must
be had to the charter or articles of incorporation, and, perhaps,
to the statute law of the State which created the corporation. If
a corporation was formed for the purpose of building and operating
a railroad, there would be no doubt of its power to build a station.
If, on the other hand, a corporation formed to carry on a drug
business should propose to build a grain elevator, legal questions
would arise.

In dealing with public or municipal corporations, questions
of the extent of powers may also be raised. Questions of this sort
are extremely varied, and may be either very simple or very diffi-
cult of solution. Where a corporation makes a contract beyond
its powers, the contract may, so long as it remains unperformed on
both sides, be rescinded by either. Yet if a person has made a
contract with a corporation, a contract which is in fact, beyond
its powers, but which he has had no reason, to suppose is outside such
powers, and if he has in part performed the contract, his rights are
generally protected by the law. This does not, however, make
such a situation anything but a very undesirable one, and care should
therefore be used to obtain reasonable assurance that a contract
is within the powers of a contracting corporation. Common knowl-
edge of the standing and nature of the corporation may give such
assurance; on the other hand, the matter may be so close to the
line that nothing but an opinion of competent counsel will be
sufficient.

Assuming that the parties concerned are capable of contract-
ing, there are two elements essential to the validity of the ordinary
contract which will be considered here; one is mutual' consent, and
the other, consideration.

Mutual Consent Essential. Common Intention. In order to
have a valid contract, the parties must have, and must communicate,
a common intention. "Their minds must meet" in expressed
agreement. If this element is absent, there can be no binding
contract. For instance, in an English case the plaintiff agreed
to sell and the defendants to buy a certain quality of Surat cotton

228

LEGAL RELATIONS ?

to arrive by the ship "Peerless" from Bombay. The plaintiff
offered cotton from a ship named "Peerless" from Bombay, but
the defendants refused to accept it, and the plaintiff sued for
damages for this alleged breach of contract. It was admitted that
the defendants in using the term "Peerless" meant a different
ship from that which the plaintiff had in mind, and in which the
cotton actually arrived; it therefore appeared that there was no
mutual consent to the same matter, and judgment was accordingly
given for the defendants. On the other hand, the law looks to the
expressions of the parties, and when their expressions necessarily
indicate agreement, it does not permit them to say that they were
not agreed.

Communication of Offer and Acceptance. Consent is manifested
by offer and acceptance. It follows from what has been said that
both the offer and the acceptance must be communicated, but each
may be communicated by conduct as well as by words. Thus if
A asks X to work for him for certain wages, X in simply doing
the work may accept the offer, unless some other form of accept-
ance was prescribed. It is also clear that the acceptance must be
absolute, and in exact accordance with the terms of the offer. If
A makes one offer, and X answers that he will do something a little
different from what A suggested, there is no contract. X's reply
may amount to a new offer, which A may subsequently accept.
This principle will later be seen to be important in connection with
an architect's submitting plans in response to a request for plans
in competition.

Time Element. An offer may by its terms remain open for a
certain length of time, as, for example, for two weeks or until the
return mail; if no duration is specified, it can be accepted only
within a reasonable time. What is a reasonable time depends
upon the circumstances of each case. In an action of law, the ques-
tion would be determined by the jury. An offer may be revoked
at any time before acceptance; the revocation, however, must be
communicated to the offeree. If A offers to furnish X with a
cornice for a certain amount, A may, at any time before X has
accepted the offer, effectively withdraw it by declaring to X his
intention so to do. At the moment when a valid acceptance is
made, the contract, if good in other respects, is complete, and both

229

8 LEGAL RELATIONS

parties are bound. Acceptance is therefore irrevocable without
the consent of both parties.

As to the important question when acceptance becomes bind-
ing — it is stated as a general rule that the acceptance is made when
the acceptor has done all he can to communicate his intention.
Thus the mailing of a letter of acceptance properly stamped and
addressed marks the making of a contract, and is irrevocable.
Under this rule the delay or loss of the letter in the mail cannot
delay or prevent the binding effect of the contract, so that it may
happen that a person making an offer becomes bound without his
knowledge. For this reason it is prudent to make it part of an
offer that acceptance shall be only by letter delivered withii* a stated
time at the office or into the hand of the person making the offer.
Upon this point of acceptance by mail there has been some doubt
about the law, and there are old decisions in one or two jurisdictions
that there is no contract until the letter of acceptance is received.
The rule about acceptance by telegram would probably be the same
as that governing acceptance by letter. If, on the other hand,
an acceptance was sent by an agent of the offeree, it would have
to be delivered to be effective.

In this respect of the time of taking effect, the revocation of
an offer — which is ineffective until communicated — differs from

acceptance.

Consideration Essential. Any promise not under seal, requires
what is called a consideration to render it legally a binding contract.
If a promise is under seal, the formality of the seal is the mark of
the contract, as is consideration in the case of contracts not under
seal. A valuable consideration in the sense of the law is said to
consist either in some right, interest, profit, or benefit accruing to
one party, or in some forbearance, detriment, loss, or responsibility
given, suffered, or undertaken by the other. The consideration
must be of value in the eyes of the law, but the question of degree
of value is of no importance; the slightest consideration, so long
as the law recognizes it as valuable, will support the largest
promise. Consequently, upon a mere promise by A to give X
$100, no obligation arises, -4's promise being without consideration;
but if A offers X $100 for some service, which X performs, the
performance, however unimportant, is good consideration for the

230

LEGAL RELATIONS 9

promise. Another promise is also good consideration for a
promise. A says to X, "I will give you $100 if you will agree
to draw me plans for a house." If X agrees to draw the plans
the contract is then complete, and X's promise is consideration
for ^'s, just as A's is consideration for X's. It is well to note a
difference between the two foregoing examples. If A says, "I
will pay you for making plans", the offer can be accepted only by
making the plans; until the offer is accepted, it can be revoked,
and A is not bound. On the other hand, if A offers to pay a cer-
tain sum if X will agree to do the work, and X agrees, A is bound,
and X is protected, from that time. The best protection it will
be seen comes through the latter sort of contract, consisting in
outstanding obligations on both sides. In the former case there
is really no contract, but only an offer, until the time of acceptance
by performance of one party.

Statute of Frauds. The statute of frauds, which in some-
what varying form exists generally throughout the States, requires
certain contracts to be in writing, and signed by the party to be
charged therewith. The more important of these contracts for
present purposes may be classified as follows:

(1) Contracts to charge a person upon a special promise to answer for
the debt, default, or misdoing of another — that is, contracts of guaranty.

(2) Contracts for the sale of lands or any interest in or concerning them.

(3) Contracts not to be performed within one year of the time of making.

(4) Contracts for the sale of goods, wares, and merchandise of value
above a certain amount (generally fifty dollars).

In the latter case, however, a partial delivery of the goods, as a partial pay-
ment to bind the bargain, takes the place of writing.

Upon such contracts, except as stated as to contracts of sale,
no action can be maintained unless the agreement or some memo-
randum or note thereof is in writing and signed by the party to
be charged, or in his behalf by some person duly authorized thereto*

An architect may have connection with contracts of any of
these sorts, and the law should be borne in mind. The only class
which will be especially discussed here is that of contracts not to
be performed within one year from the time of making. In gen-
eral, the statute does not include agreements which are merely
not likely to be performed, but has regard to such as according to
a fair interpretation, and in view of existing circumstances, do not

231

10 LEGAL RELATIONS

admit of performance within a year from the time of making.
If, for instance, there is no stipulation as to time, but performance
depends upon some event which may occur within a year* the
statute does not apply. But if it is the manifest intent of the
parties that the contract shall not be executed within a year, the
mere fact that it is physically possible for it to be completed sooner,
makes no difference.

In case a contract of one of the sorts above enumerated is not
in writing, a party may recover upon it, in spite of the statute,
unless the other party takes advantage of the defense of the statute
in his pleading in court. And where one party to a contract which
is void under the statute, and which the other party refuses to
carry out, has performed his part of the agreement without objec-
tion by the other party, he may recover compensation upon an
implied contract, although the express contract is unenforceable.
So if an architect renders services under an oral contract which is
not to be performed within a year, and the other party refuses to
pay for such services, the architect, while he cannot recover for
breach of the express agreement, may recover the reasonable value
of the services rendered, according to an implied contract. More-
over, in such a case the express contract can be given in evidence
as tending to show the value of the services. Although the value
so shown cannot be enforced, it is sometimes held that no more
than the contract price can be recovered. This is one of the cases
before referred to where the doctrine of implied contracts is of
importance as furnishing a remedy to a party to an unenforceable
express contract.

Contracts Involving Conditional Performance. Performance of
a contract by one party may be made wholly or in part conditional
upon performance by another. Thus a contract by which A prom-
ises to render certain services and X agrees to pay for them, may be
so worded that X will not be called upon to pay unless A has per-
formed the services, or, on the other hand, it may be so arranged
that A will not be obliged to act unless he is paid in advance. So if
it is provided in a contract that X is to pay for ^'s services only if
they are completed by a certain day, and A does not complete his
services by that time, A cannot, unless X has lost the right to insist
upon the condition, recover under the contract. His only ground

232

LEGAL RELATIONS 11

of recovery would be under an acceptai^ce of the services by X, and
a consequent implied contract.

Not only may such conditions be expressed, but they may also
be implied by the law. It is therefore necessary for a party to a
contract to consider carefully whether he has done everything which
he is called upon to do, before he can maintain an action against the
other party for the failure of that other party to perform his obliga-
tion under the contract. When, by the contract, performance by
the one is expressly made conditional upon performance by the other,
the case is clear; if no such conditions are expressed, the question
arises whether any are implied. A court in construing a contract
in this respect, as in others, will attempt to ascertain the intention
of the parties, and if it appears to have been intended that the whole
or a part of performance by one party was meant to be dependent
upon some portion of the performance by the other party, then
effect will be given to this intention by holding performance under
the contract conditional according to the intention shown. Take
for instance a contract for the sale of land: One party may agree
to convey the land at a certain time, and the other to pay the pur-
chase money at the same time, without expressly saying that either
act shall be dependent upon the performance of the other. Yet,
as the meaning is clear , that the acts are in reality to be mutually
dependent, neither party is called upon to perform unless the other
party is ready, able, and willing to carry out his part; and, on the
other hand, neither party can maintain an action for breach without
showing himself to have been able, ready, and willing to perform on
his side. The practical result of these principles is that when B
breaks his contract with A, and A wishes to hold B liable for the
breach, A must carefully consider whether he has done all on his
part that is necessary to put B in the wrong. As questions of some
nicety occur on these points, it is desirable to take advice of counsel
in season to follow out any suggestions regarding such steps as a
preliminary to a suit.

Construction of Contracts. Disputes often arise over the mean-
ing of contracts after they are made and perhaps reduced to writing.
This may come from careless drawing; it may be due to the necessity
of applying the contract to new and unforeseen circumstances, or
it may arise from a desire of one of the parties to a controversy to

233

12 LEGAL RELATIONS

strain every point in his own favor. When such disputes arise, it
is an important matter for the parties to know how the proper con-
struction is determined.

If the question of the construction of a contract is involved
in a litigated case, the matter is determined by the judge, not by
the jury. There are many rules of construction by which the
judge is guided, only some of the more general and the more impor-
tant of which will be mentioned here. While no oral evidence to
explain or supplement a written contract will be heard, yet the
judge may consider other distinct agreements of the parties which
modify the contract in question. He will also hear evidence relative
to the circumstances of the parties' when the contract was made, as
tending to show the meaning of expressions used. Oral evidence may
also be given to show the technical, and sometimes the customary,
meaning of words contained in the contract. When, however,
a custom is relied upon to give a word a meaning different from that
generally accepted, or to add to the substance of a contract, it must
be a custom that is reasonable, certain, defined, and uniform. ' In
most cases the custom must be proved to be known to both parties
to the contract. It is important, in framing contracts, to employ
words in general use, and to employ them in a commonly accepted
sense, seeking clearness and precision, and carefully avoiding possi-
ble ambiguities. In construing a contract, the object of the court
is to ascertain the real intent of the parties at the time of signing.
The judge seeks to decide what meaning the words had as used by
the parties, under the given circumstances, at the given time and
place. In construing any portion, he takes the whole instrument
into account, and looks for such an interpretation as will give effect
to every part.

Assignability of Contracts. Contracts which involve personal
services, where the element of individuality is important, cannot be
assigned, and the estate of the person whose services are contracted
for cannot be held to the contract. If, therefore, an architect dies,
his contract for services is terminated. In general, however, a con-
tract is assignable, and both the benefit and the burden of it pass to
a man's estate. In case of bankruptcy of a contracting party,
therefore, an ordinary contract passes to the assignee or trustee.
(t should be considered, in drawing a contract, whether it is desired

234

LEGAL RELATIONS 13

to include a provision making bankruptcy, or death, of one or either
of the parties, terminate the contract.

Avoidance of Contract. A contract made between competent
parties, and apparently having All the legal requisites of a good con-
tract, may still, under certain circumstances, be set aside by the
court. If in the formation of a contract there has been mistake,
misrepresentation, fraud, duress, or undue influence, the injured
party may, by proper legal proceedings, avoid the agreement. Such
mistake as may be the basis of relief must not be mere careless
mistake; it is in many cases of such a nature as almost to involve
misrepresentation or fraud. Duress occurs where the consent of
one party is obtained by violence. Undue influence implies that
the will of one person is absolutely overcome by the will of another,
so that the consent of the first is not really an independent act.
Perhaps the most important of the above-named grounds of avoid-
ance is fraud. In case a contract has been entered into upon a
material and wilfully false representation by the other party, it
may be avoided. Occasion for this may arise, for instance, upon
deception in the purchase of materials.

Reformation of Contracts. Where a contract has been reduced
to writing, but through a mistake, does not express the agreement
of the parties, it may be reformed by a court so as to correspond
with the real understanding. This is the more important because
of the important principle that a party to a written contract is not
permitted, in an action founded upon that contract, to show by
evidence outside the writing itself, that the agreement was not
what the written statement shows it to be. He may avoid the
contract on one of the grounds stated in the preceding section, or
he may show that another, later contract, whether oral or written,
affects it, but he may not attempt to show by oral testimony that
it was something different from the written expression. If the
contract was in fact different from what is shown by the writing,
and if the other party will not consent to the required change, appli-
cation should be made to the proper tribunal for reformation.

Penalties and Liquidated Damages. If a contract provides
that upon default by one party, that party shall pay to the other a
certain sum, and if it appears that the payment is intended as a pen-
alty and was inserted only for the purpose of securing performance,

235

14 LEGAL RELATIONS

it will not be enforced by the courts. If, on the other hand, it
appears that the sum is named as a measure of compensation for
a breach, it is called liquidated damages, and is valid, fixing the
amount to be recovered if, by reason of a breach of contract, the
provision comes into effect. Clauses of this nature are often intro-
duced into building contracts.

The courts seek to ascertain the real intent of the parties in
making the provision. The fact that the sum is specifically called
liquidated damages is not conclusive; if the sum named is clearly
disproportionate to the damage which would be suffered, it tends to
indicate that a penalty was intended. Again, where the contract
involves the doing of many acts of various sorts, and only one fixed
sum is named to be paid upon a breach, a similar inference would
be drawn. Conversely, if the sum varies with the extent of the
breach, as where a certain amount is to be paid for each day of
delay, it is an indication of an intention to fix liquidated damages.

If the damages in case of breach would be readily ascertainable,
it is more likely that a named sum will be held to be a penalty than
in cases where it would be very difficult to determine the actual
damage. The attempt to impose penalties being one to which the
courts will not give effect, and the validity of such clauses depending
largely upon their reasonableness, it is obvious that no general rule
for drawing liquidated damage clauses can be given. Because of
the complexity of the matter, contractors often have very erroneous
ideas on the subject; having learned of some one test sometimes
applied by the courts, they are likely to believe such test conclusive.
The necessity of care in drawing these clauses is increased by the
fact that where there is doubt, the courts incline to treat the amount
fixed in the contract as a penalty rather than as liquidated dam-
ages. It is important that the amount stipulated as a measure of
damages for the breach mentioned be clearly reasonable.

Breach of Contract Operating as Discharge. If one party
to a contract is guilty of a serious breach thereof, the other party
may thereupon have the right to treat the contract as terminated.
The test is whether the breach goes, as is said, to the "essence of
the contract". No rule can be laid down as a guide to show what
breach does go to the essence. The contract must be construed and
the intention of the parties ascertained. It is well to remember,

236

LEGAL RELATIONS 15

however, this possibility — that very grave deviation by a builder,
for instance, from the requirements of a contract, might, at the
choice of the owner, discharge the contract. Furthermore, it is to
be noted that if in any contract some matter is of especial impor-
tance, which in other similar contracts might be of little account —
as, for instance, the time of performance — its importance should
be made clear. In such a case it is desirable to state expressly
that the matter in question is of the essence of the contract, although
this language in itself would not be held conclusive. If the impor-
tance of a certain provision is made clear, then, in case of breach
in respect of that matter, the injured person will stand in a Setter
position, and be safe in holding himself discharged from further
obligation to proceed under the contract. In case of the termina-
tion of a contract, however, it must be remembered that if the party
terminating it retains the benefit of work already performed by the
other party, the first party will be liable to pay for such work,
under an implied contract.

Discharge by Consent. It hardly needs to be said that a con-
tract may at any time be discharged by all the parties thereto. It
is desirable to have the discharge, like the contract, clearly made in
writing so as to cover all questions of further rights and liabilities.

Waiver of Rights. If a party to a contract clearly waives his
right under a certain clause, and the other party, relying on such
a waiver, does not fulfil that clause, the resulting variation from the
contract terms is excused. Thus, if a building contract makes an
architect's certificate a condition precedent to payment, and if
the owner gives the contractor to understand that the certificate
will not be required, this waiver renders the production of the
certificate unnecessary as a condition of payment. Waiver may be
found in the conduct, as well as in the words, of a party. The
question whether words or conduct amounts to a waiver, is one for a
jury to decide.

Modification of Contracts. Contracts may always be modified /*
by agreement of the parties. The subsequent agreement must be
a good contract according to the ordinary rules, in order to effect
a change in an existing contract. A waiver may also practically
modify a contract. It is important, however, for the sake of avoid-
ing complications and disputes, to have a contract always kept

237

16 LEGAL RELATIONS

clear and readily provable. Hence it is only a reasonable precaution
to have any modifications of a written contract put in writing.
One advantage of this is that the written expression of the under-
standing is likely to be made more definite, thus avoiding disputes
on the ground of inexactness, as well as on the ground of misunder-
standing.

Suretyship. The relation of suretyship arises where, besides
an obligee, as, for instance a creditor, and the principal obligor, as
a debtor, there is another person who becomes answerable for the
debt or default of the principal obligor, apd who is called a surety.

'the contract of a surety is so peculiar as to form the subject
of a separate branch of law. It will be remembered that this con-
tract is one of those which, under the Statute of Frauds, must be
in writing, in order to be enforceable. The principle of the law
of suretyship chiefly to be noticed is that, if the creditor acts in
such a manner as might affect the position of the surety and increase
his liability, the surety is discharged. Therefore, if in a contract
between A and B, C becomes surety for performance of B's part
A must proceed with great caution in all matters affecting his
relation with B. In some states, if the surety requests the creditor
to bring suit against the debtor, and the creditor refuses to do so,
the surety will be discharged. Written requests to sue are pro-
vided for by law in some States. Lack of diligence in prosecuting
a suit may forfeit the creditor's right against the surety. The
release, of one surety discharges co-sureties from so much of the
original debt as the person discharged could have been compelled
to pay. Therefore, if the property of the debtor is held for
security, and is surrendered, the creditor loses his claim against
the surety to the extent of the value of the property. The point
chiefly to be regarded as most likely to affect building contracts is
that any material alteration in the contract between the creditor
and the principal which would extend the liability of the surety
beyond the terms of his original agreement, and to which the surety
does not assent, discharges the surety.

LAW OF AGENCY

An architect may be empowered, and act, as agent of the
owner. Aside from this possibility, the law of agency is so much

238

LEGAL RELATIONS 17

involved in business transactions, that it is highly desirable to
understand in some degree the principles of that branch of the law.
The general principle of agency is that a person acting through
another is as much bound as if he acted directly, without such an
instrument.

Agent or Independent Contractor. Not every person employed
by another to accomplish an object, is an agent. The relation
of agency implies control of the agent by the principal. A person
may be employed to do certain things in such a way as to leave
him independent, so far as any such authority of his employer
is concerned, and bound to his employer only by such definite
agreements as exist between them. Thus it has been held that a
person employed under a certain contract to build a house for
another, was not an agent, but was an independent contractor;
and it is probable that the contractor under the ordinary building
contract would be so held. An important result of this would be
that the owner would not be liable for acts and neglect of the con-
tractor in the way in which it will appear a principal is liable for
acts and neglect of his agent.

Powers of Agent. So long as an agent acts within the scope
of his authority, he binds his principal thereby. The authority of
an agent may be expressly granted or impliedly granted. If per-
sons dealing with an agent know him to be acting under a written
power of attorney, they are bound to inquire and take notice of the
nature and scope of the power, and fail to do so at their own risk.
If the expression of the authority has excluded a certain power
persons dealing with the agent are held to know that such is the
fact, and cannot, therefore, hold the principal bound by the action
of his agent in excess of the power granted. But the agent may,
and usually does, have powers outside of such as are expressed.
These are called implied powers. The extent of such implied
powers is oftentimes a difficult question of law. Such powers are
to be implied only from facts from which is inferred the intention
of the principal to grant them. It is said that every delegation of
power carries with it, as implied powers, authority to do all things
reasonably necessary and proper to carry into effect the main power
conferred, and not forbidden by the principal. Moreover, a widely
known and long existing usage which is reasonable and not con-

239

18 LEGAL RELATIONS

trary to law, may have the effect of conferring power upon an
agent in addition to that expressly granted. It is also to be noted
that although an act of an agent exceeds his authority, the princi-
pal may subsequently ratify the act so as to make it binding upon
himself as if authorized in the first instance.

Liability of Principal. Not only is a principal liable upon
such contractual obligations as may be entered into by his agent
acting in his behalf within the scope of the granted authority, but
the principal is also liable for such torts, or civil wrongs, such as
trespass, assault, or battery, which his agent may commit in the
course of his business. 1 This often proves a serious matter to
employers, although the development of liability insurance has
furnished a means of equalizing the risks. This shows further
the importance of the question whether a person is an agent or an
independent contractor. If he be the former, then the principal
as well as the agent himself, is liable for torts. If the latter, there
is no way of going back of the individual wrongdoing.

Duties of Agent to Principal. The first duty of an agent is
the strict and far-reaching one of loyalty to his trust. In enforc-
ing this the law looks not at the intent or effect in any given trans-
action, but at the tendency of such transaction in general, and
at the policy of permitting a given course of dealing. Thus it
is a general rule that an agent may not deal in the business of the
agency for his own benefit, but that all the profits made in the
business of the agency belong to the principal. A decision in
accordance with this rule held that where one person employed
another for hire to pursue and capture a horse thief, the principal
was entitled to a reward offered for the capture effected by the
agent. While an architect in the ordinary course of his profes-
sional duties does not act exclusively as agent of the building owner,
yet in matters where he is not acting as arbiter between the owner
and the contractor he is in general held to a duty of loyalty to
his employer which is substantially that of an agent. Thus it
sometimes occurs that dealers offer rebates to architects specifying
their wares; such rebates undoubtedly belong to the owners, the
owner being entitled to singleness of purpose in his interest on the
part of the architect, and the latter being under obligation to obtain
supplies at the lowest possible price and give his employer the

240

LEGAL RELATIONS 19

full benefit thereof. The operation of the rule of agency is not
defeated by a custom to the contrary, nor is an agent allowed to
accomplish by indirect means what would not be permitted if done
openly and directly.

Another duty of the agent is to obey instructions, and the
agent is liable for losses incurred by his disobedience. While the
necessity of a sudden emergency may be a justification for the
agent, in the use of sound discretion, in departing from his instruc-
tions without consulting his principal, on ordinary occasions an
agent makes material and unauthorized departures from his orig-
inal instructions at his peril. It is further the duty of every agent
"to bring to the performance of his undertaking, and to exercise
in such performance, that degree of skill, care, and diligence which
the nature of the undertaking and the time, place, and circum-
stances* of the performance justly and reasonably demand. A
failure to do this, whereby the principal suffers loss or injury, con-
stitutes negligence for which the agent is responsible".* The law
holds an agent to the exercise of such care and skill as persons of
common capacity engaged in the same business may be supposed
to possess. In the case of an architect the law would presume, in
the absence of anything to the contrary, that in giving his services,
he warranted himself to possess in a reasonable degree, the knowl-
edge and skill required for the work undertaken.

Delegation of Powers by Agent. The principal is entitled
to the personal knowledge and skill of his chosen agent, and the
agent may not, unless specially authorized, delegate to others the
powers conferred upon him by his principal. But in the case of
duties of the agent which are merely mechanical or ministerial,
involving no elements of judgment, discretion, or personal skill,
power to delegate is implied. So the nature of the duty may be
such as to require reliance upon others in performing it; and the
authority of an agent will be so construed as to include the neces-
sary and usual means of execution, so long as such means are not
prohibited by express instructions.

Undisclosed Principal. When an agent, in dealing with a
third party, does not disclose the name of his principal, the third
party is at liberty, on finding out who the principal is, to choose

♦Mechem on Agency, p. 329.

241

20 LEGAL RELATIONS

between holding him responsible, or holding the agent himself
personally bound by the transaction. Consequently an agent, for
his own protection, should not only state that he represents another
person, and is not binding himself, but should make it clear just who
his principal is. Thus if an architect be employed to purchase
material or to contract for labor, he ought to state that he acts only
in behalf of the owner, whose name he should give. The proper
form of signature where an agent acts for his principal is "A (name
of principal), by his attorney, B (name of agent)".

Questions of Agency in Connection with Corporations, Socie-
ties, and Public Officers. In dealing with a body of persons, incor-
porated or unincorporated, it is important for an architect to know
whether his employment is authorized, so that he may look to some
satisfactory source for his compensation. It has already been
stated that in dealing with corporations it is prudent to ascertain
whether the proposed action is within the powers of the corporation.
It is further to be noted that a corporation can act only through
agents, and that questions will therefore arise as to the powers of
the agent, who will usually be an officer of the corporation. Thus
in entering into a contract with a corporation, one should have evi-
dence of the powers of the representative of the corporation with
whom he deals. The power would generally appear in the by-laws
or in some vote of the stockholders or directors. Many powers
connected with routine business are conferred upon officers merely
by virtue of their office, the by-laws investing them with "the duties
usually incident to" the office in question. In important matters
depending upon votes, it is to be considered whether the proceedings
are formally correct, a matter upon which expert advice may be
necessary. Oftentimes business houses or social or religious socie-
ties have names which might indicate them to be corporations,
while in fact they are not incorporated. The law does not recognize
as an entity or unit any firm or unincorporated association, but
regards such bodies as merely collections of individuals, although
statutes in some states permit suit to be brought against even an
unincorporated society as a body. Aside from these statutes, in
suing a club or an unincorporated society the persons composing it
must be named individually, and the legal remedy is against such
members as are liable; whereas in the case of a corporation, it is

242

LEGAL RELATIONS 21

sued as a legal person. In the latter case the liability of stock-
holders is limited; but a member of an unincorporated club or society
who is bound by a contract made for the society may be liable to
the full extent of the contract. No general rule can be laid down,
however, that all members are liable for acts of a society. The ques-
tion arises whether each member has given authority to bind him
by the given action, a question often of great difficulty. Thus an
architect who supposes himself to be acting for a club or religious
society, may find himself in case of dispute with a claim against only
the members of a small committee which authorized the work.

In dealing with public officials, the limits of their authority are
to be ascertained from the general laws, or from the charter of the
particular municipality. A public body, in order to have its acts
valid, must be acting as a body at a meeting properly held and
organized. The agreement of all the members of such a body out-
side of a meeting does not constitute official action.

MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

Law and Equity. Our courts give relief of two classes, accord-
ing as they sit as courts of law or courts of equity. Equitable
powers were formerly exercised by separate courts; but now the
higher courts generally have both legal and equitable jurisdiction.
A court of law as such is limited in its method of relief. Except
in some cases in which the return of a specific chattel will be directed,
and in actions concerning the title to real estate, a court of law can
compel the payment of damages only. A court exercising equitable
powers, on the other hand, may order a defendant to act, or not to
act, in a certain way; the penalty for failure to comply with such
an order is punishment for contempt. Injunctions present a familiar
instance of an equitable remedy, enforceable by contempt pro-
ceedings. ,

One of the important classes of equitable actions is found in
bills for the specific performance of a contract. Instead of sub-
mitting to a breach of contract, and recovering money damages
therefor, the aggrieved party may in many, but not in all cases,
by means of a bill in equity, compel the other party to perform
the contract. Thus in the case of contracts for the sale of land,
equity will take jurisdiction; in that of contracts for the sale of

243

22 LEGAL RELATIONS

personal property, equitable relief is not ordinarily given. Equity
will not in general grant specific performance of a contract involv-
ing the exercise of discretion and skill and the rendering of personal
services, and would undoubtedly refuse to compel an architect to
carry out an agreement to perform the services commonly rendered
in the designing and building of a house. The reason is found in
the impossibility of judicial supervision of the work. The remedy for
such a refusal by an architect would be by an action for damages.
A building agreement would not ordinarily be enforced in equity,
although certain agreements involving simple construction have
been enforced. A negative promise, as, if an architect promises not
to work for any person in a certain locality other than A, or not
to erect a building similar to X's, may be enforced by injunction.

The reforming of contracts, hitherto referred to, is also a matter
within the powers of a court of equity only.

Resort to Legal Proceedings. In regard to resort to the courts
it is to be borne in mind that it is necessary not only to have a just
case, but also to prove it. This proof may be before a jury if either
side so chooses, and a little reflection will show the element of uncer-
tainty which is thus^introduced into any litigated dispute. More-
over the matter of proving one's case is much affected by the rules
of evidence, rules sometimes arbitrary in their nature, and largely
the result of practical considerations involved in the use of the jury
system. From these it may result that matters which have some
weight in ordinary discussion, are not allowed to reach the ears of
a jury. Thus hearsay, or what one person knows only by the word
of another, is generally excluded, although it might have a certain
limited value as proof. Another practical consideration in a question
of bringing suit arises in the difference in the laws of different states.
It may happen that a person's chances of success in a suit depend
upon the place where his action may be brought. The delay neces-
sarily incident to legal proceedings, a delay especially trying in the
large cities, is also to be considered. From these few considerations
alone it appears that the question of advisability of bringing suit,
or of peaceful compromise, may be a complicated one. On the
other hand, by no means every suit that is begun is settled by trial
in court. A lawsuit may be an excellent means of bringing an
obstinate or grasping person to reason.

244

LEGAL RELATIONS 23

Liens. A lien is a claim or hold upon the property of another
as security for a debt or claim. Statutes in many states give so-
called mechanics' liens upon land and buildings to various persons
who have done work in constructing or repairing the latter, although
it be only a contractor, and not the landowner, who is liable upon the
contract. In a few states these statutes have been held to extend
to architects; while in some other states it has been held that archi-
tects are not entitled to liens for services under these statutes.

These laws are of importance to owners inasmuch as they
render their property liable for the debts of the contractors, since
an unpaid workman, hired by the contractor, can secure his wages
through his lien on the building. It is therefore common in build-
ing contracts to guard against loss on this score by a provision that
the last payment shall be made only after the lapse of a certain time
after the completion of the work. The period named corresponds
with the limit of time for claiming liens. Workmen and subcon-
tractors are usually very familiar with the law in the details in
which it immediately affects their rights, and commonly conduct
themselves in their work, in cases in which trouble is anticipated,
with a view to helping their legal remedies. Thus it will be found
that subcontractors very frequently prolong their work oh one
pretext and another, in the hope of extending the time within which
liens may be secured. The legal means necessary to establish these
liens cannot be stated here. The services of a lawyer are necessary,
as in instituting any other legal proceeding.

Bankruptcy and Insolvency. The statute law provides a
method by which a person can, by giving up all his property and
otherwise fulfilling the terms of the law, escape further liability
upon ordinary debts. State laws upon this subject are called Insolv-
ency Acts, and are all superseded by an Act of Congress on the sub-
ject, the latter being known as a Bankruptcy Act. At present a
Bankruptcy Act is in effect. An adjudication of bankruptcy or
insolvency may take place upon the petition of a debtor or of his
creditors, and thereafter all the property of the debtor is vested by
order of court or otherwise in some person appointed by the court
usually called an assignee or trustee. By this transfer of property
any assignable contract would pass to such trustee or assignee.
If the contract is not assignable, it would not pass, but in that case

245

24 LEGAL RELATIONS

the original contractor, stripped of property and of credit, is not a
desirable person with whom to continue relations. For these reasons
it is well, as has already been said, to introduce a clause into build-
ing contracts that the insolvency or bankruptcy of the builder or
owner shall release the other party from further performance.

One who is a creditor of an insolvent has to prove his claim
before the court in a formal manner. If one has a large claim against
such a person,, it is sometimes best to secure counsel, as fraudulent
practices, intended to deprive creditors of their dues, are not
uncommon.

Knowledge of tjie Statute Law". A practicing architect should
familiarize himself with such laws of the statg, and such ordinances
of the town or city in which he is employed as especially apply to
his work. These laws and ordinances may concern him in many
ways. It may be that such laws will require a license for the prac-
tice of an architect's profession; and they probably will impose
building restrictions with which it is important for him to be famil-
iar. He should know what, if any, privilege of inspection is vested
in any persons by force of the law, and he should understand the
requirements about building permits and other similar matters. It
is sometimes provided that public contracts shall be awarded only
after competition, and certain notice given, so that if the require-
ments are not complied with, such a contract will not be valid. In
many places the building laws will be found to be collected and
printed together; inquiry at a city hall for such a compilation is
advisable. In other places it may be necessary to seek out the laws
on these matters from general compilations. It is a familiar maxim
that ignorance of the law is no excuse for breach of it. Moreover it
will be seen later that a person employing an architect has a right
to rely on the architect's knowledge of building regulations; so that
the latter will be liable to his employer if through his ignorance the
laws are infringed and the employer suffers. Service in the office
of an architect of established practice has the advantage that many
points of information of this sort, which it may be difficult to obtain
elsewhere, become familiar to the student.

Torts. Torts are a large class of wrongs arising, not in a
breach of a contractual duty owed by one person to another, but
in the breach of a duty which the law imposes upon one member

246

LEGAL RELATIONS 25

of society for the benefit of others. Thus a man owes a duty to
use due care to Avoid injury to any one of his fellows with whom
he is brought into contact. The commoner torts are familiar to
everyone — trespass, assault, battery, and actions for negligence.
A few not so commonly understood may be mentioned here.

If A makes to B a statement knowing it to be false, and intend-
ing to lead B to act upon it, and B does act upon it to his damage,
A is liable. This is called deceit. It is not uncommon that such
statements are made to induce a person to enter into some relation
or contract. The fraud may then, as has been seen, afford ground
for treating the contract as void; it may also give rise to an action
for deceit.

The law imposes various duties upon landowners to keep their
premises in safe condition for persons using it in the regular course
of business. The duty need not be considered here further than
to say that if an architect so designs a building as to render it
dangerous to persons in the uses contemplated for it, he may cause
the owner to be liable for ensuing damage. For this loss to the
owner it will be seen later the architect might be legally responsible.

There ' is one liability of an extraordinary sort which may
occasionally affect a landlord. Ordinarily if a man's use of his
land causes damages to another the landowner is liable only if his
negligence contributed to the damage. But. if a man builds a
peculiarly dangerous structure on his land, then he may be liable
for any damage it causes, although he is guilty of no negligence,
and although the damage would not have occurred but for some
natural catastrophe, as a flood or a tornado. So a man building a
reservoir on his land has been held liable for damage caused by its
bursting in time of flood; and the doctrine might be extended to
cover a variety of unusual or essentially dangerous structures, /thus
necessitating extraordinary care in construction.

It has already been said that for torts of an agent committed
in the course of his employment, the principal, as well as the agent
himself, is liable.

ARCHITECT'S DUTIES IN GENERAL

The first part of an architect's duty in any given employment
is ordinarily the drawing of plans. In this work he acts substan-

247

26 LEGAL RELATIONS

tially as another person of skill might act in another capacity — a
lawyer in drawing a will, or a physiciafi in treating a case. It is
sometimes said he is at this stage the agent of the owner; but
in the typical case no questions of agency are practically in-
volved, and it is doubtful if the architect may be considered at
this stage in any other position than that of an independent
contractor.

The plans being completed and accepted, the architect often
acts for his employer in getting bids. At this time he may be
invested with powers as agent of the owner. But this can be only
by express agreement, and the architect should be extremely care-
ful not to make any representations or arrangements in which he
may seem to act for the owner unless there is unquestionable
authority to bind the latter. Otherwise, as has been seen, the
architect may make himself personally liable. Where the architect
has no power as agent, but is concerned in assisting his employer,
without having power to bind him, it may be well for the architect
to state expressly that he has no authority to bind the owner, and
that his inquiries or suggestions are made only for the purpose of
submitting the results. At this stage, then, an architect may, by
special arrangement be agent of the owner, or there may be no
agency involved, or an agency so narrow, in the mere adver-
tising for bids, or receiving offers, as to present no questions of
importance.

When the contract between the owner and the builder, called
the "building contract", has been made, the architect has certain
powers and duties under that contract. Of course the owner may
invest the architect at this stage also with various powers as his
agent. Such powers, depending upon the agreement in each case,
cannot be profitably discussed here. The general observations on
the subject of agency will apply. But as to the powers and duties
of the architect under the building contract, the position of the
architect is now so substantially similar in large numbers of cases,
that the matter may well be considered. With "The Uniform
Contract"; and "The Standard Documents"* as well as the other
information in connection with them herein referred to, it will be
well for the student to become familiar.

♦These papers are printed in the Appendix.

248

LEGAL RELATIONS 27

ARCHITECTS POSITION UNDER THE BUILDING

CONTRACT

Whatever powers the architect has, under the building con-
tract, which is a contract between the owner and the contractor,
are not powers which he himself can enforce. The parties to that
contract have not, by virtue thereof, bound themselves to him.
They have made mutual promises, and have given to the acts of
the architect, as between themselves, a certain force. By virtue
of this agreement either party to it may hold the other to this
provision giving effect to the architect's action. But the architect
himself cannot insist upon having that effect given to his acts.
In a sense, it may be said that he has rights, but, legally speaking,
has no rights under the contract. Whatever contractual rights
he has as against the owner or contractor must be by virtue of
some contract to which he is a party. And whatever similar rights
the other parties have against him must be by virtue of some con-
tract to which he is a party. To illustrate — the building contract
usually provides for inspection by the architect. Should the con-
tractor refuse to permit this inspection, the refusal would be a
breach of his contractual duty to the owner; but the architect
himself would have no legal cause of complaint against the con-
tractor, for the contractor's promise in regard to inspection was
made, not to the architect, but to the owner; the only legal cause
for complaint would therefore be in the owner. Bearing this in
mind, what, merely as between the owner and contractor, are the
duties and powers with which the architect is invested by the build-
ing contract?

Certificates. It is commonly provided in the building con-
tract that payments for work shall be conditional upon the giving
of certificates by the architect. Such a provision in an ordinary
contract applies to extras as well as to the specified work, since
extras are contemplated and provided for in the contract. Inasmuch
as the giving of the certificate demands an exercise of judgment
on the part of the person giving it, such certificate should be given
only by the party named to give it — by the architect himself —
and on his own knowledge of the facts; unless, indeed, there is
an express provision in the contract authorizing him to delegate
this duty to another. Where there is such a provision for delega-

249

28 LEGAL RELATIONS

tion a certificate by the party to whom the duty has been delegated
is, of course, valid.

Similarly the certificate of the architect must be strictly in
the form provided for in the contract. If the contract does not
provide that the certificate shall be in writing there is no rule of
law precluding a certificate by word of mouth. Were there space
within the limits of this article, many decisions might be cited
holding certificates sufficient or insufficient under the contracts
applying to the respective cases. The following will suffice to show
what sort of question arises:

In an Illinois case (Barney v. Giles, 120 111. 154) the build-
ing contract provided that payment in full should be made "on the
presentation of the architect's certificate certifying that the con-
tract has been and truly performed, and accepted by him, and that
all damages or allowances which* should be paid or made by the
parties of the second part, have been deducted from the amount of
the said final certificate". A certificate was given, the substantial
part of which was as follows:

"This is to certify that Barney & Rodatz, contractors for the
mason work of your additional stores, are entitled to a payment of
$1,079.73, by the terms of contract.

"Remarks — Work hps been measured at building".

It was held that this certificate was insufficient because it did
not state that there were no claims for damages; and that the mere
fact that no claims had been presented did not remedy the defect.

Where the architect certifies to the work at its different stages,
i.e., gives interim certificates, he should be very careful not to
overestimate the work done, because if he does overestimate, and
the contractor abandons his contract, the owner will be left in the
position of having paid more for the finished portion of the work
than it was worth, and the architect may find himself personally
liable for the amount in excess of what he should have certified to.

The architect's final certificate is the document in accordance
with which the accounts are closed, and should be made up very
carefully. It should be given only after all the work is done, the
extras noted, and, if allowed, a reasonable price fixed therefor.
The architect should at this time be informed of all variations or
all omissions in the performance of the contract, and the rights

250

LEGAL RELATIONS 29

of the owner in respect to such are to be carefully protected. If the
variations are of a serious nature, the owner may not be obliged
to accept or pay for the work. On the other hand, the owner may
take the work as it stands, but demand and, if necessary, recover
at law, damages for the deviations from the contract. Where the
contract is not exactly carried out, the architect should ordinarily
refuse a final certificate. In some cases it may be proper for him
to give a certificate stating all omissions or variations from the
contract, and reserving to the owner all rights on account thereof.
This latter course might be called for by the terms of a particular
contract, or it might be rendered proper by agreement of the par-
ties. Where a conditional certificate of this sort is given, it may
not be such a certificate as is required by the contract as a condi-
tion precedent to payment; for, as shown above, where a certifi-
Cjate of certain form is called for, a certificate in materially different
form is not sufficient.

When an architect's certificate is made a condition precedent
to payment, what is the position of the contractor if it is refused?
If it is refused for good cause, of course, the contractor cannot
recover the payment in question. If, on the other hand, the con-
tractor has faithfully performed his part of the contract, and can
show that a certificate was refused through the fraud of the owner,
then the failure to produce a certificate will be excused, and the
contractor may recover in spite of it. Between those cases where
the refusal is justified and those where it is fraudulent are the cases
where the refusal is neither justified, nor fraudulent, but unreason-
able. It is often stated that where the refusal is unreasonable as
well as where it is collusive or fraudulent, the contractor may recover
without the certificate, after proving, of course, the unreasonable
character of the refusal. Such is the law in some states. On the
other hand, it is argued that the agreement of the parties gives
effect to the granting or refusal of a certificate by the architect
chosen, and that it changes the agreement to undo the effect of
his decision merely because to a judge or to a jury that decision
appears unreasonable. It has accordingly been held in some
jurisdictions that nothing short of fraud will excuse the non-
production of the certificate. The authorities are not uniform
on the question whether fraud by the architect alone excuses

251

30 LEGAL RELATIONS

non-production of the certificate or whether fraud is an excuse only
if the owner participates in it.

The contract may provide that the work shall be done to the
satisfaction of the architect, and that his certificates shall be given
only when he is satisfied with the work. The effect given to such
a contract is different in different jurisdictions. The point of differ-
ence is whether the contractor is bound to satisfy the peculiar tests
and opinions of the architect specified, or whether such work as
would satisfy a reasonable man in the architect's position would be
sufficient, so that any refusal of a certificate under these circum-
stances would be regarded as merely whimsical and unreasonable,
and sufficient in some jurisdictions not to prevent the contractor's
recovery.

The contractor may also recover payment without producing
the certificate which was made a condition precedent, if the owner
has waived his right to insist upon the condition. A California
case held that where a building had been completed and occupied
apparently without objection from the architect or owner, although
no certificates had been given, the occupancy was evidence that the
owners waived the requirement of a certificate and payment was
due on the contract. In a Wisconsin case it was held that pay-
ment of 50 per cent of the price without demanding the certificate
was a waiver of the certificate as to that part and also as to the
other part, unless notice had been given that the certificate would
be required for the remainder of the work. Of course each of
these cases was determined on the special circumstances under
which it arose. It is certain that occupancy alone does not neces-
sarily constitute a waiver of the condition as to the certificate.
The question of waiver of this condition is subject to the ordinary
considerations of the law upon that subject.

It is generally held that if by the death of the architect it
becomes impossible to procure the certificate the non-production will
not prevent recovery by the contractor.

The next question that arises is as to the effect of the certifi-
cate when once given. It is not finally binding on the parties in
such a manner that its findings cannot be contradicted, unless the
provisions of the contract render the certificate of* binding effect.
As the certificate depends on the contract for its effect it can have

232

LEGAL RELATIONS 31

force only to the extent therein provided for, and a certificate
pretending to settle matters not left to the architect's decision is
ineffective as to such matters.

Even after a certificate has been given which according to
contract is finally binding on the parties, it may be impeached on
various grounds so as not to bind the owner to pay for the work
certified to. Fraud or mistake are generally grounds for avoiding
it. The wilful disregard by the architect of his duty has been held
a ground for avoiding the certificate; as has the concealment of
defects by the builder, and collusion between the contractor and
one of the parties. As to just what facts constitute a ground for
disregarding the certificate, the law differs in the different states.
The law in some states is that if an architect gives a certificate for
work which subsequently shows imperfections which have been
concealed from the architect and which he could not have discovered
by the use of reasonable care in inspection, such certificate does
not waive such imperfections, and the owner need not pay the full
contract or certificate price for such work. The law in other states,
on the other hand, is that nothing short of fraud or collusion between
the contractor and the architect will excuse the owner from pay-
ment according to the certificate. Some states even go so far as
to say that even fraud will not excuse the owner. In such cases,
however, the owner would have a claim against the architect for
his loss. Of course each case depends on the wording of the con-
tract. Where under the contract the certificate is merely an expres-
sion of the architect's opinion that the work is in compliance
with the provisions of the contract, such certificate cannot be con-
clusive evidence of the performance of the contract. The question
can arise only under contracts which provide that each party shall
be bound by the certificate. Where on any ground the certificate
can be disregarded, the owner is enabled to make a claim for defects
or omissions which would be excluded were he bound by the certifi-
cate. The fact that the work certified to is not entirely completed,
or that the architect has estimated the work done pursuant to
the contract as less than the work actually done, or made a mere
mistake or error in judgment, does not constitute fraud vitiating
the certificate, or raise a valid ground for impeachment. There
may therefore be negligence on the part of the architect in giving

253

32 LEGAL RELATIONS

a certificate which would give rise to a right of action against him
on the part of the owner, but which would not affect the binding
nature of the certificate; for the architect would be responsible to
his employer for his failure to use care and skill in giving the certifi-
cate as in other parts of his work.

To resume the subjects last treated: The architect's certifi-
cate has, as between owner and contractor, whatever force is assigned
to it by their contract; if they have made it merely a condition
precedent to payment, then it is important only to entitle the con-
tractor to recover, and he may even recover without it under cer-
tain circumstances varying in different jurisdictions; the certificate
would have no further effect in binding the parties, and would be
only prima facie evidence of the facts stated in it; it could be con-
tradicted by the owner, if for instance he claimed damages for
defects the existence of which was inconsistent with the certificate.
If, however, the parties have agreed to be bound by the certificate,
then the owner could not recover in such a case unless he was pre-
pared to show that there were grounds for disregarding the certificate,
as above stated.

A question might arise as to an architect's power to withdraw
or to alter a certificate once given. If there were such cause as
would furnish ground for disregarding the certificate, such as a
fraudulent concealment from the architect, clearly he should be at
liberty to withdraw it. Should the architect, however, attempt to
withdraw or alter a certificate merely to correct his own mistake,
and should the contractor refuse to submit to the desired change,
the architect would be put in an awkward position. The certificate
given would be sufficient under the contract to fix the rights of the
parties, and there would be no ground for setting it aside. For
his own negligence he would be answerable to the owner; but there
seems to be no ground on which he could insist on a return of the
certificate.

Where the certificate is based on measurements, as is fre-
quently the case with interim certificates, it would seem that the
contractor has a right to be notified and to be present at the taking
of such measurements even though it is not expressly provided
for in the contract. As the courts are not unanimous upon the
question of the necessity of such notice, it would be well, although

254

LEGAL RELATIONS 33

not in all cases legally obligatory, for the architect, whenever he
knows- there is or may be a misunderstanding between the parties,
to give them opportunity to be heard before his decision.

As to the signing of certificates where a firm of architects
are employed, the signature of a certificate should of course be in
the firm name. Whether one partner has power to sign is an ordi-
nary question of the law of agency as applied to the subject of part-
nership. It would seem that a partner who had charge of the work
undoubtedly has such authority. If the various members of the
firm have participated in the work it would of course be only prudent
that all should be consulted and expressly authorize the issuance of
the certificate.

The subject of the architect's liability to the contractor for
unjustly refusing to give a certificate is treated under the heading
"Liability".

Settlement of Disputes. As already shown, an agreement
between owner and contractor that the architect's certificate shall
be conclusive between them is binding, and under such an agree-
ment the architect's certificate can be disregarded only on certain
grounds. The building agreement may in like manner give binding
effect to the architect's determination of various matters, and such
agreement may be binding upon the parties. In connection with
such agreements, however, the legal principles before stated in
connection with arbitration clauses (under the heading "Legality
of Contract") are important. Under the law as there stated,
general provisions for arbitration of disputed points are not binding.
The proper way of drawing these clauses for the settlement of
disputed matters is to make- the decision of the architect a condition
precedent to any action upon a disputed point. The decision of
the architect may then be made conclusive upon both parties, and
in accordance with the intention of the parties will be enforced by
a court.

Wherever the architect acts as referee to determine matters
in dispute he should of course act with impartial justice toward
the parties. As he is employed and paid by the owner, and as his
functions under the building contract are largely for the purpose
of protecting the owner's interest, it may be somewhat difficult for
him to take an unbiased attitude. His position is in fact anomal-

255

34 LEGAL RELATIONS

ous. Engaged and paid by the ovner, often with a personal interest
to keep the cost within fixed limits, looking chiefly after the inter-
ests of the owner, for whom he may be for some purposes the agent,
he is nevertheless called upon to weigh certain matters with a fair
and undiscriminating regard for the rights both of the owner and
of another person having directly opposite interests. Yet the refer-
ence of disputed points to him assumes that he will take such an
impartial attitude, and the binding force of his decision would be
destroyed if it could be shown that he had decided a question not
with judicial impartiality, but as a partisan. It may therefore be
said that in his function of adjusting disputes, the architect acts
in a quasi-judicial capacity.

Inspection. The ordinary contract provides that the contractor
shall furnish proper facilities for inspection by the architect, and
shall replace materials and take down work condemned by the
architect as unsound, improper, or failing to conform to the con-
tract. The architect is under obligations to the owner to use rea-
sonable diligence to see that the materials used and the work done
conform to the plans and specifications, and will be liable for damage
caused by failure to use such diligence. Nevertheless the matter of
inspection is so related to other functions of the architect, such as
the granting of certificates, and the settlement of disputed points,
that it seems the architect must, in many cases at least, act in a
quasi-judicial capacity, rather than as agent for the owner, in
making inspections.

The architect should require the contractor to pull down and
to do over any work visibly not in accordance with the plans and
specifications. The exact means by which the architect may make
his inspection are not defined. In one case it was held that the
architect might properly drill enough holes in metal columns
reasonably to satisfy himself they were of the required thickness.
Of course any method of inspection which substantially injured
or weakened the work would not under ordinary circumstances be
permissible. Where parts of the work are concealed before the
architect has had an opportunity to inspect them, assuming that
the architect was properly performing his duty of inspecting and
that such concealment when made was a necessary part of the
contractor's work, it would seem that the architect could have the

256

LEGAL RELATIONS 35

covered part removed so that he might inspect the interior. If
this interior should prove to be made of poorer material or by poorer
workmanship than called for by the contract, the architect
might order it removed and replaced correctly, and the cost of the
tearing down for inspection, the removal, and the replacing should
all be paid for by the contractor. But if the interior proved to be
according to the contract, it would seem that the owner should
pay the cost of the tearing down and rebuilding, and that allowance
for any delay caused thereby should be made to the contractor.
But when the architect delays or is remiss in his inspection or in
making objections to the work or material, and in consequence
thereof parts of the work or material are concealed without any
wrong intent on the part of the contractor, but in the ordinary
course of the work, then it would seem that the architect should
bear the expense of removing the concealing parts even when the
concealed parts are not in accordance with the plans and speci-
fications. Again, it seems that if the contractor concealed part of
his work for the purpose oi avoiding inspection of it, and such con-
cealment was in no way due to wrongful delay in inspection by the
architect, then the contractor should pay the cost of tearing down,
removing, and replacing the concealing parts, even though the
interior proved to be in accordance with the plans and specifications.
In short, the builder must give the architect a reasonable oppor-
tunity to inspect the work and materials, and the architect on his
part must use his right of inspection within a reasonable time and
in a reasonable maimer.

In view of the above observations it is desirable to insert in
the contract a provision that the inspection of work which cannot
be examined properly during the architect's ordinary visits of
supervision, shall be made at the expense of the contractor on the
demand of the architect.

Other Powers Under the Building Contract Wherever any
act of the architect has by the building contract been given a cer-
tain force as regards owner and builder, the architect must be
careful to make his action exactly like that described in the con-
tract in order that the agreed force may attach to it. Whatever
authority or power is given the architect is strictly construed by
the courts; that is, the architect must exercise his authority or

257

36 LEGAL RELATIONS

power strictly in the manner provided therefor in the contract,
and if he exercises it in any other manner, it is not binding on the
other parties. For example, an architect who may, by the contract,
give written orders for extras or for variations from the contract,
has no authority to give oral orders, and the owner will not be bound
by any such oral orders. What constitutes a written order for varia-
tions from the contract is often a very difficult question to determine.
Some courts hold that detailed plans are written orders for varia-
tions from the contract as represented by general plans, while
other courts hold that they are not written orders within the meaning
of the contract. This is often an important matter, because if
there is a variance between the general and detailed plans, and the
builder constructs according to the detailed plans, the contract
having been made to construct according to the general drawings
or plans, and the architect having authority to order variations
by written orders only, then the builder cannot recover the contract
price unless such detailed plans are considered as constituting
written orders within the meaning of the contract.

Relation of the Architect to the Owner. An architect, like
any other professional man, impliedly contracts with his employer
that he has the ordinary skill, knowledge, and judgment possessed
by men of his profession, and that he will use this skill, care, and
judgment in the interest of his employer, and will act with per-
fect honesty. If legal damage arises from defects in the plans or
specifications which are the result of failure to exercise the required
skill, knowledge, or judgment, the architect is liable to the owner
for such damage. In a general way it may be said that this knowl-
edge and skill required includes the knowledge and skill necessary
to planning buildings or parts of buildings such as those planned
by the architect, a knowledge of the qualities and strength of
materials used in such buildings, the weight of the structures, the
relationship of the various operations to be performed by the many
trades represented in building, and a knowledge of all other matters
directly related to drawing plans and specifications.

In addition to this knowledge of the fundamental laws of
nature, of materials, etc., an architect represents himself as pos-
sessed of a knowledge of the statutes, ordinances, and laws relating
to buildings and to the erection of buildings at the place where the

258

LEGAL RELATIONS 37

structure is to be located. It- would seem, however, that he would
not be charged with knowledge of the decisions of inspectors or
referees in regard to points left indefinite by the statutes, ordi-
nances, or building laws of the particular locality, unless such
decisions are in the court or public records. The architect is like-
wise liable for his failure to use reasonable skill, etc., in any respect
in which he acts as agent for the owner. In an action to enforce
such liability what constitutes reasonable care, skill, and judg-
ment is a question of fact for the jury to determine. Unless it
is specifically provided otherwise, the architect who undertakes
to superintend a building is bound not only to furnish proper
plans, but to see that the structure is at least reasonably well con-
structed, that the foundations are sufficiently deep and otherwise
protected to prevent settling or cracking of the walls, that the
contractors do not put in defective workmanship or materials, or
make material variations from the plans and specifications, such
as a competent architect using the requisite care, skill, and atten-
tion would detect and prevent, or detect in time to have remedied.
Where the architect has the duty merely of furnishing plans
and specifications, such plans and specifications must be reason-
ably accurate and suitable. The architect does not guarantee that
his work is perfect or tjiat the building will be a success, he merely
contracts that they will be as nearly perfect and successful as the
average competent architect would make them.

The architect is held, in respect to loyalty to his employer, to
the rules applicable to an agent. The impropriety of his having
any secret financial interest in the work has been spoken of under
the general laws of agency.

Inasmuch as the contract with the architect is for personal
service demanding skill and judgment, the contract does not sur-
vive the architect but is terminated by his death. Therefore his
executors and administrators are not liable for the failure to fulfill
the contract caused by the architect's death.

Inasmuch as the architect performs a personal service, one
demanding the exercise of special skill, judgment, and discretion,
he cannot, in the absence of special authority, delegate the per-
formance of such services to another because of the rule of law
already stated. As this rule does not apply to the purely minis-

259

38 LEGAL RELATIONS

terial duties of an architect, such as measuring or drafting, these
latter duties may be delegated even in the absence of express
authority. '

Architect as Agent for the Owner. The architect should be
extremely careful that he has authority from the owner before
assuming to bind him in any way. It is desirable to have such
authority express and definite. In important matters, or with
unreliable clients, written authority should be obtained. The
mere fact that the building contract provides for some action by
the architect as agent of the owner, may be evidence of authority
from the owner to the architect to take such action on the owner's
behalf, but is not conclusive evidence of such authority. In other
words, if the action of the architect which is contemplated by the
contract is action as agent of the owner, then the architect needs
authority from the owner before taking such action, and the pro-
vision of the contract may not be enough to show such authority
to have been .granted. If, however, the action of the architect
contemplated by the building contract is action in a quasi-judicial
capacity, no authority from the owner is necessary to empower
the architect to take such action. His action then derives its force
not from the authority of the owner but directly from the contract
itself. It is sometimes difficult, as has already been seen, to tell
in just what capacity the architect acts in a given function, and
considerable caution is necessary on his part not to assume an
authority as agent which has not been granted, and so render himself
liable without so intending. To illustrate a function of the architect
often provided for by the contract, but requiring authority by the
owner, we may take the matter of ordering extras or alterations,
where such ordering is provided for by the contract between owner
and contractor.

For the purpose of showing the ordinary limits of the architect's
powers, attention is called to certain acts for which he is not
empowered. In the absence of special authority, the architect has
no authority to modify the building contract or alter plans or specifi-
cations, to extend the time for completion, to change the original
contract, to bind his employer for extra work, to accept an inferior
class of work, to waive an agreement by the owner as to the terms
of payment, to excuse the contractor from any of the provisions of

260

LEGAL RELATIONS 39

the contract, tp employ another to do the work which the contractor
has undertaken, to substitute another for the original contractor
in the performance of the work or the payment therefor, to super-
vise the letting of sub-contracts and the employment of workmen,
or to consider, in making up his statement of the accounts between
the owner and architect, any accounts outstanding in other matters
between the parties. The architect cannot, without express
authority, bind the owner to pay for work or materials. He is not
the owner's agent for the purpose of receiving notice of an assign-
ment of payments due from the owner.

Where the architect is for any purpose the agent of the owner,
there will, according to the general rule of agency, be various
implied powers necessary to carry out the purposes of the agency.
The extent of these will vary with the facts of each case. If the
architect acts as superintendent of construction, the powers may
be quite extensive. As circumstances may enlarge an agent's
powers, an architect might in an emergency be authorized to take
extraordinary steps for the protection of the owner's rights or
property.

In general, it may be repeated, the architect should be care-
ful not to exceed his powers, and wherever practicable should have
his authority definitely stated in writing. One regard in which
architects sometimes exceed their powers may be especially men-
tioned; that of incurring unnecessary expense for artistic reasons.
Although an architect may have authority in a given case to bind
the owner in ordering necessary materials, furnishings, or extras,
he is not necessarily justified in increasing the expense therefor,
on grounds of taste.

Contractor's Relation to the Architect. By the ordinary build-
ing contract, the contractor enters into obligations with the owner
only. To the architect, who is not a party to the contract, the
contractor owes no contractual duties which the architect may
enforce in law or in equity. However, by the contract it may
become the builder's duty to the owner to obey the architect's
instructions, to do the work to his satisfaction, and the like. These
duties of the builder can be enforced only by the owner. Therefore,
according to the rights of the owner, the architect may be said to be
entitled to obedience as provided in the contract.

261

40 LEGAL RELATIONS

Architect's Duty Toward the Contractor. Although the archi-
tect is employed by the owner he must act fairly and honestly
toward the contractor. This of course precludes any attempt to
overreach the contractor, or any secret arrangement with the owner
to deprive the contractor of any money justly due him.

Thus an architect has been held liable to the builder for dam-
ages sustained by him by reason of a fraudulent refusal to issue
the certificate made essential by the contract. The architect who
acts as a superintendent or arbitrator is supposed to act as an impar-
tial man of science. Where it is shown that the architect is per-
sonally interested in favoring the owner at the expense of the builder,
or vice versa, as where the architect guaranteed or merely assured
the owner that the whole cost of building would be below a certain
sum, it has been held that his awards should be set aside if they are
unjust, in spite of the agreement that his decision shall be final and
conclusive on all parties.

It is the architect's duty to interpret his plans and specifica-
tions when such interpretation is requested by the contractor.

Discrepancy in Plans. It sometimes happens that the details
in the plans do not agree with the specifications prepared by the
architect to go with the plans, or the small-scale drawings dp not
agree with the detail drawings. When this occurs it is necessary
to determine which — the plans or specifications, the small-scale
drawings, or the detail drawings — shall prevail. This question
arises most frequently after work has been performed according to
the plans or specifications, the small-scale drawings or the detail
drawings, and the other side claims the work does not conform to
the provisions of the contract, relying on conflicting provisions
elsewhere. Then it becomes necessary to determine which is con-
trolling. Where there is a discrepancy between the drawings and
specifications, or between the small-scale drawings and the detail
drawings, there is some conflict as to what the order of preference
should be. The more general rule, however, is that specifications
take precedence over drawings and detail drawings over small-scale
drawings. This rule must of course give way where in any con-
tract the provisions indicate a contrary intention. W T here there is
a discrepancy between two sets of drawings of equal importance it
seems well settled that the contractor is bound only by that set

262

LEGAL RELATIONS 41

which he has seen and on which he has based his estimates. Where
the discrepancy is between two different clauses in the specifications
the facts of the case control; the question is decided by common
sense rather than by technical reasoning.

The greatest care should be taken to avoid such questions.

Limit of Cost. Where nothing is said about fences, terraces,
grounds, or other unusual items, the limit of cost given the archi-
tect will be supposed to cover only the bare cost of the building,
usually without screens, or outside windows, or any grading or
planting beyond the smoothing of the ground within six or seven
feet of the building, and the removal of the surplus gravel, dirt, or
clay from the excavations to some convenient part of the premises.
The architect's fees and the expense of superintending the building
are not regarded as a part of the estimated cost. It is, however,
far safer here as elsewhere to have a distinct understanding between
the owner and the architect.

Any estimate by the architect of the cost can be approximate
only, because the cost depends on so many matters which are beyond
the knowledge of the architect; for example, combinations of local
mechanics, monopolies, approaching bankruptcy of the builder, etc.
In view of these uncertainties it is considered unreasonable to hold
the architect to a strict compliance with the owner's wishes in
regard to cost, and the owner has no right to dismiss the architect
because the contractor's bid is higher than the limit of cost given,
unless such bid is greatly in excess of the limit. In the event of a
moderate excess it is common for the architect to aid the owner in
modifying the plans so as to come within the limit without making
any extra charges for such aid. As to what is a reasonable or unrea-
sonable excess of the limit fixed there is no established ride.
The courts are rather lenient to the architect in this matter.

There are two ways of providing for an excess of the estimate
over the limit given. One is to provide by agreement before the
work is begun that the plans may be returned to the architect and
no payment made if the contractor's estimate is more than 25 per
cent in excess of the limit. The other way is to make it a condi-
tion precedent to acceptance of the plans that the contractor's price
shall not be above a certain amount. It is strongly recommended
that one of these methods should be adopted.

263

42 LEGAL RELATIONS

Liability of the Architect. It has already been stated that
an architect impliedly represents himself to be possessed of the
skill and knowledge possessed by the average architect in that
locality. If in fact he does not posses such skill and knowledge,
and loss results to his employer because of the lack of such skill
and judgment, the architect is liable to his employer for such loss.
For a similar reason and in a similar way the architect is liable
for damage resulting from his failure to use care, diligence, and
judgment in the performance of his duties. The mere fact, how-
ever, that the plans, structure, or work are not absolutely accurate
or successful does not make the architect liable to the owner for
damage resulting therefrom, for the architect does not guarantee
absolute accuracy, perfection, or success. It is only when such
inaccuracy or failure is caused by the failure on the part of the
architect to have and to exercise the skill, knowledge, or judgment
he represents himself as having, that the architect is liable. The
damage for which the architect may become liable by reason of his
failure to possess or to use the usual skill, etc., may be for the
increased cost of the building due to remedying his mistakes, or it
may be for damage directly caused by the defects in other ways.
The fact that the owner was present while the work was being
performed does not excuse any neglect on the part of the architect.
The owner has a right to rely on the architect's professional knowl-
edge and skill; and if he is so negligent as to allow a building or
a part of it to be constructed in a dangerous or doubtful manner,
he is not excused from the liability incurred by such neglect by
the fact that such construction was permitted at the request of the
owner. Only a valid specific agreement between the architect and
the owner to the effect that the owner would hold the architect
excused from any liability to him arising from such dangerous or
doubtful construction, would relieve the architect of liability to
the owner. It is needless to remark that such an agreement would
be an extremely dangerous one for an owner to make.

Where an architect undertakes to superintend construction he
is liable to the owner for any damage resulting from material
variation from the plans and specifications, on the part of the con-
tractor, from poor construction, or from the use of poor material,
if an architect using the ordinary care and skill usually bestowed by

264

LEGAL RELATIONS 43

architects acting in such a capacity, would have prevented the
improper work, or detected it in time to have it remedied. Under
this rule an architect is held not to be liable for all the minor details
of the work, as in one case for the failure of the builder to mortise
joints with pegs where the joints were in the roof of the porch.

Where an architect acts as superintendent of construction,
he is not, of course, liable for loss arising solely from the
negligence or incapacity of the contractor, unless the architect is
himself in fault, for he would be answerable for the fault of another
only on the ground of agency, and the contractor is not the archi-
tect's agent. Wherever the duties of an architect are enlarged
by a special agency in any case, he is liable for failure of skill, care,
or fidelity in such enlarged duties. The fact that the contractor
also is liable for damages resulting from poor construction does
not relieve the architect from liability arising from his own neglect,
nor does it necessarily give the .architect the right to reimburse-
ment from the contractor. They may both be liable for the full
amount of the damage, and the owner may elect whether to sue
the architect or the contractor or both together.

If the architect on his own responsibility, without authority
from the owner or without claiming to act as his agent, orders
extra work, he is personally liable for such work.

If an architect is negligent in his duties, and as a result an
accident occurs in a building after completion, by which some
stranger suffers damage, the architect would probably never be
held liable to the stranger. The architect's sole legal duty in the
premises seems to be toward the owner, to whom only he is liable
for failure to do proper work.

On the other hand, an architect may in the course of his work
come under legal duties to others than the contractor and owner,
the breach of which may render him legally liable. For instance,
an architect, having general charge and direction of the work,
adopted a method of construction which did not provide adequate
' support, a defect which resulted in injury to a workman, and the
architect was held liable to the injured man. The distinction
between the cases is that in making plans for a building the architect
is in effect an independent contractor whose sole duty is to his
employer. In the latter case, however, the architect was acting as

265

44 LEGAL RELATIONS

the owner's agent in superintending construction, and as agent
was charged with his principal's duty to provide safe ways and
works for those engaged in the construction. It would extend this
article too far to consider all the duties which the owner may owe
to third parties, and which, in special cases where the architect
acts as agent for the owner, may affect the architect himself. Suffice
it to say that where one undertakes to act as agent it is incumbent
upon him to act with regard to the rights of third parties against
his principal in the premises. The express direction of his principal
will not excuse the agent for so acting in his agency as to cause
legal injury to third parties.

A word should be added under this heading about the possi-
bility of liability for the acts of others. Where some assistant causes
damage by his negligence or wrongdoing, if he can be shown to be
the agent of the architect, the latter is liable, according to the gen-
eral rule of agency.

It has been held that an architect is liable to the contractor if
the architect fraudulently refuses to give a certificate to the con-
tractor. But a refusal to grant a certificate where one is due,
which arises only from a lack of care or skill, does not render the
architect liable to the contractor. If the architect's fraud is in
collusion with the owner, then both may be sued together by the
contractor, or either may be sued separately.

Public Officials. An architect, acting as a public official as,
for instance, city architect, will, of course, be in a different position
from an architect in private practice. An architect employed
in a public capacity for a regular salary is probably not liable for
lack of skill or care. It would be beyond the scope of this article
to consider in any detail the positions into which, as a public officer,
an architect might come. Upon undertaking such work, a man
will, of course, consider the nature and responsibilities of the office.

Competitive Designs. When a person, a public body, or a
corporation advertises inviting architects to send in competitive
designs, all designs sent in should conform exactly to the terms of
the invitation sent out. If this is not done the design submitted
is not entitled to consideration. The common form of advertisement
for designs, and the submission of designs conforming with the
terms of the advertisement, do not constitute a contract. The

266

LEGAL RELATIONS 45

advertisement is merely a request for offers. The submission of
the design is an offer, and becomes binding only on acceptance by
the party advertising. Although it seems that this party is not
bound to accept the design representing the lowest bid, it is very
desirable for the sake of clearness, to put into the advertisement a
clause reserving the right to reject any or all designs submitted.
Of course where the advertisement is for bids for public work, if
a statute or city ordinance required that the work be awarded to
the lowest bidder, then the party making the lowest bid may enforce
his right to the award. A request for plans is, of course, unlikely
to come within such a statute. An invitation to compete may, how-
ever, be made in such a manner as to constitute an offer, and give
some one of the competitors a right to hold the persons making
the offer bound by a contract. For this purpose, as has already
been shown, the plans must exactly correspond with all terms of
the offer.

Ownership of Plans. In the absence of any agreement as to
the ownership of plans, it is impossible to make any general state-
ment as to the law on that point. Whether the property in the
plans passes to the employer, or whether, on the analogy of notes
made by other professional men, such as physicians and lawyers,
the property in the plans remains in the architect, the right to the
use and possession during the construction being in the builder, is
a question to be answered only upon examination of the law in
each jurisdiction. The tendency of the lower courts of the differ-
ent states seems to be toward the former view. It is however said
to be the almost universal custom in England and the United States
for the' architect to retain the plans after the completion of the
structure. And it is now customary to insert in the building con-
tract a stipulation . that plans shall remain the property of the
architect. While this is evidence of the agreement with the archi-
tect to the same effect, it would seem desirable that this agreement
be expressly made between the two persons interested, the owner
and the architect.

However doubtful the actual ownership of the architect's plans
may be, it is clear that until they are published, as it is called, that
is, given out by the architect so that anyone may see them, no one
except his client has the right to copy, reproduce, or otherwise

267

46 LEGAL RELATIONS

use them, without the architect's permission. This right of the
architect not to have his plans used without his permission ceases
after publication. Whether plans have been published is a ques-
tion to be decided on the facts of each case, but it is clear that by
selling the plans outright the architect loses all right not to have
them used. Where plans are submitted to competition for a cash
prize, it has been held that the plans awarded prizes become the
property of the party inviting the competition. Whether or not
an architect's plans or drawings of a building may be copyrighted
is an open question.

Compensation. The architect's legal right to compensation
is, of course, a contract right, either under an express contract, if
one exists, or under an implied contract. If an express contract
fixes the rate of compensation, of course the architect's rights are
fixed by that. If there is an express contract which does not fix
the amount of compensation, or if there is no express contract
covering the employment, the architect's right is to charge as much
as his services are reasonably worth. While from a legal point of
view it would be wiser to have the rate of compensation settled by
the binding agreement of the parties, it is probable that in most
cases of the employment of an architect, the matter of his fees is
not expressly agreed upon, and in case of dispute the architect
would be left to receive under the implied contract what his ser-
vices are fairly worth. One reason for this practice is the exist-
ence of a customary schedule of charges, which architects are accus-
tomed to demand and to receive for their services. This schedule*
is framed by the American Institute of Architects. The influence
of this schedule on the question of compensation is an important one.

In the first place, it is obvious that rules made by a body of
architects cannot, as such, bind persons employing the architects.
These schedule rates may, however, be of some importance in
either one of two ways. In the first place, it may be that the pay-
ment of these schedule rates is a custom which must be taken to
have been in the minds of both parties, and binding upon them as
a part of their contract. Custom may be thus brought to bear for
the purpose of proving a term of contract, provided always that
the contract does not expressly contradict the custom.

♦See Appendix II.

268

LEGAL RELATIONS 47

Such a custom must, however, be reasonable; and courts have
been of opinion that schedules similar to this in question were not,
as they applied to various cases, reasonable. Moreover, the cus-
tom must be proved to have been known to both parties to be
affected, either by actual knowledge being shown on their parts,
or by its being shown to be so general in the locality that the inference
is irresistible that both knew it. It is greatly to the advantage of
an architect whose compensation has not been fixed by agreement,
to be able to hold his employer to this schedule, and therefore
important to bring notice of the schedule home to the employer.
For this purpose the schedule is sometimes printed on an office
letterhead, and several of these letterheads used in early corre-
spondence before work on plans actually begins. From a lawyer's
standpoint this is but a makeshift to take the place of the definite
understanding which should be reached.

Even if the schedule is not admissible in evidence as showing
a customary term which is to be read into the agreement between
architect and owner, it may be admissible merely to show what is
reasonable compensation. This is obviously quite a different mat-
ter from proving it to be a binding clause in the contract. Other
evidence can be heard to contradict that furnished by the, schedule,
and the result in a litigated case would be doubtful.

Unless it is clearly understood that the plans and specifica-
tions are to be submitted subject to approval, an owner by con-
tracting with an architect for plans and specifications and by receiv-
ing them makes himself liable to pay the architect whether he uses
the plans and specifications or not. Where, however, it is understood
at the outset that the plans and specifications are made conditional
on the approval of the owner, if they do not meet with his approval,
the architect cannot recover for them. It would seem, however,
that the owner should give the architect a reasonable opportunity
to alter the plans and specifications so as to meet his wishes. It
has been held that after rejecting and returning the plans several
times, the owner is at liberty to procure plans elsewhere.

Practical Suggestions. Before drawing plans, an architect
should inspect the proposed site, and determine the nature of the
soil. If the building is to be on old foundations, he should observe
these foundations and determine their strength, and if the work

269

48 LEGAL RELATIONS

consists of alterations, he should examine the existing structure for
weaknesses or peculiarities which would affect the proposed work.
If important, he should ascertain the character of the subsoil, and
he should inform himself of the location and grades of existing
sewers if any. are to be used. He should also note any adjoining
buildings, and the effect they may have upon the site in question.
He should inquire of the owner about any easements, or rights in
the owner's land, which other persons may have, such as rights
of way, and about any party-wall agreement affecting the premises.
It frequently happens that in a conveyance of land, restrictions
upon the use of the land are imposed; for instance, as to the height,
setback, character, cost, or the like, of buildings to be erected.
While the architect is not expected to have the title examined in
order to see what, if any, restrictions exist, it may frequently be
prudent for him to make special inquiry of the owner as to the sit-
uation in this respect.

The plans when completed should (1) conform with the instruc-
tions given the architect, (2) comply with all laws which may be
applicable, (3) not infringe the rights of any third person, so far
as the architect is informed of them, and (4) be in accordance with
all rules of the architect's science and art. It must be remembered
that the employer's mere approval will not be an excuse for faults
of which the employer is not a competent judge.

Care should be taken to keep written records of important
matters. With regard to agreements, the advantages of having
them in writing are obvious. While a contract by word of mouth
is (aside from the Statute of Frauds or other provisions of law)
as valid as a contract in writing, the latter has the advantage of
precision, affording a means of showing with certainty what the
contract was. An oral agreement is more liable to differences in
interpretation, and there is the added danger of faulty recollection
by the parties. A dishonest person may be checked by the knowl-
edge that his agreement is in writing; while even a well-meaning
person, when his memory of the transaction is not clear, may be
considerably affected by his interest. In matters other than agree-
ments, it is often important to have a written record; for example,
if a party to a contract waives the doing of an act, such as the obtain-
ing of the architect's certificate before the payment is made, the

270

LEGAL RELATIONS , 49

question may arise whether the waiver is only for the particular
occasion, or for all similar occasions under the contract. It is
only by having the waiver expressly limited in a writing, a copy
of which is available to the writer for purposes of proof, that security
against such a claim can be had. It may also be desirable to have
important instructions or notations in writing. Where there has
been an oral transaction, of which a written record is desired, a letter
stating and confirming the substance of the interview as the writer
understands it may be promptly sent tothe other party, who should
at once disaffirm it if he finds it incorrect.

When a contract is put in writing, it is important to remember
that while it may be afterward amended by the parties by a new
agreement, it cannot be altered by evidence of any previous or
contemporaneous oral agreement. The writing ought therefore to
state exactly the agreement of the parties, as no understanding
contrary to the written terms will be effective.

All business letters received, together with copies of letters
sent, should be systematically preserved. Where proof of the
receipt of any letter is desired, registration furnishes a convenient
method. If the envelope is marked "receipt required", a receipt
will be returned which can be filed with the copy of the letter. Such
a receipt may save trouble in important matters; for instance, it
might be supposed to be safe to deliver an acceptance of an offer
to the person who had delivered the offer for the offeror, but if the
acceptance is given to this person and not delivered by him to the
offeror, there is or is not a contract, according to whether or not the
person to whom the acceptance is given is or is not authorized by the
offeror to receive it for him. While in most states the mailing of an
acceptance is sufficient, yet the possession of a receipt from the
offeror is obviously desirable.

In business transactions, it is well to be constantly on guard
against possible misunderstandings or disputes. At any time,
the interests of the parties may change through unexpected cir-»
cumstances, and hence unforeseen claims and controversies may
arise; an owner or a contractor may become bankrupt or die, and his
interest will then be represented by another person, who may take
an attitude toward past transactions which will be influenced by
changed circumstances or by lack of knowledge possessed by the

271

50 . LEGAL RELATIONS

original party. The more clearly business dealings can then be
shown by written evidence, the less chance there is for trouble
and litigation. The habit of keeping writtejl evidence of important
matters tends to discourage looseness and vagueness in dealings, and
to promote the habit of guarding against misunderstandings.

Enough has been said to show that in regard to the agreement
between the architect and his employer as to compensation, and
as to powers which the architect is to exercise as the owner's agent,
it is best to have a clear understanding in all respects. If the archie
tect is to act as the agent of the owner in making the building con-
tract, his powers in the way of accepting or rejecting offers should
be clearly understood between the owner and the architect. In
advertising for bids, the right should be reserved to reject any
or all offers. It is, of course, desirable whenever the architect is
acting as agent for the owner in important matters not in the ordi-
nary routine, and not involving merely the exercise of the architect's
professional discretion, to have the owner's specific written instruc-
tions, so as to avoid any claim that he has exceeded his authority
or disregarded directions.

It frequently happens that the drawing of the contract between
the owner and the contractor is left to the architect. Of the forms
already referred to, and given in the Appendix, the Uniform Contract
has been in common use. More recently prepared are the forms
worked out by the American Institute of Architects, and called the
Standard Documents. These include a short form of contract for
signature by the parties, this paper referring to the contract and
incorporating certain elaborate general conditions intended to include
those conditions which experience has shown to be desirable. These
general conditions are the product of much study and experience,
and have been prepared with great care. The study of all these
forms will be found helpful and suggestive. Many architects
have developed clauses of their own for insertion in the building
contract, and it is well for an architect to make notes on forms
passing under his notice and on his experience with the various
clauses of building contracts.

The Standard Documents appear to have various advantages
over the Uniform Contract. If, for the sake of brevity, the Uniform
Contract, or the general form thereof, is used, it will be well to run

272

LEGAL RELATIONS 51

over the general conditions of -the Standard Documents and con-
sider some additions therefrom adapted to the particular case; and
also to consider some changes in the Uniform Contract. It has
been decided in Massachusetts that under the Uniform Contract
the final certificate of the architect made in good faith is conclusive.
Accordingly, after a final certificate that the work is completed
in accordance with the contract, the owner can not have an allowance
for omissions or for defective work which should have prevented
the giving of the certificate. In this same jurisdiction, however,
the architect doubtless could have withdrawn or corrected his
certificate within a reasonable time. This decision makes it apparent
that it would be for the interest of the owner that Article 10 of
the Uniform Contract should be altered to read: "No payment
or certificate whatever shall be considered an acceptance of defective
work or improper materials". The Standard Documents of the
American Institute of Architects have a provision to the effect that
the final certificate shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility
for faulty materials or workmanship. The Uniform Contract
may also be supplemented, with advantage to the owner, by a
provision to the effect that before giving a final certificate, the
architect may require evidence satisfactory to the owner that the
premises are free from liens. The form of such provisions would
be dependent upon the statutes as to liens in the jurisdiction. The
Standard Documents have a provision in regard to this matter.
In this connection the architect should avoid the responsibility
of deciding that there are no liens. The determination of this fact
might involve passing upon questions of law, as well as an inves-
tigation of matters of fact, which would make a substantial addition
to the architect's work.

In putting agreements into form there is, of course, room
for the exercise of much judgment and experience, and it is impos-
sible to give any directions here beyond those which are suggested
in various parts of the article. In general, it is important in drawing
a contract, to consider carefully whether the words are so clear
as to admit of 'only one interpretation. Clearness is best secured
by making one carefully drawn statement of a point rather than by
repetition in various forms of statement. It is to be considered
whether general or specific words will best serve a purpose. By

273

»2 LEGAL RELATIONS

providing that a contractor shall furnish safe appliances, the owner's
interest will generally be better served than by specifying the kind
of appliances to be used. If the kind of appliance were specified,
then the risk of its safety would be transferred to the owner. On
the other hand, where the object is to prescribe a certain material,
that material should be so specifically described that no other will
come within the description. The meaning of the language used
must be carefully considered in the light of any trade usages. Not
only is a man held to the natural meaning of his words, even if
he has used them inadvisedly, but he may be bound by a knowledge
of things which he ought to know, as by a custom so general in some
branch of business that everyone is expected to know it. In draw-
ing a contract one should be careful to specify just what, in the way
of papers, plans, and drawings, goes to make up the contract, and
to identify and to refer accurately to such papers. The provisions
for interim payments should be so arranged as to assure the owner's
having always a sufficient margin between the amount paid to
the contractor and the value of materials and labor furnished, as
a protection in case of difficulties which may result in an unex-
pected increase of expense in completing the work.

Building operations are sometimes carried on under a very
different arrangement from that established by the Uniform Con-
tract or the Standard Documents. For instance, instead of a
contractor in the ordinary sense, a person could be employed to
purchase supplies and hire labor as the agent of the owner, receiving
a salary or a lump sum for the work, and always subject to the
owner's orders in every respect. Such an arrangement would render
the owner liable as principal for the negligence of his agent. While
the owner might insure against this risk, it would generally be better
to have the builder an independent contractor, whose compensation
might be the cost of the building plus a certain percentage thereof.
The importance to the owner of this distinction between inde-
pendent contractor and agent is a sufficient indication of the responsi-
bility assumed by the architect in undertaking the work of counsel
and drawing contracts where established forms are* departed from.

If the architect acts for the owner in making the building
contract, he should use great caution, not only in choosing a con-
tractor but also in his dealing with the successful and the unsuccessful

274

LEGAL RELATIONS 53

•

bidders, to avoid legal complications. Having first made it clear,
by reserving the right to reject any or all offers, or otherwise that
he is merely asking for offers, and not himself making an offer to be
accepted by the lowest bidder, it may be well to make his accept-
ance of the chosen offer conditional in some way according to the
circumstances. The acceptance may, for instance, be upon con-
dition that a satisfactory contract be executed within a certain
time, and provision may also be made for a bond with sureties,
to be furnished by the contractor for the fulfillment of the con-
tract. It is, of course, unfair to ask for bids from contractors with
whom the owner would be unwilling to make a contract. In acting
for municipal corporations, there are frequently peculiar statutory
or other requirements to be observed in the making or drawing of
the contract, which, however, will ordinarily be attended to by
municipal officers.

If an architect is called upon to take the place of another archi-
tect under an existing building contract, the former will, in the
absence of any clause in the contract permitting the substitution
of an architect other than the one therein named, have no standing
with the contractor unless the contractor agrees to the substitution.
One of the general conditions of the Standard Documents provides
for this situation.

During the progress of the work, it is necessary for the pro-
tection of both parties that the premises should be insured. Other-
wise if the contract is an entire contract, and if the work should
be destroyed, the contractor would be unable to recover compen-
sation for the portion damaged, while the owner may be unable
to recover what he has already paid. The Uniform Contract pro-
vides for insurance by the owner in the names of the owner and
the contractor, while the Standard Documents provide for insurance
by the owner for the benefit of whom it may concern.

During the progress of the work, care must be taken in making
changes in the contract to safeguard the interests of the parties,
and to leave the contract in ascertainable and proper shape.
If the contractor is excused from a portion of the work, it should
be clearly understood that an allowance is to be made therefor.
If the allowance can be fixed at the time, a source of possible future
dispute will be avoided. Changes in the contract should be made

275

54 LEGAL RELATIONS

in writing, if not in the form of a contract, at least in letters express-
ing the agreement of both parties. The common saying that "silence
gives consent", if relied upon, may be productive of difficulties.

An architect should have a regular system of bookkeeping
which will enable him at any time to show how much labor of his
own and of his office force has gone into any matter. Difficulties
over fees cannot be foreseen, and the office system should provide
for such contingencies by furnishing all the material needed for
recovery on a quantum meruit if necessary.

Whether or not an architect has a lien for his services, either
in drawing plans or in superintendence, depends upon the statute
law of the State.

276

APPENDIX

NOTICE TO ARCHITECTS, BUILDERS, AND CONTRACTORS

The Standard Contract Forms may be obtained singly or in
lots from dealers in stationery and architects' supplies. If your
dealer cannot supply you, send your order and his name to the
Secretary, A. I. A., The Octagon, Washington, D. C.

PRICES FOR SINGLE COPIES

Agreement and General Conditions in cover $0.10

Bond of Suretyship 02

Form of Subcontract 02

Letter of Acceptance of Subcontractor's Proposal 01

Complete set in cover 15

Trial set delivered upon receipt of nine 2-cent stamps.

DISCOUNTS TO ARCHITECTS, BUILDERS, AND

CONTRACTORS

Orders for quantities are subject to the following discounts
(which are also given by all dealers) :

5% on lots of 100 (1 kind or assorted)

10% on lots of 500 (1 kind or assorted)

15% on lots of 1,000 (1 kind or assorted)

THE STANDARD DOCUMENTS OF THE AMERICAN

INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS

Second Edition, Copyright, 1915, by The American Institute of

Architects, The Octagon, Washington, D. C.

The American Institute of Architects issues the following
Standard Documents: A — Form of agreement and general con-
ditions of the contract. B — Bond of Suretyship. C — Form of
subcontract. D — Letter of Acceptance of subcontractor's pro-
posal. The documents are published and for sale by the institute
at its headquarters, The Octagon, Washington, D. C.

277

56 APPENDIX

I. NOTES PUBLISHED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE
OF ARCHITECTS ON THE STANDARD DOCUMENTS

THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE DOCUMENTS.

An Agreement, Drawings, and Specifications are the necessary parts
of a building contract. Many conditions of a general character may
be placed at will in the Agreement or in the Specifications. It is, how-
ever, wise to assemble them in a single document and, since they have
as much bearing on the Drawings as on the Specifications, and even more
on the business relations of the contracting parties, they are properly
called the "General Conditions of the Contract." As the Agreement,
General Conditions, Drawings, and Specifications are the constituent
elements of the contract and are acknowledged as such in the Agree-
ment, they are correctly termed the Contract Documents. Statements
made in any one of them are just as binding as if made in the Agree-
ment.

The Institute's forms, although intended for use in actual practice,
should also be regarded as a code of reference representing the judg-
ment of the Institute as to what constitutes good practice and as such
they may be drawn upon by architects in improving their own forms.
Although the forms are suited for use in connection with a single or
general contract, they are equally applicable to an operation conducted
under separate contracts.

NOTES ON THE AGREEMENT

Payments. — When the system of monthly paj'ments is adopted, the
following' form may be used in filling the final blank in Article 3 of the
Agreemnt:

"On or about the day of each month,

per cent of the value, proportionate to the amount of the Contract, of
labor and materials incorporated in the work up to the first day of that
month as estimated by the Architect, less the aggregate of previous pay-
ments. On the substantial completion of the entire work, a sum suf-
ficient to increase the total payments to per cent, of

the contract price, and days thereafter, provided

the work be fully completed and the contract fully performed, the bal-
ance due under the Contract.**

NOTES ON THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

In some cases the Articles as printed do not include all necessary
General Conditions of the Contract. The Architect will then add such
others as he deems wise.

Many architects include in their General Conditions one or more of
the subjects named below. Most of these are better placed in the
specifications for the various trades; and others, though stilted for in-
clusion in the General Conditions, are not always needed. Among these
subjects are:

Watchmen, Heating during construction, Protection and care of trees
and shrubs, Protective coverings in general, Vault permits, Sidewalks,
Fences, Ladders, Temporary stairways, Scaffolding, Sheds, Sanitary con-
veniences, Offices and their furniture, Telephone, Temporary wiring and
electric lights, Lanterns, Temporary enclosure from weather, Keeping
building and cellar free from water, Chases, Photographs, Checking by
surveyor and his certificate, Contractor to work overtime if required,
Insurance against lightning, wind storms, hail, and earthquake, Con-
tractor to keep the work in repair, Owner to furnish survey, Contractors

278

APPENDIX 57

to lay out the work, giving lines and levels, Bracing building during
construction, Stoppage of work in freezing weather, Charges for extra
copies of drawings, etc.

Article 2, Correlation of Documents. — This article describes the Con-
tract Documents as complementary. Architects who wish to ascribe to
them an order of precedence should add such a note to the General Con-
ditions.

Article 10, The Architect's Decisions. — Articles 10 and 45 provide
for general arbitration of all questions, but Article 10 permits the ex-
ception of decisions of the Architect from this rule in three ways: (a) By
provisions already in the General Conditions, Articles 18 and 24; (b) By
additions to the General Conditions; (c) By special exceptions in the
Specifications. The object of this provision is to enable each Archtiect
to make such exceptions as he sees fit to the general rule of arbitration
so provided. It is suggested that the best method of doing this, if any
change is desired, is by an addition to the General Conditions in the form
of a special article.

Article 21, Fire Insurance. — There is not at present any standard
method of carrying insurance on buildings in course of construction.
Great confusion, delay and difficulty of settlement generally arise when
the Owner and several contractors and subcontractors insure independ-
ently or "as their interests may appear." Insurance men agree that
the method covered in the first paragraph of Article 21 is excellent and
that experience shows that under it settlement after a fire can be more
quickly and readily effected than by any other method.

The Owner's duty under this Article is very simple if he will pay
the entire premium in advance under an arrangement with the Insurer
which provides a reasonable rebate on account of the gradual growth
of value. It is expected that Underwriters will shortly issue a standard
form of such a policy.

Article 29, Liens. — Owing to the diversity of the lien laws in the
several States, it is impracticable to draft an article suited for use in all,
but it is thought that Article 29 is of general applicability. In certain
States, where the laws permit a waiver of lien, special provision must
be made in the documents if the Owner is to secure such protection.

Article 43, Subcontracts. — Architects who wish to assist in stamp-
ing out the abuse of playing off one Subcontractor against another should
insist upon receiving, with each proposal, a list of intended Subcon-
tractors, as explained in the second paragraph of Article 43, and as illus-
trated in the last note on this cover. #

Article 44, Relations of Contractor and Subcontractor. — This article
is intended to promote standard and equitable relations between a con-
tractor and his subcontractors, and to insure a uniformity of conditions
similar to those binding the Owner to the Contractor.

Article 45, Form of Arbitration. — As the laws relative to arbitration
differ greatly in the several States, the Architect should carefully verify
Article 45 as to its legality and effectiveness in the State in which the
work is to be done.

NOTES ON THE BOND OF SURETYSHIP

The bond of Suretyship is drawn for use with either corporate or in-
dividual sureties. If a bond is to be given, this form, without additions
or omissions, should be insisted upon to insure a full measure of pro-
tection. Proper certification that those signing the bond have authority
so to sign should accompany the bond.

279

58 APPENDIX

AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE A CONTRACT OR BOND.

When the Contractor, the Owner, or the Surety is a corporation, it is
important that any Agreement or Bond executed by such corporation
should be accompanied by a certificate, such as the following, showing
that power so to sign is duly vested in those signing:

"At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the

duly notified and held in

on , 19 , a quorum being present, it was

Voted: That the

be and he is hereby authorized and directed in the name and behalf of
this Corporation, and under its corporate seal, to execute and deliver a

contract with

for a at

for the sum of $ ; said contract to be in such

form and subject to such conditions as said

shatH see fit. And said is hereby further

authorized and directed in the name and behalf of this Corporation and
under its corporate seal, to execute and deliver to said Owner any bond
or bonds he may see fit for the performance of said contract by this
Corporation.

A True Copy.

Attest: , Secretary.

The same form, with omission of last sentence, applies to the Owner.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE STANDARD DOCUMENTS

In the year 1887 the American Institute of Architects, the Western
Association of Architects and the National Association of Builders, think-
ing it desirable to establish better practice in the matter of building con-
tracts, undertook the preparation of a form of contract satisfactory to all.
Under the name of "The Uniform Contract" this form attained wide ac-
ceptance and has been long in use.

About the year 1907, feeling that practice had advanced to a point no
longer fully reflected by the Uniform Contract, the Institute undertook a
general study of the subject with a view to developing a form of contract
clear in thought, equitable, applicable to work of almost all classes,
binding in law and a standard of good practice.

The work was entrusted to the Standing Committee on Contracts and
Specifications, who spent four years on it, studying the Uniform Contract
and forms in use by some thirty well-known architects, submitted various
drafts for criticism to the Chapters of the Institute and to engineers, con-
tractors and architects throughout the country.

The documents were prepared under the advice of Francis Fisher
Kane, Esq., Counsel for the Institute, and Ernest Eidlitz, Esq., and with
the able and careful criticism of Prof. Samuel Williston of the Harvard
Law School, and with the assistance of James W. Pryor, Esq., in their
editing. The Institute gave its approval to the work in 1911.

The Standing Committee on Contracts and Specifications, during the
preparation of the first edition of the Standard Forms, consisted of
Grosvenor Atterbury, Chairman; Allen B. Pond, Secretary; Frank Miles
Day, William A. Boring, Frank C. Baldwin, Frank W. Ferguson, Alfred
Stone and G. L. Heins.

Criticisms of the first edition of the Documents were invited by the
Institute and during the year 1913 a group of architects and builders in
Boston, known as the Joint Committee of the Boston Society of Archi-
tects, and of the Master Builders' Assoication, gave much sincere study

280

APPENDIX 59

to the subject At the same time the National Associaticn of Builders'
Exchanges offered a detailed criticism of the documents.

In 1914 the Institute instructed its Standing Committee on Contracts
and Specifications to undertake a general revision with a view to making
the Conditions simpler in wording and more equitable. The Committee
was empowered to hold conferences with organizations so desiring. Sub-
committees for the territory of the several Chapters of the Institute were
appointed and collaborated with the Standing Committee.

The Boston group presented its ideas in the form of an entirely new
draft which proved of high value and its Chairman, Mr. W. Stanley Parker,
was present with the Standing Committee at nearly all its meetings. The
Committee had a joint meeting with representatives of the National As-
sociation of Builders' Exchanges and thereafter the Counsel of the Asso-
ciation, Wm. B. King, Esq., and the Counsel of the Institute, Louis Bar-
croft Runk, Esq., collaborated most effectively with the Committee.

The General Conditions were entirely rewritten and in response to
the strong desire of contractors and subcontractors, the principle of gen-
eral arbitration, subject to limitations in the documents, was adopted, and
provisions relative to the relations of the Contractor and his subcontract-
ors were included in the documents.

After much study, conference and criticism, a draft of the second
edition was issued by authority of the Institute, April 1, 1915.

During the revision of the documents, the Standing Committee on
Contracts and Specifications consisted of Frank Miles Day, Chairman;
Allen B. Pond, Sullivan W. Jones, Clarence A. Martin, Norman M. Isham,
Octavius Morgan, Thomas Nolan, A. O. Elzner, M. B. Medary, Jr., Jos.
Evans Sperry, Frank W. Ferguson and Sam. Stone.

NOTES ON THE INVITATION TO BID, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,

AND FORM OF PROPOSAL

The Institute formerly issued the above named forms which contain
much of value. Experience, however, showed that they had generally to
be adapted to specific cases. They are, therefore, reproduced here so that
Architcts may draw from them whatever they deem useful.

FORM OF INVITATION TO SUBMIT A PROPOSAL

Dear Sir: You are invited to submit a proposal for .'

Drawings, Specifications and other information may be procured from this

office on and after All documents must

be returned to this office not later than

To be entitled to consideration the proposal must be made upon the
form provided by the Architect, which must be fully completed in accord-
ance with the accompanying "Instructions to Bidders" and must be de-
livered to this office not later than r

Very truly yours,

FORM OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Proposals, to be entitled to consideration, must be made in accord-
ance with the following instructions:

Proposals shall be made upon the form provided therefor, and all blank
spaces in the form shall be fully filled; numbers shall be stated both in
writing and in figures; the signature shall be in long hand; and the com-
pleted form shall be without interlineation, alteration or erasure.

281

60 APPENDIX

Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done.
No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be con-
sidered.

Proposals shall be addressed to the Owner, in care of the Architect,
and shall be delivered to the Architect enclosed in an opaque sealed en-
velope addressed to him, marked "Proposal" and bearing the title of the
work and the name of the Bidder.

Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from, the draw-
ings or documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should
at once notify the Architect, who will send a written instruction to all
bidders. Neither Owner nor Architect will be responsible for any oral
instructions.

Before submitting a proposal, bidders should carefully examine the
drawings and specifications, visit the site or work, fully inform them-
selves as to all existing conditions and limitations and shall include in
the. Proposal a sum to cover the cost of all items included in the Contract.

The competency and responsibility of bidders and of their proposed
subcontractors will be considered in making the award. The Owner does
not obligate himself to accept the lowest or any other bid.

Provision will be made in the Agreement for payments on account in
the following words: (Insert the provision).

Any Bulletins issued during the time of bidding are to be covered in
the proposal and in closing a contract they will become a part thereof.

FORM OF PROPOSAL

(The Proposal should be dated and addressed to the Owner in care of the Architect.)

Dear Sir: Having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders,
the General Conditions of the Contract and Specifications entitled

(Here insert the caption descriptive of the work as used therein.)

and the Drawings, similarly entitled, numbered , as well as

the premises and the conditions affecting the work, the Undersigned pro-
poses to furnish all materials and labor called for by them for

(Here insert, in case all the work therein described is to be covered by one contract,
"the entire work." In case of a partial contract insert name of the trade or trades to
be covered and the numbers of the pages of the Specifications on which the work is
described.)

in accordance with the said documents for the sum of

Dollars ($ ) and to execute a contract for the above work,

for the above stated compensation, in the form of the Standard Agree-
ment of the American Institute of Architects (second edition), provided

that he be notified of the acceptance of this proposal within

days of the time set for the submission of bids.
Very truly yours,

Suggestions to Architects Using the Above Form of Proposal

The above form includes only such statements as will probably be
required in any Proposal. Additions will usually have to be made to it.
Suggestions suited to certain conditions are offered in the following notes:

If the Bidder is to name the time required for completing the work,
insert such a clause as the following:

The Undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to complete it
within, days, Sundays and tohole holidays not in-
cluded.

If liquidated damages are to be required, insert the following:

And further agrees that, from the compensation otherwise to be paid,

the Owner may retain the sum of dollars ($ )

for each day thereafter, Sundays and whole holidays not included, that

282

APPENDIX 61

the work remains uncompleted, which sum is agreed upon as the proper
measure of liquidated damages which the Owner will sustain per diem .
by reason of the failure of the undersigned to complete the work at the
time stipulated, and this sum is not to be construed as in any sense a
penalty.

If a bond is required, insert the following:

The Undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to execute and de-
liver to the Architect within days after the signing

of the Contract, a satisfactory bond in the form issued by the American

Institute of Architects (second edition) and in the sum of ,

extending from the time of signature for months from the

day on which the final payment under the contract falls due, and further
agrees that if such bond be not required, he will deduct from the proposal
price the sum of dollars ($ ).

If a certified check is required, the following clause should be in-
serted:

The Undersigned further agrees that the certified check payable to

.".., Owner, accompanying this proposal, is left in

escrow with the Architect; that its amount is the measure of liquidated
damages which the Owner will sustain by the failure of the Undersigned
to execute and deliver the above named Agreement and bond, and that if

the Undersigned defaults in executing that Agreement within

days of written notification of the award of the contract to him or in

furnishing the Bond within days thereafter, then the

check shall become the property of the Owner, but if this proposal is not

accepted within days of the time set for the submission

of bids, or if the Undersigned executes and delivers said Contract and
Bond, the check shall be returned to him on receipt therefor.

It alternative proposals are required, they should be set forth, as
for example:

Should be substituted for

the Undersigned agrees to deduct (or will require the addition of)

dollars ($ ) from (or to) the proposed

sum.

If unit prices are required as a part of the proposal, they should be
set forth as, for example:

The Undersigned agfees that work added shall be computed at the fol-
lowing prices, and that work omitted shall be computed at

per cent less than these prices.

Concrete foundations per cubic yard

Rough brickwork per thousand

Plastering per yard

If the names of subcontractors whom the Contractor proposes to em-
ploy are required ss a part of the Proposal this requirement should be
set forth, as, for example:

In case of obtaining the award the Undersigned loill employ, subject
to the Architects approval, subcontractors in each of the several trades
selected from the following list (one or more names must be inserted for
each trade) :

Excavation

Stone Masonry

Brickwork

etc., etc.

283

62 APPENDIX

FORM 19642-S.

II. THE UNIFORM CONTRACT

Copyrighted, 1905, by the American Institute of Architects, Washington, D. C.
£. G. Soltmann, N. Y., Licensee for Exclusive Publication.

Revised 1907

THIS AGREEMENT, made the day of

in the year one thousand nine hundred

and by and between

, party of the first part (hereinafter

designated the Contractor ), and

party of the second part (hereinafter designated the Owner ),

Witnesseth that the Contractor , in consideration of the agree-
ments herein made by the Owner , agree with the said Owner
as follows :

Article I. The Contractor shall and will provide all the ma-
terials and perform all the work for the _ _

as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications pre-
pared by .'.

Architect, which drawings and specifications are identified by
the signatures of the parties hereto, and become hereby a part
of this contract.

Art. II. It is understood and agreed by and between the par-
ties hereto that the work included in this contract is to be done
under the direction of the said Architect, and that his decision
as to the true construction and meaning of the drawings and
specifications shall be final. It is also understood and agreed by
and between the parties hereto that such additional drawings
and explanations as may be necessary to detail and illustrate the
work to be done are to be furnished by said Architect, and they
agree to conform to and abide by the same so far as they may
be consistent with the purpose and intent of the original drawings
and specifications referred to in Art. I.

It is further understood and agreed by the parties hereto that
any and all drawings and specifications prepared for the purposes
of this contract by the said Architect are and remain his prop-
erty, and that all charges for the use of the same, and for the
services of said Architect, are to be paid by the said Owner .

Art. HI. No alterations shall be made in the work except upon
written order of the Architect ; the amount to be paid by the
Owner or allowed by the Contractor by virtue of such altera-

284

APPENDIX 63

tions to be stated in said order. Should the Owner and Con-
tractor not agree as to amount to be paid or allowed, the work
shall go on under the order required above, and in case of failure
to agree, the determination of said amount shall be referred to
arbitration, as provided for in Art. XII of this contract.

Art. IV. The Contractor shall provide sufficient, safe and
proper facilities at all times for the inspection of the work by
the Architect or his authorized representatives; shall, within
twenty-four hours after receiving written notice from the Archi-
tect to that effect, proceed to remove from the grounds or build-
ings all materials condemned by him, whether worked or un-
worked, and to take down all portions of the work which the
Architect shall by like written notice condemn as unsound or
improper, or as in any way failing to conform to the drawings
and specifications, ^.nd shall make good all work damaged or de-
stroyed thereby.

Art. V. Should the Contractor at any time refuse or neg-
lect to supply a sufficiency of properly skilled workmen, or of
materials of the proper quality, or fail in any respect to pros-
ecute the work with promptness and diligence, or fail in the
performance of any of the agreements herein contained, such
refusal, neglect or failure being certified by the Architect, the
Owner shall be at liberty, after three days written notice to the
Contractor , to provide any such labor or materials, and to
deduct the cost thereof from any money then due or thereafter
to become due to the Contractor under this contract; and if
the Architect shall certify that such refusal, neglect or failure is
sufficient ground for such action, the Owner shall also be at
liberty to terminate the employment of the Contractor for the
said work and to enter upon the premises and take possession,
for the purpose of completing the work included under this con-
tract, of all materials, tools and appliances thereon, and to employ
any other person or persons to finish the work, and to provide the
materials therefor ; and in case of such discontinuance of the em-
ployment of the Contractor shall not be entitled

to receive any further payment under this contract until the
said work shall be wholly finished, at which time, if the unpaid
balance of the amount to be paid under this contract shall exceed
the expense incurred by the Owner in finishing the work, such
excess shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor ; but if
such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor
shall pay the difference to the Owner . The expense incurred
by the Owner as herein provided, either for furnishing ma-
terials or for finishing the work, and any damage incurred through
such default, shall be audited and certified by the Architect, whose
certificate thereof shall be conclusive upon the parties.

285

64 APPENDIX

Art. VI. The Contractor shall complete the several portions,
and the whole of the work comprehended in this Agreement by
and at the time or times hereinafter stated, to wit :

Art. VII. Should the Contractor be delayed in the pros-
ecution or completion of the work by the act, neglect or default
of the Owner , of the Architect , or of any other contractor
employed by the Owner upon the work, or by any damage
caused by fire or other casualty for which the Contractor
not responsible, or by combined action of work-
men in no wise caused by or resulting from default or collusion
on the part of the Contractor , then the time herein fixed for
the completion of the work shall be extended for a period equiva-
lent to the time lost by reason of any or all the causes aforesaid,
which extended period shall be determined and fixed by the Arch-
itect ; but no such allowance shall be made unless a claim there-
for is presented in writing to the Architect within forty-eight
hours of the occurrence of such delay.

Art. VIII. The Owner agree to provide all labor and ma-
terials essential to the conduct of this work not included in this
contract in such manner as not to delay its progress, and in the
event of failure so to do, thereby causing loss to the Contractor ,

agree that will reimburse the Contractor for such

loss ; and the Contractor agree that if shall delay

the progress of the work so as to cause loss for which the Owner

shall become liable, then shall reimburse the Owner

for such loss. Should the Owner and Contractor fail to
agree as to the amount of loss comprehended in this Article, the
determination of the amount shall be referred to arbitration as
provided in Art. XII of this contract.

Art. IX. It is hereby mutually agreed between the parties
hereto that the sum to be paid by the Owner to the Contractor
for said work and materials shall be

.........•..•.•••.•••-•—«•••--•-••••••-«••-••-----•••••••--•••••••••-••••--•-••---••••-"••-•-•••••-•••••■•••-•-••••--•••*•••"••••••••••••••-••••••"•••••••••••<

subject to additions and deductions as hereinbefore provided, and
that such sum shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor ,
in current funds, and only upon certificates of the Architect, as
follows :

The final payment shall be made within days

after the completion of the work included in this contract, and
all payments shall be due when certificates for the same are
issued.

286

APPENDIX 65

If at any time there shall be evidence of any lien or claim for
which, if established, the Owner of the said premises might
become liable, and which is chargeable to the Contractor , the
Owner shall have the right to retain out of any payment then
due or thereafter to become due an amount sufficient to com-
pletely indemnify against such lien or claim. Should

there prove to be any such claim after all payments are made,
the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that
the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging any lien on
said premises made obligatory in consequence of the Contractor
default.

Art. X. It is further mutually agreed between the parties
hereto that no certificate given or payment made under this
contract, except the final certificate or final payment, shall be
conclusive evidence of the performance of this contract, either
wholly or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be
an acceptance of defective work or improper materials.

Art. XI. The Owner shall during the progress of the work
maintain insurance on same against loss or damage by fire,

.............. M .............................................................>...................................................................................4

the policies to cover all work incorporated in the building, and
all materials for the same in or about the premises, and to be
made payable to the parties hereto, as their interest may appear.

Art. XII. In case the Owner and Contractor fail to agree
in relation to matters of payment, allowance or loss referred to in
Arts. Ill or VIII of this contract, or should either of them dis-
sent from the decision of the Architect referred to in Art. VII
of this contract, which dissent shall have been filed in writing
with the Architect within ten days of the announcement of such
decision, then the matter shall be referred to a Board of Arbitra-
tion to consist of one person selected by the Owner , and one
person selected by the Contractor , these two to select a third.
The decision of any two of this Board shall be final and binding
on both parties hereto. Each party hereto shall pay one-half of
the expense of such reference.

The said parties for themselves, their heirs, successors, exec-
utors, administrators and assigns, do hereby agree to the full
performance of the covenants herein contained.

In Witness Whereof, the parties to these presents have here-
unto* set their hands and seals, the day and year first above
written.

In Presence of

287

66 APPENDIX

NOTE. — This Form of Agreement is approved by the American Institute
of Architects when used with the General Conditions of the Con-
tract issued by the Institute. (See Form IV.)

III. THE STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN

CONTRACTOR AND OWNER

ISSUED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS

This form has been approved by the National Association of Builders' Exchanges, The
National Association of Master Plumbers, and the National Association of Master
Steam and Hot Water Fitters.

SECOND EDITION. COPYRIGHT 1915 BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHI-
TECTS, THE OCTAGON, WASHINGTON, D. C. THIS FORM IS TO BE USED
ONLY WITH THE STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF

THE CONTRACT

THIS AGREEMENT made the .,

day of in the year Nineteen Hundred and

by and between

hereinafter called the Contractor, and

, hereinafter called the Owner,

Witnesseth, that the Contractor and the Owner for the consid-
eration hereinafter named agree as follows :

Article I. The Contractor agrees to provide all the materials
and to perform all the work shown on the Drawings and described
in the Specifications entitled „

(Here insert the caption descriptive of the work as used in the Proposal, General Con-
ditions, Specifications, and upon the Drawings.)

prepared by r

acting as, and in these Contract Documents entitled the Archi-
tect, and to do everything required by the General Conditions of
the Contract, the Specifications and the Drawings.

Article 2. The Contractor agrees that the work under this Con-
tract shall be substantially completed

(Here insert the date or dates of completion, and stipulations as to liquidated damages,
if any.)

Article 3. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current
funds for the performance of the Contract

($ „ ) subject

to additions and deductions as provided in the General Conditions
of the Contract and to make payments on account thereof as pro-
vided therein, as follows :

(Here insert provisions as to the method and times of payments.)
......•.........•.....----••-•••••••••••-•••»--•••••••---•••••-••"•■--•-•"•»••-••"•"*•*--*•*•••-*••*•"*•••"*•"••■ •-•-••••-•-•••••••••••••••••••••*

Article 4. The Contractor and the Owner agree that the Gen-
eral Conditions of the Contract, the Specifications and the Draw-
ings, together with this Agreement, form the Contract, and that
they are as fully a part of the Contract as if hereto attached or

288

APPENDIX

herein repeated ; and that the following is an exact enumeration
of the Specifications and Drawings :

The Contractor and the Owner for themselves, their success-
ors, executors, administrators and assigns, hereby agree to the
full performance of the covenants herein contained.

In Witness Whereof they have hereunto set their hands and
seals, the day and year first above written.
In Presence of

• ••#•• • •••••»»•• 9—\

TITLE PAGE

TITLE AND . LOCATION OP THE WORK
NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE OWNER
NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE ARCHITECT
TITLES OF DOCUMENTS BOUND HEREWITH
AND ENUMERATION OF DRAWINGS:

IV. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OP THE CONTRACT

Standard Form of the American Institute of Architects

This form has been approved by the National Association of Builders' Exchanges, The
National Association of Master Plumbers, and the National Association of Master
Steam and Hot Water Fitters.

SECOND EDITION, COPYRIGHT 1915, BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS, THE OCTAGON, WASHINGTON, D. C.

Index to the Articles of the General Conditions

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

16.
17.

18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

Definitions 24.

Documents 25.

Details and Instructions 26.

Copies Furnished 27.

Shop Drawings 28.

Drawings on the Work 29.

Ownership of Drawings 30.

Samples. 31.

The Architect's Status 32.

The Architect's Decisions 33.

Foreman, Supervision 34.

Materials, Labor, Appliances 35.

Inspection of Work 36.
Correction before Final Pay- 37.

ment

Deductions for Uncorrected 38.

Work
Correction after Final Payment 39.
Protection of Work and Prop- 40.

erty

Emergencies 41.

Damage to Persons 42.

Liability Insurance 43.

Fire Insurance. 44.
Guaranty Bonds

Cash Allowances 45.

Changes in the Work

Claims for Extras

Applications for Payments

Certificates and Payments

Payments Withheld

Liens

Permits and Regulations

Royalties and Patents

Use of Premises

Cleaning Up

Cutting, Patching and Digging

Delays

Owner's Right to Do Work

Owner's Right to Terminte
Contract

Contractor's Right to Stop Work
or Terminate Contract

Damages

Mutual Responsibility of Con-
tractors

Separate Contracts

Assignment '

Subcontracts

Relations of Contractor and
Subcontractor

Arbitration

288

APPENDIX

Article 1. Principles and Definitions. —

(a) The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement, the Gen-

eral Conditions of the Contract, the Drawings and Speci-
fications. These form the Contract.

(b) The Owner, the Contractor and the Architect are those named

as such in the Agreement. They are treated throughout
the Contract Documents as if each were of the singular
number and masculine gender.

Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors
and of all persons directly or indirectly employed by him
or them in connection with the work.

(d) The term Subcontractor includes only those having a direct

contract with the Contractor and it includes one who fur-
nishes material even though he does not work.

(e) The term " person* ' or "anyone" as employed herein shall be

taken to include a firm or corporation.

(f ) Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if

delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it
is intended, or if delivered at or mailed to the last busi-
ness address known to him who gives the notice.

(g) The term "work" of the Contractor or Subcontractor in-

cludes labor or materials or both.

(h) When the words "approved," "satisfactory," "equal to,"
"proper," "as directed," etc., are used, approval, etc.,
by the Architect is understood.

(j) All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the
essence of the contract.

(k) The law of the place of building shall govern the construc-
tion of this contract.

Art. 2. Execution, Correlation and Intent of Documents. — The
Contract Documents shall be signed in duplicate by the Owner
and Contractor. In case of failure to sign the General Condi-
tions, Drawings or Specifications the Architect shall identify them.
Even though the signatures of the Owner and the Contractor
may have been attested by witnesses they may be proved by any
competent evidence.

The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is
called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all.
The intention of the documents is to include all labor and mate-
rials reasonably necessary for the proper execution of the work.
It is not intended, however, that materials or work not covered
by or properly inferable from any heading, branch, class or trade
of the specifications shall be supplied unless distinctly so noted
on the drawings. Materials or work described in words which

290

APPENDIX 69

so applied have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall
be held to refer to such recognized standards.

Art. 3. Detail Drawings and Instructions. — The Architect
shall furnish, with reasonable promptness, additional instructions,
by means of drawings or otherwise, necessary for the proper ex-
ecution of the work. All such drawings and instructions shall
be consistent with the Contract Documents, true developments
thereof, and reasonably inferable therefrom. The work shall be
executed in conformity therewith and the Contractor shall do no
work without proper drawings and instructions.

The Contractor and the Architect, if either so requests, shall
jointly prepare a schedule, subject to change from time to time
in accordance with the progress of the work, fixing the latest
dates at which the various detail drawings will be required, and
the Architect shall furnish them in accordance with that schedule.
Under like conditions, a schedule shall be prepared, fixing dates
for the submission of shop drawings, for the beginning of manu-
facture and installation of materials and for the completion of
the various parts of the work.

Art. 4. Copies Furnished. — Unless, Otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents the Architect will furnish to the Contractor,
free of charge, all copies of drawings and specifications reasona-
bly necessary for the execution of the work.

Art. 5. Shop Drawings. — The Contractor shall submit two
copies of all shop or setting drawings and schedules required for
the work of the various trades and the Architect shall pass upon
them with reasonable promptness. The Contractor shall make
any corrections required by the Architect, file with him two cor-
rected copies and furnish such copies as may be needed. The
Architect's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not re-
lieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from draw-
ings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the Archi-
tect's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor
shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in
shop drawings or schedules.

Art. 6. Drawings and Specifications on the Work. — The Con-
tractor shall keep one copy of all drawings and specifications on
the work, in good order, available to the Architect and to his rep-
resentatives.

Art. 7. Ownership of Drawings and Models. — All drawings,
specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Architect are
his property. They are not to be used on other work and, with
the exception of the signed contract set, are to be returned to him
on request, at the completion of the work. All models are the
property of the Owner.

291

70 APPENDIX

Art. 8. Samples. — The Contractor shall furnish for approval
all samples as directed. The work shall be in strict accordance
with approved samples.

Art. 9. The Architect's Status.— The Architect shall have gen-
eral supervision and direction of the vork. He is not the agent
of the Owner, except as provided in the Contract Documents, and
when in special instances he is authorized by the Owner so to act,
and in such instances he shall, upon request, show the Contractor
written authority. He has authority to stop the work whenever
such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution
of the Contract.

In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect,
the Owner shall appoint a capable and reputable Architect, whose
status under the contract shall be that of the former Architect.

Art. 10. The Architect's Decisions. — The Architect shall,
within a reasonable time, make decisions on all claims of the
Owner or Contractor and on all other matters relating to the
execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the
Contract Documents.

Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in or appended
to these General Conditions or as particularly set forth in the
specifications, all the Architect's decisions are subject to arbi-
tration.

Art. 11. Foreman, Supervision. — The Contractor shall keep
on the work a competent general foreman and any necessary as-
sistants, all satisfactory to the Architect. The general foreman
shall not be changed except with the consent of the Architect.
The foreman shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all
directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the
Contractor. On written request such directions shall be confirmed
in writing to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work,
using his best skill and attention. He shall carefully study and
compare all drawings, specifications and other instructions and
shall at once report to the Architect any error, inconsistency or
omission which he may discover.

Art. 12. Materials, Labor, Appliances. — Unless otherwise stip-
ulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials,
labor, water, tools, equipment, light and power necessary for the
execution of the work.

Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both
workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Con-
tractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the
kind and quality of materials.

The Contractor shall not employ on the work any unfit person
or anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him.

292

APPENDIX 71

Art. 13. Inspection of Work. — The Owner, the Architect and
their representatives shall at all times have access to the work
wherever it is in preparation or progress and the Contractor shall
provide proper facilities for such access and for inspection.

If the specifications, the Architect's instructions, laws, ordi-
nances or any public authority require any work to be specially
tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect timely
notice of its readiness for inspection and the Architect shall
promptly inspect it. If any such work should be covered up with-
out approval or consent, it must, if required by the Architect, be
uncovered for examination at the Contractor 's expense.

Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the
Architect and, if found not in accordance with the Contract, all
expense of re-examination and replacement shall be borne by the
Contrator, otherwise it shall be allowed as extra work.

Art. 14. Correction of Work before Final Payment. — The

Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all jnaterials,
whether worked or unworked, and take down and remove all por-
tions of the work condemned by the Architect as failing to con-
form to the Contract; and the Contractor shall promptly replace
and re-execute his own work in accordance with the Contract
and without expense to the Owner and shall bear the expense of
making good all work of other contractors destroyed or damaged
by such removal or replacement.

If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work and
materials within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the
Owner may remove them and may store the material at the ex-
pense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the ex-
pense of such removal within five days thereafter, the Owner
may, upon ten days' written notice, sell such materials at auction
or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof,
after deducting all the costs and expenses that should have been
borne by the Contractor.

Art. 15. Deductions for Uncorrected Work. — If the Architect
deems it inexpedient to correct work injured or not done in ac-
cordance with the Contract, the difference in value together with
a fair allowance for damage shall be deducted, if acceptable to
the Owner.

Art. 16. Correction of Work after Final Payment. — Nei-
ther the final certificate nor payment nor any provision in the
Contract Documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility
for negligence or faulty materials or workmanship within the
extent and period provided by law and upon written notice he
shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom. All questions arising under
this Article shall be decided under Articles 10 and 45.

293

72 APPENDIX

Art. 17. Protection of Work and Property. — The Contractor
shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all his work
from damage and shall protect the Owner's and adjacent prop-
erty from injury arising in connection with this Contract. He
shall make good any such damage or injury, except such as may
be directly due to errors in the contract documents.

Art. 18. Emergencies. — In an emergency affecting the safety
of life or of the structure or of adjoining property, not considered
by the Contractor as within the provisions of Article 17, then
the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from
the Architect or Owner, is hereby permitted to act, at his discre-
tion, to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and he shall so
act, without appeal, if so instructed or authorized. Any com-
pensation claimed to be due to him therefor shall be determined
under Articles 10 and 45 regardless of the limitations in Article
25 and the second paragraph of Article 24.

Art. 19. Damage to Persons. — In addition to the liability im-
posed by law upon the Contractor on account of bodily injury
or death suffered through the Contractor's negligence, which lia-
bility is not impaired or otherwise affected hereby, the Contractor
hereby assumes, ,in cases not embraced within such legal liability,
the obligation to save the owner harmless and indemnify him
from every expense, liability or payment (voluntary payments
excepted), by reason of any injury to any person or persons, in-
cluding death, suffered through any act or omission of the Con-
tractor or any Subcontractor, or any one directly or indirectly
employed by either of them, in the prosecution of any work in-
cluded in this contract.

Art. 20. Liability Insurance. — The Contractor shall maintain
such insurance as will protect him from claims under workmen's
compensation acts and from any other claims for damages for
personal injury, including death, which may arise from opera-
tions under this contract. Certificates of such insurance shall be
filed with the Owner, if he so require, and shall be subject to his
approval for adequacy of protection. The Owner shall be re-
sponsible for his own contingent liability.

Art. 21. Fire Insurance. — The Owner shall effect and main-
tain fire insurance upon the entire structure on which the work
of this contract is to be done and upon all materials, tools and
appliances in or adjacent thereto and intended for use thereon,
to at least eighty per cent of the insurable value thereof. The
loss, if any, is to be made adjustable with and payable to the
Owner as Trustee for whom it may concern.

All policies shall be open to inspection by the Contractor. If
the Owner fails to show them on request or if he fails to effect
or maintain insurance as above, the Contractor may insure his

294

APPENDIX 73

own interest and charge the cost thereof to the Owner. If the
Contractor is damaged by failure of the Owner to maintain such
insurance, he may rocover under Art. 39.

If required in writing by any party in interest, the Owner as
Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of loss, give bond *f or the
proper performance of his duties. He shall deposit any money
received from insurance in an account separate from all his other
funds and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agree-
ment as the parties in interest may reach, or under an award of
arbitrators appointed, one by the Owner, another by joint action
of the other parties in interest, all other procedure being in ac-
cordance with Art. 45. If after loss no special agreement is made,
replacement of injured work shall be ordered under Art. 24.

The Trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss
with the insurers unless one of the contractors interested shall
object in writing within three working days of the occurrence of
loss and thereupon arbitrators shall be chosen as above. The
Trustee shall in that case make settlement with the insurers in
accordance with the directions of such arbitrators, who shall also,
if distribution by arbitration is required, direct such distribution.

Art. 22. Guaranty Bonds. — The Owner shall have the right
to require the Contractor to give bond covering the faithful per-
formance of the contract and the payment of all obligations aris-
ing thereunder, in such form as the Owner may prescribe and
with such sureties as he may approve. If such bond is required
by instructions given previous to the receipt of bids, the premium
shall be paid by the Contractor ; if subsequent thereto, it shall be
paid by the Owner.

Art. 23. Cash Allowances.— The Contractor shall include in
the contract price all allowances named in the Contract Docu-
ments and shall cause the work so covered to be done by such
contractors and for such sums as the Architect may direct, the con-
tract sum being adjusted in conformity therewith. The Con-
tractor, in making up his bid, shall add such sums for expenses
and profit on account of cash allowances as he deems proper and
no demand for expenses or profit other than those included in
the contract sum shall be allowed. The Contractor shall not be
required to employ for any such work a Subcontractor against
whom he* has a reasonable objection.

Art. 24. Changes in the Work. — The Owner, without inval-
idating the contract, may make changes by altering, adding to
or deducting from the work, the contract sum being adjusted
accordingly. All such work shall be executed under the condi-
tions of the original contract except that any claim for extension
of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of ordering
such change.

295

74 APPENDIX

Except as provided in Articles 9 and 18, no change shall be
made unless in pursuance of a written order from the Owner
signed or countersigned by the Architect, and no claim for an
addition to the contract sum shall be valid unless so ordered.

The value of any such change shall be determined in one or
more of the following ways :

(a) By Estimate and Acceptance in a lump sum.

(b) By Unit Prices named in the contract or subsequently agreed

upon.

(d) If none of the above methods is agreed upon, the Contractor,

provided he receive an order in writing signed by the
Owner and countersigned by the Architect, shall pro-
ceed with the work, no appeal to arbitration being al-
lowed from such order to proceed.

In cases (c) and (d), the Contractor shall keep and present
in such form as the Architect may direct, a correct account of
the net cost of labor and materials, together with vouchers. In
any case, the Architect shall certify to the amount, including a
reasonable profit, due to the Contractor. Pending final deter-
mination of value, payments on account of changes shall be made
on the Architect's certificate.

Art. 25. Claims for Extras. — If the Contractor claims that. any
instructions, by drawings or otherwise, involve extra cost under
this contract, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof
before proceeding to execute the work, and, in any event, within
two weeks of receiving such instructions, and the procedure shall
then be as provided in the last paragraph of Art. 24. No such
claim shall be valid unless so made.

Art. 26. Applications for Payments. — The Contractor shall
submit to the Architect an application for each payment, and, if
required, receipts or other vouchers from Subcontractors showing
his payments to them for materials and labor as required by
Article 44.

If payments are made on valuation of work done, such appli-
cation shall be submitted at least ten days before each payment
falls due. If required, the Contractor shall before the first appli-
cation submit to the Architect a schedule of values of the vari-
ous parts of the work, aggregating the total sum of the contract,
divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors in accord-
ance with Article 44 (e) made out in such form as the Architect
may direct and, if required, supported by evidence as to its cor-
rectness. This schedule, when approved by the Architect, shall
be used as a basis for certificates of payment, unless it be found
to be in error. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall
submit a statement based upon this schedule and, if required,

296

APPENDIX 75

itemized in such form as the Architect may direct, showing his
right to the payment claimed.

Art. 27. Certificates and Payments. — If the Contractor has
made application as above, the Architect shall, not later than the
date when each payment falls due, issue to the Contractor a
certificate for such amount as he decides to be properly due.

No certificate issued nor payment made to the Contractor,
nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the work by the Owner
shall be an acceptance of any work or materials not in accord-
ance with this contract. The making and acceptance of the final
payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner,
otherwise than under Articles 16 and 29 of these conditions or
under requirement of the specifications, and of all cldims by the
Contractor, except those previously made and still unsettled.

Should the Owner fail to pay the sum named in any certifi-
cate of the Architect or in any award by arbitration, upon demand
when due, the Contractor shall receive, in addition to the sum
named in the certificate, interest thereon at the legal rate in force
at the place of building.

Art. 28. Payments Withheld. — The Architect may withhold
or, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, nullify the
whole or a part of any certificate for payment to protect the
Owner from loss on account of :

(a) Defective work not remedied.

(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing

of claims.

contractors or for material or labor.

(d) A reasonable doubt that the contract can be completed for

the balance then unpaid.

When all the above grounds are removed certificates shall at
once be issued for amounts withheld because of them.

Art. 29. Liens. — Neither the final payment nor any part of
the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor,
if required, shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all
liens arising out of this contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof
and, if required in either case, an affidavit that the releases and
receipts include all the labor and material for which a lien might
be filed ; but the Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to
furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory
to the Owner, to indemnify him against any claim by lien or
otherwise. If any lien or claim remain unsatisfied after all pay-
ments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all
moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging
such lien or claim, including all costs and a reasonable attor-
ney's fee.

297

76 APPENDIX

Art. 30. Permits and Regulations. — The Contractor shall ob-
tain and pay for all permits and licenses, but not permanent ease-
ments, and shall give all notices, pay all fees, and comply with all
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the work. If
the drawings and specifications are at variance therewith, the
Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing before the work is
performed and the value of any necessary changes shall be ad-
justed under Art. 24. If any of the Contractor's work shall be
done contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations,
without such notice, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom.

Art. 31. Royalties and Patents. — The Contractor shall pay all
royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims what-
soever for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the
Owner harmless from loss on account thereof.

Art. 32. Use of Premises. — The Contractor shall confine his
apparatus, the storage of materials and the operations of his
workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or direc-
tions of the Architect and shall not encumber the premises with
his materials.

The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the struc-
ture to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety.

The Contractor shall enforce the Architect's instructions re-
garding signs, advertisements, fires and smoking.

Art. 33. Cleaning Up. — The Contractor shall at all times keep
the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rub-
bish caused by his employes or work and at the completion of the
work he shall remove all his rubbish from and about the building
and all his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials and shall leave
his work clean and ready for use. In case of dispute the Owner
may remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the several con-
tractors as the Architect shall determine to be just.

Art. 34. Cutting, Patching and Digging. — The Contractor
shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his work that may be
required to make its several parts come together properly and fit
it to receive or be received by work of other contractors shown
upon, or reasonably implied by, the Drawings and Specifications
for the completed structure and he shall make good after them,
as the Architect may direct.

Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne
by the party responsible therefor.

The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, dig-
ging or otherwise and shall not cut or alter the work of any
other contractor, save with the consent of the Architect.

Art. 35. Delays. — If the Contractor is delayed in the comple-
tion of the work by any act or neglect of the Owner or the
Architect, or of any employe of either, or by any other con-

298

APPENDIX 77

tractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the
work, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unavoidable casualties or any
causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by
the Architect pending arbitration, or by any cause which the
Architect shall decide to justify the delay, then the time of com-
pletion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Archi-
tect may decide.

No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than
seven days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Archi-
tect. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim
is necessary.

If no schedule is made under Art. 3, no claim for delay shall
be allowed on account of failure to furnish drawings until two
weeks after demand for such drawings, and not then unless such
claim be reasonable.

Art. 36. Owner's Right to Do Work. — If the Contractor should
neglect to prosecute the work properly or fail to perform any
provision of this contract, the Owner, after three days' written
notice to the Contractor, may, without prejudice to any other rem-
edy he may have, make good such deficiencies and may deduct
the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Con-
tractor ; provided, however, that the Architeot shall approve both
such action and the amount charged to the Contractor.

Art. 37. Owner's right to Terminate Contract. — If the Con-
tractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a
general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a re-
ceiver should be appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he
should, except in cases recited in Article 35, persistently or re-
peatedly refuse or fail to supply enough properly skilled work-
men or proper materials, or if he should fail to make prompt pay-
ment to subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently
disregard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the Architect, or
otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of
the contract, then the Owner, upon the certificate of the Architect
that sufficient cause exists to justify. such action, may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Con-
tractor seven days' written notice, terminate the employment of
the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all
materials, tools and appliances thereon and finish the work by
whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the Con-
tractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until
the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the contract price
shall exceed the expense of finishing the work, including com-
pensation to the Architect for his additional services, such excess
shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such
unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the
Owner. The expense incurred by the Owner as herein provided,

299

78 APPENDIX

and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default, shall
be certified by the Architect.

Art. 38. Contractor's Right to Stop Work or Terminate Con-
tract. — If the work should be stopped under an order of any court,
for a period of three months, through no act or fault of the Con-
tractor or of any one employed by him, or if the Owner should fail
to pay to the Contractor, within seven days of its maturity and
presentation, any sum certified by the Architect or awarded by
arbitrators, then the Contractor may, upon three days' written
notice to the Owner and the Architect, stop work or terminate
this contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work
executed and any loss sustained upon any plant or material and
reasonable profit and damages.

Art. 39. Damages. — If either party to this contract should
suffer damage by delay or otherwise, except as provided in Art.
40, because of any act or neglect of the other party or of any one
employed by him, then he shall be reimbursed by the other party
for such damage.

Claims under this clause shall be made in writing to the party
liable within a reasonable time of the first observance of such
damage and not later than the time of final payment, except in
case of claims under Article 16, and shall be adjusted by agree-
ment or arbitration.

Art. 40. Mutual Responsibility of Contractors. — Should the
Contractor (see Art. 1 (c)) cause damage to any other person
(see Art. 1 (e) ) employed on the work, the Contractor agrees, upon
due notice, to settle with such person by agreement or arbitration,
if such person will so settle. If such person sues the Owner on
account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the
Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall, at his own expense,
defend such proceedings and, if any judgment against the Owner
arise therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and pay
all costs incurred by the Owner.

The Contractor, if damaged by any person held to the Owner
by stipulations such as the above, agrees to settle with such per-
son by agreement or arbitration and in no case to sue the Owner
on account of such damage.

Art. 41. Separate Contracts. — The Owner reserves \he right
to let other contracts in connection with this work. The Con-
tractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for
the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution
of their work and shall properly connect and co-ordinate his work
with theirs.

If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper exe-
cution or results upon the work of any other contractor, the
Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect
any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such

300

APPENDIX 79

proper execution and results. His failure so to inspect and report
shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work
as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects
which may develop in the other contractor's work after the exe-
cution of his work.

To insure the proper execution of his subsequent work the
Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at
once report to the Architect any discrepancy between the exe-
cuted work and the drawings.

Art. 42. Assignment. — Neither party to the Contract shall
assign the contract without the written consent of the other,
nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become
due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the
Owner.

Art. 43. Subcontracts. — The Contractor shall notify the
Architect in writing of the names of subcontractors proposed for
the principal parts of the work and for such others as the Archi-
tect may direct and shall not employ any that the Architect may
within a reasonable time object to as incompetent or unfit.

The Contractor may in his discretion or shall, if so required,
submit with his proposal, a list of subcontractors. If the change
of any name on such list is required or permitted after signature
of agreement, the contract price shall be increased or diminished
by the difference between the two bids.

The Architect shall, on request, furnish to any subcontractor,
wherever practicable, evidence of the amounts certified to on
his account.

The Contractor agrees to be fully responsible to the Owner for
the aets or omissions of his subcontractors and of anyone em-
ployed either directly or indirectly by him or them and this
contractual obligation shall be in addition to the liability imposed
by law upon the Contractor for bodily injuries or death through
negligence in the cases covered by Article 19 hereof.

Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any
contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner.

Art. 44. Relations of Contractor and Subcontractor. — The

Contractor agrees to bind every subcontractor and every subcon-
tractor agrees to be bound, by the terms of the General Condi-
tions, Drawings and Specifications, as far as applicable to his
work, including the following provisions of this Article, unless
specifically noted to the contrary in a subcontract approved in
writing as adequate by the Owner or Architect.

The Subcontractor agrees —
(a) To be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the General
Conditions, Drawings and Specifications and to assume
toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that
he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner.

301

80 APPENDIX

(b) To submit to the Contractor applications for payment in

such reasonable time as to enable the Contractor to apply
for payment under Article 26 of the General Conditions.

for damages for delays or otherwise, to the Contractor in
the manner provided in the General Conditions for like'
claims by the Contractor upon the Owner, except that
the time for making claims for extra cost as under Article

25 of the General Conditions is one week.

The Contractor agrees —

(d) To be bound to the Subcontractor by all the obligations that

the Owner assumes to the Contractor under the General
Conditions, Drawings and Specifications and by all the
provisions thereof affording remedies and redress to the
Contractor from the Owner.

(e) To pay the Subcontractor, upon the issuance of certificates,

if issued under the schedule of values described in Article

26 of the General Conditions, the amount allowed to the
Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's work to the
extent of the Subcontractor's interest therein.

(f ) To pay the Subcontractor, upon the issuance of certificates,

if issued otherwise than as in (e), so that at all times his
total payments shall be as large in proportion to the
value of the work done by him as the total amount certi-
fied to the Contractor is to the value of the work done
by him.

(g) To pay the Subcontractor to such extent as may be pro-

vided by the Contract Documents or the subcontract, if
either of these provides for earlier or larger payments
than the above.

(h) To pay the Subcontractor on demand for his work or mate-
rials as far as executed and fixed in place, less the retained
percentage, at the time the certificate should issue, even
though the Architect fails to issue it for any cause not the
fault of the Subcontractor.

(j) To pay the Subcontractor a just share of any fire insurance
money received by him, the Contractor, under Article 21
of the General Conditions.

(k) To make no demand for liquidated damages or penalty
for delay in any sum in excess of such amount as may be
specifically named in the subcontract.

(1) That no claim for services rendered or materials furnished
by the Contractor to the Subcontractor shall be valid
unless written notice thereof is given by the Contractor
to the Subcontractor during the first ten days of the cal-
endar month following that in which the claim originated.

302

APPENDIX 81

(m) To give the Subcontractor an opportunity to be present and
to submit evidence in any arbitration involving his rights.

(n) To name as arbitrator under Article 45 of the General Con-
ditions the person nominated by the Subcontractor, if the
sole cause of dispute is the work, materials, rights or re-
sponsibilities of the Subcontractor; or, if of the Subcon-
tractor and any other subcontractor jointly, to name as
such arbitrator the person upon whom they agree.

The Contractor and the Subcontractor agree that —

(o) In the matter of arbitration, their rights and obligations
and all procedure shall be analogous to those set forth
in Article 45 of the General Conditions.

Nothing in this Article shall create any obligation on the part
of the Owner to pay to or to see to the payment of any sums to
any Subcontractor.

Art. 45. Arbitration. — Subject to the provisions of Article
10, all questions in dispute under this contract shall bexsubmitted
to arbitration at the choice of either party to the dispute.

The general procedure shall conform to the laws of the State
in which the work lies and wherever permitted by law the deci-
sion of the arbitrators may be filed in court to carry it into effect.

The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the
Architect, in the case of an appeal from his decision, within ten
days of its receipt and in any other case within a reasonable time
after cause thereof and in no case later than the time of final
payment, except as to questions arising under Article 16. If the
Architect fails to make a decision within a reasonable time, an
appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision had been
rendered against the party appealing.

The parties may agree upon one arbitrator; otherwise there
shall be three, one named in writing by each party, and the third
chosen by these two arbitrators or, if they fail to select a third
within ten days he shall be chosen by the presiding officer of the
nearest Bar Association. Should the party demanding arbitration
fail.to name an arbitrator within ten days of his demand, his right
to arbitration shall lapse. Should the other party fail to choose
an arbitrator within such ten days, the Architect shall appoint
such arbitrator. Should either party refuse or neglect to supply
the arbitrators with any papers or information demanded in
writing, the arbitrators are empowered by both parties to take
ex parte proceedings.

The arbitrators shall act with promptness. The decision of
any two shall be binding on all parties to the dispute. The deci-
sion of the arbitrators upon any question subject to arbitration
under this contract shall be a condition precedent to any right
of legal action.

303

82 APPENDIX

The arbitrators, if they deem that the case demands it, are
authorized to award to the party whose contention is sustained
such sums as they shall deem proper for the time, expense and
trouble incident to the appeal and, if the appeal was taken with-
out reasonable cause, damages for delay. The arbitrators shall
fix their own compensation, unless otherwise provided by agree-
ment and shall assess the costs and charges of the arbitration upon
either or both parties.

The award of the arbitrators must be in writing and, if in
writing, shall not be open to objection on account of the form of
the proceedings or the award.

A. I. A. Document 99

V. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTS, AND

SCHEDULE OF USUAL AND PROPER

MINIMUM CHARGES

Adopted by The American Institute of Architects and Revised, 1908

1. The Architect's professional services consist of the neces-
sary conferences, the preparation of preliminary studies, work-
ing drawings, specifications, large scale and full size detail draw-
ings, and of the general direction and supervision of the work, for
which, except as hereinafter mentioned, the minimum charge,
based upon the total cost* of the work complete, is six per cent.

2. On residential work, alterations to existing buildings,
monuments, furniture, decorative and cabinet work and landscape
architecture, it is proper to make a higher charge than above
indicated.

3. The Architect is entitled to compensation for articles
purchased under his direction, even though not designed by him.

4. If an operation is conducted under separate contracts,
rather than under a general contract, it is proper to charge a
special fee in addition to the charges mentioned elsewhere in this
schedule.

5. Where the Architect is not otherwise retained, consultation
fees for professional advice are to be paid in proportion to the
importance of the question involved and services rendered.

6. Where heating, ventilating, mechanical, structural, elec-
trical and sanitary problems are of such a nature as to require
the services of a specialist, the Owner is to pay for such services.

*The total cost is to be interpreted as the cost of all materials and labor necessary
to complete the work, plus contractors' profits and expenses, as such cost would be if
all material? were new and all labor fully paid, at market prices current when the work
was ordered.

304

APPENDIX 83

Chemical and mechanical tests and surveys, when required, are to
be paid for by the Owner.

7. Necessary traveling expenses are to be paid by the Owner.

8. If, after a definite scheme has been approved, changes in
drawings, specifications or other documents are required by the
Owner; or if the Architect be put to extra labor or expense by
the delinquency or insolvency of a contractor, the Architect shall
be paid for such additional services and expense.

9. Payments to the Architect are due as his work progresses
in the following order : Upon completion of the preliminary stud-
ies, one-fifth of the entire fee; upon completion of specifications
and general working drawings (exclusive of details), two-fifths
additional, the remainder being due from time to time in propor-
tion to the amount of service rendered. Until an actual estimate
is received, charges are based upon the proposed cost of the work
and payments received are on account of the entire fee.

10. In case of the abandonment or suspension of the work,
the basis of settlement is to be as follows : For preliminary studies,
a fee in accordance with the character and magnitude of the
work ; f cir preliminary studies, specifications and general working
drawings (exclusive, of details), three-fifths of the fee for com-
plete services.

11. The supervision of an Architect (as distinguished from
the continuous personal superintendence which may be secured
by the employment of a clerk-of-the-works or superintendent of
construction) means such inspection by the Architect or his
deputy, of work in studios and shops or a building or other work
in process of erection, completion or alteration, as he finds neces-
sary to ascertain whether it is being executed in general con-

' formity with his drawings and specifications or directions. He
has authority to reject any part of the work which does not so
conform and to order its removal and reconstruction. He has
authority to act in emergencies that may arise in the course of
construction, to order necessary changes, and to define the in-
tent and meaning of the drawings and specifications. On opera-
tions where a clerk-of-the-work or superintendent of construction
is required, the Architect shall employ such assistance at the Own-
er's expense.

12. Drawings and specifications, as instruments of service,
are the property of the Architect.

305

AN ORDINANCE

ENTITLED
"THE BUILDING CODE OF THE CITY OF "

CHAPTER I

ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION

Section 1. The name and title of this ordinance shall be "THE BUILDING
CODE," and it shall be known and cited as such.

Sec. 2. The Building Code is hereby declared to be a remedial ordinance
and shall be liberally construed, so as to secure the beneficial interests

and purposes intended, and shall apply to all parts of the City of ,

hereafter referred to as the "City."

Sec. 3. The object and scope of this ordinance are the governing and regu-
lating of the construction and erection, remodeling, alteration, repairing,
moving and removal, and securing of buildings of any description in the
City, and providing for the safety of all present and future buildings, and
the safe use of them, and providing for all other matters pertaining to
buildings and building operations in said City.

Sec. 4. It shall be unlawful and subject to the penalties hereinafter pro-
vided for any person, persons, firm, or corporation to construct, erect,
repair, alter, add to, move or remove any building or portion thereof, or
to carry on any building operations in the City, except in compliance with
the terms and provisions of this Code.

Sec. 5. The Building Department shall consist of a Building Commissioner,
Board of Advisors, and such Deputies, Engineers, Clerks, and plan and
field Inspectors as may be required to properly carry on the work of the
Department.

1fThe Building Commissioner shall be appointed by the Mayor to serve
during the latter's administration or during good behavior. He must be a
citizen in good standing; an architect, engineer, or master builder of at
least ten years' experience as such, and his name must be submitted by

307

2 BUILDING CODE

the Mayor to the Council and approved by a majority vote before he can
assume the office. His salary shall be fixed by the Council.

1fThe Board of Advisors shall consist of the Building Commissioner and the
chairman of the Council Building Committee ex officio, and one architect,
one civil engineer, one sanitary engineer, one master builder, one lawyer,
and one merchant. These latter six shall be appointed by the Mayor
from among the names of three eligibles that shall be presented by each
of the local chapters of the national or, in the absence of national, then
the local societies of architects, of engineers, of sanitarians, of medicine,
and by the Board of Trade, or the Chamber of Commerce or Commercial
Club.

KThe Building Commissioner shall preside at all Board meetings or, in
his absence, one of the members present shall be elected pro tern. The
six lay members shall serve during the pleasure of the Mayor.
IfThe Board shall assemble upon the call of the Building Commissioner.

TfThe six lay members shall receive a per diem compensation fixed by the
Council which shall also fix the limit of that compensation during any cal-
endar year.

1fThe Deputies and the Inspectors and the other employes of the Depart-
ment shall be appointed by the Building Department from eligibles pre-
sented by the Civil Service and approved by the Mayor. These employes
shall be continued in office under the rules of the Civil Service, and their
duties and authority will be as prescribed and directed by the Commis-
sioner of Buildings, hereafter called the "Commissioner."
If The Commissioner's duties will be the administration of the Depart-
ment and the enforcing of this Code.

Iflf situations arise where the Code rulings are doubtful, or in the event
of new construction not herein provided for being proposed, or in disputes
between the Commissioner and citizens as to the interpretation of this
Code, the Commissioner shall convene the Board and submit the matter
to it. In all major matters not specifically provided for in this Code the
Commissioner may only act with the approval of the Board. Five mem-
bers present will constitute a quorum.

If All appointments and discretionary functions, the preparation of amend-
ments to this Code for presentation to Council, and all such matters will
be attended to by the "Department," meaning the Commissioner and the
Advisory Board, while the mere routine and administration will be done
by the "Department," meaning, in such cases, the Commissioner and his
duly authorized Deputies and Inspectors.

IfThe Board of Advisors shall convene at least six times a year.

308

BUILDING CODE 3

Sec. 6. The Building Department shall have the authority to stop the con-
struction of any building, or the making of any alterations or repairs of
any building, within said City, when the same is being done in a reckless
or careless manner, or in violation of this Code or any ordinance of said
City, and to order, in writing or parole, any and all persons in any way or
manner whatever engaged in so constructing, altering, or repairing any
such building, to stop and desist therefrom, and to have the authority in
the case of any building or part thereof being in an unsafe condition, and
so that said unsafe condition may be averted by the immediate applica-
tion of precautionary measures, to cause such precautionary measures to
be taken and all work necessary to render said building, or any part thereof,
safe to be done, after having served written notice upon the owner, lessee,
occupant, or agent of said building, personally.

1fThe said Building Department shall have authority to direct the fire de-
partment, after written notice has been served upon the owner, lessee, occu-
pant, or agent, personally, or without such notice if delay in serving such
notice would in its opinion imperil the public safety, to tear down any
defective or dangerous wall, stack, chimney, or any building or any part
thereof, or in case of the destruction or partial destruction by fire, or by
the action of the elements, any part of the building left standing, that is
in its opinion unsafe, and it shall be the duty of the fire department to
execute said order forthwith; and said Building Department shall immedi-
ately after such removal make report in detail to the Mayor and to the
owner, giving in detail the conditions necessary for such action; and if
the owner of such building is a non-resident of the City, a copy of such
report shall be sent to his last known address, and a like copy served
upon his agent or lessee of such premises.

1[The said Building Department is hereby empowered and whenever in its
judgment occasion may require its inspectors or other officers, to enter
into and upon any building, staging, other structure, or premises for the
purpose of examining the same in relation to its proper ventilation, sani-
tation, and safety, and may make such orders in reference thereto as to
them seem proper to the fulfillment of the provisions of this Code; and
may make examinations of any buildings or premises to investigate diverg-
ence from or failure to comply with the provisions of this Code. And
if the owner or lessee of such building, staging, or structure shall fail or
neglect to comply with the requirements of such orders, the said Build-
ing Department may enter upon such premises, hire necessary help, and
perform such work as is necessary in its judgment to be immediately per-
formed so as to secure public and private safety. The expense so incurred
shall be a lien on the property, and if the same remain unpaid sixty days

309

4 BUILDING CODE

or more after legal notice, which shall be given by the City Auditor, that
the same is due, an addition of three-quarters of one per centum shall be
made to the amount of such assessment or expense for each month the
same shall so remain unpaid after said lien is filed, and the same shall be
collectable as a part of such assessment or expense, and be and remain a
lien on such property in like manner and subject to the same modes of
enforcement and collection as the principal sum to which the same is
added; but said assessment shall be without prejudice to the right which
the owner may have to recover from any lessee or other person liable
for repairs.

Sec. 7. Before the erection, construction, or alteration of any building or
part thereof, or shed, extension, or piazza is commenced, the owner, archi-
tect, or builder shall file with the Department a clear statement in writing
of the proposed improvement, building, or alteration — together with a
copy of the plans and specifications of the same, except where the cost
as estimated by said Board does not exceed one hundred dollars — which
statement shall show the size and map of the land upon which the struc-
ture referred to is to be erected or altered, and the distance of such pro-
posed erection, alteration, or construction from the street line and from
adjoining buildings on the same or adjacent lands or lots, a record of which
shall be kept in the office of said Department.

^Wherever plans are required for a building, addition, or detail, elevator,
plumbing, etc., they shall be made by a reputable, responsible, and known
architect, engineer, or specialist in the particular line of work planned.
Plans by a carpenter for a house or drawings by a steam fitter for an ele-
vator, for instances, will not fill this requirement.

^[Further, in making application for a permit the architect or engineer
shall declare and sign a certificate that the work called for is in accordance
with the spirit and letter of this code. Should it appear that any architect
or engineer or specialist has made false statements in this form of appli-
cation and that the work proposed is not in accord with this Code, then
the Department may thereafter refuse to issue any further permits upon
applications signed by him. This refusal, however, may only be made
after he has been heard in his own defense before a meeting of the Advisory
Board.

T[No part of any building shall extend beyond the building line and on
street, except bay windows, cornices, and galleries above the first story
or 10 feet clear above the grade line, and such projection beyond the build-
ing line shall not exceed 3 feet, provided, however, that in no case shall
any building or part of a building extend beyond the street line, excepting

310

BUILDING CODE 5

that anywhere above the second story the main roof cornice may project
24 inches and all minor cornices or belts 12 inches, and in buildings of
8 stories or more the main roof cornice may project 36 inches over the
street line.

TfAnd the erection, construction, or alteration of such building or part
thereof — shed, extension, or piazza — shall not be commenced or pro-
ceeded with until the said owner, architect, or builder shall receive a cer-
tificate or permit from said Department after an examination into such
plans and specifications. And after it is satisfied that such sufficient means
of fire protection, ventilation, sanitation, and general construction as
therein described are provided as are conducive to safety and sanitation
and are otherwise as provided in this Code, it shall issue said permit.
Said plans and specifications shall remain on file at the office of the Build-
ing Department.

CHAPTER II
PLANS, FEES, PENALTIES, AND LICENSES

Sec. 8. All working plans and drawings other than diagrams, which are to
be filed with the Building Department as provided in this Code, shall be
drawn to a scale of not less than one-eighth of an inch to the foot on paper
or cloth, in ink or by some process that will not fade or obliterate. All
distances and dimensions must be accurately figured and drawings made
explicit and complete, showing the sewerage and drain pipes, and location
of all plumbing fixtures within such building. Each set of plans presented
for permit must be accompanied by specifications describing all materials
to be used in the proposed building, and both the plans and specifications
must be approved by the Building Department before a permit is granted.
Special drawings and details to illustrate any particular point or points
shall be furnished when required.

Sec. 9. It shall be unlawful and subject to the penalties hereinafter provided
to erase, alter, or modify any line, figures, or coloring contained upon
drawing or specifications that in any way affect the structural, sanitary,'
or essential features of a building after they have been stamped by the

311

6 BUILDING CODE

Building Department or filed with it for reference. If, during the progress
of the execution of such work, it is desired to deviate in any manner affect-
ing the construction or other essentials of the building from the terms of

•

the application, drawings, plans, or specifications, as filed, notice of such
intention to alter or deviate shall be given in writing to the Building De-
partment and its written assent must be obtained before such alterations
or deviations may be made. Alterations or deviations in buildings, which
do not involve any change in their structural or sanitary parts or ways of
ingress or egress, mere matters of decoration, may be made without per-
mission from said Department.

Seg. 10. When the cost of any building alteration, elevator, plumbing,
fire escape, or addition thereto, as herein specified, as estimated by the
Building Department, does not exceed the sum of five hundred dollars,
the fee for the permit, as provided in this Code, shall be one dollar; when
the cost as so estimated is between five hundred dollars and two thousand
dollars, two dollars; and when the cost as so estimated, is in excess of two
thousand dollars, two dollars plus twenty-five cents for each one thou-
sand dollars or fraction thereof in excess of two thousand dollars.

f Further, in any case where it is decided to build a better class of build-
ing than called for in the limits wherein it is to be built and for the pur-
pose it is intended, then the fee for the building permit shall be remitted
wholly after the building is completed. But this can be done only upon
the direction of the Advisory Board, the sole judge of the merits of the
contention that the building is really better than is required by the Code
for that district of the City. This is done for the purpose of encouraging
better building in the City.

Sec. 11. And further, all new buildings shall be conspicuously labeled, at or
near the entrance, just as to what class of construction they are — whether
"fireproof," "slow-burning, n or "ordinary" — and all old ones of a public
or semi-public nature — halls, theaters, stores, hotels, apartments, etc. —
shall be similarly labeled. In connection with these old structures there
shall be an additional classification "dangerous." These labels shall be
different in colors, so that each class is easily recognizable, and shall be
affixed by the Building Department as quickly as it is possible to make
the necessary inspection. All appeals will be heard and settled by the
Advisory Board. It shall be a punishable offense to in any way hide or
mar these signs or to advertise or call or distinguish the building by any
superior classification than that which it has been labeled by the Depart-
ment.

If If, after a permit for the erection, alteration, or repair of any building

312

BUILDING CODE 7

shall be granted, the operation called for by said permit shall not be com-
menced within six months from the date of said permit, a new permit
shall be taken out by the owner or his agent and the fees herein fixed for
the original permit shall again be paid therefor before any work on any
such building is carried on or commenced; unless the commencement of
such work has been, delayed on account of strikes or such unavoidable
occurrence, of which the Building Department shall be the sole judge.

Sec. 12. The said Building Department shall have authority to order stopped
and suspended any and all work or building operations of any character
whatsoever, which it deems being done or constructed in a careless, unsafe,
or insanitary manner; and if the orders of said Department are not obeyed
and the work so stopped or suspended, the contractor, foreman, person,
or persons so disobeying such orders shall be liable to arrest, and upon
conviction in the City Court of said City shall be fined not more than one
hundred dollars, or imprisoned in the County Jail not more than six months,
or both; provided, however, that any person who deems himself aggrieved
by such order or orders of any of the Inspectors of the Department shall
have the right of appeal to the Building Department for a hearing before
the Board of Advisors, which hearing the said Department shall order
and hold within at least three days of the service of the aforesaid order,
at which time the said Board shall hear the parties in interest, inquire
into the facts, and render such decision as to it seems meet and proper;
but, pending such hearing and the rendition of said judgment or decision,
•all building operations and work complained of as aforesaid shall be sus-
pended and held in abeyance, under the penalty hereinabove provided-

Sec. 13. Further, any person, persons, or corporation desiring to engage,
or being engaged in the business of contracting and building, before
receiving a license to do so (and no construction work shall be done
by other than a licensed builder) shall file in the office of the Building
Department a petition in writing, giving the name of the person, persons,
firm, or corporation, and the place of business of said person, persons, firm,
or corporation, petitioning to become licensed builders or contractors, and
agreeing that he or they will abide by the rules and regulations of the
Building Department and the City Ordinances, and furnishing evidence that
he is or they are perfectly competent to carry on such construction work.
Before receiving a license the applicant shall execute and deposit in the
office of the Building Department a good and sufficient bond payable
to the City to be approved by said Building Department, in the sum of
$3,000 conditioned that said applicant will indemnify and save harmless
the City and the Building Department of and from all accidents or dam-

313

8 BUILDING CODE

ages caused by him or them in any work done by virtue of his or their said
license. Said petition shall be accompanied by a license fee of 20 dollars,
to be paid into the treasury of the City, whereupon said Building Depart-
ment shall issue to said applicant a license to engage in the business of
master builder or contractor, or master builders or contractors.

CHAPTER III
FIRE LIMITS

Sec. 14. The Council shall establish a line which shall be a limit about the
most congested and important section of the City, and the blocks con-
tained within these limits shall be known as the "Inner Fire Limits. 1 '

IfThis section shall be within another and larger one similarly established
by the Council, upon the recommendation of Building Department, City
Engineer, and Fire Department, that shall be known as the "Outer Fire
Limits."

IfThe space between this outer line and the city's limits of jurisdiction
shall be known as the "Boundary Limits."

Sec. 15. No person, firm, or corporation shall hereafter erect any building
or addition to a building within the Inner Fire Limits, as the said limits
now are or may hereafter be established, unless said building be of fire-
proof construction as provided in this Code.

If No person, firm, or corporation shall erect, enlarge, elevate, alter, or other-
wise change any building or addition to a building within the Outer Fire
Limits, as the said limits are now or may hereafter be established, unless
the outer walls and the covering of the roof be composed wholly of non-
combustible materials, and the use of sheet metal for the covering of out-
side wooden walls of buildings within the Outer Fire Limits is prohibited.
Nothing herein, however, shall *be understood to prohibit the use of tar
or asphalt and -gravel, or slag and asbestos roofs, but such roofs must be
approved by the Building Department.

Sec. 16. All exposed windows in the inner fire district, except windows
facing on streets over thirty feet wide, shall be protected by standard,

314

BUILDING CODE 9

fire-resisting shutters or by metal window frames and metal sash glazed
with wire glass.

Sec. 17. Outside the Fire Limits when any brick, stone, or concrete building
is to be erected of a class that could, under this Code, be constructed of
wood, the Building Department is hereby authorized, empowered, and
directed to allow reasonable modifications of this Code relating to brick,
stone, or concrete buildings in consideration of incombustible material
being used voluntarily for walls instead of wood.

Sec. 18. In the matter of what is and what is not combustible construction^
as in all the terms used in this Code, it has been sought to use the simplest
and plainest definitions, those understood and in common use in this
vicinity. So also in the matter of construction, it is aimed to define con-
struction, sizes of brick, measurements, and such matters that conform
to common usage and custom and mode in vogue m this vicinity. But,
in the case of any dispute, or if the Advisory Board itself be in doubt, then
Kidder's Building Hand-Book will be the deciding authority as to all
such disputed terms.

CHAPTER IV
QUALITY OF MATERIALS

Sec. 19. All materials shall be of quality suitable for the purpose for which
they are intended to be used and conform to trade and manufacturers'
standards. Each material must be free from imperfections whereby its
strength or durability may be seriously impaired.

TESTS

1[The Building Department shall have the authority to reject materials
which are unsuitable and below the usual standards, and may require
tests to be made at the expense of the architect, engineer, builder, or owner
to determine the strength of any structural materials.

*|In all such major tests prescribed in this Code the same shall be made by
the National Bureau of Standards at Washington, D. C, or the Under-

316

10 • BUILDING CODE

writers ' Laboratory at Chicago. Or, if these Laboratories be too busy to
attend to the matter within the time required, the tests may be made by
some State or private laboratory of recognized standing and proper equip-
ment that may be recommended and approved in writing by either and
the manner of making the test will be according to the instructions of
said Bureau of Standards. All such tests are to be paid for by the owner
or his engineer or manufacturer — in no case by the City — but shall be
directed, called for, and, if necessary, supervised by the Building Depart-
ment.

Ifln case such materials or systems of construction have already been
tested by either of these two laboratories, then the Department may accept
its report in lieu of an additional or new test especially for the City.

BRICK AND STONE

Sec. 20. Brick shall be well burned and hard. When old bricks are used
they shall be thoroughly cleaned. When the season will permit, bricks
shall be wet before using.

TfNo soft bricks shall be used in any part of a building exposed to the
weather or in any internal or external piers, nor in any part of a wall
where there is a greater height than 40 feet of wall above said brick. The
bond of brick work shall be formed by laying one course of headers for
at least every six courses of stretchers or the equivalent of such bonding.
All stone and brick work over openings exceeding 4 feet in width shall
be supported with stone or iron or concrete lintels of sufficient strength
to carry the superimposed weights, excepting where such stone or brick
work shall be supported with substantial stone or equally strong arches.
All lintels supporting stone or brick work must bed on stone, brick, concrete,
or iron of sufficient strength.

Sec. 21. Stone shall be sound and hard and of sufficient dimensions for its
intended use.

Sec. 22. Sand used for mortar shall be clean, sharp grit sand free from loam,
dirt, or organic matter.

Sec. 23. Lime shall be thoroughly burned quick lime of good quality and
well slacked before using.

Sec. 24. Any natural cement which is a product of calcination of natural
rock, such as Akron, Louisville, and other hydraulic cements and siag
Portlands, will be classed as "natural cement."

Sec. 25. Standard Portland cement of commerce, either domestic or foreign,
shall be capable of passing the requirements as set forth in the "Standard

316

BUILDING CODE 11

Specification for Portland Cement," by the American Society for Testing
Materials. The medium requirements for tensile strength for briquettes
1 inch square in section shall be as follows, and there shall be no retro-
gradation in the strength between the periods specified:

Neat Cement Strength

24 hours in moist air 200 lbs.

7 days (1 day in moist air, 6 days in water) 550 lbs.

28 days (1 day in moist air, 27 days in water). . . . 650 lbs.

TfFor fireproofing and floor construction the highest grade of Portland
shall be used. It shall be of uniform consistency and of such fineness
that not more than ten per cent will be rejected by a sieve of twenty-five
hundred meshes per square inch, and be subject to such other physical
and chemical tests that the Building Department may require.

Sec. 26. A properly proportioned mixture of lime and sand — not more than
three parts sand to one part unslacked lime — will constitute lime mortar.

Sec. 27. A properly proportioned mixture of cement and sand with lime
added — not more than four parts sand to one part each of dry cement and
slacked lime — will constitute lime and cement mortar.

Sec. 28. A properly proportioned mixture of cement and sand — not more
than four parts sand to one of Portland cement, not more than three parts
sand to one of Rosendale cement — will constitute cement mortar. The
test for the same shall be as follows:

One part cement, 3 parts standard sand Strength

7 days (1 day in moist air, 6 days in water) 175 lbs.

28 days (1 day in moist air, 27 days in water"). . . . 300 lbs.

Sec 29. Mortar for plastering shall be made as follows or equally well:
The mortar shall be slacked, made into putty, and cooled before putting
in the hair which must be well separated. One bushel of hair will be
required for every three barrels of putty; one and one-half barrels of sand
to one barrel of putty may be mixed for the first or scratch coat, after
being thoroughly mixed as above. The said mixture must be stacked
for at least three days before using. The said mortar shall be used on
lath surfaces with a second coat of mortar in which are two and one-half
barrels of sand to one barrel of putty and less hair.

TfPatent plasters may be used with the approval of the Department.

CONCRETE

Sec. 30. When the structural use of concrete is proposed, a specification
stating the quality and proportion of materials and the methods of mixing

317

12 BUILDING CODE

the same shall be submitted to the Building Department and approved
by it before the work shall be carried on.

^[Concrete for foundations shall be made of at least one part cement
to three parts of sand and five parts of clean broken stone, free from dirt
and dust, of such size as to pass in any way through a 2-inch ring, or good
clean gravel may be used in the same proportion as broken stone.

IfThe ingredients of the concrete shall be thoroughly mixed to the desired
consistency and the mixing shall continue until the cement is evenly dis-
tributed and the mass is homogeneous and uniform in color. Methods
of measurement of proportions of the various ingredients, including water,
shall be used, which will secure separate uniform measurement at all times.

IfWhere the conditions will permit a machine mixer of a type which in-
sures a proper mixing of the materials throughout the mass shall be used.

TfWhen it is necessary to mix by hand the mixing shall be on a. water-
tight platform and special precaution must be taken to turn the materials
until they are homogeneous in appearance and color.

^[The materials must be mixed wet enough to produce a concrete of such
consistency as will flow into the forms and about the metal reinforcement
and which on the other hand can be conveyed from the mixer to the forms
without separation of the coarse aggregate from the mortar.

WOOD

Sec. 31. All timber and wood shall be of good sound lumber free from rot,
large or loose knots, shakes, or any imperfections whereby the strength
may be impaired, and be of such size and dimensions as the purposes for
which the building is intended require.

STRUCTURAL IRON AND STEEL

Sec. 32. All structural wrought or cast iron or steel, in quality, in require-
ments of tests, in workmanship, and in assemblage and interconnections of
shapes, shall be in accordance with the standard specifications of the
Association of American Steel Manufacturers, as given in the hand-books
of the respective standard manufacturers; provided that for buildings
of skeleton-frame fireproof construction, the Building Department may,
at any time, require the owner to engage recognized experts who shall
supervise the mill, shop, and field work, and who shall file certified copies
of their reports on the progress of the work for the approval of said Building
Department; and no work shall be concealed or built upon until the Build-
ing Department has been furnished satisfactory proof that it is up to the
accepted standard and properly painted or protected.

^f All wrought iron shall be uniform in character, fibrous, tough, and ductile.

318

BUILDING CODE 13

It shall have an ultimate tensile resistance of not less than forty-eight
thousand pounds per square inch, an elastic limit of not less than twenty-
four thousand pounds per square inch, and an elongation of twenty per
cent in 8 inches, when tested in small specimens.

1[Wrought iron shall be tested full sized as rolled when called for by the
Building Department. Specimens not more than 1 inch in thickness
should bend double when cold, without showing cracks or flaws.

If All structural steel shall have an ultimate tensile strength of from fifty-
four thousand to sixty-four thousand pounds per square inch. Its elastic
limit shall not be less than thirty-two thousand pounds per square inch,
and test specimens, ruptured in tension, must show a minimum elongation
of not less than twenty per cent, with from fifty thousand to fifty-eight
thousand pounds per square inch.

TfCast steel shall be made of open hearth steel containing one-quarter
to one-half per cent of carbon, not over eight one-hundredths of one per
cent of phosphorus, and shall be practically free from blowholes.
^Cast iron shall be of good foundry mixture, producing a clean, tough,
gray iron.

^[The quality of the iron going into castings under specifications shall be
determined by means of the "Arbitration Bar." This is a bar 1} inches
in diameter and 15 inches long. Two sets of two bars shall be cast from
each heat, one set from the first and the other set from the last iron going
into the castings. Where the heat exceeds twenty tons, an additional set
of two bars shall be cast for each twenty tons or fraction thereof above
this amount. In case of mixture during the heat, one set of two bars
shall also be cast for every mixture other than the regular one. Each
set of two bars is to go into a single mould. The bars shall not be
rumbled or otherwise treated, being simply brushed off before testing.

TJThe transverse test shall be made on all the bars cast, with supports
12 inches apart, load applied at the middle, and the deflection at rupture
noted. One bar of every two of each set made must fulfill the require-
ments to permit acceptance of the castings represented.

IfThe bottom of the bar is -fg of an inch smaller in diameter than the top,
to allow for draft and for the strain of pouring. The pattern shall not
be rapped before withdrawing. The flask is to be rammed up with green
moulding-sand, a little damper than usual, well mixed and put through
a No. 8 sieve with a mixture of one to twelve bituminous facing. The
mould shall be rammed evenly and fairly hard, thoroughly dried and not
cast until it is cold. The test-bar shall not be removed from the mould
until cold enough to be handled.

319

14 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 33. All structural material of whatever nature shall be subjected to
tests to determine its character and quality by methods established by
the authorities ^already prescribed; the tests shall be made under the super-
vision of the Building Department if it deems that supervision necessary
or it may direct the owner to file with it a certified copy of the results of
such tests as they may direct. No new structural material shall be used
in any structure until it has been properly tested and found to fulfill the
minimum conditions and tests required by this Code for materials used
for like purposes.

Sec. 34. The stresses used in materials hereafter to be used in construction
shall be the calculated stresses due to their "dead load" plus the applied
"live load." The allowable factors or units of safety or the dimensions
of each piece or combination of materials required in a building or struc-
ture, if not given in this Code, shall be ascertained by computation accord-
ing to the rules prescribed by the standard modern authorities on strength
of materials, applied mechanics, and engineering practice, provided that
the Building Department may, and in cases of trussed or reinforced con-
crete buildings two or more stories high, shall require the owner or archi-
tect or engineer to submit a certified copy of. such computation or strain
sheets for examination and approval with the application for the Build-
ing Permit.

320

CHAPTER V
FACTORS OF SAFETY

Sec. 35. In computing the working stresses in the framing of any building,
unless the safe loads are prescribed in this Code, the following factors of
safety shall be used, these factors to be increased where there is a vibrating
load:

TfFof wrought iron or steel subject to compression or tension or trans-
verse strains 4

1[For cast iron subject to tension or transverse strains 10

^[For cast iron subject to compression for plates and columns of ordinary
or short length — according to the uniformity of the thickness of shell . . 6 to 8

TfFor cast iron long columns — according to the uniformity of the thick-
ness of shell 8 to 10

IfFor timber compressions in short columns or posts 4

f For timber subject to tension and transverse strain 6

iJFor timber in lon^ columns or posts 5

%'tfor natural or artificial stone or masonry or concrete 10

f For framed structures composed of two or more pieces of the same ma-
terial, or a combination of two or more pieces of different materials, such
as frames of all kinds, brackets, cantilevers, trusses, and arched floors
or reinforced concrete floors combined with metal girders, beams or
channels, under ordinary loading of buildings 4

IfFor framed structures as above exposed to vibrations of machinery or
trucking or shocks, or exposed to the action of the elements 5

VFor floors or arch construction of brick, concrete, or tile, or similar
/>&*xing parts between beams 6

flF?>r floors of reinforced concrete construction or concrete and tile, or
2 ^inf arced tile, or similar bearing parts between beams 5

TfFor iron or steel in latticed or open worked columns or latticed beams or
fgfrders when solidly filled or encased in concrete extending at least 2
inches beyond the outer edges or faces of the structural members
(with no allowance for the concrete) 3

321

16 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 36. Every temporary support under any structure, wall, girder, or
beam, during the erection, finishing, alteration, or repairing of any build-
ing or structure or any part thereof, shall be of sufficient strength to safely
carry the load to be placed thereon, allowing a factor of safety of not less
than five.

IfDuring the construction or alteration of any building or structure, no
material entering into such construction or alteration shall be placed on
any floor or roof of any greater weight than the live load that each such
floor or roof is intended to safely sustain when the building or structure
is completed.

CHAPTER VI

CALCULATION OF STRESSES

EARTH AND FOUNDATION LOADS

Sec. 37. Sound, natural earth shall not be loaded to more than the follow-
ing in tons per square feet:

Gravel and coarse sand, well compacted or hard pan . . 6 tons

Hard rock 20 "

Fairly hard rock 6 "

Dry, hard clay or fine sand 4

Moderately dry clay or moderately compact sand 2

Soft sand or clay or undisturbed alluvial soils 1 ton

IfNo foundation shall be started on filled ground until proper tests have
been made under a skilled engineer and permit granted by the Building
Department. When a doubt arises as to the safe sustaining power of the
earth upon which a building is to be erected, the Building Department may
order borings to be made, or direct that the sustaining power of the soil
be tested by and at the expense of the owner of the proposed building.

Sec. 38. Allowable safe load in tons per square foot, Table I.

322

it
ti

BUILDING CODE

TABLE I
Foundation Loads

Laid in Mortar

Lime

Lime and

Portland

Cement

Hydraulic
Cement

Portland

Common Kiln Run Brick

Common Selected Hard Brick

Hard Pressed Hydraulic or Vitrified

Shale or Paving Brick

Stone (Rubble, Irregular Bonded)

Stone (Ashlar or Block with full beds)

Concrete (Cement 1, Sand 2, Stone 4)

Concrete (Cement 1, Sand 2, Stone 5)

Stone, Rubble, Coursed, and Well-

bonded

INACTIVE AND LIVE LOADS

Sec. 39. In columns, girders, timbers, walls, and materials, the stresses
and loads allowed shall be those accepted in general practice, recognized
by the best authorities, and defined by Kidder or such accepted textbooks.
So in the live loads calculated for floors, stairs, galleries, etc., the minimum
generally accepted shall obtain and the different classifications shall be
according to Kidder or such accepted text books, provided, however, that
no floor or stair or gallery or roof shall be calculated for less than 40 pounds
live load per square foot of surface.

If Also the architect or engineer of any building may be required to present
his calculations for such stresses, loads, etc., in such form that they may
be readily checked by the Department, and the work shall not proceed until
the Department approves of such loads, etc.

^Wherever the load may be a shifting or a moving or a vibrant one — for
example, in machine shops, factories, drill halls, or churches — or wherever
a crush of people may occur, the live loads shall be calculated at 33 per
cent additional live load over and above an inactive live load such as in
a warehouse, a home, or a museum.

Sec. 40. The Building Department shall estimate the live loads allowable
under any construction that may be proposed; these loads shall be marked
upon the plans and the owner of the building shall conspicuously label
and post these same loadings in his building. And at no time shall the
floors be loaded in excess of that allowed maximum. If the building is
to be changed as to its nature of occupancy and additional loads be de-
sired, then the floors shall be reinforced ander the direction of the De-
partment.

323

18 BUILDING CODE

1fThe Department shall also, as rapidly as possible, determine the floor
loads allowable in all existing buildings, where in its belief overloading
may now obtain, or where it is evident that such overloading might result
disastrously to life and adjacent property. The buildings so examined
shall be labeled in the same manner as the new ones, as to allowable loads,
and such floors shall not be overloaded under the penalties provided for
other similar offenses. The Building Department shall have police author-
ity for the enforcement of this and all other clauses of this Code, and for
all infractions of the same it shall cite the owner or builder or their repre-
sentatives before the proper Court, there to be dealt with as that Court
shall decree imprisonment or fine or both as the importance of the offense
shall, in the opinion of the Court, justify.

Tfln such prosecutions or in any defense the Department may be called
upon to make, it shall have the assistance, help and advice of the City
Attorney.

CHAPTER VII
EXCAVATIONS

Sec. 41. All excavations for buildings shall be made at least 9 inches
beyond the line of masonry to permit of inspection and shall be properly
guarded and protected by the person, persons, or corporations causing
the same to be made, so as to prevent the same from becoming dangerous
to life and limb, and shall be sheath piled where it may be necessary, or
by some other method approved by the Building Department to prevent
the adjoining soil from caving in, by reason of its own weight or by reason
of any weight that may rest upon it.

Sec. 42. Whenever any excavation is made on land adjoining a building,
the owner of the land upon which such excavation is made shall shore up,
protect, and take every precautionary measure to protect and save from
injury or harm all footings, foundations, walls, or parts thereof, or any
part of the building, which is liable to be injured by reason of such ex-
cavations, provided the depth of such excavation exceeds 6 feet below
grade. If such excavation does not exceed 6 feet, then any such expense
shall be borne by the owner of such building.

324

BUILDING CODE 19

Sec. 43. Plans filed with the Building Department shall be accompanied
by a statement of the character of the soil at the level of the footings fpund
by test-borings.

Sec. 44. When buildings to be erected or altered front on business thorough-
fares and in congested business districts the Building Department may
require that sidewalk traffic be maintained without interruption by means
of elevated or covered sidewalks, and such covering shall be strong enough
to protect passers-by from falling material, and everywhere all temporary
inclosing fences and sidewalks, etc., shall be kept clean and all traffic
shall be interfered with as little as possible. In all these matters the
orders of the Department must be promptly obeyed. Sufficient lights
and guards shall be maintained at all such obstructions or excavations.
The street proper is to be kept clear, save the temporary sidewalk, 3 feet
wide, that may be built beyond the curb line.

CHAPTER VIII
FOUNDATIONS AND FOOTINGS

Sec. 45. Every building except buildings erected upon solid rock, shall have
foundations of brick, stone, steel, iron, - or Portland cement concrete,
laid not less than 4 feet below the surface of the earth on solid ground,
on level surface of rock, or upon wide footings, reinforced concrete beds,
piles, or ranging timbers, when solid earth or rock is not found. Piles
intended to sustain a wall, pier, or post shall be driven to a solid bearing,
if practical to do so, and the number of such piles and their dimensions
shall be sufficient to support the superstructure proposed.

Sec. 46. The Building Department shall be notified of the time when test
piles shall be driven. The tops of all wooden piles shall be cut off below
the lowest water line. When required, concrete shall be rammed down
in the interspaces between the heads of the piles to a depth and thickness
of not less than 12 inches and for 1 foot in width outside of the piles.

Sec. 47. Where ranging and capping timbers are laid on piles for founda-
tions, they shall be of hard wood not less than 6 inches thick and properly
joined together, and their tops laid below the lowest water line.

325

20 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 48. Where metal is incorporated in, or forms part of, a foundation it
shall be thoroughly protected from any rust by asphaltum, concrete, or
by such materials and in such manner as may be approved by the Build-
ing Department. When footings of iron or steel which form columns are
placed below the water level they shall be similarly coated and inclosed in
concrete for preservation at against rust.

Sec. 49. When foundations are carried down through earth by piers of stone,
brick, or concrete in caissons, the loads and mode of construction and man-
ner of doing shall first be approved by the Building Department and, if
need be, this or any other specially important work may be permitted
only under the superintendence of the Department.

Sec. 50. Foundation walls shall be built of stone or brick with cement mortar,
or of Portland cement concrete, except foundations for frame buildings
and private stables and for buildings not more than two stories in height,
which may be built with lime and cement mortar. If built of Portland
cement concrete, they shall be at. least 4 inches thicker than the wall
next above them in a depth of 12 feet below the curb level and for every
additional 10 feet or part thereof deeper, they shall be increased 6 inches
in thickness. The footing or base course shall be of stone or concrete, or
both, or of concrete and stepped-up brickwork of sufficient thickness
and area safely to bear the weight to be imposed thereon.

Sec. 51. If the footing or base course be of concrete, the concrete shall not
be less than 12 inches thick. If of stone, the stone shall not be less than
16 inches by 24 inches and at least 6 inches in thickness for walls, and
not less than 8 inches in thickness for piers, columns, or posts. The footing
or the base course, except under framed buildings, whether formed of con-
crete or stone, shall be at least 8 inches wider than the bottom width of
walls, and at least 6 inches wider on all sides than the bottom width of the
said piers, columns, or posts. If the superimposed load is such as to cause
undue transverse strain on a footing projecting 6 inches, the thickness of
such footing shall be increased so as to carry the load with safety, by
adding extra course or courses of above dimensions. All base stones shall
be well bedded and laid crosswise edge to edge.

Iflf stepped-up footings of brick are used in place of stone above the con-
crete, the offsets, if laid in single courses, shall not exceed 1\ inches, or if
laid in double courses, shall not exceed 3 inches, the first course of brick-
work being set back one-half the thickness of the concrete base, so as
properly to distribute the load to be imposed thereon.

Sec. 52. If, in place of a continuous foundation wall, isolated piers are to
be built to support the superstructure, where, in the opinion of the Build-

326

' X

BUILDING CODE 21

ing Department, the nature of the ground and character of the building
make it necessary, inverted arches resting on a proper bed of concrete,
both designed to transmit with safety the superimposed loads, shall be
placed between the piers. The thrust of the outer piers shall be taken
up by suitable wrought iron or steel rods and plates.

Sec. 53. Grillage beams of wrought iron or steel resting on a proper concrete
bed may be used. Such beams must be provided with separators and
bolts, inclosed and filled solid between with concrete, and of such size and
so arranged as to transmit with safety the superimposed loads.

Sec. 54. All stone walls 24 inches and not less than 18 inches in thick-
ness shall have at least one header extending through the wall in every 3
feet in height from the bottom of the wall, and in every 3 feet in length;
and if over 24 inches in thickness, shall have one header for every 6 super-
ficial feet on both sides of the wall, laid across each other to bond together,
and running into the wall at least 20 inches. All headers shall be at least
12 inches in width and 6 inches in thickness and shall consist of good flat
stones.

fNo stone shall be laid in such walls in any other position than on its
natural bed. No stone shall be used that does not bond or extend into
the wall at least 6 inches. Stones shall be firmly bedded into cement
mortar and all spaces and joints thoroughly filled.

Sec. 55. External retaining walls shall be constructed of sufficient thick-
ness to safely support the outside pressure when earth embankments are
adjacent to any foundation or curb wall and shall be properly coated,
cemented, or otherwise protected against water seepage.

1f Proper damp courses shall be provided in all foundation walls and, like-
wise, proper provision of open drains outside the wall and covered with
broken stone or other such expedient to carry off surface water and prevent
wet collars.

Sec. 56. In all cases a connection with the street sewer where the same
exists shall be established before beginning the work of laying founda-
tions. Before the walls of buildings are carried up above the foundation
walls, the cellars shall be connected through drains and catch basins with
the street sewer. Should there be no sewer in the street, or if the cellars
are below the sewer or ground-water level, then provisions shall be made
to prevent water accumulating in the cellars to the injury of the founda-
tions or the occupancy of the basement cellar.

327

CHAPTER IX
WALLS, PIERS, AND PARTITIONS

Sec. 57. Walls, piers and partitions will be proportioned in thickness,
length, and frequency to the loads they have to carry, the class of build-
ing, the limits in which that building is erected, and the materials used.
And the plans will state specifically the nature and class of building, the
floor loads and all such data in order that the Building Department may
check up these figures and approve of the thicknesses of such walls, etc.,
as well as of all else proposed; or, disapproving, may direct how the work
shall be done to receive such approval.

Sec. 58. For separate private dwellings or private stables 8-inch brick
walls or their equivalent in other materials, may be used for one story,
providing no wall is more than 30 feet long, without a break or buttress,
and not over 11 feet high and not span more than 18 feet. 8-inch brick
walls may be used for small stores, the walls of which are not more than
30 feet long without break or buttress, nor more than 11 feet high nor for
spans of more than 18 feet. All 8-inch brick walls must be built with
Portland cement mortar.

Sec. 59. Where two stories of frame construction are erected over one
story of brick construction, the brick walls shall not be less than 12 inches
thick or their equivalent in other materials.

Sec. 60. The walls of all buildings, other than frame or wood, shall be con-
structed of stone, brick, hollow tile, Portland cement concrete, iron or steel,
or, if approved by the Building Department, other hard, incombustible
material, and the several component parts of such buildings shall be as
herein provided.

Sec. 61. All buildings shall be inclosed on all sides with independent or
party walls or piers and incombustible sliding or other doors or shutters,
or with metal frames and wired glass or equally fire-resisting inclosures,
subject, of course, to the approval of the Building Department.

Sec. 62. The walls and piers of all buildings shall be properly and solidly
bonded together with close joints filled with mortar. They shall be built
to a line and be carried up plumb and straight.

328

BUILDING CODE - 23

Sec. 63. The walls of each story shall be built up the full thickness to the
top of the beams above.

Sec. 64. Walls or piers, or parts of walls and piers, shall not be built in
freezing weather, unless the brick and mortar be heated.

Sec. 65. When walls are more than 25 feet apart, 4 inches shall be added
for every succeeding interval of 10 feet or part thereof of increase of distance
between them without intermediate division walls or rows of column and
girder supports.

Sec. 66. When any horizontal section of wall shows more than 25 per cent
. reduction of area on account of flues, openings, and recesses, 4 inches shall

be added for every succeeding interval of 10 per cent or part thereof of
' reduction, provided that, in walls of uniform thickness, such reduction does

not exceed 55 per cent of the whole, or, in masonry pier construction, not

more than 70 per cent for each bay.

Sec. 67. When the floors of a building of an established height are to be
loaded heavier than the maximum given in the tables of permissible loads,
the thickness of walls shall be proportionately increased.

Sec. 68. All buildings over 100 feet in depth, without a cross-wall or proper
piers or buttresses, shall have the side or bearing walls increased 4 inches
more than is actually required for load sustaining.

Sec. 69. All party or division walls of a less thickness than 12 inches shall
be corbeled, not less than 3 inches on sides, to receive the floor joists; or
instead of corbeling, approved malleable iron or steel joist-hangers may
be used.

Sec. 70. Where it appears that extra or additional stress shall come upon
any wall or pier extra provision shall be made for carrying the same by
additional thickness of walls, or additional size of pier, or the addition of
proper pilasters.

Sec. 71. The inside 4 inches of any wall may be built of hard-burnt hollow
brick, properly tied and bonded by means of full header courses every
sixth course into the walls, and of the dimension of the ordinary bricks.

Sec. 72. Where hollow tiles are used as lining or furring for walls they
shall not be included in the measurement of the thickness of such walls.
But where terra cotta blocks are so used they shall be allowed their pro-
portionate value in carrying loads.

Sec. 73. In all walls that are built hollow or in two sections the same quan-
tity of stone, brick, or concrete shall be used in their construction as if

329

24 BUILDING CODE

they were built solid, as in this Code provided, and no hollow wall shall
be built unless the parts of same are connected by proper ties, either of
brick, stone, or iron, placed not over 24 inches apart.

Sec. 74. No recess or chase for water, soil, steam, or other pipes shall be
made in any exterior or in any other bearing wall to more than one-third
of its effective thickness, and the recesses around said pipe or pipes shall
be filled with solid masonry, or plastic incombustible material, after the
pipes are in place, for the space of 1 foot at the top and bottom of each
story. No recesses shall be made in any exterior or other bearing wall
less than 12 inches thick, and no continuous vertical recess other than
flues in stacks shall be nearer than 5 feet to any other recess.

Sec. 75. No channeling shall be done in walls which are less than 12 inches
thick except for small gas pipes and wire conduits. Recesses for stair-
ways or elevators may be left in the foundation or cellar walls of all build-
ings, but in no case shall the walls be of less thickness than the walls
of the third story, unless reinforced by additional piers with iron or steel
girders or iron and steel columns and girders, securely anchored to walls
on each side.

1fNo horizontal chase shall be more than 4 feet in continuous length, un-
less the wall be made proportionately thicker.

Sec. 76. All structures exposed to wind shall be designed to resist a horizon-
tal wind pressure of thirty pounds for every square foot of surface thus
exposed, from the ground to the top of same including the roof, in any
direction. In no case shall the overturning moment due to wind pres-
sure exceed 75 per cent of the moment of stability of the structure. In
all structures exposed to wind, if the resisting moments of the ordinary
materials of construction, such as masonry, partitions, floors, and con-
nections, are not sufficient to resist the moment of distortion due to wind
pressure, taken in any direction on any part of the structure, additional
bracing shall be introduced to make up the difference in the moments.

Tfln calculations for wind bracing, the working stresses set forth in this
Code may be increased by 50 per cent. In buildings under 100 feet in
height, provided the height does not exceed four times the average width
of the base, the wind pressure may be disregarded.

Sec. 77. It shall be unlawful to erect, construct, or build any rear, front,
party, division, or partition masonry wall upon wooden girders, rafters,
or lintels, or to support any such wall by any wooden support whatever;
but all such supports shall be of iron, brick, or stone and shall rest on
sufficient stone or metal bearing blocks, and all metal supports shall be

330

BUILDING CODE 25

kept rustless by being well cemented, painted, or otherwise protected
from moisture.

Sec. 78. Openings for doors and windows in all buildings shall have good
and sufficient arches of stone, brick, terra cotta, or concrete, well built
and keyed with good and sufficient abutments; or lintels of stone, iron or
steel, terra cotta, or concrete of sufficient strength, which shall have a
bearing at each end of not less than 5 inches on the wall.

Sec. 79. All masonry arches shall be capable of sustaining the weight and
pressure which they are designed to carry, and the stress at any point
shall not exceed the working stress for the material used, as given in this
Code.

Sec. 80. Tie rods shall be used where necessary to secure stability.

Sec. 81. Walls heretofore built or used as party walls, whose thickness at
the time of their erection was in accordance with the requirements of the
then existing laws, but which are not in accordance with the requirements
of this Code, may be used, if in good condition, for the ordinary functions of
party walls, provided the height of the same be not increased and that
the load be not more than they can safely carry. In case additional height
or load-carrying is required, then the said party wail or any other wall
shall be properly strengthened, reinforced, or braced by additional thick-
ness, columns, or other approved method.

Sec. 82. Any building, the erection of which was commenced in accord-
ance with specifications and plans submitted to and approved by the
Building Department prior to the passage of this Code, if properly con-
structed — with a reasonable factor of safety, though ft be not as great a
one as is contemplated by this Code — and in safe condition, may be com-
pleted, or built upon in accordance with the requirements of the law,

as to thickness of walls, in force at the time when such specifications and

plans were approved. The Building Department is to be the sole judge
as to what may or may not be done in such contingency.

Sec. 83. In no case shall any wall or walls of any building be carried up
more than one story in advance of any other wall, except by permission
of the Building Department. And this prohibition shall include the
inclosure walls for skeleton buildings.

Sec. 84. All exterior piers shall be anchored to the beams or girders on the
level of each tier.

•Sec. 85. All exterior piers, except of fireproof buildings, on the lot line, and
division and party walls over 15 feet high, shall have parapet or coping

831

26 BUILDING CODE

walls, carried at least 18 inches above the roof, and shall be coped with in-
combustible material. The front and rear walls, if facing on the street, alley,
or open space, may have the parapet wall omitted. Open balustrades shall
not be placed above the cornice line of any building unless they are built
of incombustible material, nor shall the top rail of such balustrades be over
5 feet above the roof line. Parapet walls and party or division walls shall
extend at least 2 feet above flat roofs.

Sec. 86. In all walls furred with wood the brick work between the ends
of the wood beams shall project the thickness of the furring beyond the
inner face of the wall for the full depth of the beams.

Sec. 87. The height of stories for all given thicknesses of walls except by
special permit, shall not exceed the following:

First story 16 feet in the clear

Second story 14 feet in the clear

Third story 12 feet in the clear

Fourth and upper stories 11 feet in the clear

f And if any story exceeds the foregoing heights, the walls of any such
story and all walls below that story shall be increased proportionately.

Sec. 88. Stone, cement block, or terra cotta facing shall be not less than 4
inches in thickness at any place, and shall be securely anchored to the
brick backing at least every 2 feet vertically and horizontally. The facing
walls shall not be counted as a part of the thickness of brick walls, unless
the average thickness of facing is thoroughly bonded into the walls, in which
case one-half the average thickness of facing shall be allowed in calculating
thickness of wall.

Sec. 89. 8-inch curtain walls of brick, hollow tile, or concrete will be allowed
in all steel framed buildings (except in party walls) between piers or steel
columns 16 feet on centers and not over 12 feet high. Party walls in such
buildings must not be less than 12 inches thick at any story.

Sec. 90. In all apartment houses, the dividing walls or partitions between
the apartments provided for each family, where not separated by a hall or
stairway, shall be made of incombustible material. In the absence of
definite subdivisions between the apartments of different families, eight
rooms shall be counted as the equivalent of one apartment. In all build-
ings, not of fireproof construction, there shall be, for every eight rooms
in any one story, dividing walls — or partitions of incombustible material
separating the rooms from the contiguous spaces — solid walls, or walls
with openings, if the latter be provided with self-closing fire doors.

332

BUILDING CODE 27

Sec. 91. In double houses or houses in block for the dividing walls shall
be of brick or other incombustible material, extending from the cellar to
1 foot above the roof, and 2 feet above flat roofs, excepting in case of steep
roofs of double houses, where division walls shall be carried to under side
of roof boards.

Sec. 92. When brick walls surround stairways, elevator shafts, shaving
pits, and light shafts, they shall not be less than 8 inches thick, but no
such, or any other, 8-inch wall shall be built more than 20 feet high without
lateral support or anchorage.

Sec. 93. In calculating the strength of isolated piers or divisions forming
portions of walls, the least dimensions shall be considered in determining
the loads which such piers may carry. If outside walls are of pier con-
struction, the piers shall be graded in size according to weights to be carried,
but not less than 16 inches thick for the upper story.

If Such piers shall have a width of 24 inches for an 8-foot bay, measuring from
center to center of pier, and shall increase as the width of the bay is increased.
Curtains or panels between piers shall be at least 8 inches thick, and of
brick or the equivalent thereof.

Sec. 94. No isolated brick or other pier whose height exceeds ten times its
least dimensions shall be built, and any such pier where receiving con-
centrated loads shall have suitable bearing blocks of stone, or iron, or
other such solid, so proportioned as properly to distribute the load to
come upon it.

Sec. 95. In case piers are faced with pressed brick or other facing, they
shall be so laid as to have proper bearings of mortar under each course,
so that the strength of the pier may be fully maintained on all sides; the
central part of the pier shall be laid in Portland cement.

^[In blocks of frame houses the dividing partitions, between three houses,
may be built with 5-inch studs, filled in solid with 4 inches of brickwork
laid in mortar, or with other incombustible material, carried to the under
side of the roof boards. Such dividing partition shall rest on a brick,
concrete, or stone wall in the cellar. Where it is impractical to build a par-
tition with masonry filling, and at the discretion of the Building Depart-
ment, a 4-inch stud partition filled in solid with mineral wool, held in
position by blocks every 3 feet in height, and plastered on both sides with
hard plaster on metal lathing, may be used for a fire-retarding dividing
* partition. In blocks of more than three houses there shall be a solid brick,
or other fire wall extending above the roofs, as described for fire walls,
at every third house.

333

28 BUILDING CODE

^ Openings in the fire or party walls of buildings shall in no case exceed
8 feet in width, or 10 feet in height, and above each such opening there
shall be a curtain wall, between the top of the opening and the ceiling
line, of at least 3 feet. The opening shall be provided with approved
automatic self-closing, standard fireproof doors on both sides of the wall
and such openings may only be made in completed buildings with the per-
mission of the Building Department.

Sec. 96. Public stair-halls in apartment blocks or tenement buildings shall
be inclosed by brick walls or walls of incombustible materials of equal
fire-resisting capacity, and openings to separate apartments or tene-
ments shall be by approved fire doors and no transoms shall be allowed.
Such fireproof stairs shall lead directly to the street and be inclosed at the
street level with similar fire walls with fire doors to the apartments or
stores on the first floor, the object being to have an absolutely clear, direct,
and fireproof exit from the top story to the street.

Tfln every building hereafter erected or altered, all walls or partitions
forming interior light or vent shafts, shall be constructed of brick or of
other incombustible materials, except that where approved by the Building
Department, in inferior buildings in the outer limits, they may be con-
structed of 4-inch studs, filled in solid with fireproofing material or plas-
tered on both sides on metal lathing and always with masonry fire stops
at each floor, and shall extend 2 feet above the roof.

Sec. 97. The windows in said shafts shall have metal frames and sash,
and wire glass. Ceiling lights under shafts shall have wire glass in metal
frames. Where shafts start above the first floor, they shall be supported
by steel or concrete beams.

Sec. 98. Walls of dumb-waiters, clothes chutes, or other similar shafts must
be built of or lined with incombustible material as directed for light and
vent shafts and shall be provided with an approved metal-clad door at
each opening.

Sec. 99. All receptacles for ashes, garbage, waste paper, etc., shall be of
galvanized iron, brick or other incombustible material. When the ash
or other such pit is located in a basement or cellar, it shall have brick
walls at least 8 inches in thickness, and, if the floor over the same is of
wood, such pit shall be covered over with either brick, tile-arching, stone,
or concrete, not less than 4 inches thick with 4 inches of air space between
the covering of pit and the ceiling, except for pits built directly under
the trimmer arches of hearths.

1fNo person shall store ashes on a wooden floor or in close proximity to
anv woodwork whatever.

334

BUILDING CODE 29

Sec. 100. Bake ovens shall rest on solid foundations or steel beams; the
sides and ends shall be at least 2 feet from any woodwork and the crown
or arch at least 4 feet from ceilings that have wood joists. The hearth
in front of all bake ovens shall extend at least 3} feet beyond the face
thereof and all woodwork over ovens shall be protected by plastering or
by metal.

Sec. 101. Shaving pits in all factories where woodworking machinery is
used shall be constructed of brick, stone, or other incombustible material
and shall be separated from the boiler room by standard fire doors with
bottom sill at least 12 inches above the floor of the boiler room. All such
factories shall have metal chutes leading to said shaving pits from each
wood-working machine.

Sec. 102. Dry kilns shall be constructed of brick or of other incombustible
materials.

Sec. 103. All smoke houses shall be of fireproof construction, with brick
walls, iron doors, and brick or metal roof.

TfAn iron guard shall be placed over and not less than 3 feet above the
grate, and the hanging rails shall be of iron and an iron grating shall be
placed under the first row of hanging rails, and be not less than 8 feet above
the floor of the fire-pit.

1fThe walls of all smoke houses shall be built at least 3 feet higher than
the roof of the building in which they are located, and shall be not less
than 12 inches in thickness and be coped with stone or its equivalent.

Sec. 104. All walls, ceilings, and partitions inclosing drying rooms, when
not made of fireproof material, shall be wire-lathed and plastered, or
covered with metal, tile, or other hard incombustible material.

535

CHAPTER X
BOILERS, OVENS, AND HEATING APPARATUS

Sec. 105. All boilers, furnaces, fireplaces, ovens, and all other heating
apparatus mentioned in this chapter shall be properly connected with a
flue, chimney, or stack as direct and within the shortest distance possible.

Sec. 106. Approved temporary heaters for use during the erection of build-
ings shall be placed upon a layer of brick or a bed of sand 4 inches thick
with legs resting on brick, and shall not be set within 5 feet of any wood-
work and shall be protected with a sheet-iron pan underneath, projecting
at least 6 inches beyond the sides of the heater.

Sec. 107. No brick-set boiler for the generation of hot water, or steam for
heating or power, or any portable power boiler or engine over 10 horse-
power, shall be placed on any wood or combustible beam or floor.

Sec. 108. Wood or combustible floor and beams under and not less than

3 feet in front and 1 foot on the sides of all portable boilers shall be pro-
tected by a suitable brick foundation of not less than two courses of brick
well laid in mortar on sheet iron or asbestos board; the said sheet iron or
asbestos shall extend at least 24 inches outside of the foundation at the
sides and front. Bearing lines of brick, laid on flat with air spaces between
them, shall be placed on the foundation to support a cast-iron ash. pan
of suitable thickness on which the base of the boiler shall be placed, and
shall have a flange, turned up in the front and on the sides, 4 inches high.
Said pan shall be in width not less than the base of the boiler, and shall
extend at least 2 feet in front of it.

1flf a boiler is supported on a cast-iron base, with the bottom of required
thickness for an ash pan, and is placed on bearing lines of brick in the
same manner as specified for an ash pan, the ash pan shall be placed in
front of the said base and shall not be required to extend under it.

Tf All wood ceilings and beams over and up to a distance of not less than

4 feet of all boilers shall be shielded with plaster on metal-suspended
ceiling or other equally good protection. The distance from the top of
the boiler to said shield shall be not less than 12 inches.

HBrick or other fireproof walls shall surround the boiler room.

336

BUILDING CODE 31

Sec. 109. Boiler and fuel rooms and smoke houses, which may hereafter
be constructed, shall be located not less than 8 feet distant from any other
building and shall be built throughout of incombustible material. All
openings to such boiler and fuel rooms and smoke houses, if same are
located within 30 feet of any other building, shall have shutters and doors
of metal or wood covered with metal on both sides and edges.

UNo boiler for the generation of more than 10 horse-power shall be placed
in any frame building. If existing boiler rooms are within dangerous
distance (30 feet for 250 H. P., and 20 feet for 75 H. P., and 8 feet for
10 H. P.) of other buildings, then those boiler or fuel or smoke rooms,
must at once be made fireproof.

f Boiler and fuel rooms when constructed in buildings, shall be separately
inclosed in brick walls so arranged that all openings between them and
other parts of the building will be securely closed with automatically
closing fire doors and it will be a punishable offense to ever block or fasten
any such or other automatically or self-closing fire door open.

•

Sec. 110. If any question should arise relating to boiler rooms, fuel rooms,
and rooms containing gas or gasoline engines, for which there is no pro-
vision in this Code, the Building Department shall have, as in all other
cases of doubt, lack of specific requirements or conflicting requirements,
full power to act, and its decision in the matter shall be of the same effect
as if that special requirement were contained in this Code, and the same
will be made thereto as an amendment.

Sec. 111. All brick-set, hot-air furnaces shall have two covers, with an air
space of at least 4 inches between them; the inner cover of the hot-air
chamber shall be either a brick arch or two courses of brick laid on galvan-
ized iron or tin, supported on iron bars; the outside cover, which is the top
of the furnace, shall be made of brick or metal supported on iron bars and
so constructed as to be perfectly tight, and shall be not less than 12 inches
below any combustible ceiling or floor beams, that, in turn, must be pro-
tected with plaster on wire lath or sheet asbestos and for a space at least
3 feet larger than the furnace.

fThe walls of the furnace shall be built hollow in the following manner:
one inner and one outer wall, each 4 inches in thickness, properly bonded
together with an air space of not less than 2 inches between them.

Sec. 112. All portable hot-air furnaces shall have a double cased jacket of
not less than No. 26 iron from the base to the top of casting, with an air
space of at least 1 inch between, and shall be placed at least 2 feet from
any wood or combustible partition or ceiling and these protected by a
metal or asbestos or equivalent shield.

337

32 BUILDING CODE

f Wood floors under all portable furnaces shall be protected by two courses
of brick work well laid in mortar on sheet iron. Said brick work shall
extend at least 2 feet beyond the furnace in front of the ash pan and lower
course bricks shall be spaced so as to allow ventilation.

Sec. 113. The cold-air boxes of all hot-air furnaces shall be made of metal,
brick, or other incombustible material, for a distance at least 10 feet from
the furnace, and shall be so constructed as to be kept free from dust, and
that they may be cleaned out, and shall be kept clean.

Sec. 114. In cases where hot water, steam, hot air, or other heating ap-
pliances or furnaces are hereafter placed in any building, or flues or fire-
places are changed or enlarged, due notice shall first be given to the Build-
ing Department by the person or persons placing the said furnace or fur-
naces in said building, or by the contractor or superintendent of said
work, that proper inspection be made and permit issued.

Sec. 115. Where a kitchen range is placed within 6 inches of a wood wain-
scot or wood partition, the said woodwork shall be shielded with metal,
asbestos, or equivalent protection from the floor to the height of not less
than 2 feet higher than the range.

1f All ranges on wood or combustible floors and beams, that are not sup-
ported on legs and have ash pans 3 inches or more above their base, shall
be set on zinc, brick, or cement foundations.

T[No range shall be placed against a furred wall.

TfAll wood ceilings over all large ranges such as in hotels and restaurants
etc., shall be guarded by metal hoods placed at least 9 inches below the
ceiling.

^A ventilating pipe connected with a hood over a range shall be at least
9 inches from all lath and plaster or woodwork and shielded. If the pipe
is less than 9 inches from lath and plaster and woodwork, then the pipe
shall be covered with i inch of asbestos plaster or other incombustible
covering. No ventilating pipe connected with a hood over a range shall
pass through any floor unless protected.

Sec. 116. Laundry stoves on wood or combustible floors shall have zinc
or a course of brick, laid on metal, on the floor under and extended 24
inches on all sides of them. All stoves for cooking and heating purposes
shall be properly supported on iron legs resting on the floor 1 foot from
all lath and plaster or 2 feet from woodwork; if the lath and plaster or
woodwork are properly protected by a metal or asbestos shield, then the dis-
tance shall be not less than 1 foot. A metal shield shall be placed under and
12 inches in front of the ash pan of all stoves that are placed on wood floors.

338

BUILDING CODE 33

Sec. 117. All low gas stoves shall be placed on iron stands, or the burners
shall be at least 6 inches above the base of the stove, and metal guard
plates placed 4 inches below the burners and all woodwork under them
shall be covered with metal. Open gas stoves shall be isolated in the
same manner as provided for stoves; if properly air insulated within them-
selves, they shall be placed 2 feet distant from all unprotected woodwork,
or 1 foot from plastered stud partitions.

1fThe use of gas burners or heaters, located in a floor system under an
open register, or on the outside of the firepot of any hot-air furnace, in
which the products of combustion are allowed to escape into a room is
hereby prohibited, and all such burners or heaters so located shall be
removed within forty days after the passage of this Code. All gas ranges
and gas stoves shall have vent pipes of suitable size, connected with flue.

Sec. 118. No gas log, gas grate, or other gas fireplace heater shall be in-
stalled in any building except in a brick fireplace connected with a chim-
ney flue. No gas light or other burner shall be nearer than 2 feet to any
wood or plaster on wood ceiling unless the burner is shielded with suit-
able mica or other deflector, and in no case will a wall bracket for gas
or oil or other flame light be permitted less than 2 feet away from the
window or external door, and all such brackets, anywhere, must have
the gas flame at least 12 inches distant from wall.

Sec. 119. All core and annealing ovens, or any portable smelting furnaces,
shall be set on incombustible hearths with an air space of at least 5 inches
between hearths and the bottom of such ovens or furnaces. The con-
struction of hearths and protection of surrounding woodwork shall be
the same as prescribed for portable boilers or hot-air furnaces.

339

CHAPTER XI
STOVE AND SMOKE PIPES

Sec. 120. All stone or brick hot-air flues and shafts shall be lined with tin,
galvanized iron, or burnt clay pipes, or cemented with a heat-proof, non-
cracking cement.

Sec. 121. No wood casing, furring, or lath shall be placed against or cover
any smoke flue or metal pipe used to convey hot air or steam.

Sec. 122. No stove pipe shall be placed nearer than 9 inches to any lath
and plaster or board partition, ceiling, or any woodwork.

f Smoke pipes of large laundry stoves, of large cooking stoves, and of fur-
naces shall not be less than 15 inches from any woodwork, unless they
are properly guarded by metal shields; if so guarded, such pipes shall not
be less than 9 inches distant.

Sec. 123. No smoke pipe shall pass through the wooden roof of any build-
ing unless a special permit be first obtained from the Building Depart-
ment for the same. If a permit is so granted, then the roof through which
the smoke pipe passes shall be protected by means of galvanized iron
ventilated thimble of the following dimensions: In case of a stove pipe,
the diameter of the outside guard shall be not less than 12 inches and
the diameter of the inner guard 8 inches larger than the smoke pipe; and
for all furnaces or where similar large hot fires are used, the diameter of
the outside guard shall be not less than 18 inches and the diameter of the
inner one, 12 inches larger in diameter than pipe. The smoke pipe thim-
bles shall extend from the under side of the ceiling or roof beams to at
least 9 inches above the roof, and they shall have openings for ventilation
at the top of the guards above the roof.

TfWhere a smoke pipe of a boiler passes through a wooden roof, the same
shall be guarded by a ventilated thimble, as before specified, 36 inches
larger than the diameter of the smoke pipe of the boiler.

Sec. 124. Where smoke pipes pass through a wood or plastered partition,
or furred wall, or floor, they shall be surrounded either by a body of hard,
incombustible material, measuring at least 4 inches all around such smoke

340

BUILDING CODE 35

pipe, or they shall be surrounded by a double safety thimble of sheet metal
at least 1 inch apart, and the entire thimble so constructed that there
will be a circulation of air between the two rings forming the same.
IfNo smoke pipe shall project through an external wall unless connected

with a chimney or metal stack carried above the roof.

Sec. 125. No stove or smoke pipe or any pipe conducting the products of
combustion from any range, oven, or heater shall be concealed in any
wood partition or be placed nearer than 9 inches to an unprotected lath
and plaster or board partition, ceiling, or any woodwork.

Sec. 126. Smoke pipes of greater diameter than 12 inches and less area
than 6 square feet, must be at least 20 inches from any woodwork, unless
the same is properly protected by a shield, in which case the distance
shall not be less than 12 inches.

TfSmoke pipes of larger area than 6 square feet shall be kept at least 3
feet distant from any woodwork, unless the same is properly protected
by a shield, in which case the distance shall not be less than 18 inches.

Sec. 127. The metal shields prescribed in the previous section shall be at
least twice the diameter of the pipe in width and shall have a ventilated
air space of at least 1 inch between shield and woodwork.

Sec. 128. Where pipes are used for the distribution of hot air from hot-air
furnaces in buildings, such pipes must be made of metal, and double; the
space between the two metal pipes shall be at least f inch; such pipes
shall be made with air-tight joints and be securely fastened to the parti-
tions through which they pass; or, in lieu thereof, the pipes may be cov-
ered with asbestos paper, weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square
feet; thoroughly pasted to pipes and also wired every 2 feet with wire or
bands; and the studs and the other woodwork within 1 inch of the pipe shall
be lined with bright tin, and the pipes shall be covered with metal lathing.

Sec. 129. The openings in floors for hot-air registers shall be surrounded
with borders of incombustible material, not less than 2 inches wide,
and securely set in place. The register boxes shall be double, the distance
between the two thicknesses of tin being at least 1 inch, or they can be
single if covered with asbestos paper, and the woodwork lined with tin in a
manner similar to that specified in the preceding paragraph for the pipes.
Such floor registers cannot connect directly down a pipe to the furnace;
there must be an offset to catch dust and dirt and the register must be
removable and the chamber kept clean.

341

CHAPTER XII
CHIMNEYS, FLUES, AND FIREPLACES

Sec. 130. The foundations of chimneys, flues, and stacks, whether inside or
outside of buildings, or whether connected with the same or isolated,
shall be designed and built in conformity with the provisions relating to
foundations of buildings.

TfWhen the breast of a chimney or fireplace projects more than 4 inches
it shall be started and built on the same line from the foundation.

Sec. 131. All chimneys shall be built of brick, stone, or other fireproof

material. The exterior walls of chimneys shall be at least 4 inches thick
and constructed with a suitable flue lining of terra cotta, or 8 inch walls
without lining may be used.

Sec. 132. No chimney shall be corbeled from a wall more than 4 inches or
be hung from a wall less than 12 inches thick unless it projects equally
on each side of the wall; nor shall a chimney rest upon any wooden floor or
beam.

Sec. 133. The walls of all chimneys shall rest upon footings at or below
the level of the ground, or upon a continuous support of masonry or metal
extending to footing as above stated; provided, however, that upon written
permission of the Building Department chimneys may be built upon a
footing or flooring of masonry or concrete supported by iron beams whicl}
have secure bearings on masonry, iron, or steel at both ends.

TfWhere chimneys are supported by piers, the piers shall start from the
foundation.

1[When a chimney is to be cut off below, in whole or in part, it shall be
wholly supported by stone, brick, iron, or steel.

Sec. 134. All existing chimneys that the Department deems dangerous in
any manner whatever, shall be repaired and made safe or taken down.

Sec. 135. No smoke flue shall be less than 8 inches by 8 inches.

If All smoke flues shall be proportioned to the volume of gases to pass
through the same.

342

BUILDING CODE 37

Sec. 136. Not more than two stoves or two furnaces shall be connected
with an 8-inch by 8-inch flue, nor more than four stoves or three furnaces
with an 8-inch by 12-inch flue, and one flue only may serve more than
one story if properly offset to prevent back-drafts.

Sec. 137. Where smoke pipes enter flues, the brickwork must be corbeled
out to the face of the studs; the part thus corbeled out shall not be less
than 16 inches by 16 inches, but in no case shall such corbeling exceed the
thickness of the wall.

Sec. 138. Terra-cotta crocks shall be inserted for receiving all smoke pipes.

Sec. 139. Tops of chimneys shall extend at least 3 feet above flat roofs,
and as high as the main ridge of pitched roofs, except that chimneys at
or near the ridge shall extend at least 2 feet above the ridge.

Sec. 140. All fireplaces and chimneys in stone or brick walls in any building
hereafter erected, except as herein otherwise provided, and any chimney
or flue hereafter altered or repaired without reference to the purpose
for which they may be used, shall have the joints struck smooth on the
inside, except when lined on the inside with a well-burnt clay or ten a cotta
pipe.

Sec. 141. All fireplaces shall be at least 24 inches wide, and the hearth
shall extend at least 12 inches beyond the opening on each side, and at
least 18 inches in front.

Sec. 142. The firebacks of all fireplaces hereafter erected shall not be less
than 8 inches in thickness of solid brickwork, nor less than 12 inches if
of stone.

Sec. 143. When a grate is set in a fireplace a lining of firebrick, at least
2 inches in thickness, shall be added to the fireback, unless soap stone,
tile, or cast iron is used.

Sec. 144. The walls of all high-pressure boiler flues shall not be less than
12 inches thick and the inside 4 inches of such walls shall be firebrick
laid in fire mortar, for a distance of 25 feet from the source of heat.

Sec. 145. All smoke flues of smelting furnaces or of steam boilers, or other
apparatus which heat the flues to a very high temperature, shall be built
with double walls of suitable thickness and with an air space between the
walls; the inside 4 inches of the flues shall be of firebrick laid in fire
mortar, for a distance of not less than 25 feet from the source of heat.

Sec. 146. For any now-existing brick building where it becomes necessary
to provide a smoke flue of larger size than any flue within the building,
mich flue mav be placed on the outside of the building, and be made round

343

38 BUILDING CODE

in shape and of sheet metal not less than J of an inch in thickness, properly
riveted together at all joints and carried up to a height not less than 10
feet above the roof, and be properly braced at intervals for its entire length
with flat iron bands secured with expansion bolts to the wall, leaving a
free air space of not less than 4 inches between the outside of the metal
flue and the brick wall of the building, and have a clean-out door at the
bottom. This metal flue shall rest on a suitable cast iron base at the
bottom, supported on a suitable foundation of masonry.

Sec. 147. Iron cupola chimneys of foundries shall extend at least 10 feet
above the highest point of any roof within a radius of 50 feet of such cupola,
and be covered on top with a heavy wire netting and capped with a suit-
able spark arrester.

^[No woodwork shall be placed within 2 feet of the cupola.

Sec. 148. All fireplaces and chimney breasts, whether intended for ordinary
fireplace uses or not, shall have trimmer arches to support hearths, and
no woodwork shall be used under such arches.

KThe said arches shall be at least 18 inches in width, measured from the
face of the chimney breast, and they shall be constructed of brick, stone,
burnt clay, or concrete.

fThe length of a trimmer arch shall not be less than the width of the
chimney breast.

TfWood centers under trimmer arches shall be removed before plastering
the ceiling underneath.

Sec. 149. If a heater is placed in a fireplace, then the hearth shall be 6 inches
wider than the full width of the heater.

KA11 fireplaces in which heaters are placed shall have incombustible mantels.

Sec. 150. No wood mantel or other woodwork shall be exposed back of a
summer piece; the iron work of the summer piece shall be placed against
the brick or stonework of the fireplace.

Sec. 151. No fireplace shall be closed with a wood fireboard.

344

CHAPTER XIII
FRAME BUILDINGS AND BRICK-AND-FRAME BUILDINGS

Sec. 152. A frame building shall be taken to mean a building or structure
of which the exterior walls shall be constructed of wood. Buildings
sheathed with board and partially or entirely veneered on the out-
side with 4 inches of brickwork or other masonry shall be deemed
frame buildings. Wood frames covered with metal shall be deemed frame
buildings.

Sec. 153. Separate frame buildings other than tenement houses shall be
located or built not less than 2 feet from the line of the lot upon which the
same is located, when such building is one story in height, and at least 3
feet from said lot line for buildings two stories in height, and at least 4
feet from said lot line for buildings three stories in height.

Sec. 154. No frame building shall be hereafter erected or altered over
three stories in height or to be occupied by more than six families. But
nothing herein shall be taken to prevent the construction of blocks of frame
buildings separated by fire walls as specified in this Code.

Sec. 155. In all frame dwellings hereafter erected, that are three stories in
height, the outside or inclosing studs shall be not less than 2 inches by 6
inches, or its equivalent in strength; and where the height of outside walls
is not more than 27 feet, 4 inches wide studding may be used, provided
a 4-inch by 6-inch girt is introduced at the level of the first story ceiling.

Sec. 156. In all frame buildings that exceed 24 feet in depth, there shall be
a middle post on each side 4 inches by 6 inches in one continuous length,
and if buildings exceed 20 feet in width, there shall also be a post the same
as above.

Sec. 157. All beams, girders, columns, trusses, and other structural members
shall be proportioned of sufficient strength to sustain the load to be sup-
ported. In all cases suitable provisions shall be made to take up and
properly distribute the stresses due to concentrated or eccentric loading,
and also to prevent danger from horizontal or vertical deflection or the
buckling or shear of members.

345

40 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 158. The spaces between the studs on the top of first floor joists of out-
side and inside walls of all frame buildings shall be closed with 2-inch fire
stops shutting off all spaces. On all the other floors of frame buildings
constructed with a board girt, the spaces on the under side and also on
top of joists, shall be filled with a fire stop not less than 2 inches thick,
securely fastened and properly fitted to fill voids between outside studding.

Sec. 159. All wood beams and other timbers in any wall of a building built
of stone, brick, concrete, or iron, shall be separated from the beam or tim-
ber entering in the opposite side of the wall by at least 4 inches of solid
mason work; such separation may be obtained by corbeling or by stagger-
ing the beams.

Sec. 160. No beams or other timbers shall be cut for pipes or tubes in any
manner which shall impair the strength of the timbers; and in no case
shall they be cut further from the bearings than twice the depth of the
timber. When studs are cut more than one-third their depth, they shall
be reinforced. All cutting shall be done by or under the direction of the
carpenter. Joists shall be bored near the middle for pipes, when it is
impossible to place them as above provided.

Sec. 161. Drawings of all trusses and special or unusual framing showing sizes
of members, shall be submitted with plans and specifications to the Build-
ing Department and, when required by the Building Department, a strain
sheet showing stresses in truss members shall be submitted.

Sec. 162. All interior studding shall be but one story in height, set on caps
or soles, except where partitions are over girders; the studding shall be
seated on the girders and have caps not less than 3 inches thick with 2-
inch fire stops at each story. Exterior studding shall be two stories high,
or alternating, breaking joint at second story.

Sec. 163. All wood trimmer and header beams shall be proportioned to
carry with safety the loads they are intended to sustain.

Sec. 164. The ends of all tail beams shall be properly framed, or hung to,
or thoroughly spiked into, the header beams. In calculation of stresses,
the factors of safety shall be used as given under the head "Factors of
Safety" in this Code.

f The ends of all beams buried in masonry walls shall be beveled back not
less than 3 inches.

Sec. 165. In all 8-inch division walls, joists shall not rest in the wall, but
shall be supported upon approved joist hangers, unless the wall is cor-
beled so as to keep the ends of joists 4 inches apart,

346

BUILDING CODE 41

KWalls shall be anchored to the ends of joists every 5 or 6 feet by wrought-
iron anchors not less than i inch by 1J inches, and not less than 16 inches
long.

If Walls running parallel to joists shall be anchored by similar anchors
extending over two joists.

Sec. 166. Wall plates shall be anchored to walls every 5 or 6 feet.

Sec. 167. No timber or other woodwork shall be placed within 1 inch of
the outside of the wall of any chimney or flue.

Sec. 168. The ends of girders buried in walls shall have an air space around
them.

Sec. 169. All wood floor and wood roof beams shall be properly bridged
with cross bridging, and the distance between bridging or between bridg-
ing and walls shall not exceed 8 feet. Once in the length of all joists
there shall be placed boards the full depth of the joist to act as cut-offs —
fire barriers to stop the flue-like drafts between joists in frame buildings.

Sec. 170. Wood posts will not be allowed in cellars of any buildings.

Sec. 171. Frame buildings shall not be calculated or constructed to carry
less than the minimum floor and roof loads specified in this Code. And
no frame building shall be carried higher than three stories or 40 feet above
the lowest point of street grade.

Sec. 172. Sills in frame buildings shall not be less than 4 inches by 6 inches.

Sec. 173. Girders shall not be less than 6 inches by 8 inches and shall be of
sufficient strength to carry the superimposed load.

Sec. 174. The use of wood cornices is prohibited in the fire districts. All
bay windows and projecting cornices over etore windows within the outer
fire limits, shall be constructed of or covered with metal or other incom-
bustible material. If bay windows are constructed with studs, they shall
be filled in solid with brickwork or hollow tile.

Sec. 175. Temporary one-story frame buildings may be errectcd for the
use of builders, within the limits of lots whereon buildings are in course
of erection, or on adjoining vacant lots, upon permits issued by the Build-
. ing Deparmlnt, and for a speeific time.

^[Temporary structures shall also include platforms, stands, election booths,
tents, and all such shelters. Permits therefor shall be limited to three
months, excepting that contractors' offices above described may remain
until such office space can be arranged within the permanent building.

847

42 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 176. Sheds of wood within the outer fire limits not over 15 feet high
nor over 20 feet square, open on at least one side, with the sides and roof
thereof covered with fireproof material, may also be built, but a fence shall
not be used at the back or side thereof.

Sec. 177. Fences of wood shall not be allowed inside the inner fire limits,
and outside of them shall not be erected over 10 feet high above the sur-
face of the ground, and shall be properly supported and braced.

Sec. 178. Signs of wood over 2 feet high shall not be erected on any build-
ing, and no sign of wood shall be placed above the front wall or cornice
or roof of any building.

Sec. 179. Sky signs or any device in the nature of an advertisement, announce-
ment, or direction, constructed of sheet metal or wire fastened to wood
frames supported upon or above or attached to any building, will be per-
mitted, but if such sky signs shall exceed 2 feet in height they shall be
constructed entirely of metal, including the uprights, supports, and braces
for same, and shall not be more than 20 feet in height above the front
wall or cornice or roof of the building or structure to which they are at-
tached or by which they are supported.

Sec. 180. Before any wood or metal sign shall be placed in position upon,
above, or attached to, the outside of any building, or any fence built, or
bill or advertising boards put up, a permit shall first be obtained from the.
Building Department. Such signs shall be so constructed, placed, and
supported as not to be or become dangerous.

MILL CONSTRUCTION

Sec. 181. That form of construction in which heavy posts and girders, with
wide spacing, support floors and roof of heavy planking, constitutes the
structural framing contained within outer walls and roof covering of in-
combustible material.

Sec. 182. In mill construction, no timber shall be less than 6 inches in either
of its cross-dimensions. Floor and roof planking of more than 5 feet
spans shall not be less than 2} inches in thickness.

Sec. 183. Wood posts shall have cast-iron caps and bases with pintle con-
nections, or steel or iron box caps with projections for receiving the ends
of girders made so that the girders shall be self-releasing.

Sec. 184. Mill construction shall be in strict accord with the requirements
of the National Board of Underwriters. All the timbers shall be self-
releasing from the posts and walls. There shall be fireproof stairs in fire-

348

BUILDING CODE 43

proof walls at or outside the outer walls. The openings in floors shall be
fire guarded. The floors shall be drained and scuppered to the outside.
The roof covering shall be fire-resisting and mill constructed buildings
shall not be permitted in the inner fire limits.

IfMill construction, within brick or stone or concrete walls, shall be per-
mitted to four stories or 55 feet above the lowest point of street grade.

1fSo-called "Semi-Fireproof" construction of wood joists and steel beams
in brick or concrete or stone walls, i. e., any system in which wood enters
as a structural element in any way whatsoever, may also be carried up to
four stories or 55 feet above the lowest point of street grade.

CHAPTER XIV
FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION

Sec. 185. Fireproof construction shall be required in:

(a) Every building hereafter erected or altered to be used for any pur-
pose, over four stories in height, or four stories and basement, or over 55
feet in height.

(6) All public buildings and all other buildings hereafter erected or
altered to be used as hotels, or lodging-houses, or apartments, or for any
other purpose not herein especially enumerated, or buildings in which
many people congregate or are employed, and which are over three stories
in height, or three stories and basement, or 45 feet in height, or buildings
containing an assembly hall, all schools, hospitals, asylums, department
stores, shops, or factories over two stories and a basement. Except in
all cases under heading "b" where the first floor is made of fireproof con-
struction, one extra story in height is allowed. Provided, however, that
all the hallways, stairways, and corridors in each and every building de-
scribed in this heading "b" shall be made of fireproof construction.

(c) All theaters hereafter constructed, or buildings altered to be used
for such, having a seating capacity of 600 or more.

(d) All buildings used for the storage of petroleum or other articles of a
like nature which shall be subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal.

349

44 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 186. A building shall be considered fireproof when constructed with
walls of well burned brick or hollow tile; granite or stone; Portland cement
concrete, solid or in blocks; iron or steel, in which wood beams or lintels
shall not be placed and in which the floors and roofs shall be constructed
with rolled steel or reinforced-concrete floor beams and girders, and in
which all steel or damageable material is protected by a fire-resistant
covering.

^[The spaces between the beams and girders shall be filled with arches or
slabs of fire-resisting materials or continuous reinforced concrete or terra
cotta slabs without beams, or girders may be used. But any novel or other
system of construction with which the Department is not familiar may
first be subjected to such tests as are provided in Section 198 before being
approved by it and the construction permitted to proceed.

Sec. 187. Between the floor and roof beams shall be placed brick arches
springing from the- lower flanges of the steel beams, or the spaces between
the beams may be filled with hollow tile arches segmental or flat, of hard
burnt clay or porous terra cotta, or arches of Portland cement concrete,
reinforced with metal, or other fireproof composition may be used, pro>
vided that in each and all cases the strength and method of construction
shall conform to the requirements of the Building Department and the
building generally shall conform to the specifications of Sections 188 to
193 inclusive.

Sec. 188. The stairs and staircase landings shall be constructed of brick,
hollow tile, stone, marble, glass, slate, Portland cement concrete, iron or
steel, or a combination of these materials.

Sec. 189. No woodwork or other inflammable materials shall be used in
any of the partitions, furrings, or ceilings in any such fireproof buildings,
excepting, however, that when the height of the building does not exceed
six stories nor more than 80 feet, the doors and windows and their frames
and trims, the casings, the interior finish when filled solidly at the back
with fireproof material, and the spaces under the floor boards and between
the sleepers shall be solidly filled with concrete or incombustible materials
extending up to the under side of the floor boards.

Sec. 190. When the height of a fireproof building exceeds six stories, or
more than 80 feet, the floor surfaces shall be of stone, cement, hollow
tiling, or similar incombustible material. All outside window frames and
sash shall be of metal and where the building may be endangered by ad-
jacent structures or from across narrow streets (less than 30 feet) and alleys
there shall be wired glass in the metal sash or other equivalent window pro-
tection.

350

BUILDING CODE 45

1[The inside window frames and sash, doors, trim, and other interior finish
may be of metal or of wood covered with metal, or of such other incom-
bustible material that may be approved by the Building Department,
and these sash glazed with wire glass, or have other suitable protection
to act as fire cut-offs, dividing the floor area into units of reasonable size
and never in excess of what is provided in Section 397.

Sec. 191. All hall partitions or permanent partitions between rooms in
fireproof buildings shall be built of fireproof material and shall not be
started on wood sills nor on wood floor boards, but be built upon the fire-
proof construction of the floor and extend to the fireproof arches above.

HThe tops of all door and window openings in such partitions shall be at
least 12 inches below the ceiling line.

Sec. 192. In all fireproof partitions, other than when made of solid brick-
work, the openings for doors and windows in the same shall be framed
on both sides with iron studs or uprights secured at top and bottom to
the floor construction, and with like iron horizontals between the said
uprights for the window and door heads, or such other incombustible
construction as may be approved by the Building Department.

Sec. 193. In all fireproof buildings, other than stores, warehouses, and
factories, if exceeding three stories or 45 feet in height, the stair halls
and the elevators shall be enclosed on each story with fireproof material,
forming an enclosure, the floor area of which shall not be less than 3
times the united area of the floor openings for the elevators and the stairs.
Or the stair and the elevator shafts may be enclosed in wire glass in metal
frames, or other such equivalent protection, and right on the line of the
floor opening if desired. But in every case at each story there shall be
fireproof, solid or transparent, self-closing doors to each such stair and
elevator, or stair or elevator hall.

Sec. 194. Fireproof floors between the steel floor beams may be in the form
of brick arches springing from the lower flanges of the steel beams.

KSaid brick arches shall be designed with a rise to safely carry the im-
posed load, but never less than 1 \i inches for each foot of span between
the beams, and they shall have a thickness of not less than 4 inches for
spans of 6 feet or less, and 8 inches for spans over 6 feet or such additional
thickness as may be required by the Building Department.

J[Said brick arches shall be composed of good hard brick or hollow brick
of ordinary dimensions laid to a line on the centers, properly and solidly
bonded, each longitudinal line of brick breaking joints with the adjoin-

351

46 BUILDING CODE

ing lines in the same ring and with the ring under it when more than a
4-inch arch is used. The said arches shall spring from protecting skew-
backs of burnt clay resting on and covering the lower flanges of the beams,
so as to afford a minimum protection of 2 inches of solid burnt-clay ma-
terial underneath the flanges; or otherwise entirely incasing the said flanges
as provided for in this section. The brick shall be well wet and the joints
filled in solid with strong Portland cement mortar. The arches shall
be grouted and properly keyed.

Sec. 195. Or the spaces between the beams may be filled with hollow tile
fiat or segmental arches of hard burned clay, semi-porous or porous terra
cotta blocks of uniform density and hardness of burn. The shells and webs
of hollow tile arch blocks shall not be less than % of an inch in thickness, if
of dense or semi-porous terra cotta, or 1 inch if of porous terra cotta.

^Skewbacks shall be used in all forms of brick or hollow tile arches and
be of such form and section to properly receive the thrust of the arches.
The shells and webs of side-construction skewbacks shall not be less than
f of an inch in thickness, if of dense or semi-porous terra cotta, or f inch if
of porous terra-cotta, except that the portion extending under the lower
flange of the beams shall not be less than 1} inches of solid material.

1[The said arches shall be of a depth and sectional area to carry the load
to be imposed thereon, without straining the material beyond its safe
working load, but the thickness of the shells and webs shall in no case
be less than herein required and the depth of hollow tile flat arches shall
not be less than 1} inches per foot of span, not including any portion of the
depth of the tile projecting below the under side of the beams.

IfThe joints shall be solidly filled with strong Portland cement mortar
of 1 part Portland cement, 3 parts sand, and not more than tV part lime
putty, and the arch so constructed that the key parts shall fall as near
the central portions as possible.

Sec. 196. Or the space between the beams may be filled with arches of
Portland cement concrete, segmental in form, and which shall have a rise
of not less than 1 J^ inches for each foot of span between the beams.

1fThe concrete shall be not less than 4 inches in thickness at the crown of
the arch and shall be mixed in the proportions required by this Code.
These segmental arches shall in all cases be reinforced with steel rods or
bars, reticulated or meshed steel, or similar metal weighing not less than 1
pound per square foot. Such reinforcing metal shall be so imbedded that
the metal is covered by not less than 1£ inches of concrete.

352

BUILDING CODE 47

IfOr the spaces between the beams may be filled with flat arches or slabs
of cinder-concrete which shall be used only after a satisfactory test has been
approved by the Department. These slabs or arches shall consist of cinder-
concrete composed of one part of Portland cement, two parts of sand /and
five parts of good, clean, anthracite, steam boiler cinders.

1fThe depth of the slab shall be sufficient to sustain the load to be imposed
% thereon, with a factor of safety of six, but the depth shall not be less than
three-quarters inch for each foot of span between the beams, and in no case
less than 4 inches.

HThe reinforcement shall consist of steel rods or bars of meshed steel metal
fabric proportioned to take up all tensional strains but in no case to be less
than one pound per square foot of floor area.

IfThe concrete fireproofing protection on all beams, girders, and other struc-
tural members shall be reinforced with suitable metal clips or fabric.

Sec. 197. Concrete shall not be mixed or deposited at a freezing tempera-
ture unless special precautions are taken to avoid the use of materials
containing frost, or covered with ice crystals, and to provide means to
prevent the concrete from freezing after being placed in position until
it is thoroughly hardened. Any concrete damaged by freezing or other-
wise shall be removed.

Sec. 198. Or between the said beams may be placed solid or hollow burnt
clay, brick, or concrete arches in flat or curved shapes, concrete or fire
proof composition slabs, and any of said materials may be used plain or
in combination with wire cloth, expanded metal, wire strands, or wrought
iron or steel bars; the said metal, if used, to be in all cases so imbedded in
the fireproof composition or combination that the metal shall be covered
by not less than 1£ inches of fireproof material; but in any unusual con-
struction and as a precedent condition to the same being used, tests shall be
made by the United States Bureau of Standards, or by the National Un-
derwriters' Laboratory, or by some state or impartial private laboratory,
approved by either of the aforesaid authorities, which is habitually making
and is equipped to make tests of building materials. Such tests shall be
paid for by the manufacturer, owner, or patentee thereof under the direc-
tion and to the satisfaction of the Building Department, and evidence
of the same shall be kept on file in the office of the said Department show-
ing the nature and result of the test. Or the Department may accept
the evidence of similar tests properly though previously made for other
cities or parties.

f All such tests shall be load, fire, and water tests.

353

48 BUILDING CODE

If Further, the Department may insist upon other reasonable tests by load,
fire, and water of any section of such novel construction, or of the regular,
standard constructions, if in the Department's estimation the work does
not appear to come up to the spirit of the requirement of these regulations.

HAny system failing to meet the requirements of these tests that shall
simulate the conditions to which such construction may be exposed,
shall be prohibited from use in any building hereafter erected.

Sec. 199. No filling of any kind which may be injured by frost shall be placed
between said floor beams during freezing weather and if the filling is placed
during any winter month, it shall be temporarily covered with suitable
material for protection from being frozen. Nor shall any other concrete
or masonry work or any work than can be seriously affected by frost, any
work in the actual structural, weight, pressure sustaining, or fire pro-
tecting portions of a building, be done in freezing weather unless such pro-
vision for its protection be made as will meet the approval of the Build-
ing Department.

Sec. 200. On the top of any arch, lintel, or other device which does not
extend to the plane of the under side of the floor finish, cinder concrete
or other non-combustible material shall be placed to solidly fill up the
space to a level with the top of said floor beams, and shall be carried to
the under side of the wood floor boards in case such be used.

^Cinder concrete for filling shall be made with not less than 1 part of
Portland cement to 10 parts of clean cinders, machine mixed. Before
such filling, the exposed tops of all beams or other steel work, the metal
pipes and wire conduits and any other metal work entering into the con-
struction of or resting upon such floor construction must be well grouted
or covered with a coating of tarred-paper, or felt, or Portland cement
mortar — something to insure that the cinder concrete will not come in
immediate contact with such metal work. The cinder or other concrete
filling must entirely embed all the tops of the steel beams and girders and
be carried to at least 2 inches above them.

Sec. 201. Under no consideration shall forms be removed until the concrete
has hardened sufficiently to permit their removal with perfect safety.

Sec. 202. In laying the floors in masonry buildings, proper provision shall
be made to allow for the swelling of floors to prevent throwing out or
buckling of walls.

Sec. 203. All fireproof floor systems shall be of sufficient strength to safely
carry the load to be imposed thereon without straining the material in
any case beyond its safe working load.

354

BUILDING CODE 49

Sec. 204. Openings through fireproof floors for pipes, conduits, and similar
purposes shall be shown on plans filed with the Building Department.

1f After the floors are constructed, no opening greater than 8 inches square
shall be cut through said floors, unless properly boxed or framed around
with iron, and such openings shall be filled in with fireproof material after
the pipes or conduits are in place.

Sec. 205. All cast-iron, wrought-iron, or rolled-steel columns, including
the lugs and brackets on same, used for vertical supports in the interior of
any fireproof building, or used to support any fireproof floor, shall be en-
tirely protected with not less than 4 inches of hard burnt brickwork, terra
cotta, hollow tile concrete, or other fireproof material, without any air space
next to the metal (all voids and spaces to be well grouted with cement),
securely applied; but no plaster of paris or lime mortar shall be used for
this purpose nor shall any plaster, Whether or not on metal lathing, be
considered a part of the covering required.

^Columns of solid terra cotta or of hollow terra cotta in which the sec-
tional area of the open holes in each block shall not exceed 20 per cent
of the gross sectional area of such a block, may be used for structural pur-
poses provided the height of such column shall not exceed 12 times the
least dimension. The allowable stress shall not exceed 500 pounds per
square inch. Such columns shall be of hard burned terra cotta tile ot
uniform quality, without cracks, with true beds and having ultimate
compressive strength of not less than 4,000 pounds per square inch of net
area of cross-section of samples tested, and the mortar used in setting these
• tile columns shall be one part Portland cement and three parts clean,
sharp sand thoroughly mixed.

Sec. 206. No single block or unit of insulating material used for column
covering shall have a greater vertical dimension than 12 inched when placed
in position, nor shall the shell and webs of hollow tile or terra-cotta blocks
be less than % inch in thickness, and these blocks shall be laid up with
Portland cement mortar and the said blocks shall be suitably tied or an-
chored together, bonded with metal mesh in the joints or wound about
with wire or band metal.

1fThe extreme outer edges of lugs, brackets, and similar supporting metal
may project to within 1 inch of the surface of the fireproofing.

IfThe fireproof coverings shall start upon the fireproof floors and con-
tinuously extend to within 1 inch of the fireproof ceilings or under side of
girders above and be entirely independent of any ornamental base or
capital.

355

50 BUILDING CODE

f The 1-inch space left at the top shall be filled with asbestic or other
plastic, non-melting and non-inflammable elastic cement, to permit this
column covering to expand in fire and to nullify the tendency to "throw out"
from the column.

Sec. 207. No pipes, wires, or conduits of any kind shall be incased in the
fireproofing surrounding any column, girder, or beam of steel or iron, but
shall be placed outside of such fireproofing, although such pipes, wires,
and conduits may be within a casing or fireproof covering that will enclose
them and the column with its complete fireproofing in one large column, for
ornamental purposes.

Sec. 208. Where the fireproof protection of columns is exposed to damage
from the trucking or handling of merchandise, such fireproof protection
shall be jacketed on the outside, for a height not less than 4 feet from the
floor, with sheet metal, or with vertical strips of oak; and if the oak be
used for such purpose the vertical strips shall be sufficiently separated
from each other always to show that the woodwork of the guard has been
placed entirely on the outside of the fireproof material which incases the
metal column.

Sec. 209. The exposed sides of wrought-iron or rolled-steel girders support-
ing walls, iron, or steel floor beams, or supporting floor arches or floors,
shall be entirely incased with hard burnt clay, porous terra cotta, hollow
tile, concrete, or other fireproof materials not less than 4 inches in thickness,
and the bottom and top plates and flanges of such girders shall have not less
than 2 inches in thickness of such insulating material.

Sec. 210. The bottom and top plates and flanges of all wrought-iron and
rolled-steel floor and roof beams and all exposed portions of such beams
below the^butments of floor arches or filling between the floor beams
shall be entirely incased with hard burnt clay, porous terra cotta, hollow tile,
concrete, or other fireproof material, such incasing material to be not less
than 1J inches thick.

Sec. 211. All incasing material shall be securely attached to the girders and
beams.

Sec. 212. The shells and webs of hollow tile blocks used for girders and
column coverings shall be of porous terra cotta, hollow tile not less than f
inch in thickness, and shall be laid up with strong Portland cement mortar,
and the said blocks shall be suitably tied or anchored together.

Sec. 213. Where columns are used to support iron or steel girders carrying
enclosure walls, the said columns shall be of cast iron, or rolled steel, and

356

BUILDING CODE 51

their exposed surfaces shall be constructed to resist fire by having a casing
of brickwork not less than 8 inches in thickness on the outside surfaces and
all bonded into the brickwork of the enclosure walls.

K Between the said inclosing brickwork and the columns, there shall be a
space of not less than 2 inches, which space (as all other spaces about
columns) shall be filled solidly with liquid cement grout as the courses of
brickwork are laid.

Sec. 214. The exposed sides of the steel girders shall be similarly covered with
brickwork not less than 4 inches in thickness on the outer surface and
tied and bonded, but the extreme outer edge of the flanges of beams or plates
or angles connected to the beams may project to within 2 inches of the outside
surface of the brick casing.

Sec. 215. The inside surfaces of girders may be similarly covered with
brickwork, or if projecting inside of the wall, they shall be protected by
terra cotta, hollow tile, concrete, or other fireproof material not less than 4
inches in thickness, and with cement grouting next to the metal wherever
it is possible to run it.

Sec. 216. Girders for the support of the enclosure walls shall be placed at
the floor line of each story.

Sec. 217. The skeleton steel frame of a building shall be independent from
that of an adjoining building, and the frame of one building shall not be
bolted or riveted in any manner to the frame of any other building.

Sec. 218. No steel-framed or other fireproof building shall be carried higher
than twice the width of the street upon which it faces. And in no case,
whatever the location, upon however steep a hill, shall any building be
over 200 feet from the lowest point of curb level for every 50 feet of its
frontage, to the top of the flat roof or to within 6 feet of the top of a pitched
gable-roof. Provided, however, that spires, towers, domes, or such vertical
projections of limited area — never more than one-half the area — of the build-
ing above which they rise, must be built of absolutely fireproof construction
and of such height and size as may be approved by the Building Depart-
ment. And such towers, spires, etc., may only be on the party lines of
such lots with the approval of the adjoining owner and the Building De-
partment.

1[Or, such fireproof buildings may be carried up to the full limit of 200 feet
provided that they be stepped-back, or receded, at the level of twice the width
of the street, and the new line of frontage shall be back to that point, from

357

BUILDING CODE

the center of the street, that would be established if the street were of such
a width as would permit a 200-foot building 50 feet from the center of the
street. Provided also that if such buildings back upon an alley they shall
only be as high upon that alley as if they extended only to twice the width
of the fronting street in height, the extra height to the 200-foot limit shall
be carried up 12 feet back from the alley line.

CHAPTER XV
REINFORCED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION

Sec. 219. Definition, Plans.

11 The term "reinforced concrete" means any combination of metal imbed-
ded in concrete to form a structure so that the two materials assist each
other to sustain all the stresses imposed. Before a permit to erect any
reinforced concrete structure is issued, complete plans and specifications
shall be filed with the Department, showing all details of the construction,
including detail of working joints, the size and position of all reinforced
rods, stirrups or other forms of metal, and giving the composition and pro-
portion of the concrete; provided, however, that permission to erect any
reinforced concrete structure does not in any manner approve the con-
struction until after tests have been made of the actual construction to the
satisfaction of the Department.

Sec. 220. Ratio of Moduli of Elasticity, Adhesion, Bond.

(a) The calculations for the strength of reinforced concrete shall be
based on the assumed ultimate compressive strength per square inch desig-
nated by the letter "U" given in the table below for the mixture to be used.
(6) The ratio designated by the letter "R" of the modulus of elasticity
of steel to that of the different grades of concrete shall be taken in accord-
ance with Table II:

TABLE II

Strength of Concrete Mixtures

Mixture -

1 cement, 1 sand, 2 broken stone, gravel or slag
1 cement, 1J sand, 3 broken stone, gravel or slag
1 cement, 2 sand, 4 broken stone, gravel or slag
1 cement, 2J sand, 5 broken stone, gravel or slag
1 cement, 3 sand, 7 broken stone, gravel or slag

2900
2400
2000
1750
1500

10
12
15
IS
20

368

BUILDING CODE 53

Sec. 221. Unit Stresses for Steel and Concrete.

(a) The stresses in the concrete and the steel shall not exceed the follow-
ing limits:

(6) Tensile stress in steel shall not exceed one-third of its elastic limits and
shall not exceed 18,000 pounds per square inch.

(d) The compressive stress in steel shall not exceed the product of the
compressive stress in the concrete multiplied by the elastic modulus of the
steel and divided by the elastic modulus of the concrete.

(e) Direct compression in concrete shall be one-fifth of its ultimate strength.
Bending in extreme fiber of concrete shall be thirty-five one-hundredths of
the ultimate strength.

(/) Tension in concrete on diagonal plane shall be one-fiftieth of the ulti-
mate compressive strength.

(g) For a concrete composed of one part of cement, two parts of sand, and
four parts of broken stone, the allowable unit stress for adhesion per square
inch of surface of imbedment shall not exceed the following:

Pounds per Sq. Inch

On plain round or square bars of structural steel 70

On plain round or square bars of high carbon steel 50

On plain flat bars, in which the ratio of the sides is not

more than 2tol 50

On twisted bars when the twisting is not less than one

complete twist in eight diameters 100

(h) For specially formed bars, the allowable unit stress for bond shall not
exceed one-fourth of the ultimate bond strength of such bars without ap-
preciable slip, which shall be determined by tests made by the person, firm,
or corporation to the satisfaction of the Department, but provided that in no
case shall such allowable unit stress exceed 100 pounds per square inch of
the specially formed bars.

Sec. 222. Design for Slabs, Beams, and Girders.

^Reinforced concrete slabs, beams, and girders shall be designed in accord-
ance with the following assumptions and requirements:
(a) The common theory of flexure shall be applied to beams and members
resisting bending.

(6) The adhesion between the concrete and the steel shall be sufficient
to make the two materials act together.

(d) The stress strain curve of concrete in compression is a straight line.

358

54 BUILDING CODE

(e) The ratio of the moduli of elasticity of concrete to steel shall be as
before specified.

Sec. 223. Momenta of External Forces.

(a) Beams, girders, floor or roof slabs, and joists shall be calculated as sup-
ported or with fixed ends, or with partly fixed ends, in accordance with the
actual end conditions, the number of spans, and the design.
(6) When calculated for ends partly fixed for intermediate spans with an
equally distributed load where the adjacent spans are of approximately
equal lengths:

^[Bending moment at center of spans shall not be less than that expressed

WL 2 . WL 2

in the formula for intermediate spans and for end spans.

12 10

WL 2

and the sum of the moments over one support and at the center of span

WL 2

shall be taken not less than the formula .

1fln the formula hereinabove given W is the load per linear foot and L is
the length of span in feet.

(d) In case of concentrated or special loads the calculations shall be based
on the critical condition of loading.

(e) For fully supported slabs, the span shall be taken as the free opening
plus the depth; for continuous slabs, the span shall be the distance
between centers of supports.

(/) Where the vertical shear measured on the section of a beam or girder
between the centers of action of the horizontal stresses, exceeds one-fifth
of the ultimate direct compressive stress per square inch, web reinforcement
shall be supplied sufficient to carry the excess. The web reinforcement shall
extend from top to bottom of beam and loop or connect to the horizontal
reinforcement. The horizontal reinforcement carrying the direct stresses
shall not be considered as web reinforcement.

(g) In no case, however, shall the vertical shear, measured as stated above,
exceed one-fifteenth of the ultimate compression strength of the concrete.

(h) For T-beams the width of the stem only shall be used in calculating

the above shear.

{%) When steel is used in the compression side of beams and girders, the

rods shall be tied in accordance with requirements of vertical reinforced

columns with stirrups connecting with the tension rods of the beams or

girders.

360

BUILDING CODE 55

(J) All reinforcing steel shall be accurately located in the forms and secured
against displacement and properly inspected before any surrounding con-
crete be put in place. It shall be afterwards completely inclosed by the
concrete, and such steel shall nowhere be nearer the surface of the concrete
than 1 J inch for columns, 1 J inch for beams and girders, and J inch, but not
less than the diameter of the bar, for slabs.

(k) The longitudinal steel in beams and girders shall be so disposed that
there shall be a thickness of concrete between the separate pieces of steel
of not less than one and one-half times the maximum sectional dimension-
of the steel.

(0 For square slabs with two-way reinforcements, the bending moment
at the center of the slab shall not be less than that expressed in the formula

WL 2 . WL 2

for intermediate spans, and — - — for end spans.

24 r ' 20

WL 2

(m) The moment over supports shall not be less than the formula

36
and the sum of the moments over one support and at the center of the span

WL 2
shall be taken not less than the formula — — — •

12 J

Kin the above formula W is the load per lineal foot and L the length of the

span.

(n) For squares or rectangular slabs the distribution of the loads in the

two directions, shall be inversely as the cubes of the two dimensions.

(o) Exposed metal of any kind will not be considered a factor in the

strength of any part of any concrete structure, and the plaster finish applied

over the metal shall not be deemed sufficient protection unless applied of

sufficient thickness and so secured as to meet the approval of the Department.

Sec. 224. Limiting Widih of Flange in T -Beams.

(a) In the calculation of ribs a portion of the floor slab may be assumed

as acting in flexure in combination with the rib. The width of the slab so

acting in flexure is to be governed by the shearing resistance between rib

and slab, but limited to a width equal to one-third of the span length of the

ribs between supports and also limited to a width of three-quarters of the

distance from center to center between ribs.

(6) No part of the slab shall be considered as a portion of the rib unless

the slab and rib are cast at the same time.

the portion of floor slab acting as flange to the girder must be reinforced with

361

56 BUILDING CODE

rods near the top at right angles to the girder, to enable it to transmit local
loads directly to the girder and not through the beams.

Sec. 225. Shrinkage and Thermal Stresses.

^Shrinkage and thermal stresses shall be provided for by introduction of
steel.

Sec. 226. Reinforced Concrete Columns — Limit of Length — Per Cent of Re-
inforcement — Bending Moment on Columns — Tying Vertical Rods.
(a) Reinforced concrete may be used for columns in which the concrete
shall not be leaner than a 1:2:4 mixture and in which the ratio of length to
least side or diameter does not exceed 12 but in no case shall the cross-
section of the columns be less than 64 square inches. Longitudinal reinforc-
ing rods must be tied together to effectively resist outward flexure at inter-
vals not more than twelve times least diameter of rod and not more than
18 inches. When compression rods are not required, reinforcing rods shall
be used, equivalent to not less than one-half of one per cent (.005) of the
cross-sectional area of the column; provided, however, that the total sec-
tional area of the reinforcing steel shall not be less than 1 square inch and
that no rod or bar be of smaller diameter or least dimension than J^ inch.
The area of reinforcing compression rods shall be limited to three per cent
of cross -sectional area of the column. Vertical reinforcing rods shall extend
upward or downward into the column, above or below, lapping the reinforce-
ment above or below enough to develop the stress in rod by the allowable
unit for adhesion. When beams or girders are made monolithic with or
rigidly attached to reinforced concrete columns, the latter shall be designed
to resist a bending moment equal to the greatest possible unbalanced moment
in the beams or girders at the columns, in addition to the direct loads for
which the columns are designed.

(6) When the reinforcement consists of vertical bars and spiral hooping,
the concrete may be stressed to one-fourth of its ultimate strength, provided
that the amount of vertical reinforcement be not less than the amount of
the spiral reinforcement, nor greater than eight per cent of the area within
the hooping; that the percentage of spiral hooping be not less than one-half
of one per cent, nor greater than one and one-half per cent; that the
pitch of the spiral hooping be uniform and not greater than one-tenth of
the diameter of the column, nor greater than 3 inches; that the spiral be
secured to the verticals, at every intersection, in such a manner as to
insure the maintaining of its form and position, that the verticals be spaced
so that their distance apart, measured on the circumference, be not
greater than 9 inches, or one-eighth the circumference of the column
within the hooping. In such columns the action of the hooping may be

362

BUILDING CODE 57

assumed to increase the resistance of the concrete equivalent to two and
one-half times the amount of the spiral hooping figured as vertical reinforce-
ment. No part of the concrete outside of the hooping shall be considered
as a part of the effective column section.

Sec. 227. Structural Steel Columns.

11 When the vertical reinforcement consists of a structural steel column of
box shape, with lattice or batten plates of such form as to permit its being
filled with concrete, the concrete may be stressed to one-fourth of its ulti-
mate strength, provided that no shape of less than one square inch section
be used and that the spacing of the lacing or battens be not greater than the
least width of the columns.

Sec. 228. Curtain Walls in Skeleton Construction Buildings.

IfBuildings having a complete skeleton construction, or a combination of
both, may have exterior walls of reinforced concrete 8 inches thick, pro-
vided, however, that such walls shall support only their own weight and
that such walls shall have steel reinforcement of not less than three-tenths
of one per cent in each direction vertically and horizontally, the rods spaced
not more than 12-inch centers and wired to each other at each inter-
section. All bars shall be lapped for a length sufficient to develop their full
stress for the allowable unit stress for adhesion. Additional bars shall be
set around openings, the verticals wired to the nearest horizontal bars,
and the horizontal bars at top and bottom of openings shall be wired to
the nearest vertical bars. The steel rods shall be combined with the con-
crete and placed where the combination will develop the greatest strength,
and the rods shall be staggered or placed and secured so as to resist a pres-
sure of thirty pounds per square foot, either from the exterior or from the
interior on each and every square foot of each wall panel.

Sec. 229. Bending and Elongation of Steel.

HThe bending and elongation of steel used in reinforced concrete construc-
tion shall conform to the following requirements:

(a) Steel having a diameter of %-inch or less shall be capable of bending
cold ninety degrees over a diameter equal to twice the thickness of the
piece without fracture; steel over %-inch in diameter shall be capable
of bending cold to ninety degrees over a diameter equal to three times the
diameter of the piece.

(b) The material of reinforcement shall be such form that it will not elongate
under working stress to exceed one fifteen-hundredth.

(c) Reinforcing steel used in reinforcing concrete construction shall not be
painted but shall be free from all mill scale and loose rust.

363

58 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 230. Cement Tests.

(a) Only Portland cement shall be used in reinforced concrete construc-
tion. All cement shall be tested in car load lots when delivered, or in quan-
tities equal to the same. Cement failing to meet the requirements of ac-
celerated test shall be rejected.

(6) Parts of neat cement must be allowed to harden twenty-four hours
in moist air, and then be submitted to the accelerated test as follows: A pat
is exposed in any convenient way in an atmosphere of steam, and above
boiling water, in a loosely closed vessel for three hours, after which before
the pat cools, it is placed in the boiling water for five additional hours. To
pass this test satisfactorily, the pat shall remain firm and hard and show no
signs of cracking, distortion, or disintegration.

(c) Portland cement when tested shall have a minimum tensile strength
as follows: Neat cement after one day in moist air shall develop a tensile
strength of at least 200 pounds per square inch; after one day in air and
six days in water shall develop a tensile strength of at least 500 pounds per
square inch, and after one day in air and twenty-seven days in water, shall
develop a tensile strength of at least 600 pounds per square inch. Cement
and sand tests composed of one part of cement and three parts of sand
shall, after one day in air and six days in water, develop a tensile strength
of at least 175 pounds per square inch; and after one day in air and twenty-
seven days in water, shall develop a tensile strength of at least 240 pounds
per square inch.

(d) A certificate that the cement used has been tested and has met the
requirements of this section and that the tests have been made in accord-
ance with the standard methods prescribed by the American Society for
Testing Materials, on pages 149 to 164, both inclusive, of the Proceedings
of the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the American Society for Testing Ma-
terials, adopted August 15, 1908, shall be furnished to the Department by
the architect or engineer in charge.

Sec. 231. Sand.

HThe sand to be used for concrete shall be clean, hard, coarse sand, of the
grade known as torpedo sand, and free from loam or dirt; not less than 45
per centum shall be returned on a screen of 400 mesh to the square inch.

Sec. 232. Stone.

IfThe stone to be used in concrete shall be clean crushed hard stone or clean
crushed blast furnace slag or gravel of a size to pass through a 1-inch
square mesh. If limestone or slag is used, it shall be screened to remove
all dust; if gravel is used it shall be thoroughly washed. Stone shall be

364

BUILDING CODE 59

drenched immediately before using. If slag is used, it shall be of such
character that when made into concrete the concrete will develop a crush-
ing strength equal to that specified for stone or gravel concrete.

Sec. 233. Mixing.

IfAll concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer, except when limited
quantities are required, or when the conditions of the work make hand
mixing preferable; hand mixing to be done only when approved by the
Department. In all mixing, the separate ingredients shall be measured
and shall be thoroughly mixed and must be uniform in color, < appearance,
and consistency, before placing.

Sec. 234. Placing Concrete.

1fln filling in concrete around reinforcing steel, the concrete must be worked
continuously with suitable tools, as it is put in place. Filling the forms
completely and puddling afterwards will not be permitted. In placing the
concrete, the work shall be so laid out that partly set concrete will not be
subjected to shocks from men wheeling or handling material over it.

Sec. 235. Concrete Placed in Freezing Weather.

IfWhen concreting is carried on in freezing weather, the material must be
heated; and such provisions made that the concrete can be put in place
without freezing. The use of frozen, lumpy sand or stone depending on
hot water used in mixing to thaw it out will not be permitted. All reinforced
concrete shall be kept at a temperature above freezing for at least forty-
eight hours after being put in place. All forms under concrete placed in
freezing weather shall remain until all evidences of frost are absent from
the concrete and the natural hardening of the concrete has proceeded to
the point of safety.

Sec. 236. Concrete Placed in Warm Weather.

^Concrete laid in warm weather shall be drenched with water twice daily,
Sunday included, during the first week after being put in place.

Sec. 237. Cement Finish.

H Cement finish added to the top of slabs, beams, or girders, shall not be
calculated in the strength of a member unless laid integrally with the
rough concrete. No greater unit stress shall be allowed on such cement
finish than on the rough concrete.

Sec. 238. Fireproof Concrete Construction.

1f Reinforced concrete construction will be accepted for fireproof buildings

365

60 BUILDING CODE

if designed as prescribed in this paragraph. The aggregate for such con-
crete shall be clean, broken stone or clean crushed blast furnace slag, or
clean screened gravel, together with clean, coarse sand of the grade known
as torpedo sand; stone, slag, or gravel shall be of a size to pass through a
screen of % inch mesh. The minimum thickness of concrete surround-
ing the reinforcing members of reinforced concrete beams and girders
shall be 2 inches on the bottom, and 1J^ inches on the sides of said
beams and girders. The minimum thickness of concrete under slab rods
shall be 1 inch; and all reinforcement in columns shall have a minimum
protection of 2 inches of concrete except as hereinafter provided, if a sup-
plementary metal fabric is placed in the concrete surrounding the reinforc-
ing, simply for holding the concrete, the thickness of concrete under the
reinforcing may be reduced by one-half inch, then such fabric shall not be
considered as reinforcing metal.

Sec. 239. Removal of Forms.

Ifln no case shall the props and shores used in reinforced concrete con-
struction be removed from under floors and roofs in less than two weeks,
except as is provided herein. Column forms shall not be removed in less
than four days. The centering from bottom of slabs and sides of beams
and girders may be removed after the concrete has set for one week, if the
floor has obtained sufficient hardness to sustain the dead weight of the said
floor. No load or weight shall be placed on any portion of the construc-
tion until the concrete has fully set and the centers have been removed.

Sec. 240. Tests.

IfThe contractor for the reinforced concrete construction shall make load
tests on any portion of the work within a reasonable time after erection,
as may be required by the Department. Such tests must be made under
the direction of the Department and must show that the construction
will sustain a load twice the sum of the live and dead loads for which it
was designed, without any sign of failure. The construction may be con-
sidered as part of the test load. Each test load shall cover two or more
panels and shall remain in place at least twenty-four hours. The deflection
under the full test load at the expiration of twenty-four hours shall not
exceed one eight-hundredth of the span. These tests shall be considered
as tests of workmanship only.

Sec. 241. Fire Protection.

IfWherever reinforced concrete is used in buildings over 3 stories high,
such reinforced concrete construction, all columns, girders, and beams shall
have a protecting covering of at least 1 inch of non-combustible material

366

BUILDING CODE 61

on all exposed surfaces, over and above the thicknesses and sizes required
structurally in these reinforced concrete members. Cinder concrete, clay
tiles, or plaster on wire lath are acceptable materials for this fire protection.

Sec. 242. Supervision.

HThe execution of all reinforced concrete work shall be done under the
direct and constant supervision of a competent foreman or superintendent.

IfThese foremen or superintendents must be enrolled, examined, classified,
and licensed by or at the instance of the Building Department. Examina-
tions may be held at regular intervals and an eligible list kept of men
classified as to ability to carry on the different grades of work, for no con-
crete construction shall be carried on save under the direction of one of
these duly licensed superintendents of whose ability the Department
must be thoroughly satisfied; and a first-class, important buildings shall
not be superintended by one who is qualified only to look after a second-
class, inferior building.

^Further, these superintendents must report the progress, condition, and
character of the work in their charge at least once a week to the Building
Department. They are to be virtually employes or inspectors of the
Department but paid by the owners or builders of the buildings. They
are to be held responsible to the Department for that work and must report
any attempted violation of these rules of which they may in any way become
cognizant. In the event of their carelessness with the work in their charge
or any connivance in the evasion of these requirements, or other wrong
doing or incompetence, the Building Department may discharge them,
suspend them, remove them, place them upon less important work or revoke
their license entirely and bar them from any such superintendence in the
City.

367

CHAPTER XVI
REINFORCED TERRA COTTA HOLLOW TILE

Sec. 243. The term reinforced hollow tile is hereby defined to mean a system
of hollow burned clay tile in combination with reinforced concrete, in which
combination the hollow tile may be used to resist compressive and shear-
ing stresses subject to the following provisions:

*][The provisions relating to reinforced concrete construction shall hold
as far as applicable to this system.

IfAll tile to be hard burned terra cotta tile of uniform quality, free from
shrinkage cracks, with true beds and having an ultimate compressive
strength of not less than 3,000 pounds per square inch of net area of sur-
face tested.

If The following stresses and values shall not be exceeded: Extreme fiber.*
stress (compressive) on hollow tile, 500 pounds per square inch.
•fShearing stress on hollow tile, 200 pounds per square inch.

*][ Adhesion between tile and 1 :2 :4 concrete to 1 :3 cement mortar, 40 pounds
per square inch.

"f Ratio of modulus of elasticity of steel to that of tile with cement mortar
joints, 10.

Sec. 244. Special Provisions as to Workmanship in Reinforced Hollow Tile
Construction,

IfThe hollow tile shall be thoroughly soaked with water at the time con-
crete is poured and be kept drenched for at least thirty-six hours after-
wards. The joints between tiles shall be staggered, buttered, and slushed
full of mortar consisting of one (1) part of Portland cement and three (3)
parts of clean, sharp sand, thoroughly mixed.

Sec. 245. Terra Cotta Tile Columns. See Section 205.

Sec. 246. Special Provisions as to Workmanship in Tile Column Construction.

f All terra cotta tile must be thoroughly wet before using and when used
in columns must be set on end with the voids running vertically and with
the webs in line of pressure.

IfAU vertical joints must stagger and terra cotta blocks just be of proper
dimensions to meet this condition as no broken tile will be allowed.

368

BUILDING CODE 63

f All work to be set plumb, with uniform horizontal joints, thickness to
average % inch. N The minimum time which shall elapse between the
finishing of the work and before any load is placed thereon shall be not
less than seven days. -..

Sec. 247. Terra Cotta Tile Walls.

HHollow tile may be used for building primary bearing walls, which are
defined as walls that may be used to receive directly the loads from floors
or roofs in addition to their acting as partition walls, provided the propor-
tion between thickness of wall and free height between the floors does not
exceed fifteen and the load including the weight of the construction does
not exceed three hundred and fifty pounds per square inch of net sec-
tional area of tile. The thickness of walls shall be calculated as the
outside dimensions of the tile and each tile shall be full thickness of wall.
The thickness of the plastering is not to be included as a part of the thick-
ness of the wall. Walls having a thickness of 4 inches may be used when
the height does not exceed 5 feet. The quality of the tile and mortar
and special provisions as to workmanship as specified for terra cotta columns
shall apply to terra cotta tile walls.

Sec. 248. Terra Cotta Grain Bin Construction.

IfFireproof storage bin, grain elevators and grain warehouses may be built
in cylindrical form with terra cotta tile of such height, diameter and thick-
ness as is allowed by safe engineering practices, provided that the material
shall not be stressed in excess of the limits prescribed in this chapter for
walls and columns.

CONCRETE BUILDING BLOCKS

Sec. 249. Hollow concrete building blocks may be used for buildings five
stories or less in height where their use is approved by the Building De-
partment, provided, however, that the concrete shall be composed of at
least one part of Standard Portland cement, and not to exceed five parts
of clean, coarse, sharp sand or gravel, or a mixture of at least one part
of Portland cement to five parts of crushed rock or other suitable aggre-
gate. Provided, further, that this section shall not permit the use
of any kind of hollow blocks in party walls. Said party walls must be
built solid.

1f All concrete material shall be of such fineness as to pass a £-inch
ring and be free from dirt or foreign matter. The material composing
all such blocks shall be properly mixed and manipulated and the hollow
space in said blocks shall be properly proportioned.

369

64 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 250. Where the face only is of hollow building blocks and the back-
ing is of brick, the facing of hollow blocks must be strongly bonded to
the brick either with headers 4 inches into the brickwork — every fourth
course being a heading course — or with approved ties; no brick backing
shall be less than 8 inches. Where the walls are made entirely of hollow
blocks, but where said blocks have not the same width as the wall, every
fifth course shall extend through the wall forming a secure bond. All
walls where blocks are used, shall be laid up in Portland cement mortar;
two parts sand, one part Portland cement.

Sec. 251. All hollow concrete building blocks, before being used in the
construction of any building in the city, shall have attained an age of at
least four weeks.

Sec. 252. Wherever girders or beams or joists rest upon walls so that there
is a concentrated load on the block of over 1 ton, the blocks supporting
the girder or joists must be made solid. Where such concentrated load
shall exceed 3 tons, the blocks for two courses below and for a distance
extending at least 18 inches each side of said girder, shall be made solid.
Where the load on the wall from the girder exceeds 5 tons, the blocks for
three courses beneath it shall be made solid with material similar to that in
the blocks. Wherever walls are decreased in thickness, the top course of
the thicker shall be solid.

1f Provided, always, that no wall, or any part thereof, composed of hollow
concrete blocks shall be loaded to an excess of 8 tons per superficial
foot of the area of such blocks, including the weight of the wall.

UNo block shall have an average crushing strength of less than 2,000
pounds per square inch when the blocks are tested (at twenty-eight days
for concrete), where the strength is figured on the effective net section.

Sec. 253. All piers and buttresses that support loads in excess of 5 tons,
shall be built of solid blocks for such distances below as may be required
by the Building Department, and any lintels spanning over 4 feet 6 inches
in the clear shall rest on solid blocks.

f Provided, that no hollow building blocks shall be used in the construction
of any building in the City unless the maker of said blocks has submit-
ted the product to the full test required by the Building Department,
which may also require a renewal of such tests from time to time to in-
sure that the standard and character of the work is kept up.

1f A brand or mark of identification must be impressed in, or otherwise
permanently attached to, each block for purpose of identification.

370

BUILDING CODE 65

HThe manufacturer and user of any such hollow blocks, as are mentioned
in this regulation, or either of them, shall at any and all times have made
such tests of the cements or clays used in making such blocks, or such further
tests of the completed blocks, or of each of these, at their own expense, and
under the supervision of the Building Department, as it shall require.

Sec. 254. The cement used in making said concrete blocks shall be Portland
cement, and must be capable of passing the minimum requirements as
set forth in the "Standard Specifications for Cement" by the American
Society for Testing Materials.

IfAny and all blocks, samples of which, on being tested under the
direction of the Building Department, fail to stand (at twenty-eight days
for concrete), the tests required by this regulation, shall be marked "con-
demned" by the manufacturer or user and shall be destroyed.

1fNo concrete blocks shall be used in the construction of any building
within the City until they have been inspected,' and average samples of
the lot tested, approved, and accepted by the Building Department.

Sec. 255. These regulations shall apply to all such new materials as are used
in building construction, in the same manner and for the same purpose
as stone, brick, and concrete are now authorized by the Building Laws,
when said new material to be substituted departs from the general shape
and dimensions of ordinary building brick.

If Before any such material is used in buildings, an application for its use
and for a test of the same must be filed with the Building Department.
A description of the material and a brief outline of its manufacture and
proportions of the materials used must be embodied in the application.

Sec. 256. The material must be subjected to the following tests: trans-
verse, compression, absorption, freezing, fire, and water. Additional tests
may be called for when, in the judgment of the Building Department,
the same may be necessary. All such tests must be made as heretofore
directed. The tests will be made at the expense of the applicant.

HThe results of the tests, whether satisfactory or not, must be filed with
the Building Department. They shall be open to inspection upon appli-
cation to the Building Department.

Sec. 257. For the purposes of the tests, at least twenty samples or test
pieces must be provided. Such samples must represent the ordinary
commercial product. They may be selected from stock by the Building
Department.

371

66 BUILDING CODE

TERRA COTTA BUILDING BLOCKS

Sec. 258. Terra cotta hollow tile may be used for bearing walls in buildings
five stories or less in height, or for enclosure wails for skeleton structures
of any height where the wall is carried from story to story, on steel or con-
crete beams or girders, where said use is approved by the Department.
Provided that this section shall not permit the use of hollow tile in party
walls, which must be built solid.

Sec. 259. All material must be well burned, dense material of approved
quality and thickness.

Sec. 260. The thickness of the walls shall not be less than is required by
law for brick walls, except where hollow tile blocks are used as a substitute
for wood construction. The exterior walls shall be not less than the follow-
ing thicknesses:

(a) For a one story building, 6 inches.
(6) For a two story building, first story 8 inches, second story 6 inches.

(d) For a four story building, first story 12 inches, se:ond story 10 inches,
third story 8 inches, fourth story 8 inches.

(e) For a five story building, first story 12 inches, second story 10 inches,
third story 10 inches, fourth story 8 inches and fifth story 8 inches.

if) The foundation walls shall be not less than 4 inches thicker than the
first story walls, provided that no foundation wall shall be less than 12 inches
thick.

Sec. 261. If the walls are exposed to the weather, all the hollow tile must
be of dense material, and vitrified in burning, or they may be dense ma-
terial, hard burned and covered on the exposed sides with at least 1 inch
of Portland cement stucco or pebble dash. Such hollow tile to be well
scored with dove-tailed grooves to receive cement coating.

Sec. 262. Wherever girders or beams rest upon a wall so that there is a
concentrated load on the hollow tile of over two tons, the tile supporting
the girder or beam must be made solid by filling with Portland cement
concrete of broken stone or gravel mixed 1:2:4 or by covering the openings
with flat slabs or brick, and wherever walls are decreased in thickness the
top course of the thicker wall must be made solid in the same manner.

Sec. 263. Provided, always, that no tile shall be loaded in excess of 300
pounds per square inch of net section in compression, if set on end, or 150
pounds per square inch, if set on the side.

372

BUILDING CODE 67

Sec. 264. All piers and buttresses that support loads in excess of five tons
shall be laid solid with Portland cement concrete.

Sec. 265. Lintels spanning over 4 feet 6 inches in the clear shall rest on tile
filled solid with concrete.

Sec. 266. All hollow tile work shall be subject to the regular inspection
provided for by this code for other masonry building materials. The ulti-
mate crushing strength shall be at least seven times the load it is required
to support

Sec. 267. All hollow tile used in walls or piers shall be set in mortar com-
posed of one part Portland cement and three parts of clean sand.

373

CHAPTER XVII
STEEL AND WROUGHT-IRON CONSTRUCTION

Sec. 268. No part of a steel or wrought-iron column shall be less than J-
inch thick.

Sec. 269. No wrought-iron or rolled-steel column shall have an unsup-
ported length of more than forty times its least lateral dimension or
diameter, except as prescribed in this Code, and also except in cases
where the Building Department may specially allow a greater unsupported
length. ' ,

Sec. 270. The ends of all columns shall be faced to a plane surface at right
angles to the axis of the columns, and the connection between them shall
be made with splice plates.

fThe joint shall be effected by rivets of sufficient size and number to
transmit the entire stress, and the splice plates shall be equal in sectional
area to the area of the column spliced.

Sec. 271. When the section of the columns to be spliced is such that splice
plates cannot be used, a connection formed of plates and angles may be
used, designed to properly distribute the stresses.

Sec. 272. No material, whether in the body of the column or used as lattice-
bar or stay-plate, shall be used in any wrought-iron or steel-column of less
thickness than iV of its unsupported width measured transversely between
centers of rivets, or tt of the distance between centers of rivets in the
direction of the. stress.

Sec. 273. Stay-plates are to have not less than four rivets, and are to be
spaced so that the ratio of the length to the least radius of gyration of the
parts connected does not exceed 40; in this case the distance between the
nearest rivets of two stay-plates shall be considered as the length.

Sec. 274. Steel and wrought-iron columns shall be made in one, two, or three
story lengths, and the material shall be rolled in one length wherever
practicable to avoid intermediate splices. In placing these columns in build-
ings they shall be "broken- join ted," the splices alternating to prevent
hinging at floor levels.

374

BUILDING CODE 69

Sec. 275. Where any part of the section of a column projects beyond that of
the column below, the difference shall be made up by filling plates secured
to, column by the proper number of rivets.

Sec. 276. Shoes of iron or steel, as prescribed for cast-iron columns, or built
shoes of plates and shapes may be used to comply with the same require-
ments.

f Nothing herein shall prohibit the use of a wrought-iron shell of standard
thickness filled with, concrete approved by the Building Department.

Sec. 277. Cast-iron columns shall be of good workmanship and material
and have a diameter of not less than 5 inches and a shell of a thickness
not less than J inch, except that $ inch may be used for light construction.

f These columns shall not have an unsupported length of more than 20
times their lateral dimension or diameter, except as stated in the tables
of this Code, and except the same shall form a part of a staircase, and
also except in such specific cases where the Building Department may spe-
cially allow a greater unsupported length.

f The top and bottom flanges, seats, and lugs shall be of ample strength,
reinforced by fillets and brackets; they shall be not less than 1 inch in
thickness when finished.

^f All columns shall be faced at the ends to a plane surface at right angles
to the axis of the column.

Sec. 278. Where cast-iron columns are placed vertically one on top of
another, they shall be securely bolted together at the joints through flanges
cast on the columns and a plate between the flanges. If the column is
square or rectangular, the top flange shall project not less than 2 J inches
from the outer surfaces of the column on all sides, and the bottom flange
of the column immediately above the same shall project as far as the top
flange of the column below.

f If the column is round or many sided, the top flange shall project not
less than 2J inches at its least projection from the outer surface of the
column, and be square or rectangular in shape, and the bottom flange of
the column immediately above the same shall be of corresponding shape,
and project as far as the top flange of the column below. Each flange
shall be reinforced with a bracket placed centrally on the column and
with fillets both on the bracket and the flange.

fin case the column is placed on the dividing line of the lot upon which
the Building is to be erected, the flanges on that side only may be omitted.

Sec. 279. Between the joints of cast-iron columns placed vertically over
each other, there shall be in each case a solid cast-iron plate not less than

375

70 BUILDING CODE

1J inches in thickness, of the same dimensions as the flanges of the columns
and planed true on both sides; a plate of mild steel, not less than f inch
thick, may be used instead of the cast-iron plate.

KThe columns shall be bolted together with bolts not less than f inch in
diameter passing through the two flanges and the intermediate plate, the
bolts being of sufficient length to allow the nuts to be screwed up tightly;
and as each column is placed in position, the bolts shall also be placed in
position and the nuts shall be tightly screwed up. One bolt shall be placed
at each corner of the plate and flanges and the number of bolts shall
never be less than four. The holes for these bolts shall be drilled to a
template.

fWhere cast-iron columns are placed vertically one on top of the other,
the diameters shall be increased, in the case of round columns, not less
than 1 inch for each two stories below the columns on the two stories
above, and in the case of square or rectangular columns, the same ratio
of increase shall follow on at least two sides of the columns in each two
stories below the uppermost two columns of the vertical line. This in-
crease in size shall apply to interior as well as to exterior columns.

Sec. 280. The core of a column below a joint shall not be larger than the
core of the column above, and the metal shall be tapered down for a dis-
tance of not less than 6 inches.

Sec. 281. Wherever the core of a cast-iron column has shifted more than
one-fourth the thickness of the shell, the strength shall be computed on the
assumption that the thickness of the metal all around is equal to the
thinnest part, and the columns shall be condemned and rejected if this
computation shows the strength to be less than required by this Code.

Sec. 282. Wherever blowholes or imperfections are found in a cast-iron
column which reduces the area of the cross-section at that point more than
ten per cent, such column shall be condemned and rejected.

Sec. 283. Cast-iron posts or columns not cast with one open side or back,
before being set up in place, shall have a f-inch hole drilled in the shaft
of each post or column by the manufacturer or contractor furnishing the
same in order to exhibit the thickness of the castings; and any other hole
or holes of a similar size which the Building Department may require,
shall be drilled in the said posts or columns by the said manufacturer or
contractor at their expense.

Sec. 284. Iron or steel shoes or plates shall be used under the bottom tier
of columns when necessary to properly distribute the load on the foundation.

\ Shoes shall be planed on top.

876

BUILDING CODE 71

Sec. 285. In all buildings hereafter erected or altered, where any iron or
steel columns are used to support a wall or part thereof — whether the same
be an exterior or an interior wall — and where columns, located below the
level of the sidewalk, are used to support exterior walls or arches over vaults,
the said column or columns shall be either constructed double, that is,
an outer and an inner column, the inner column alone to be of sufficient
strength to sustain safely the weight to be imposed thereon, and the outer
column to be 1 inch shorter than the inner columns, or such other iron or
steei column of sufficient strength shall be protected with not less than 4
inches of hard burned brickwork, terra cotta, concrete, or other approved
fireproof material securely applied.

Sec. 286. If iron or steel posts are to be used as party posts in front of a
party wall and are intended for two buildings, then the said posts shall
not be less in width than the thickness of this party wall, nor less m depth
than the thickness of the wall to be supported above.

Iflron or steel posts in front of side, division, or party walls shall be made
perfectly tight between the posts and walls with masonry.

^[Intermediate posts may be used, which shall be sufficiently strong, and
the lintels thereon shall have sufficient bearings to carry the weight above
with safety.

Sec. 287. Rivets in flanges shall be so spaced that the least value of a rivet
for either shear or bearing is equal to or greater than the increment of
strain due to the distance between adjoining rivets. All other rules given
under riveting shall be followed. The length of rivets between heads
shall be limited to four times the diameter. The compression flanges of
plate girders shall be secured against buckling if their length exceed thirty
times their width.

Sec. 288. If splices are used they shall be of such strength as to bring the
members spliced up to the standard in either tension or compression.

U Stiffeners shall be provided over supports and under concentrated loads;
they shall be of sufficient strength, as a column, to carry the loads, and
shall be connected with a sufficient number of rivets to transmit the
stresses into the web plate. Stiffeners shall fit so as to support the flanges
of the girders. If the unsupported depth of the web plate exceeds sixty
times its thickness, stiffeners shall be used at intervals not exceeding one
hundred and twenty times the thickness of the web.

Sec. 289. When rolled steel or wrought iron beams are used in pairs to form
a girder, they shall be connected by bolts and iron separators at intervals
of not more than 5 feet.

377

72 BUILDING CODE

f All beams 12 inches and over in depth shall have at least two bolts to
each separator.

Sec. 290. Cast-iron lintels shall not be used for spans exceeding 8 feet.

% Cast-iron lintels or beams shall not be less than } inch in thickness in
any of their parts.

Sec. 291. When the lintels or girders are supported at the ends by brick
walls or piers, they shall rest upon cast-iron or steel plates, or stone tem-
plates of adequate strength to properly distribute the load on the bearings.

fin all cases the safe loads shall not exceed those fixed by this Code.

Sec. 292. All rolled-steel and wrought-iron floor and roof beams used in
buildings shall be of full weight, straight, and free from injurious defects.

Sec. 293. Holes for tie rods shall be placed as near the thrust of the arch as
practicable.

fThe distance between tie rods in floors shall not exceed 8 feet, and shall
not exceed eight times the depth of floor beams 12 inches and under.

Sec. 294. Channels or other shapes, where used as skewbacks, shall have
a sufficient resisting moment to take up the thrust of the arch.

f Bearing plates of metal or stone shall be used to reduce the pressure on
the wall to the working stress.

Sec. 295. Beams resting on girders shall be securely riveted or bolted to
the same where joined on a girder; tie straps of J-inch net sectional area
shall be used, with rivets or bolts to correspond.

f Anchors shall be provided at the ends of all such beams bearing on walls.

Sec. 296. Under the ends of all iron or steel beams where they rest on the
walls, castriron or steel templates shall be built into the walls.

IfTemplates under ends of steel or iron beams shall be of such dimensions
as to bring no greater pressure upon the brickwork than that allowed in
this Code.

fWhen rolled iron or steel floor beams, not exceeding 6 inches in depth,
are placed not more than 30 inches on centers, no templates shall be re-
quired.

If Granite or bluestone templates of not less than 5 inches in thickness may
be substituted for iron or steel.

Sec. 297. All iron or steel trimmer-beam headers, and tail beams shall be
suitably framed and connected.

fThe iron or steel girders, columns, beams, trusses, and all other iron

378

BUILDING CODE 73

work of all floors and roofs shall be strapped, bolted, anchored, and con-
nected to the walls.

TJA11 beams framed into and supported by other beams or girders shall
be connected thereto by angles or knees of a proper size and thickness,
and have sufficient bolts or rivets in both legs of each connecting angle
to transmit the entire weight or load coming on the beam to the support-
ing beam or girder.

fin no case shall the shearing value of the bolts or rivets or the bearing
value of the connection angles, provided for in this Code, be exceeded.

Sec. 298. The distance from the center of. a rivet hole to the edge of the
material shall not be less than

f inch for J inch rivets

} inch for £ inch rivets

1J inches for } inch rivets

1£ inches for 1 inch rivets

Wherever possible, however, the distance shall be equal to two diameters.

Sec. 299. All rivets, wherever practicable, shall be machine-driven. The
rivets in connections shall be proportioned and placed to suit the stresses.
The pitch of rivets shall never be less than three diameters of the rivet
nor more than 6 inches. In the direction of the stress, it shall not exceed
sixteen times the least thickness of the outside member. At right angles
to the stress, it shall not exceed thirty-two times the least thickness of
the outside member.

If All holes shall be punched accurately, so that upon assembling a cold
rivet will enter the hole without straining the material by drifting. Occa-
sional slight errors shall be corrected by reaming.

fThe rivets shall fill the holes completely and the heads shall be hemi-
spherical and concentric with the axis of the rivet.

^Wherever required, gussets shall be provided of sufficient thickness and
size to accommodate the number of rivets necessary to make a connection.

Sec. 300. Where riveting is not practicable or possible, connections may
be effected by bolts. These bolts shall be of wrought iron or mild steel
and they shall have U. S. Standard threads. The threads shall be full
and clean, the nut shall be truly concentric with the bolt, and the thread
shall be of sufficient length to allow the nut to be screwed up tightly.

Sec. 301. When bolts go through bevel flanges, bevel washers to match shall
be used, so that head and nut of bolts are parallel.

Sec. 302. When bolts are used for suspenders, the working stresses shall

379

74 BUILDING CODE

be reduced for wrought iron to 10,000 pounds and for steel to 14,000
pounds per square inch of net area, and the load shall be transmitted into
the head or nut by strong washers, distributing the pressure evenly over
the entire surface of the same.

Sec. 303. Turned bolts in reamed holes shall be deemed a substitute for
field rivets, but the diametrical clearance shall not exceed fj inch if turned
bolts are used. Column connections and main girder connections shall
be riveted.

Sec. 304. Trusses shall be of such design that the stresses in each member
can be calculated.

1f All trusses shall be held rigidly in positioa by efficient systems of lateral
and sway-bracing struts, these being spaced so that the ratio of maximum
limit of length to least radius of gyration, established by this Code, is not
exceeded.

If Any member of a truss subjected to transverse stress, in addition to
direct tension or compression, shall have the stresses causing such strain
added to the direct stresses coming on the member, and the total stresses
thus formed shall in no case exceed the working stresses stated in this
Code.

Sec. 305. For tension members, the actual net area only, after deducting
rivet holes J inch larger than the rivets, shall be considered as resisting
the stress.

Iflf tension members are made of angle irons riveted through one flange
only, only that flange shall be considered in proportioning areas. Rivets
shall be proportioned as prescribed in this Code.

Sec. 306. If the axes of two adjoining web members do not intersect within
the line of the chords, sufficient area shall be added to the chord to take
up the bending strains, or the web members shall be connected by plates
so arranged that the axes of the web members prolonged will intersect
on the axis of the chord.

Sec. 307. No bolts shall be used in the connections of riveted trusses, ex-
cepting when riveting is impracticable and then the holes shall be drilled
or reamed.

Sec. 308. The bending stresses on pins shall be limited to 20,000 pounds
for steel and 15,000 pounds for wrought iron.

Seo. 309. All compression members in pin-connected trusses shall be pro-
portioned, using seventy-five per cent of the permissible working stress
for columns. The heads of all eye oars shall be made by upsetting or for-

880

BUILDING CODE 75

ging. No weld will be allowed in the body of the bar. Steel eyebars shall
be annealed. Bars shall be straight before boring.

Sec. 310. All pin-holes shall be bored true, and at right angles to the axis of
the members, and must fit the pin within -fa inch. The distance of pin-
holes from center to center for corresponding members shall be alike, so
that, when piled upon one another, pins will pass through both ends with-
out forcing.

Sec. 311. Eyes and screw ends shall be proportioned so that upon test to
destruction, fracture will take place in the body of the member.

Sec. 312. All pins shall be accurately turned.

Sec. 313. Pin-plates shall be provided wherever necessary to reduce the
stresses on pins to the working stresses prescribed in this Code. These
pin-plates shall be connected to the members by rivets of sufficient size
and number to transmit the. stresses without exceeding working stresses.

Sec. 314. All rivets in members of pin-connected trusses shall be machine-
driven. All rivets in pin-plates which are necessary to transmit stress
shall be also machine-driven.

Sec. 315. The main connections of members shall be made by pins. Other
connections may be made by bolts.

If If there is a combination of riveted and pin-connected members in one
truss these members shall comply with the requirements for pin-connected
trusses; but the riveting shall comply with the requirements of this Code.

Sec. 316. All cast-iron or metal front plates shall be backed up or filled in
with masonry of the thickness as provided for walls and piers in this Code.

Sec. 317. Where surfaces in riveted work come in contact with each other,
they shall be painted before assembling.

TfPaint shall not be required for metal structural work which is to be
thoroughly imbedded in concrete or cement grout applied directly against
the metal except where surfaces in riveted work come in contact with each
other.

Tf All metal structural work that is not to be thoroughly imbedded in con-
crete or cement grout shall be cleaned of all scales, dust, dirt, and rust,
and thoroughly coated with at least one coat of suitable paint; after erec-
tion, all such work shall be painted at least one additional coat of another
color.

^Cast-iron columns shall not be painted or covered until after inspec-
tion by the Building Department.

Sec. 318. All iron or steel used under water shall be inclosed in concrete.

S81

CHAPTER XVIII
PUBLIC BUILDINGS, THEATERS, PLACES OF ASSEMBLAGE

Sec. 319. In all public buildings, or buildings of a public character, such
as hotels, churches, theaters, restaurants, railroad depots, public halls,
schools, and other buildings used or intended to be used for purposes of
large public assemblage, amusement, or instruction, and including de-
partment stores and other business and manufacturing buildings where
large numbers of people are congregated, the halls, doors, and stairways,
seats, passageways, and aisles, and all lighting and heating appliances
and apparatus shall be arranged as the Building Department shall direct
to facilitate egress in cases of fire or accident and to afford the requisite
and proper accommodation for the public's protection.

Sec. 320. All aisles and passageways in said buildings shall be kept free
from camp-stools, chairs, benches, and other obstructions, and no person
shall be allowed to stand in or occupy any of said aisles other than an
employe, or policeman, or fireman, during any performance, service, ex-
hibition, lecture, concert, ball, or any public assemblage.

Sec. 321. The Building Department at any time may serve a written or
printed notice upon the owner, lessee, or manager of any of said build-
ings, directing any act or thing to be done or provided in or about the
said buildings and the several appliances therewith connected — such as
halls, doors, stairs, windows, seats, aisles, fire-walls, fire apparatus, and
fire escapes — as it may deem necessary.

Sec. 322. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed to author-
ize or require any other alterations to theaters existing prior to the date of
this Code than are specified in this chapter.

Sec. 323. Every theater or opera house or other building hereafter .erected
which is intended to be used for theatrical or entertainment purposes
or for public resort or entertainments of any kind, for the accommodation
of more than three hundred persons, shall be built to comply with the
requirements of this chapter.

Sec. 324. No building, which, at the time of the passage of this Code, is
not in actual use for theatrical or entertainment purposes, and no build-

382

BUILDING CODE 77

ing hereafter erected, not in conformity with the requirements of this
chapter, shall be used for theatrical or operatic purposes, or for public
entertainments of any kind until the same shall have been made to con-
form to the requirements of this chapter.

Sec. 325. No building hereinbefore described shall be opened to the public
for theatrical or entertainment purposes, or for public entertainments
of any kind, until the Building Department shall have approved the same
in writing as conforming to the requirements of this chapter, nor .until
the Building Department shall have certified in writing that all the ap-
pliances for the extinguishing of fire or guarding against the same, con-
form to this Code and to the special requirements of this Chapter and are
in a complete and satisfactory working condition.

IfEvery such building shall have at least one front on the street and in
such front there shall be suitable means of entrance and exit for the audience.

If In addition to the aforesaid entrances and exits on the street, there
shall be reserved for service in case of an emergency an open court or space
on the side not bordering on the street, where said building is located on
a corner lot; and on both sides of said building, where there is but one
frontage on the street. The width of such open court or courts shall be
not less than 6 feet where the seating capacity does not exceed one thou-
sand people; exceeding one thousand and not more than eighteen hun-
dred people, 7 feet in width; and exceeding eighteen hundred people,
8 feet in width. Said open court or courts shall begin on a line with or
near the proscenium wall and shall extend the length of the auditorium
proper, to or near the wall separating the same from the entrance lobby
or vestibule.

Sec. 326. A separate and distinct corridor shall continue to the street from
each open court, through such superstructure as may be built on the street
side of the auditorium, with continuous walls of brick or fireproof materials
on each side the entire length of said corridor or corridors and the ceil-
ing and floors shall be fireproof.

KSaid corridor or corridors shall not be reduced in width to more than
two feet less than the width of the open court or courts by any projec-
tion in the same ; the outer openings shall be provided with doors or gates
opening toward the street, said doors or gates to be regular approved
"crowd-opening" doors and not otherwise fastened during any perform-
ance.

f The said open courts and corridors shall not be used for storage pur-
poses nor for any purpose whatsoever except for exit and entrance from

383

78 BUILDING CODE

and to the auditorium and stage, and must be kept free and clear during
perf 01 niances.

% The level of said corridor shall be graded to the sidewalk and made flush
therewith at all points at the street entrances.

Sec. 327. The entrance of the main front of the building shall not be on
a higher level from the sidewalk than four steps, but this shall not pre-
clude the use of an additional number of steps at the street entrances to
the' sides or rear of the building, as may be necessary to overcame the
difference in grades of sidewalks.

1[To overcome any difference of level in and between courts, corridors,
lobbies, passages, and aisles on the ground floor, gradients shall be em-
ployed of not over 1 foot in 12 feet with no perpendicular risers.

Sec. 328. From the auditorium opening into the said open courts, or on
the side street, there shall be not less than two exits on each side in each
tier from and including the parquet and each and every gallery.

H Each exit shall be at least 5 feet in width in the clear and provided with
fire-doors constructed as hereinbefore described in this Code for fireproof
doors. All of said doors shall open outwardly, and shall be fastened
during the performance only with "crowd-opening" locks of an approved
type.

Sec. 329. There shall be balconies not less than 3 feet in width in the
said open court or courts at each level or tier above the parquet, on
each side of the auditorium, of sufficient length to embrace the two exits;
and from said balconied there shall be staircases extending to the ground
level, with a rise of not over 8£ inches to a step and not less than 9 inches
tread exclusive of the nosing.

% The staircase from the upper balcony to the next below shall be not less
than 30 inches in width in the clear, and from the first balcony to the
ground 3 feet in width in the clear, where the seating capacity of the audi-
torium is for one thousand people or less; 3J feet in the clear where exceed-
ing one thousand and not more than eighteen hundred; 4 feet in the
clear where exceeding eighteen hundred people.

Sec. 330. All the before-mentioned balconies and staircases shall be con-
structed of wrought iron or steel throughout, or of material of equivalent
strength and incombustibility, and shall be of ample strength to sustain
the load to be carried by them. They shall be covered with a metal hood
or awning that shall be constructed in a manner approved by the Build-
ing Department; such staircases shall have a strong rail on each side.

TlWhere one side of the building borders on a street, there shall be balconies

384

BUILDING CODE 79

and staircases of like capacity and kind, as before-mentioned, carried to
the ground.

Sec. 331. Nothing herein contained shall prevent a roof garden, art gallery,
or rooms for similar purposes being placed above a theater or public build-
ing, providing the floor of the same forming the roof over such theater
or building shall be constructed of iron or steel and fireproof materials,
and that said floor shall have no covering boards or sleepers of wood,
but be of tile or cement. Every roof over said garden or rooms shall have

all supports or rafters of iron or steel, and be covered with glass or fire-
proof materials, or both, but no such roof garden, art gallery, or room for
any public purpose shall be placed over or above that portion of any
theater or other building which is used as a stage, except as is noted,
herein. Requirements for exits shall be the same as for theaters. Or, a
theater or other hall may be in the lower stories of a tall building pro-
vided all the foregoing requirements of exit and open courts, etc., be ful-
filled, and provided there shall be absolutely no communication between
that theater and the upper part or entrances or stairs — that the two be
separate and distinct.

1fNo workshop, storage, or general property room shall be allowed above
the auditorium or s^tage or under the same, or in any of the fly-galleries
unless all of such rooms or shops are located in the rear of or at the side
of the stage, and in such cases they shall be separated from the stage by
a brick wall not less than 12 inches in thickness, and the openings leading
into said portions shall have self-closing standard fire-doors. And further,
in every case of building above a stage the necessary skylight for the latter
shall be at the foot of an open court, and all windows in such court shall
have fixed wired glass sash, and such upper buildings will be all thai is
specified for fireproof construction in the most rigid and exacting sense of
this Code.

IfNo portion of any building hereafter erected or altered, used or intended
to be used for theatrical or other such purposes as specified in this chapter,
shall be occupied or used as a hotel, lodging house, factory, workshop, or
manufactory, or for stage purposes, except as herein specially provided
for and specially approved of by the Building Department. Said restric-
tion relates not only to that portion of the building which contains the
auditorium and the stage but applies to the entire structure in conjunction
therewith.

1[No store or room contained in the building, or the offices, stores, or apart-
ments adjoining, as aforesaid, shall be let or used for carrying on any busi-
ness dealing in any highly inflammable article or material, except under

385

80 BUILDING CODE

such conditions as may be prescribed by the Building Department under
authority of a written permit issued by said Department, or for manu-
facturing purposes.

KNo lodging accommodations shall be allowed in any part of the build-
ing communicating with an auditorium.

Sec. 332. Interior walls built of fireproof materials shall separate the audi-
torium from the entrance vestibule and from any room or rooms over the
same, also from any lobbies, corridors, refreshment, or other rooms; and in all
such walls, the window and door frames and all sash and doors shall be
fireproof; the window frames and sash shall be metal, of standard construc-
tive, and the sash shall be made stationary and shall be glazed with- wire
glass not less than J inch in thickness, each pane or unit measuring
not more than 24 by 30 inches; the doors shall be made to close auto-
matically and shall be of standard pattern and make in every respect

Sec. 333. All staircases for the use of the audience shall be inclosed with
walls of brick, or of fireproof materials approved by the Building Depart-
ment in the stories through which they pass, and the openings to said
staircases shall have self-closing fire-doors. No door shall open imme-
diately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing, at least the width of the
door, shall be provided between such stairs and such door, and such stairs
shall lead directly into fireproof lobbies or vestibules that open to the
street or courts.

Sec. 334 A fire- wall, built of brick, not less than 12 inches in any portion
of same, shall separate the auditorium from the stage, and the same shall
extend at least 4 feet above the stage roof — or the auditorium roof, if
the latter be the higher — and shall be coped.

Sec. 335. Above the proscenium opening there shall be an iron or concrete
girder of sufficient strength to safely support the load above, and the
same shall be covered with fireproof material not less than 4 inches in
thickness.

1f Should there be constructed an orchestra over the stage, above the pro-
scenium opening, the said orchestra shall be placed on the auditorium side
of the proscenium fire-wall, and shall be entered only from the auditorium
side of said wall.

fThe moulded frame around the proscenium openings shall be formed
entirely of fireproof materials: if metal be used, the metal shall be filled
in solid with non-combustible material and securely anchored to the wall
with iron.

386

BUILDING CODE 81

Sec. 336. The proscenium opening shall be provided with a fireproof cur-
tain of metal or of asbestos, or of other fireproof material approved by
the Building Department; said curtain shall overlap the brick proscenium
wall at each side not less than 12 inches, and shall slide vertically at each
side within iron grooves or channels to a depth of not less than 12 inches.
Said grooves or channels shall be securely bolted to the brick wall and
shall extend to the height of not less than 3 feet above the top of a curtain
when raised to its full limit.

TfSaid curtain shall be suspended or hung by steel cables passing over
wrought-iron brackets of sufficient strength and well- braced; the brackets

shall be securely attached to the proscenium wall by through bolts with
nuts and washers on the opposite side of the wall.

If Said curtain shall be raised at the commencement of each performance,
lowered after each act, and lowered at the close of the performance, and
shall be operated by approved machinery for that purpose.

1flf the proscenium curtain be of asbestos, that material shall be rein-
forced with wire or wire spun in the asbestos, and at the bottom of the
curtain shall be placed a rigid metallic rod or bar of proper weight, securely
fastened to the curtain and covered over with like material as the curtain
itself, to carry down the curtain by the weight of the said rod or bar when
released.

IfThe excess weight of the curtain shall be overcome by a check rope of
cotton hemp, extending to the floor on both sides of the stage, so that the
cutting or burning of this rope will release the curtain, which will then
descend at its normal rate of speed. The proscenium curtain shall be
placed at the nearest point at least 3 feet distant from the footlights.

Sec. 337. No doorway or opening through the proscenium wall, from the
auditorium, shall be allowed above the level of the first floor; and such
first-floor openings shall have self-closing, standard fire-doors at each
side of the wall; and openings, if any, below the stage shall each have a
self-closing, standard fire-door, and all of the said doors shall be hung
so as to be opened from either side of the wall at all times.

Sec. 338. There shall be provided over the stage a metal skylight of an
area or combined area at least t^ of the area of said stage, and shall be
fitted with sash made to open, and shall be glazed with glass not exceed-
ing J of an inch thick, and each pane thereof measuring not less than 300
square inches.

^The whole of said skylight shall be so constructed as to open instantly
on the cutting or burning of a hempen cord which shall be arranged t^

387

82 BUILDING CODE

hold the skylight closed. Immediately underneath the glass of said
skylight, there shall be wire netting, but wire glass shall not be used in
lieu of this requirement.

Sec. 339. The roof over the stage shall be provided with a shaft of galvanized
iron extending from the ceiling line up through and at least 4 feet above
the roof and shall have a raised cover at the top for the escape of smoke.
The least inside diameter, or the least horizontal measurement, if the shaft
be of other shape than circular, shall be 48 inches. At the bottom of this
shaft, on a plane with the ceiling, shall be a galvanized sheet-iron door
in two parts, each part separately hinged and kept closed by fusible links,
so that in case of fire the doors will instantly open downward by their
own weight.

Sec. 340. All that portion of the stage not comprised in the working of
scenery, traps, and other mechanical apparatus, for the presentation of a
scene, usually equal to the width of the proscenium opening, shall be built
of iron or steel beams filled in between with fireproof material and all
girders for the support of said beams shall be of wrought iron or rolled
steel.

Sec. 341. The fly-galleries and the tie-galleries entire, including pin-rails,
shall be constructed of iron or steel; the floor of said galleries shall be com-
posed of iron or steel beams, filled in with fireproof materials, and no wood
boards or sleepers shall be used as covering over beams, but the said floors
shall be entirely fireproof.

Sec 342. The gridiron or rigging loft shall have a lattice iron floor and be
readily accessible by iron stairways, and shall also have a means of escape
to the roof and thence to other buildings or to the ground.

Sec. 343. All stage-fixed or "house" curtains, and decorations made of
combustible material, and all woodwork on or about the stage shall be
painted or saturated with some non-combustible material, or otherwise
rendered at least moderately safe against fire.

Sec. 344. The fronts of each gallery shall be entirely formed of fireproof
materials, except the capping, which may be made of wood.

Sec. 345. The ceiling of the auditorium and under each gallery shall be en-
tirely formed of fireproof materials.

Sec. 346. All lathing, wherever used, shall be of wire or other metal on
metal studding.

Sec 347. The partitions in that portion of the building which contains the
auditorium, the entrance, and the vestibule, and every room and passage,

388

BUILDING CODE 83

devoted to the use of the audience, shall be constructed .of fireproof ma-
terials, including the furring of outside or other walls.

UNone of the walls or ceiling shall be covered with wood sheathing, wood
wainscoting, canvas, or any combustible material.

Sec. 348. Actors 1 dressing rooms shall not be placed on the stage, under
the stage, over the stage, on the fly-galleries, or under the auditorium,
but shall be placed in a separate section provided for that purpose, unless,
if in such locations, they be especially protected and as may be approved
by the Department.

1[The walls, separating said section containing the actors' dressing room
from the stage shall not be less than 12 inches in thickness, and the open-
ing therefrom to the stage shall be protected with* standard, self-closing
fire-doors.

TfThe partitions dividing dressing rooms, together with the partitions
of every passageway from the same to the stage, and all other partitions
on or about the sides of the stage, or fireproof partition thereof, shall be
constructed of fireproof material approved by the Building Department.
All doors in any of said partitions shall be standard fire-doors.

Sec. 349. All dressing rooms shall have an independent exit leading directly
into a court or street, and shall be ventilated by windows in the external
wall.

Sec. 350. All shelving and cupboards in each and every dressing room,
property room, or other storage rooms, shall be constructed of metal,
slate, or some fireproof material.

Sec. 351. All windows, where accessible, except as otherwise specified in
this chapter, shall be arranged to open, so that firemen may have access
through them to the building.

TfNone of the windows in outside walls shall have fixed sashes, fixed iron
grills, or bars; these may be arranged to hinge or lock, but must be left
unlocked during performances.

Sec. 352. All seats in the auditorium, excepting those contained in boxes,
shall be not less than 32 inches from back to back, measured in a hori-
zontal direction, and firmly secured to the floor. No seat in the audi-
torium shall have more than six seats intervening between it and an aisle,
on either side.

Sec. 353. No stool or seat shall be placed in any aisle.

Sec. 354. All platforms in galleries formed to receive the seats shall be not

less than 32 inches in width from back to back of seats.

389

84 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 355. All aisles on the respective floors in the auditorium, having seats
on both sides of same shall be not less than 3 feet wide where they begin,
and shall be increased in width towards the exits in the ratio of 1J inches
to 5 running feet. Aisles having seats on one side only, shall be not less
than 2£ feet wide at their beginning, and increased in width the same as
aisles having seats on both sides.

Sec. 356. The aggregate capacity of the foyers, lobbies, corridors, passage-
ways, and rooms for the use of the audience, not including aisle space
between the seats, shall, on each floor or gallery, be sufficient to contain
the entire number to be accommodated on said floor or gallery, in the
ratio of 150 superficial feet of floor room for every one hundred persons.

Sec. 357. Gradients* or inclined planes shall be employed instead of steps,
where possible.

Sec. 358. Every theater accommodating three hundred persons shall have
at least two exits, and where accommodating five hundred persons, at least
three exits.

Sec. 359. Doorways of exits or entrance for the use of the public shall be
not less than 5 feet in width, not including the fire-exit doorways, and
for every additional one hundred persons, or fraction thereof in excess of
five hundred, to be accommodated, an aggregate of 20 inches additional
exit width must be provided.

If All doors of exit or entrance shall open outwards and be hung to swing
in such a manner as not to become an obstruction in a passage or corridor,
and no such doors shall be closed or locked when the building is open to
the public.

Sec. 360. Distinct and separate places of exit and entrance shall be pro-
vided for each gallery above the first gallery.

Sec. 361. A common place of exit and entrance may serve for the main
floor of the auditorium and the first gallery, provided its capacity be equal
to the aggregate capacity of the outlets from the main floor and the said
gallery.

Sec. 362. No passage leading to any stairway communicating with any
entrance or exit, not including fire exits, shall be less than 4 feet in width
in any part thereof.

Sec. 363. All stairs within the building shall be constructed of fireproof
material throughout, as is elsewhere required in this Code.

If Stairs from balconies and galleries shall not communicate with the base-
ment or cellar.

390

BUILDING CODE 85

\ All stairs shall have treads of uniform width and risers of uniform height
throughout in each flight.

Sec. 364. No stairways from galleries shall be less than 4 feet in width.
Where accommodation is provided in a gallery for more than one hun-
dred people, there shall be at least two stairways extending to the ground
and arranged on opposite sides of the gallery, and for every additional
fifty people to be accommodated, 6 inches shall be added to the width
proportionately divided between the two flights.

1[The width of all stairs shall be measured in the clear, between hand-
rails. '

Kin no case shall the risers of any stairs exceed 7J inches in height, nor
shall the treads, exclusive of nosings, be less than 10i inches wide in straight
stairs.

IfNo circular or winding stairs for use of the public shall be permitted.

Sec. 365. Where the seating capacity is for more than one thousand people,
there shall be at least two independent staircases, with direct exterior
outlets provided for each gallery in the auditorium. Where there are
not more than two galleries, the stairs shall be located on opposite sides
of said gallieries. Where there are more than two galleries, one or more
additional staircases shall be provided, the outlets from which shall com-
municate directly with the principal exit or other exterior outlets.

Sec. 366. At least two independent, direct, exterior outlets shall be pro-
vided for the service of the stage and shall be located on opposite sides
of the same.

Sec. 367. All inside stairways leading to the upper galleries of the audi-
torium shall be inclosed on both sides with walls of fireproof materials.
Stairs leading to the first or lower gallery may be left open on one side,
in which case they shall be constructed as herein provided for similai
stairs leading from the entrance hall to the main floor of the auditorium.
But in no case shall stairs leading to any gallery or boxes be left open both
sides.

Sec. 368. When straight stairs turn directly on themselves, a landing t>f
the full width of both flights shall be provided, without any steps. The
outer line of landings shall be curved to a radius of not less than 2 feet,
to avoid square angles. Stairs turning at an angle shall have a proper
landing without winders introduced at said turn.

Sec. 369. In stairs where two flights connect with one main flight, no winders
shall be introduced and the width of the main flight shall be at least equal

391

86 BUILDING CODE

to the aggregate width of the side flights. All stairs shall have proper
landings introduced at convenient distances.

Sec. 370. All inclosed staircases shall have, on both sides, strong hand-
rails firmly secured to the wall, about 3 inches distant therefrom and
about 3 feet above the stairs, but said hand-rails shall not run on level
platforms and landings where the same are of greater length than the width
of the stairs.

Sec. 371. All staircases 8 feet and over in width shall be provided with a
center hand-rail of metal, not less than 2 inches in diameter, placed at a
height of about 3 feet above the center of the treads and supported on
wrought metal or brass standards of sufficient strength, placed not nearer
than 4 feet nor more than 6 feet apart, and securely bolted to the treads
or risers of stairs or both, and at the head of each flight of stairs, on each
landing, the post or standard shall be at least 6 feet in height, to which
the rail shall be secured.

Sec. 372. Every steam boiler which may be required for heating or other
purposes shall be located outside of the building, either under the side-
walk or in an extension, but in no case under or within any portion of
the building used for theatrical purposes, and the space allotted to the
same shall be inclosed by walls of masonry on all sides, and the ceiling of
such place shall be constructed of fireproof materials. All doorways
in said walls connecting with the building shall have standard, automatic,
sliding fire-doors.

Sec. 373. No floor register for heating, ventilating, or other purposes shall
be permitted except where the auditorium is heated from a plenum-
chamber that in turn is completely inclosed, fireproof, and separated from
the boiler or other heating apparatus.

f No coil or radiator shall be placed in any aisles or passageway used as
an exit, and thereby reduce the same to less than the width required by
this chapter; but all said coils and radiators shall be* placed in recesses
formed in the walls or partitions to receive the same or suspended overhead.

If All supply, return, or exhaust pipes shall be properly incased where
passing through floors or near woodwork.

Sec. 374. Standpipes of not less than 4 inches in diameter shall be provided
with hose connections by angle valves discharging downwards as follows:
One on each side of the auditorium in each tier; one on each side of the
stage in each tier; one within 10 feet of the door of the property room-,
one within 10 feet of the door of the carpenter's shop and scenery storage
room.

392

BUILDING CODE 87

%AH of such standpipes and hose connections shall be kept clear of ob-
structions.

USaid pipes shall be separate and distinct, receiving their supply of water
direct from the street main, one for the auditorium and one for the stage,
and shall be fitted with regulation couplings of the fire department, and
be ready with attached hose for immediate use at all times during a per-
formance in said building. When the pressure of the street water service
is not sufficient to provide an efficient working pressure at the hose nozzle
or sprinkler outlets, then the standpipes shall be kept filled with water
by means of an automatic pump or pumps of sufficient capacity to supply
all the fire lines connected therewith or by means of suitable steel tanks
on top of the building.

HOne spanner shall be located at each hose connection.

IfPipes shall be kept constantly filled with water under pressure and be
ready for immediate use at all times.

Sec. 375. In addition to the requirements contained in this chapter the
standpipes shall have a Siamese steamer connection and conform to all
other requirements contained in this Code covering standpipe installation.

Sec. 376. A sufficient quantity (not less than 50 feet in total length) of ap-
proved linen, cotton, rubber-lined, or rubber hose not less than 2 J inches
in diameter, in not less than 50-foot lengths, shall be kept attached to
each hose connection. Hose shall be fitted with washers and equipped
with couplings and nozzles, the thread of which shall be uniform with that
in use by the local Fire Department. And such hose must be renewed
when tests show it to be defective or rotted, and all hose must be tested
twice a year.

Sec. 377. The standpipe equipment above described shall be installed
independently of and without connection to the automatic sprinkler sys-
tem required under this chapter.

Sec. 378. A system of automatic sprinklers approved by the Building De-
partment shall be installed throughout the entire stage section of the
theater located in the rear of the proscenium wall, this to include under
roof, under gridiron, under galleries, under the stage, in all dressing rooms,
in all workshops, property rooms, and all other rooms and passageways
on said stage; there shall also be a water curtain in front of the proscenium.

Sec. 379. There shall be an independent water supply to the sprinklers
which shall consist of
(a) Automatic fire pumps of at least 500 gallons capacity; or

393

88 BUILDING CODE

(6) Approved steel pressure tank of not less than 7,500 gallons capacity,
located not lower than the highest line of sprinklers; or
(c) Direct supply from city water mains where the pressure is sufficient
to maintain not less than 25 pounds at the highest line of sprinklers where
the same are in operation.

Sec. 380. In addition to one or more of the above required supplies, there
shall be a Siamese steamer connection placed on the outside of the build-
ing at each street front, installed as described in this Building Code, and
with suitable iron plate with raised letters securely attached to the wall
near the steamer connection reading "Stage Sprinklers."

f The location and spacing of sprinkler heads and the schedule of pipe
sizes shall conform to the standard recommended by the Board of Under-
writers, which is hereby made a part of the requirements of this Code.

Sec. 381. There shall be kept in readiness for immediate use one 40-gallon
cask filled with water and 6 fire pails on each side of the stage, under the
stage, and on each fly-gallery; and a supply of fire pails in property and
other store rooms and in each dressing room and each workshop ; said casks
and buckets shall be painted red and lettered — "For Fire Purposes Only."

Sec. 382. There shall also be provided six 3-gallon approved chemical fire
extinguishers, at least four axes, two 20-foot hooks, two 15-foot hooks, and
two 10-foot hooks on the stage, and such other appliances as may be
required by the Building Department.

Sec. 383. Every portion of the building devoted to the uses or accommo-
dation of the public, also all outlets leading to the streets, and including
the open courts and corridors, shall be well and properly lighted during
every performance and shall remain lighted until the entire audience has
left the premises.

Sec. 384. There shall be one light, within a red globe or lantern, placed over
each exit opening, on the auditorium side of the wall, which shall be kept
lighted throughout the whole performance and until every person has
left the auditorium. Approved hand lanterns and matches shall be kept
at each exit.

Sec. 385. Gas mains and electric-light wires supplying the building shall
have three independent connections as. follows: One for the stage; one
for the auditorium, excepting the exit lights therein; and the third for
the halls, corridors, lobbies, exit lights, including the exit lights in the
auditorium and such portions of the building used by the audience outside
of the auditorium proper.
1JA11 gas and electric lights in the halls, corridors, lobbies, and other por-

394

BUILDING CODE 89

tions of the building used by the audience, with the exception of the audi-
torium proper, but including the exit lights therein, shall be controlled by
two separate switches or valves, one to be located in the lobby and the
other to be so located as to be operated from the outside of the building.

^Provision shall be made for shutting off all gas at a point outside of the
building.

IfWhen interior gas lights are not lighted by electricity, other suitable
appliances, to be approved by the Building Department, shall be provided.

Sec. 386. All suspended or bracket lights surrounded by glass, in the audi-
torium or in any part of the building devoted to the public, shall be pro-
vided with proper wire netting.

KNo gas or electric light shall be recessed in the walls, woodwork, ceilings,
or in any part of the building, unless protection is afforded by fireproof
materials.

1fAll lights in passages or corridors in said buildings, and wherever else
deemed necessary by the Building Department shall be guarded with proper
wire network.

IfThe footlights, when not electric, in addition to the wire network, shall
be guarded with strong wire guard and chain drawn taut, placed not less
than 2 feet distant from said footlights; and the trough containing said
footlights shall be formed of and surrounded by fireproof materials.

If All border lights shall be constructed according to the best-known methods
and subject to the approval of the Building Department.

H All ducts or shafts used for conducting heated air from the main chan-
delier, or from any other light or lights, shall be constructed of metal and
made double with an air space between, or some other approved fireproof
material may be used.

Sec. 387. All stage lights shall have strong metal wire guards or screens,
not less than 8 inches in diameter, so constructed that any material in
contact therewith shall be out of reach of the flames of said stage lights,
and such guards or fixtures shall in all cases be soldered to the fixture.

Sec. 388. The bridge calcium lights at the sides of the proscenium shall be
' inclosed in front and on the side by galvanized iron so that no drop can
come in contact with the lights. Electric calciums so-called are included
in the above requirement.

Sec. 389. The standpipes, gas pipes, electric wires, hose, footlights, and
all apparatus for the extinguishing of fire or guarding against the same,
as specified in this chapter, shall be installed to the satisfaction of and be
in charge of and under the control of the Building Department, and the

395

90 BUILDING CODE

said Department is hereby directed and has the authority to see that the
arrangements in respect thereto are carried out, enforced, and maintained,
and the special house fireman paid by the theater shall be under the orders
of the Department and shall report any non-compliance with its require-
ments to said Department.

Sec. 390. A diagram or plan of each tier, gallery, or floor showing distinctly
the exits therefrom, each occupying a space not less than 15 square inches,
Shall be printed in black lines in a legible manner on the program of
the performance.

Sec. 391. Every exit shall have over the same on the inside the word EXiT
painted in legible letters, not less than 8 inches high, in red, and there
shall be a strong light behind the same.

Sec. 392. All moving-picture theaters or such places of amusement shall
conform, according to size, with the true intent of this code as applied to
buildings generally and theaters more specifically. The operating box
shall be fireproof and shall not be placed where it will interfere with the
proper and ample exit of the spectators, and there shall be sufficient extin-
guishing appliances and a skilled operator always at hand to put out
any blaze that may occur in such operating box. All films shall be kept
in fireproof cabinets. Every detail of such building shall be shown on
proper plans and approved by the Building Department before it is carried
into execution, and there must be no wood in or near the operating box
or the store room.

Sec. 393. All existing theaters, halls, and such buildings of public assembly
shall, within one year from the date of approval of this Code, be put in
such shape as to conform with these foregoing requirements as far as it is
possible without tearing; their structural parts to pieces. After one year,
if such improvements have not been made, the buildings shall be condemned
by this Department and permanently closed.

IfFurther, if their capacity is greater than one thousand and in the opinion
of the Department it be deemed impossible to so change them as to make
them safe and conform with the spirit of this Code, then they shall be per-
mitted to run for six months after the approval of this Code and then
permanently closed.

If And further, in any event, all existing theaters, schools, churches, halls,
hotels, or other buildings where many people live or assemble, of the classi-
fication that is herein called "fireproof," either as to height or occu-
pancy, must be made to conform in structure, side alleys, width of aisles,
and in what might be called absolute essentials of this Code, within two
years or be then permanently closed.

396

CHAPTER XIX
IN GENERAL

Sec. 394. More specifically:

•[ Schools shall have their stairs immediately at the outer walls, properly
inclosed and with fire doors at each story but so that the foot of the stairs
shall be immediately adjacent to or part of an exit from the building to
the street, alley, or yard.

Sec. 395. Stores, hotels, and apartments shall have no inner inclosed court
over two stories high and that only on the street level and second story.
And in all such buildings there must be a means of direct exit from the
lowest point reached by the public stairs and elevators to the street, direct
and uncommunicating with any portion in which there could be a fire and
through which a crowd might have to pass in exit from the upper stories.

Sec. 396. No room for habitation, sleeping, or office shall be less in area
than 60 square feet, and every sleeping room shall have a window of at
least 12 square feet, either upon a street, alley, yard, or open court of not
less than 20 square feet.

Sec. 397. In all buildings other than churches, theaters, and such assembly
halls, the areas of undivided units of space cannot exceed those in the
iequirements of the National Board of Underwriters, Table III, and in
offices and apartments and hotels there should be some cut-off for every
2,500 square feet in room spaces.

Sec. 398. All buildings used as hotels, apartments, flats, tenements, or
dwellings, hereafter built upon inside lots shall have at least 25 per cent
of such lot space devoted to open light courts, yards, alleys, or such open
light spaces, open to the ground or at least to the second story level. Such
buildings over 50 feet wide upon corner lots must have 10 per cent of
space so open.

TfNo light court shall be less than 20 square feet in area, vent shafts of
lesser area shall not be used for lighting purposes. All light courts shall
be proportioned to the rooms they serve and the height of the building
and if deemed insufficient by the Department the plans must be changed
before a permit is issued.

397

BUILDING CODE

TABLE III
Limits of Undivided Floor Areas

Non-Fireproof Construction

Any occupancy. Height limited to 45
feet

Area, without Automatic Sprinkler Pro-
tection

Fronting on one street only . . 5000 sq. ft.
Fronting on two streets, that

is, extending through from

street to street 6000 sq. ft.

Corner building, fronting on

two streets 6000 sq ft.

Fronting on three streets. ... 7500 sq. ft.

Non-Fireproof Construction

-Any occupancy. Height limited to 45
feet

Area, with Automatic Sprinkler Protec-
tion (being an increase of 50 per cent over
the unsprfnkled area)

One street front 7500 sq. ft.

Two street fronts 9000 sq. ft.

Corner building, two street

fronts 9000 sq. ft.

Three street fronts 11250 sq. ft.

Fireproof Construction

Occupancy: stores, warehouses, and
factories. Height not exceeding 55 feet

Area, without Automatic Sprinkler Pro-
toction

Fronting on one street only . .10000 sq. ft.

Fronting on two streets, that
is, extending through from
street to street 12000 sq. ft.

Corner building, fronting on

two streets 12000 sq. ft.

Fronting on three streets . . . 15000 sq. ft.

Fireproof Construction

. Occupancy: stores, warehouses, and fac-
tories. Height not exceeding 55 feet

Area, with Automatic Sprinkler Protec-
tion (being an increase of 33i per cent over
the unspnnkled area)

One street front 13333 sq. ft

Two street fronts 16000 sq. ft.

Corner building, two street

fronts 16000 sq. ft.

Three street fronts 20000 sq. ft.

Fireproof Construction

Occupancy: stores, warehouses, and fac-
tories. When not over 80 feet high

Area, without Automatic Sprinkler Pro-
tection, same as for non-fireproof construc-
tion
Fronting on one street only . . 5000 sq. ft.

Fronting on two streets, that
is, extending through from
street to street 6000 sq. ft.

Corner building, fronting on

two streets 6000 sq. ft.

Fronting on three streets 7500 sq. ft.

Fireproof Construction

Occupancy: stores, warehouses, and fac-
tories. When not over 140 feet high

Area, with Automatic Sprinkler Protec-
tion (being an increase of 33$ per cent over
the unsprinkled area)

One street front 6666 sq. ft.

Two street fronts 8000 sq. ft.

Corner building, two street

fronts 8000 sq. ft.

Three street fronts 10000 sq. ft.

Fireproof Construction

Any occupancy. When not over 200
feet high

Area, without Automatic Sprinkler Pro-
tection, same as for fireproof construction
limited to 55 feet with Automatic Sprinkler
Protection

Fronting on one street only. . . 13333 sq. ft.

Fronting on two streets, that
is, extending from street to
street 16000 sq. ft.

Corner building, fronting on

two streets 16000 sq. ft.

Fronting on three streets. . . .20000 sq. ft.

Fireproof Construction

Occupancy: other than stores, ware-
houses, and factories. When not over
200 feet high

Area, with Automatic Sprinkler Protec-
tion (being an increase of 50 per cent over
the unsprinkled area)

One street front 20000 sq. ft.

Two street fronts 24000 sq. ft.

Corner building, two street

fronts 24000 sq. ft.

Three street fronts 30000 sq. ft.

398

BUILDING CODE 93

Sec. 399. Internal water-closet rooms of not more than two fixtures per
story will be permitted, but must be specially vented by a vent shaft of
20 square feet, and no one such toilet room may be vented into a light
court that also serves sleeping roords unless such court is at least of 40
square feet. Such toilet room windows must be 3 square feet in area or
more.

Sec. 400. In every apartment house or tenement house hereafter erected,
exceeding three stories and basement in height, every public hallway,
i. c, a corridor not within an apartment, shall have at least one window
opening directly upon the street or upon a yard or court.

f One at least of the windows provided to light each public hallway or
part thereof, shall be at least 2J feet wide and 5 feet high, measured be-
tween stop beads.

1f Any part of a hallway which is shut off from any other part of said
hallway* by a door or doors, shall be deemed a separate hall or sepaiate
hallway within the meaning of this Section.

fin every apartment house or tenement house hereinafter erected ex-
ceeding three stories and basement in height, the aggregate area of windows
to light or ventilate stair halls, i. e., the public hallways which include the
stairs, stair landings, and those portions of the hallways through which
it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor and the roof,
shall be at least 18 square feet tor each floor. .

TfThere shall be provided for each story at least one of said windows, which
shall be at least 2 J feet wide and 5 feet high, measured between the stop
beads.

IfA sash door shall be deemed the equivalent of a window in public hall-
ways and stair halls, provided that such door contains the amount of
glazed surface prescribed for such windows.

Sec. 401. In every apartment house and tenement house a proper light
shall be kept burning by the owner in the public hallways, near the stairs,
upon the entrance floor, and upon the second floor above the entrance
floor of said house, every night from sunset to sunrise throughout the year.

Sec. 402 In all apartments, hotels, tenements, and such buildings there
shall be at least one water-closet for every fifteen occupants.

Sec. 403. All stores, apartments, hotels, theaters, and such public or semi-
public buildings must have a means of reaching the basement from the
street, and another means of escape from the basement in the case of fire
shall also be provided #

399

94 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 404. Proper protection shall be afforded the public as well as the men
engaged in erecting a new building or repairing an old one. Sheltered
sidewalks shall be provided; care shall be exercised in avoiding the dropping
of material and in keeping dust, de'bris, and mortar out of the public's
way; and in providing completed floor or staging at not over two stories
below where men may be engaged in work; and in providing sufficiently
strong scaffolding, safety devices on elevators, etc. The Building Depart-
ment will be the judge as to what is and what is not proper protection
and its orders in the premises must be immediately complied with.

Sec. 405. Grain elevators, ice houses, pier sheds, exhibition buildings,
and all such structures as are not herein specifically covered and mentioned,
may be of especial construction and for special purposes but must con-
form to the spirit of this Code, and their plans had better be made only
after consultation with the Building Department. A grain elevator, for in-
stance, though planned all of metal or concrete, will have to be made more
fire-resisting to be built in the inner fire, limits than for the outer fire limits.

Sec. 406. Tanks containing more than 500 gallons of water or other fluid
hereafter placed in any story, or on the roof, or above the roof of any
building now or hereafter erected, shall- be supported on iron or steel beam,
of sufficient strength to safely carry the same.

f And the beams shall rest at both their ends on brick walls, or on iron or
steel girders, or on iron or steel columns, or on piers of masonry — a con-
tinuous and sufficient support to a suitable foundation. These supports,
if of metal, must be kept well painted and rust-proof.

IfUnderneath any said water tank or on the side near the bottom of the
same, there shall be a short pipe or outlet, not less than 4 inches in diameter,
fitted with a suitabte valve having a lever or wheel handle to same, to
discharge the weight of the fluid contents from the tank, in case of neces-
sity, unless the tank water is to supply automatic sprinklers.

IfSuch tanks shall be placed where practicable at one corner of a build-
ing, and shall neither be placed over nor near a line of stairs, unless the
stairs are inclosed with brick walls of sufficient strength to support the
added load of the tank and contents.

TfCovers on top of water tanks placed on roofs, if of wood, shall be covered

with tin.

All wooden tanks shall be coopered with metal hoops, circular in section.

Sec. 407. All buildings shall be kept provided with proper metallic leaders
for conducting water from the roofs in such manner as shall protect the
walls and foundations of said buildings from injury.

400

BUILDING CODE 95

Ifln no case shall the water from the said leaders be allowed to flow upon
the sidewalk, but the same shall be conducted by pipe or pipes to the
sewer.

1flf there is no sewer in the street upon which such buildings front, then
the water from said leader shall be conducted by proper pipe or pipes,
below the surface of the sidewalk to the street gutter.

CHAPTER XX
PLUMBING, HEATING, AND LIGHTING

Sec. 408. Any person, persons, or corporation desiring to engage in the
business of plumbing as a master plumber, or master plumbers, before
receiving a license to do so, shall file in the office of the Building Depart-
ment, a petition in writing, giving the name of the person, persons, firm,
or corporation and the place of business of said person, persons, firm, or
corporation petitioning to become a licensed master plumber or master
plumbers, and agreeing that he or they will abide by the rules and regu-
lations of the Building Department and the city ordinance. ^Before re-
ceiving a license the applicant shall execute and deposit in the office of
the Building Department a good and sufficient bond, to be approved by
•aid Building Department, and payable to the City in the sum of $1,000,
conditioned that said applicant will indemnify and save harmless the
City and the Building Department of and from all accidents or damages
caused by him or them in any work done by virtue of his or their said
license. Said petition shall be accompanied by a license fee of ten dollars,
to be paid into the treasury of the City, whereupon said Building Depart-
ment shall issue to said applicant a license to engage in the business of
master plumber or master plumbers, said and all other licenses or permits
issued by the Department are revocable by the Department for major in-
fractions of this ordinance.

Sec. 409. The following terms shall have the meanings respectively assigned
to them:

^Repair of Leaks shall mean such repairs as are necessary to protect prop-
erty but do not involve any change in construction.

^Y -Branches shall mean a branch of sufficient angle to direct the flow
and prevent backing up.

401

96 BUILDING CODE

^Air Pipes or Back Air Pipes shall mean air pipes from traps that extend
toward the main soil pipe or the outer air and connect with not more than
three traps.

^Vent Pipes shall mean general lines of back air pipes connecting with
more than three fixtures.

If Drain shall mean that part of the drainage system of a building of 4
inches or more internal diameter between basement or cellar and the
highest fixture in the building.

f Ventilation Pipe shall mean the extension of the soil pipe from the highest
fixture to and through the roof.

^Surface Drain shall mean a connection with drain in the basement to
allow egress of surface water or overflow.

If Fixture shall mean any receptacle or outlet placed for the purpose of
disposing of waste water or other matter and connecting with the waste,
soil, or drain pipe of a building.

Sec. 410. Every plumber, before doing any work in any building, shall,
except in the case of repair of leaks, file in the office of the Building Depart-
ment, upon blanks for that purpose, an application for a permit, and a
plan or sketch of the work to be performed; and* no such work shall be done
in any building without a written permit from the Building Department.

Sec. 411. The plumbing of every building shall be separately and independ-
ently connected outside the building with the public sewer, if such sewer
is provided, or with a proper and sufficient private drain or sewer laid out-
side of the building, and if a sewer is not accessible, with a proper cess-
pool. Several buildings may have a common sewer connection if such
connection is approved by the Building Department and the Superin-
tendent of Sewers. No cesspool shall be placed nearer than 20 feet to
any residence.

Sec. 412. Pipes or fixtures shall not be covered or concealed from view
until approved by the Building Department who shall examine or test
the same within two working days after notice that they are ready for
inspection. Plumbing shall not be used unless, when roughed in, the
waste vents, and back air pipes and traps are first tested by water or
sufficient air pressure in the presence of an inspector, when such testing
is practicable.

Sec. 413. The waste pipe of every independent sink, basin, bath-tub, water-
closet, slop-hopper, urinal, or other fixture shall be furnished with a separate
trap, which shall be placed as near as practicable to the fixture which it

402

BUILDING CODE 97

serves. All connections on lead waste and back air pipes and on lead pipes
to brass ferrules and soldering nipples shall be full size, wiped, soldered,
branch, round, or flange joints. Soil and waste pipes shall have proper
*T-Y" or "Y" branches for all fixture connections. No connections to lead
bends for water-closets or slop sinks shall be permitted, except the required
back air pipe where a continuous vent is not practicable.

Sec. 414. All closets shall be put on floor slabs of stone, slate, or cement
and shall be sufficiently large to set on the main support of the floor.

Sec. 415. All earthenware traps must have heavy brass floor plates, soldered
to the lead bends, or where brass or iron pipes are used, to be screwed to
the same and bolted to the trap flange, and the joint to be made gas tight
without the use of red or white lead or any similar substance or rubber
washers, the use of which, in the making of said connections, is hereby
prohibited, and no device for such connections will be permitted to be
used unless it has been approved by the Building Department.

Sec. 416. Traps shall be protected from siphonage or air pressure by lead,
galvanized iron, or brass air pipes of a size not less than 1} inches for
traps of 2 inches or less, and 2 inches for traps larger than 2 inches, and
larger. Back air pipes shall connect with the top of traps or as near the
top as practicable.

f Air pipes for water-closet traps shall be connected to the highest point
of bend or trap, and may be of 2-inch bore if for no more than four fixtures
and less than 40 feet in length; and shall be of larger bore, if for more
than four fixtures or more than 40 feet in length.

11 Air pipes shall be run as direct as practicable, and if of 1 J inches diameter,
shall not exceed 30 feet in length. Two or more air pipes may be con-
nected together or with a vent pipe; but in every such case the connection
shall be above the top of the highest fixture.

Sec. 417. Diameters of vent pipes shall not be less than 2 inches for main
vents through less than seven stories; 3 inches for water-closets on more
than three floors and for other fixtures in more than seven stories. All
vent pipes shall be increased 1 inch in diameter before passing through
the roof. Vent lines shall be connected at the bottom with a soil or waste
pipe or with the drain, in such a manner as to prevent accumulation of rust
scale and to drip properly the water of condensation. Offsets shall be
made at an angle of not less than 45 degrees.

Sec. 418. Soil pipes or iron waste pipes, vents, and back air pipes, shall
be supported by clamps to the woodwork, by iron drive hooks to brick
walls, or by bolted clamps to iron girders.

403

98 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 419. Fixtures and waste pipes in chemical laboratories shall be in-
stalled in accordance with plans approved by the Building Department.

Sec. 420. The drainage of stable fixtures shall be constructed according to
plans approved by the Building Department.

Sec. 421. In buildings where a series of bathrooms or kitchens are located
directly over each other and have a common soil or waste pipe, the back
air pipe required shall be a vent line connected with each outlet Kranch
close to the water-closet connection or outlet from the sink trap, each
branch vent to connect with the vent line above the top of the highest
fixture on each floor; the vent line shall connect to the main vent line above
the top of the highest fixture in the building. In the case of batteries of
water-closets or other fixtures the special air-pipe from each trap may be
omitted, provided that the soil or waste pipe, undiminished in size, is con-
tinued without any other fixture connection to a point above the roof, or
re-vented into the main soil-pipe system above the top of the uppermost
fixture.

Sec. 422. All drip or overflow pipes shall be extended to some place in open
sight and in no case shall such pipe be connected directly with the drain
pipe. No waste pipe from a refrigerator or other receptacle in which
provisions are stored shall be connected with a drain or other waste pipe.

Sec. 423. Every water-closet or line of water-closets shall be supplied with
water from a tank or cistern and shall have a flushing pipe of not less
than 1} inches in diameter.

Sec. 424. In every building hereafter erected, there shall be a separate
water-closet for each tenement of four rooms or more and at least one
water-closet for every two tenements of less than four rooms, fifteen persons
living, occupying, or employed therein; said water-closets shall be located
in well- ventilated rooms with a suitable window opening into the outer
air, or with a suitable ventilating shaft.

Sec. 425. Water-closets, sinks, or basins shall not be inclosed.

Sec. 426. Sinks and laundry tubs shall be made of non-absorbent material.

Sec. 427. The diameters of soil and waste pipes shall not be less than those
given in Table IV, except that, with the approval of the Building De-
partment, a 3-inch soil pipe may be used for one water-closet where it is
not practicable to use a 4-inch pipe.

404

BUILDING CODE 99

TABLE IV
Soil and Waste Pipe Diameters

Soil pipes 4 i nches

Main waste pipes excepting as otherwise specified 2 inches

Main waste pipes for kitchen sinks on four or more floors. ... 3 inches

Branch waste pipes for laundry tubs 1J inches

Branch waste pipes for kitchen sinks 1£ inches

Branch waste for urinals 1 J inches

No branch waste for other fixtures shall be less than 1 J inches

Sec. 428. Brass ferrules shall be of the best quality, bell-shaped, extra
heavy cast brass, not less than 4 inches long and 2J inches, 3J inches,
and 4£ inches in diameter, and shall be of not less than the weights given
in Table V.

TABLE V
Brass Ferrule Data

Diameters Weights

2 J inches 1 pound ounces

3£ inches 1 pound 12 .ounces

4 J inches 2 pounds 8 ounces

NOTE l$-inch ferrules shall not be used.

Sec. 429. Soldering nipples shall be of heavy cast brass or of brass pipe,
iron pipe size. If cast, they shall be of not less than the weights given
in Table VI.

TABLE VI
Soldering Nipple Data

1£ inches pounds 8 ounces

2 inches pounds 14 ounces

2£ inches. 1 pound 6 ounces

4 inches 3 pounds 8 ounces

Sec. 430. Where clean-outs are used, the screw cap shall be of brass, extra
heavy, and not less than J of an inch thick. The engaging parts shall
have not less than six threads of iron pipe size, and shall be tapered.
Clean-outs shall be of full size of trap up to 4 inches in diameter and not
less than 4 inches for larger sizes.

f The screw cap shall have a solid square or hexagonal nut, not less than
1£ inches high, with at least a diameter of 1J inches. The bodies of brass

405

100

BUILDING CODE

clean-out ferrules shall be at least equal in weight and thickness to the
calking ferrule for the same size of pipe.

Sec. 431. The use of lead pipe is restricted to short branches of the soil
and waste pipes, bends, and traps, and roof connections of inside leaders.

Sec. 432. Lead soil and waste pipes shall not be less than the average thick,
ness and weight per linear foot as given in Table VII.

TABLE VII
Lead Pipe Data

Diameter

Thickness

Weight per Lin-
ear Foot

1} inches

.14 inches

3.50 pounds

2 inches

.15 inches

4.75 pounds

2} inches

.20 inches

5.74 pounds

3 inches

.21 inches

7.54 pounds

3} inches

.22 inches

9.00 pounds

4 inches

.23 inches

10.66 pounds

4} inches

.24 inches

12.34 pounds

5 inches

.25 inches

14.50 pounds

6 inches

.28 inches

18.76 pounds

7 inches

.30 inches

23.27 pounds

8 inches

.32 inches

28.18 pounds

9 inches

.34 inches

33.70 pounds

10 inches

.36 inches

40.06 pounds

11 inches

37 inches

45.02 pounds *

12 inches

.37 inches

48.98 pounds

Sec. 433. Brass pipe for soil, waste, vent, and back-air pipes shall be thor-
oughly annealed, seamless, drawn-brass tubing, of not less than No. 13
Stubbs gauge.

Sec. 434. No slip joints or unions shall be used on traps, waste, vent, or
back air pipes. Threaded connections on brass traps shall be of the same
size as pipe threads for the same size pipe and shall be tapered. Connec-
tions between lead and iron shall be made by brass sleeves or screw nipples
wiped to the lead and calked or screwed into the iron.

Sec. 435. The average thicknesses and weights per linear foot for brass pipe
shall be used as given in Table VIII.

Sec. 436. Cast-iron pipes shall be uncoated, sound, cylindrical, and smooth,
free from cracks and other defects, of uniform thickness and of the grade
known to commerce as "extra heavy." If buried under ground, they
shall be coated with asphaltum or red lead.

406

BUILDING CODE

101

TABLE VIII
Brass Pipe Data

Diameter

Thicknesses

Weight per Lin-

ear Foot

H inches

.14 inches

2.84 pounds

2 inches

.15 inches

3.82 pounds

2£ inches

.20 inches

6.08 pounds

3 inches

.21 inches

7.92 pounds

4 inches

.23 inches

11.29 pounds

4J inches

.24 inches

13.08 pounds

5 inches

.25 inches

15.37 pounds

6 inches

.28 inches

19.88 pounds

Sec. 437. Cast-iron pipe, including the hub, shall weigh not less than the
average weights per linear foot as given in Table IX.

TABLE IX
Cast-iron Pipe Data

Diameter Weights per Linear Foot

2 inches 5$ pounds

3 inches 9 J pounds

4 inches 13 pounds

5 inches 17 pounds

6 inches 20 pounds

7 inches (not stock size) 27 pounds

8 inches 33| pounds

10 inches 45 pounds

12 inches 54 pounds

Sec. 438. All joints shall be made with picked oakum and molten lead run
full, and shall be made gas tight. No cement joints or connections be-
tween iron and cement or tile pipe shall be made within 2 feet of any building.

Sec. 439. Galvanized wrought-iron pipe shall be of not less than the thick,
ness and the weight per linear foot as given for lead piping.

1JThe threaded part of the pipe, if less than H inches long, shall be of the
thickness and weight known as "extra heavy* or ''extra strong."

Sec. 440. Fittings on wrought-iron vent pipes shall be galvanized, recessed,
cast-iron threaded fittings. Fittings for "plumbers' tubing" shall be
heavy weight with sharp v threads.

407

102 BUILDING CODE

U Fittings for waste or soil pipes of wrought-iron or brass shall be galvan-
ized wrought iron, cast iron, or brass, recessed and threaded drainage fit-
tings, with smooth interior waterway and threads tapped, so as to give uni-
form grade to branches of not less than i of an inch per foot.

If All joints on wrought-iron or brass pipe shall be screwed joints made up
with red lead, and any burr formed in cutting shall be carefully reamed out.

Sec. 441. Drain and connecting ventilation pipes, vents, and back air pipes
shall be of sufficient size and shall be made of extra heavy cast-iron
pipe if underground; and if above ground shall be made of extra heavy
cast-iron, galvanized wrought-iron of standard weight, or, if not less than No.
13 Stubbs gauge, brass pipe within the building, except that lead pipes may
be used for short connections exposed to view. Ca;t-iron drains shall
extend not less than 2 feet from the outside face of the wall, beyond and
away from the building.

Sec. 442. Drain pipes above ground shall be secured by irons to walls, sus-
pended from floor timbers by strong iron hangers, or supported on brick,
stone, or concrete piers. Proper man-holes shall be supplied to reach clean-
outs and traps. Every drain pipe shall have a fall of not less than J inch
per foot, and shall be extended from a point 2 feet outside the outside
face of the wall, unobstructed, to and through the roof, undiminished
in size, and to a height not less than 2 feet above the roof, and not less
than 1 foot above the top of any window within 15 feet, and not less
than 8 feet above the roof, if the roof is used for drying clothes or as a roof
garden.

Sec. 443. The drain pipe shall be supplied with a "Y" branch fittel with a
brass clean-out or with an iron stopper, if required, on the direct run,
at or near the point where the drain leaves the building. Changes in direc-
tion shall be made with curved pipes, and all connections with horizontal
or vertical pipes shall be made with "Y" branches. Saddle hubs shall
not be used.

Sec. 444. All high-pressure steam boilers shall be connected with a blow-off
tank of a capacity not less than 30 per cent of the largest boiler connected
with such tank. The location of and the connection to said blow-off
tank shall be subject to the approval of the Superintendent of Sewers.

1f All heating pipes and appliances must be in accord and conform with
the rules of good practice and the plans or "lay-out" of all such work
must be first submitted to and approved by the Building Department
before proceeding with the work. The purpose of this approval and the
inspection of the work by the Department are solely to secure such work

408

BUILDING CODE 103

as will in no way imperil the safety of the building, and in no event is the
Department concerned as to whether the hevfcing or lighting of the build-
ing is sufficient.

^[No steam exhaust or steam drip, unless it be provided with a cooling tank
of a capacity approved by the Superintendent of Sewers, or unless it be
connected with the blow-off tank, shall connect with any drain leading
to the sewer. Every blow-off tank shall be supplied with a vapor pipe
not less than 2 inches in diameter, which shall be carried above the roof
and above the highest windows of the building.

Sec. 445. Every building from which grease may be discharged in such
quantity as to clog or injure the sewer, shall have a special grease trap.

f Every building in which gasoline, naphtha, or other inflammable com-
pounds are used for business purposes, shall be provided with a special
trap, so designed as to prevent the passage of such material into the sewer
and ventilated with a separate pipe rising to a point 4 feet above the roof.
KThe waste pipe of every wash-stand for vehicles shall be provided with a
sand trap of sufficient capacity.

Sec. 446. The waste pipe from the sink of every hotel, eating house, restau-
rant, or other public cooking establishment, shall be connected to a grease
trap of sufficient size, easily accessible to open and clean, placed as near
as practicable to the fixture that it serves.

Sec. 447. Rain-water leaders which open near windows or for verandas or
lower stories of buildings shall be trapped.

SjSC. 448. Rain-water leaders within any buildings shall not be connected
with any waste or soil pipe except below the lowest fixture and on a full
"Y."

Sec. 449. Wherever a surface drain is installed in a cellar or basement, it
shall be provided with a deep seal trap and back water valve. Section
404 covers the drainage of roofs, protection of sidewalks, etc.

Sec. 450. In no case shall it be allowable for the drip from roofs or build-
ings to flow or be conducted upon public sidewalks.

Sec. 451. When special fixtures or traps are planned that do not conform
to the provisions of this Code, the Building Department may at its discre-
tion, grant such privilege as it may deem proper.

Sec. 452. The installation of all gas piping shall be subject to the approval
of the Building Department.

KA11 gas pipes shall be inspected and tested under the direction of the
Building Department before the floors are laid.

409

104 BUILDING CODE

Sec. 453. All gas brackets shall be placed at least 2J feet below any ceiling
or woodwork, unless the same is properly protected by a shield; in which
case the distance shall be not less than 18 inches.

tNo swinging or folding gas bracket shall be placed against or near any
stud partition or woodwork, and all swinging gas brackets shall be provided
with stops to prevent them from swinging against the woodwork.

TfNo gas bracket on any lath and plaster partition or woodwork shall be
less than 12 inches in length measuring from the burner to the plaster
surface or woodwork.

TfGaslights placed near any combustible material shall be guarded by
globes and wire cages.

Sec. 454. No electrical wiring or installation of electrical apparatus or ap-
pliances for furnishing light, heat, or power electrically shall be introduced
into or placed in any building or structure in the City except in compliance
with the rules and regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters,
known as the "National Electrical Code," and the .said rules and regula-
tions are hereby made a part of the requirements of this Code. The in-
stallation of all such electrical work shall be subject to the approval of the
Building Department.

CHAPTER XXI
HOISTWAYS, ELEVATORS, AND WELL-HOLES

Sec. 455. Every hoistway, hatchway, stairway, or well-hole in every build-
ing shall hereafter be securely guarded by means of proper gates, railings,
or guards or other inclosures which may be approved by the Building
Department. Such guards or railings shall not be less than 3 feet in height
nor the lower rail more than 1 foot above the floor, and shall be so con-
structed as to effectually prevent persons from falling into such hoist ways,
hatchways, stairways, or well-holes. The owners, lessees, or occupants
of any building in the City, in which hatchways or well-holes exist, or shall
hereafter be constructed, shall cause the same to be effectually barred or
inclosed, for the prevention of accidents therefrom.

410

BUILDING CODE 105

Sec. 456. In every building hereafter erected or altered to be used for manu-
facturing or mercantile purposes, in which there shall be hoistways, ele-
vators, or well-holes, not inclosed in walls, constructed of brick or other
fireproof material and provided with fire doors, the openings thereof through
and upon each floor of said buildings shall be provided with approved
automatically closing, metal-clad hatch doors, for every such hoistway,
elevator, or well-hole. Outside windows or openings into every elevator
shaft or hoistway shall have such sign or device to indicate the existence
of said shaft or hoistway as shall be approved by the Building Department.

Sec. 457. Elevator shafts in all mercantile and manufacturing buildings
exceeding three stories in height, hereafter built or altered, shall be in-
closed with walls or partitions of approved fireproof material^ and have
automatically closing, metal-clad doors at all openings thereto.

Sec. 458. In all buildings hereafter erected or altered, wherever elevators
are placed in the well-holes of or adjacent to stairways, such elevators
and stairways shall be inclosed with partitions of approved fireproof
materials.

Sec. 459. There shall be placed below the machinery and sheaves at the top
of every elevator shaft, hereafter constructed or altered, a substantial
grating or screen of iron, so constructed as to prevent persons or objects
from falling into such shafts, and sufficiently open to permit flames and
smoke to pass through to the skylight or windows. If such shaft shall
be floored over with a solid flooring, such flooring shall not cover more than
one-half of the area of such shaft and at least one-half of the area of such
shaft shall be covered with an approved open grating.

Sec. 460. In all buildings hereafter erected or altered, the roof immediately
over hoistway, elevator, stair, open shaft, or well-hole, shall be provided
with a skylight containing not less than 20 square feet of glass; said glass
shall be set in metal sashes or frames, in lights of not less than 200 square
inches each, and shall not exceed J inch in thickness. There shall be
suspended immediately below this glass a strong wire netting. Provided,
that if in the sides of an elevator pent house, or at the top of any such
shaft or well-hole, there be windows having 35 square feet of glass of the
thickness herein specified for skylights, then the Building Department
may, at its discretion, permit the skylights above described to be omitted.

411

CHAPTER XXII
STAIRWAYS AND DOORS

Sec. 461. All non-fireproof buildings, in which, above the first floor, there
are to be, or in which provision is made for occupancy by, fifty to one hun-
dred or more persons employed, engaged, transient, or guests therein,
there shall be at least two stairways and halls, each not less than 3£ feet
wide.

f The width of the stairs shall be increased 6 inches for each increment
of fifty persons or part thereof over one hundred up to three hundred,
or when a width of 5 feet is reached. If the number of persons so
occupying such premises exceed six hundred, three stairways, each 5 feet
in width shall be constructed.

fin all cases, the stairs shall be located at as great a distance as practicable
from each other and in cases where the persons so occupying such build-
ings are not all on one floor, the widths and number of stairways in the
several stories shall be governed as above by the total number of persons
who will at any time be on any floor. All persons above any given story
shall be counted in addition to the persons on that story.

Sec. 462. Irrespective of the number of persons occupying public buildings
covering a lot area exceeding 5,000 square feet and not exceeding 7,500
square feet, there shall be provided at least two continuous lines of stairs,
and every such building shall have at least one continuous line of stairs
for each 5,000 square feet or part thereof of lot area covered, in excess
of that required for 7,500 square feet of lot area.

f When any such building covers an area of lot greater than 15,000 square
feet, the number of stairs shall be increased proportionately. For lire-
proof buildings, one less flight of stairs than above called for shall be re-
quired in each case, unless the floor area exceeds 7,500 square feet in which
case there shall not be less than two stairs.

Sec. 463. Every tenement or building, occupied by three or more families,
shall have at least two flights of stairs, not less than 3 feet wide in the
clear, one of which shall extend from the entrance floor to the top story, and
every apartment shall be directly accessible from an entrance hall by means
of at least one such flight of stairs.

412

BUILDING CODE 107

%H there are more than sixteen rooms above the second floor, exclusive
of bath and toilet rooms, the width of the hallways and stairs shall be
increased 6 inches for every additional sixteen rooms or fraction thereof,
or until the width of 5 feet is reached.

Sec. 464. School buildings, if more than one story in height and having
more than three rooms above the first story, shall have at least two sepa-
rate and distinct stairways, as far removed from each other as practicable.
School buildings or all buildings containing a general assembly room shall
have stairs and fire-escapes proportioned as prescribed for Assembly H alls.

Sec. 465. Every hall seating three hundred persons and not more than six
hundred persons shall have at least two separate and distinct stairways
for ingress and egress, the same to be placed as far apart as possible.

1f Every hall seating more than six hundred persons and not more than
twelve hundred persons shall have at least three separate and distinct
stairways.

1fAll stairs for ingress and egress leading to any assembly hall or halls,
shall be at least 4 feet wide and provided with a hand-rail on each side.

1fln addition to the above described stairway, assembly halls shall be pro-
vided with fire-escapes as provided by law, provided that in assembly
halls, having a greater seating capacity than seven hundred and fifty, the
aggregate width of such emergency exits which shall be provided for each
floor, balcony, and gallery of such building, shall be one-half of that pro-
vided for the main exits, and no emergency exit, door, or stairway shall
be less than 3 feet in width.

Sec 466. The aggregate width of doors opening at the street level, for halls
rented or used for public assemblies of any kind, for school houses,, orphan
asylums, insane asylums, or reformatories of any kind, shall be at least
equal to the aggregate width of stairways; extra width shall be added to
accommodate occupants of first floor and such doors shall not be locked
during business hours, or while such buildings are occupied by large num-
bers of people, and all such doors shall open outwardly.

Sec. 467. Outside doors of all assembly halls, theaters, churches, schools,
factories, and other buildings occupied by a large number of people shall
be made to open outward.

413

CHAPTER XXIII

FIRE APPLIANCES, FIRE ESCAPES, AND FIREPROOF

SHUTTERS AND DOORS

Sec. 468. In every existing building exceeding 55 and not over 100 feet
in height, unless already provided with a 3-inch or larger standpipe and
in all buildings hereafter erected exceeding 55 and not exceeding 100 feet
in height, there shall be provided a vertical standpipe of not less than 4
inches in diameter.

Tfln every existing building exceeding 100 feet in height, unless already
provided with a 4-inch or larger standpipe; and in all buildings hereafter
erected exceeding 100 feet in height, there shall be provided a vertical
standpipe of not less than 6 inches in diameter.

fThese standpipes shall be of galvanized wrought iron or steel and, together
with fittings and connections, shall be of such strength as to safely with-
stand at least 300 pounds water pressure to the square inch when installed
and ready for service; also to stand such a test without leaking at joints,
valves or fittings.

IfStandpipes shall be located within fireproof stairway in closures where
the latter are of such construction, and as near stairways as possible where
they are not so inclosed.

1fln buildings exceeding 100 feet deep fronting on two or more streets,
there shall be a standpipe at each end of the building, and in large area
buildings there shall be one standpipe at each stairway or within each
stairway inclosure.

IfWhere more than one standpipe is required in a building they shall be
connected at their bases by pipes of size equal to that of the largest stand-
pipes, so that water from any source will supply all the standpipes.

TfStandpipes shall extend from the cellar to and through the roof, with a
hose connection located from 4 to 6 feet above the floor level and fitted
with approved straightway composition gate valves in each story, includ-
ing cellar, and a hose connection provided above the roof, with a controlling
valve located in the standpipe under the roof and so arranged as to be
operated both from above and below the roof. A suitable |-inch drain
pipe and valve shall be provided under the roof for each roof connection.

414

BUILDING CODE 109

Sec. 469. Hose sufficient to reach to all parts of the floor shall be attached
to each outlet in the building, and hose for the roof-hydrant may be placed
on a rack in the top floor near the scuttle leading to the roof. Hose shall
be 2J or 2f inches in diameter, shall be in 50-foot lengths and provided
with standard couplings at each end, all couplings to be of the same hose
thread as that in use by the local Fire Department.

% The hose shall be approved linen, cotton, rubber lined, or rubber, made
under specifications recommended by the National Board of Fire Under-
writers.

KEach line of hose shall be provided with washers at both ends, and be
fitted with a play pipe or nozzle of Underwriter pattern, having handles
at the base and a discharge outlet not less than f inch in diameter. One
spanner shall be located at each hose connection throughout the building.

Sec. 470. All standpipes shall be provided with Siamese steamer connections
located on the outside of the building about 1 foot above the curb level,
and where a building fronts on two or more streets, a connection shall be
provided on each street front. The inlet pipe from the steamer connec-
tion to the standpipe shall not be less than the diameter of the largest
standpipe. The thread on the Siamese connection shall be uniform with
that used by the local Fire Department. Siamese steamer connections
shall be provided with check valves in the "Y" and substantial caps pro-
vided to protect the thread on the connection. The steamer connection
fitting should be adjusted, looking down at an angle of forty-five degrees.
A suitable iron plate with raised letters shall be secured to the wall near
the steamer connection reading: "To Standpipes."

Tfln each connecting pipe just inside of the building, in a horizontal section,
shall be placed a straightway check valve, but not a gate valve. A drip pipe
with valve to same, shall be placed between said check valve and steamer
connection to properly drain this section, in order to prevent freezing.

Ifln addition to the provision made for steamer connections to standpipes,
the water supply may be drawn from the City water system where pressure
is sufficient; or from automatic fire pump of 500 gallons or more capacity
per minute; or from elevated tank or steel pressure tank of not less than
5,000 gallons capacity.

If In all buildings coming under these regulations as to height, which are
occupied for living or sleeping purposes, such as hotels, lodging houses,
hospitals and asylums, the standpipe system must have at least one of
the approved automatic supplies before described.

Sec. 471. Where a standpipe is connected to a tank there shall be a straight-
way check valve in a horizontal section of pipe between the first hose

415

110 BUILDING CODE

outlet in connecting pipe and tank, and said tank must be filled by a
separate pipe, and not through the standpipe; and where the water in such
tank is also used for house supply, the house supply pipe shall extend from
the bottom of the tank to such a height as will reserve not less than 3,500
gallons of water for fire purposes.

TfWhere pumps which constitute a supply to standpipes are located in the
lowest story of a building, they shall be placed not less than 2 feet above
the floor level, and boilers upon which pumps depend for steam shall be
arranged so that flooding of fires under the same will be impossible.

TJIn every building exceeding 100 feet in height, at least one passenger
elevator shall be kept in readiness for immediate use by the Fire Depart-
ment during all hours of the night and day, including holidays and Sundays.

Sec. 472. All existing buildings, and those hereafter erected exceeding 100
feet in height shall be provided with auxiliary fire apparatus and ap-
pliances, such as wrenches, spanners, fire extinguishers, hooks, axes,
pails, and such things as may be required by the Commissioner of the Fire
Department; all of said apparatus to conform in design to that in use by
the local Fire Department.

Sec. 473. Buildings of large area, which are occupied for mercantile or man-
ufacturing purposes, when located within a congested district, forming,
in the opinion of the Building Department or Chief of Fire Department,
"Conflagration Breeders," shall be protected throughout the entire building
with automatic sprinklers.

1fThe pipe sizes and spacing of heads for said sprinkler system shall con-
form to the schedule and rules recommended by the National Board of
Fire Underwriters which are hereby made a part of the requirement of
this Code.

TfSaid sprinkler pipes shall be connected with a pipe of not less than 4
inches in diameter leading to the outside of the building and there pro-
vided with an approved Siamese steamer connection, the latter to be
installed under requirements set forth in this Section, and to be under
the control and for the use of the Fire Department.

IfA suitable iron plate with raised letters shall be securely attached to the
wall near said steamer connection, reading "Cellar Sprinklers," where
sprinklers are installed in cellars only, and reading "Automatic Sprinklers,"
where the entire building is so protected.

Sec. 474. Every apartment house, tenement house, or dwelling house occupied
by or built to be occupied by three or more families,

^ And every building already erected, or that may hereafter be erected,

416

BUILDING CODE 111

more than three stories in height, occupied and used as a hotel, apart-
ment hotel, or lodging house, and every boarding house having more than
fifteen sleeping rooms above the basement story, and every factory, mill,
manufactory, or workshop, hospital, asylum, or institution for the care or
treatment of individuals,

1f And every building three stories and over in height used or occupied as
a store or workroom,

1JAnd every building in whole or in part occupied or used as a school or
place of instruction or assembly,

H And every office building four stories or more in height,

If Shall be provided with such good and sufficient fire-escapes, stairways,
or other means of egress in case of fire as shall be directed by the Building
Department.

Sec. 475. The owner or owners of any building upon which a fire-escape is
erected shall keep the same in good repair and properly painted.

f Fire-escapes on the outside of buildings shall consist of open iron bal-
conies and stairways.

If Fire- escapes may project into the public highway above the first story
to a distance not greater than 4 feet beyond the building line.

TfThe stairways shall be placed at an angle of not more than 60 degrees,
with steps not less than 6 inches in width and 20 inches in length, and
with a rise of not more than 9 inches.

f The balcony on the top floor shall be provided with a goose-neck ladder
or other contrivance leading from said balcony to and above the roof.

Sec. 476. The balconies shall be not less than 3 feet in width and placed
where directed by the Building Department at each story above the ground.

f They shall be below, and not more than 1 foot below, the window sills,
and they shall extend in front of, and not less than 9 inches beyond, each
window.

•[There shall be a landing not less than 24 inches square at the head and
foot of each stairway.

1fThe stairway opening on each platform shall be of a size sufficient to
provide clear headway.

Sec. 477. The floors of balconies shall be of wrought-iron or steel slats not
less than 1£ inches by | inch, placed not more than 1J inches apart and
well secured and riveted to iron battens 1J inches by $ inch, not over 3
feet apart, and riveted at the intersections. The openings for stairways

417

112 BUILDING CODE

in all balconies shall be not less than 21 inches wide and 36 inches long,
and such openings shall have no covers of any kind.

H The platforms or balconies shall be constructed and erected to safely
sustain in all their parts a safe load, at a ratio of 4 to 1, of not less than
80 pounds per square foot of surface.

Sec. 478. The outside top rail shall extend around the entire length of the
platform and in all cases shall go through the wall at each end and be
properly secured by nuts and 4-inch square washers at least } inch thick,
and no top rail shall be connected at angles by cast iron. The top rail of
balconies shall be 1} inches by } inch of wrought iron, or lj-inch angle
iron } inch thick. The bottom rails shall be 1 J inches by 2-inch wrought
iron or steel, or l£-inch angle iron J inch thick, well leaded into the
wall. The standards or filling-in bars shall be not less than \ inch round
or square wrought iron or steel, well riveted to the top and bottom rails
and platform frame. Such standards or filling-in bars shall be securely
braced by outside brackets at suitable intervals and shall be placed not
more than 6 inches from centers; the height of railings shall in no case
be less than 2 1 feet.

Sec. 479. The stairways shall be constructed and erected to fully sustain
in all their parts a safe load at a ratio of 4 to 1 of not less than 100. pounds
per step, with the exception of the tread which must safely sustain at
said ratio a load of 200 pounds. The treads shall be flat, open treads not
less than 6 inches wide and with a rise of not more than 9 inches. The
stairs shall be not less than 20 inches wide. The strings shall be not less
than 3-inch channels of iron or steel or other shape equally strong and
shall rest upon and be fastened to a bracket which shall be fastened
through the wall as hereinafter provided. The strings shall be securely
fastened to the balcony at the top, and the steps in all cases shall be double-
riveted or bolted to the strings. The stairs shall have }-inch handrails of
wrought iron, well braced.

Sec. 480. The brackets shall be not less than \ inch by 1 {-inches wrought
iron placed edgewise, or l}-inch angle iron J inch thick, well braced;
they shall be not more than 4 feet apart, and shall be braced by means of
not less than }-inch square wrought iron and shall extend two-thirds of
the width of the respective balconies or brackets. The brackets shall go
through the wall and be turned down 3 inches, or shall be properly secured
by nuts and 4-inch square washers at least \ inch thick.

1JOn new buildings the brackets shall be set as the walls are being built.

^When brackets are put on buildings already erected the part going through

418

BUILDING CODE 113

the wall shall be not less than 1 inch in diameter with screw nuts . and
washers not less than 5 inches square and % inch thick.

Sec. 481. A proper drop or balanced ladder shall be required from the lower
balGony when the floor of such balcony is more than 14 feet above the
sidewalk or ground.

Sec. 482. All the parts of such fire-escapes shall receive not less than two
coats of paint, one in the shop and one after erection.

Sec. 483. No person shall at any time place any incumbrances of any kind
whatsoever before or upon any fire-escape, balcony, or stairway.

fit shall be the duty of every fireman and policeman who shall discover
any fire-escape, balcony, or stairway of any fire-escape incumbered in
any way, to forthwith report the same to the commanding officer of his
company or precinct, and such commanding officer shall forthwith cause
the occupant of the premises or apartment to which said fire-escape, bal-
cony, or stairway is attached or for whose use the same is provided, to be
notified, either verbally or in writing, to remove such incumbrances and
keep the same clear.

f If said notice shall not be complied with by the removal, forthwith, of
such incumbrances, and by the keeping of said fire-escape, balcony, or
stairway free from incumbrance, then it shall be the duty of said com-
manding officer to apply to the nearest police magistrate for a warrant
for the arrest of the occupant or occupants of said premises or apartment
of which the fire-escape forms a part, and the said parties shall be brought
before the said magistrate and for a misdemeanor, and on conviction, the
occupant or occupants of said premises or apartment shall be fined not
more than ten dollars for each offense or may be imprisoned not to exceed
ten days, or both, in the discretion of the court.

Sec. 484. In constructing all balcony fire-escapes the manufacturer thereof
shall securely fasten thereto, in a conspicuous place, a cast-iron plate
having suitable raised letters on the same, to read as follows:

NOTICE! Any person placing any incumbrance on this balcony is liable
to a penalty of ten dollars and imprisonment for ten days.

Sec. 485. All buildings requiring fire-escapes shall have stationary iron
ladders leading to the scuttle opening in the roof thereof, and all scuttles
and ladders shall be kept so as to be ready for use at all times.

Sec. 486. If a bulkhead is used in place of a scuttle, it shall have stairs with
sufficient guard or handrail leading to the roof.
fin case the building shall be occupied by more than one family, the door

419

114 BUILDING CODE

in- the bulkhead or scuttle shall at no time be locked, but may be fastened
on the inside by movable bolts or hooks.

Sec. 487. The foregoing describes what will be exacted and deemed a suit-
able means of escape from buildings — a "standard" fire-escape — but is not
planned as a bar to ingenuity in devising as effective, or perhaps better,
escapes,. It is simply a basis upon which all others shall be judge J. If
the owner of a building desires to install a circular chute-escape or a system
of railings and footwalks at all windows and leading to a ladder affixed
somewhere that fire cannot assail it, or if portable fire-escapes of an ap-
proved and easily handled pattern be proposed in sufficient number —
such as one for every four communicating rooms in an apartment or at
least one per class in a school — then a full description and drawings of
such escape system shall be submitted to the Building Department and
the matter will be passed upon by the Advisory Board, and if permitted,
the party will be directed by the Building Department as to the number
and the strength of such escapes as may be installed in lieu of the standard
here described.

T[A rope attached to a window or merely available in a room, particularly
in hotels, will not be deemed a sufficient fire-escape under any circum-
stances, though the provision of such ropes, etc., over and above what the*
Building Department may approve as sufficient fire-escape, will of course
not be barred.

Sec. 488. This same provision is to obtain in regard to all devices herein
described. Such description is merely to establish the minimum of a
standard requirement, but it is not calculated to bar what may be devised
or has been devised that is equally effective. But where a radical depart-
ure is proposed from what is described it can only be done by the Advisory
Board. The function of the Inspectors and Commissioners is adminis-
trative and not discretionary.

420

CHAPTER XXIV
MISCELLANEOUS

Sec. 489. The Building Department, whenever there are practical difficulties
in the way of carrying out the strict letter of this Code, shall have power
to vary or modify any of the provisions of this Code, or any rule or regula-
tion of the said Code relating to the construction, alteration, or removal
of any building or structure erected or to be erected within the City upon
an application to it in writing by the owner or lessee of such building or
structure, or his duly authorized agent, so that the spirit of this Code shall
be observed and public safety secured and substantial justice done; but
no such variation or modification shall be granted or allowed unless the
particulars of each application and of the decision of the majority present
at a meeting of the Advisory Board shall be entered upon the records.

1f And if the application is granted, a certificate therefor shall be issued be
the Building Department.

Sec. 490. Whenever it is desired to use new materials or materials not
specified in this Code, application therefor shall be made to the Build-
ing Department in writing, stating in detail the materials and the manner
and the construction in which they are to be so used. The person or
persons seeking to use such new materials shall give the said Department
upon its request therefor, such information and tests in connection with
the nature and use of such proposed new materials as the said Department
may require.

Sec. 491. All matters and questions relating to building or building opera-
tions not specifically covered or provided for in this Code shall be decided
by and left to the discretion of the Building Department — meaning the
passing upon such matter by the Advisory Board — and its decision shall
be as final and binding as if contained in this Code.

Sec. 492. Whenever any person, persons, firm, or corporation, considers
himself, or themselves, aggrieved by any ruling, decision, or order of en
inspector or the Commissioner of the Building Department, relative to any
matter concerning buildings, or building operations in the City, or any other
matter over which the Building Department has authority, he or they shall

421

116 BUILDING CODE

have the right to appeal to the Department as a whole, the Advisory Board,
'provided the party so appealing executes with a responsible surety a proper
bond conditional to pay all expenses incident to such appeal, if the decision
be against him or them. And in the event of that decision not being satis-
factory to the protestor, then his appeal must be to the courts, but the
decision and ruling of the Department shall stand and must be obeyed,
until it be set aside by the ruling of the courts.

If The decision of the said Advisory Board of the Department on any matter
brought before it shall be final as far as the city is concerned.

Sec. 493. Every person, persons, firm, or corporation, violating any of the
provisions of. this Code, where the penalty is not otherwise prescribed,
shall be fined not more than One Hundred Dollars upon conviction for each
violation.

Sec. 494. All ordinances or parts of ordinances inconsistent herewith are
hereby repealed and, furthermore, this ordinance is made retroactive inso-
far as public or semi-public buildings — and the ventilating, lighting, access
and exit thereof and therefrom — where a large number of people may be
housed or assembled, or where present structures of any nature whatso-
ever, or where the plumbing, heating, lighting, elevators, or details thereof,
may be deemed dangerous to the life or to the health of the community, all
in accord with the sections of this Code that relate to occupancy of build,
ings, their nature, and to the powers of the Department in dealing with
present and future buildings.

422

REVIEW QUESTIONS

423

REVIEW QUESTIONS

ON THE SUBJECT OF

ESTIMATING

PART I

1. (a) What will a walk of bluestone flagging 4 ft. wide an<J
19 ft. long cost, complete? (b) Give cost of limestone coping for
an 18-inch wall on one side of the path.

2. (a) About how many square yards of surface will four
pounds of paint cover in two coats? (b) How much will it cost
to paint a brick wall 8 ft. high and 15 ft. long with three coats of
paint?

3. (a) How many feet B. M. in a 4-in.X10-in. stick 22 ft.
long? (b) How much lumber will it take to stud up a wall 12 ft.
long and 9 ft. high with two windows in it?

4. Give an analysis of one cubic yard of concrete.

5. What percentage of the cost of a building should be
allowed for heating by furnace? How much of this goes to the
labor?

6. What will a square of slating cost?

7. Analyze the cost of a square of flooring.

8. (a) What will be the cost of a plain copper roof for a store
30 ft. X40 ft.? (b) What will be the cost of a tin roof?

9. How many cubic feet of wall will a thousand bricks lay?

10. Give an analysis of the cost of 100 square yards of 2-coat
plastering.

11. What special data besides plans and specifications are
necessary to figure a job for a contract?

12. How many square feet will 1000 shingles lay at 5 in.
to the weather?

13. What will be the approximate cost of a house 20 ft.X30
ft. with an 8 ft. cellar and a half-pitch gable roof, at 12 cents per
cubic foot?

485

ESTIMATING

14. How large a furnace pipe must be run to a room 15 ft.
X20 ft. and 10 ft. high, and what will be the size of register?

15. Give a rule for finding the number of studs in a front if
set 16 in. on centers. If set 12 in. on centers.

16. What will be the cost of an ordinary flight of stairs of
17 risers for a $3,000 house? How much should be allowed for
the cellar stairs of 14 risers?

17. How much studding can two men set in one day? How
much boarding? Shingles? Diagonal boarding?

18. (a) How many square yards of 2-coat plastering can a
mason and helper put on in one day? (b) What will it cost?

19. (a) What will the newel of an ordinary staircase cost?
(b) How much will the balusters of first run cost at two to a tread
if the run is 8 risers high?

20. (a) How many bricks will be required to build a wall
10 ft. high, 30 ft. long, and 1 ft. thick, (b) What will it cost in 1 to
3 lime mortar?

21. What will it cost to put on 1,000 laths?

22. In making repairs a man required the services of a car-
penter for 5 hours, a plumber and helper 2 days, and an electrician
for a day and a half, what was his bill for labor?

23. What will it cost to dig out a cellar 18 ft.X30 ft.; 4 ft.
below grade at one end and 6 ft. the other?

24. (a) At a base price of $2.45 per cwt. what will three cwt.
of 6-penny box nails cost? (b) What will 1 cwt. of 4-penny slating
nails cost?

25. (a) What per cent of the cost of a house will usually go
to the plumbing? (b) What portion of this will represent the labor?

26. (a) What is the relative cost of marble as compared with
limestone? (b) Of sandstone as compared with limestone?

27. (a) What is the usual cost of molded finish in white
wood or cypress? (b) What will the casings for both sides of a
door 3 ft. X7 ft. cost, using a 5-inch casing with corner blocks?

28. (a) About how many cubic feet will one square foot
of direct steam radiation heat, in the first story of a dwelling?
(b) Direct hot water radiation?

29. What will be the area of a pyramidal roof 20 ft. square at
the base and 15 ft. on the rafter line?

426

REVIEW QUESTIONS

ON THE SUBJECT OF

ESTIMATING

PART II

1. What is the usual method of making up an accurate
estimate of the cost of a building?

2. What will it cost to plaster a hall 45 ft. by 70 ft., and
20 ft. high, with 8 windows 5 ft. by 9 ft., and two doors 8 ft. by
10 ft.?

3. Give analysis of cost of a square of hard pine upper floor,
using stock costing $60 per M.

4. What will be the cost of excavating an£ building the rough
stone wall of a leaching cesspool, to finish 7 ft. in. in diameter
inside, and 8 ft. in. deep, below ground, laid up of dry stone
1 ft. in. thick, at $3.50 per perch, stone wall to be carried 5 ft. in.
high fron bottom; excavation to be 1 ft. larger than cesspool all
around, at 50 cents per cu. yd.?

5. (a) How many perches are there in the following
amount of masonry?

16 ft. in.X6 ft. 7 in. XI ft. 8 in.
5 ft. 4 in. X6 ft. 7 in. XI ft. 8 in.
10 ft. 8 in.X6 ft. 7 in. XI ft. 8 in.
(b) How much will it cost at $4.25 per perch?

6. What will be the cost of concreting a cellar 30 ft. by 40 ft,
at 60 cents per sq. yd.?

7. What will it cost to finish the floors of a parlor, 16 ft. by.
18 ft. and a dining room 14 ft. by 17 ft., at 30 cents per yard?

8. Why should a cellar be excavated larger than the outside
of the foundation wall?

427

ESTIMATING

9. What will be the cost of 16 ft. of galvanized smokepipe
at $0.09 per lb., pipe w) weigh 2\ lb. per foot?

10. ' What will it cost to excavate a cellar 30 ft. by 40 ft.,
and 5 ft. deep, at 50 cents per cu. yd.?

11. What will be the cost of a chimney with two 8 by 12-
inch flues, 35 ft. high, brickwork costing $20 per M laid?

12. What will be the cost of a stucco cornice for a room
12 ft. by 16 ft., at 25 cents per foot?

13. If furnace layout consists of five 7-in. pipes, three 9-in.
pipes, and two 14-in. pipes, what should be the area of the cold-air
box?

14. Give analysis of cost of a square of clapboarding, using
clapboards at $50 per M.

15. (a) Show by analysis the approximate cost and method
of figuring a piazza cornice.

(b) A rear door and frame.

16. Give analysis and approximate cost of a window complete,
without hardware; sash 3 ft. 6 in. by 5 ft. in.

17. Give analysis and approximate price, per square, of a
shingled roof, using matched boards on 2 ft. 7 in. rafters.

18. (a) How many bricks, per foot of height, will be required
in a chimney of two 8 by 12-in. flues, with 4-in. walls and withes?

(6) In a chimney with three 8 by 12-in. flues?

(c) In an ashpit, 12 in. by 3 ft. 8 in. inside measurement,
with 4-inch back and front walls and 8-in. end walls? Make
sketch plan of each, showing bricks.

19. (a) Give a reasonable cost for hardware of seven inside
doors put on.

(6) Of fifteen windows with sash-fasts and lifts.

20. What is a fair price for building lattice under a piazza
9 ft. in. by 36 ft. in., showing 1 ft. 6 in. at one end and 3 ft. 6 in.
at the other end, with a 6-foot flight of steps taken out at the
center?

428

REVIEW QUESTIONS

ON THE SUBJECT OF

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

1. Describe generally the province of the specification.

2. Describe generally the characteristics of the specification.

3. Describe generally the limits of the specification.

4. State the nature of the relationship the specification
should endeavor to establish between the owner, builder, and
architect, and how such relationships are to be encouraged and
maintained.

5. How do specifications affect and influence the cost of
completed work?

6. Describe the position in the transaction of (a) The Owner,
(b) The Contractor, (c) The Specification Writer.

7. Make an outline of a contemplated work other than that
stated in the text (preferably of some simple structure familiar to
the student, as the home he lives in, or a neighboring store or
building to which he has access) hereafter called the "Student's
Scheme".

8. State some of the points to be studied in connection
therewith before the specification is begun.

9. Why should a specification writer make a special study
of materials?

10. Describe the province of sand in mortar and how you
would select a sand for use.

11. Describe some experiment, other than those given in the
text, which would throw light on the value of a material used in
the "Student's Scheme".

429

CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS

12. Give a list of trade catalogues you have collected.

13. Give a list of subjects which in the "Student's Scheme"
should be included in the "General Conditions".

14. Give a list of masonry materials required in the "Student's
Scheme".

15. Write a 400 word specification as required in Note 1,
page 33.

16. Give a list of. carpenters' materials required in the
"Student's Scheme".

17. Write a 400 word specification as required in Note 2,
page 38.

18. Write a 400 word specification as required in Note 3,
page 39.

19. Give a list of fixtures required in the plumbing work of
the "Student's Scheme".

20. Write a 400 word specification as required in Note 4,
page 43..

21. Describe a system of heating ja building ("Student's
Scheme") other than that herein required.

22. Write a 400 word specification as required in Note 5,
page 44.

23. State the points which the "Formal Contract" should
cover.

430

REVIEW QUESTIONS

ON THE SUBJECT OP

THE ARCHITECT IN HIS LEGAL

RELATIONS

1. Supposing an architect and his client have bargained
for the making of plans alone. The owner then writes to the
architect offering to pay $250 for plans such as have been dis-
cussed. The architect writes a note saying, "I will accept your
offer and will make the plans the mentioned for $250". This note
the architect gives to his office boy, who, however, never delivers
it. The architect, in ignorance of the boy's neglect, makes the
plans, and offers them to his client four months later. The
owner refuses to take them or pay for them. Was there any con-
tract on which the architect can recover?

2. An architectural student, twenty. years of age, says to
A: "When I begin to practice my profession I will make plans
for the house you propose to build, and will superintend the con-
struction of it. I will charge you $1,000 for the entire work".
Eighteen months later, he begins to practice, and A asks him to
carry out his agreement, which he refuses to do. Has A any
remedy?

3. Supposing it is orally agreed bewteen A, a real estate
speculator, and B, an architect, that B shall give his entire time
to A in designing and superintending the construction of houses
for the period of three years for a salary of $2,000 a year. After
6 months of work by B, A refuses to continue the contract or to
pay for the work already done. Has A any legal remedy, and if
so, to what extent?

4. A, the owner of a house, orally agrees with B } an archi-
tect, that on a day two months distant, B shall deliver to A certain
plans for alteration of A's house, that A shall thereupon pay $500
for the plans; and that thereafter B shall superintend the altera-
tions, which are to be finished within ten months from the date of
making the contract, and shall be paid at a fixed rate for his time.

431

THE ARCHITECT IN HIS LEGAL RELATIONS

On the date agreed, B y although he has not finished the plans,
demands the payment of the agreed sum. This is refused, and he
brings suit for it. Can he recover?

5. A, the agent for a certain building material, comes to B,
a contractor who is building a block on his own account, and asks
B to purchase some of his building material for the block, repre-
senting that it is fireproof, and will not change color with exposure.
B, believing A'a representations, makes a contract for a certain
amount of the material. Before the material is delivered, B makes
experiments and finds that the material is not fireproof, and that
it does change color with exposure. What course should he pursue?

6. A and B make an agreement for the construction of a
building, the contract price being agreed upon as $5,000. The
contract is reduced to writing, and after signing it B finds that the
price was inserted as $5,500. He asks A to agree to change the
amount to conform to their understanding, and B refuses. What
course snould B pursue?

7. An architect is called upon to superintend the construc-
tion of a building, which is already in course of erection. He finds
that X has orally agreed to guarantee the fulfillment of the con-
tract by the builder, and to be responsible to A } the owner, for any
default in the performance of the builder's contract. The archi-
tect is also asked to make extensive changes in the plans, agreed
to by the builder.. What course might the architect recommend
in order to enable A to hold X responsible as surety?

8. If an architect is offered a rebate for his own benefit on
the selling price of building material to be used in a client's house,
what should he do?

9. A directs his architect to find out the best terms upon
which tiles can be bought. The architect secures informal bids,
and says to the lowest bidder that he represents A in the matter,
and that as agent of A he will take a certain quantity of the tiles
at the price named. A refuses to accept the tiles. Has the seller
any remedy (a) against At (b) against the architect?

432

GENERAL INDEX

433

GENERAL INDEX

In this Index the Volume number appears in Roman numerals — thus, I, II,
III, IV, etc., and the Page number in Arabic numerals — thus, 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. For exam-
ple, Volume IV, Page 327, is written, IV, 327.

The page numbers of this volume will be found at the bottom of the pages;
the numbers at the top refer only to the section.

Vol. Page

Accurate method of estimating

Adjustable dies

IV,

198

Adjustable tongs

IV,

200

Administration of building code

307

Agreement between contrac-

tor and owner V

,278,

288

Air

analysis of

IV,

force for moving

IV,

required for ventilation

IV,

Air distribution

IV,

Air leakage, heat loss by

IV,

Air test of drain

IV,

333

Air-valves IV, 68

,119,

195

Air velocity, measurements of

IV,

Air-venting

IV,

115

Aisles in auditoriums V

,382,

390,

Alternating current

III,

239

Alternating-current motors,

wiring for

III,

270

Aluminum paints

424

Angle valves

IV,

Angles II

, 110,

114

Appendix to "Legal Rela-

tions" V, 277-305

Approximate delivery

IV,

276

factors influencing rate of

flow

IV,

,276

Approximate measurements

II,

275

Approximate methods of esti-

mating

Arbitration

303

Arc

III,

237

Vol. Page
Arc lamps on constant-poten-
tial circuits III, 322
Arch bricks III, 140
Arches III, 153, 168
Architect V, 123, 141, 182, 203,

247, 266, 292, 304
compensation V, 268, 304

competitive designs V, 266

duties V, 123, 141, 182, 203,

247, 255, 292
liability of V, 264

position under building

contract
practical suggestions
professional practice
Architectural drawing
definitions
exhibition drawings
importance of axes
instruments and materials
line drawing
measured work

249
269
304

V,
V,
V,
II, 213-332
II, 224
II,
II,

II,
II,

II,

practical problems in design II,

— j

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

preliminary studies

rendering in wash

sketching
Architraves
Arithmetical principles
Armature end ring
Armature head
Armature punchings
Armored cable

Armored circuits, insulation
for

II,
II,

II,
III,

II,

HI,

270

225

213

221

273

277

267

243

270

103

347

III, 388

435

INDEX

Artificial water line

Asbestos shingles

Ash pits

Ash receivers

Ashlar masonry

Assembled cone gears

Atlas trap

Atmosphere, composition of

Attic partitions

Vol. Page

IV, 170

III, 179

IV, 156
III, 100

III, 163
II, 41

IV, 224
IV, 17

I, 156

Attic plans II, 301, 307

Auditoriums, requirements for

lighting III, 369

Automatic return-pumps IV, 140

Automatic sprinklers V, 393, 416

Autostarter III, 273

Awning blind hinge IV, 409

Axes in architectural drawing II, 225

Baby baths
Back clutch pinion
Back plastering
Back-pressure valve
Back tool post
Backfilling
Bag trap
Balconies
Balloon frame
Bankruptcy
Baseboard
Basement plan

IV, 233

II, 26

I, 389; III, 46

IV, 138

II, 38

V, 184

IV, 222

I, 174

I, 82

V, 245

I, 258

II, 296

Basements, drainage of IV, 325
Bath fixtures IV, 227
Bathroom II, 284
Bathtubs III, 80; IV, 227
Battened splice I, 72
Battered frames I, 159
Beam ceilings III, 103
Beams I, 169
Bearing walls III, 149
Bell-ringing transformers III, 405
Belt courses I, 212
Bending moment on columns V, 362
Bevel gears for rolls on sheet
bar and slab
mill steam fly-
ing shear table II, 52

Tote. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol. Page

Bids, contractors 1 V, 199

Bill of quantities V, 127

Binder arm for rope take-up II, 55

Blind adjuster IV, 408

Blind hinges IV, 407

Block stone walls III, 136

Blow-off tank IV, 78
Blueprint reading II, 11-64

analysis of typical blueprint II, 24

general directions for II, 13

introduction II, 11

Blueprints analyzed II, 24

Bluestone s V, 28

Board measure V, 34

Boiler connections II, 77, 156

Boiler fittings IV,. 158

Boiler horsepower IV, 46

Boiler trimmings IV, 158
Boilers III, 95; IV, 152, 158, 365,

388; V, 336

capacity of IV, 158

collapsing of IV, 388

selection of IV, 153

Bolts III, 115; IV, 424

Bond of suretyship, notes on V, 279

Bonding III, 146

Bonds in relation to contracts V, 204

Border lights III, 366

Boundary limits V, 314

Bow pen and pencil II, 79

Bower-Barff process ' IV, 434

Bowled floors I, 165

Braced frame I, 8£

Branch coil IV, 55

Branch soil pipe IV, 335

Branches, size of IV, 128

Brass pipes III, 67

Breach of contract V, 236

Brick III, 140; V, 185, 316

Brick-and-frame buildings V, 345

Brickwork III, 140; V, 29, 77, 145, 187

cost V, 30

mortar V, 30

quantities V, 29

Bridging I, 98, 116; III, 36

British thermal unit IV, 23

Broad-leaved trees I, 34

436

INDEX

Vol.

Page

Vol.

Page

Bronze paints

424

Building superintendence (con-

Brown coat of plaster

383

tinued)

Brushes I, 408

t; ii,

262

city buildings

Ill,

131

Building, laying out

electric wiring

HI,

Building code V, 307-422

frame construction

III,

administration and super-

framing

III, 34, 48

vision

307

heating

III,

boilers, ovens, and heat-

inside finish

III,

101

ing apparatus

336

lathing and plastering

HI,

calculation of stresses

322

mason work

III,

chimneys, flues, and fire-

materials

III, 15, 23

places

342

outside finish

HI,

concrete building blocks

369

plumbing

III,

excavations

324

supervision

III, 13

L, 14

factors of safety

321

ventilation and gas pipes III,

fire appliance and escapes

414

Bullnose tread

293

fire limits

314

Butt hinges

IV, 399,

401

fireproof construction V

,349,

414

Butt joint

foundations and footings

325

frame and brick-and-frame

buildings

345

Cabinets

HI,

401

in general

397

Cables

III,

251

hoistways, elevators, and

Canopy insulators

III,

315

well-holes

410

Cap and sole

mill construction

348

Car wiring

HI,

372

miscellaneous

421

Carbonic acid gas

IV,

plans, fees, penalties, and

Carpenter work V, 83,

110, 147,

189

licenses

311

analysis of

110

plumbing, heating, and

exterior finish

149

lighting

401

framing

V, 147,

190

public buildings, theaters

382

interior finish

151

quality of materials

315

materials required

189

reinforced concrete con-

Carpenters' tools

struction

358

Carpentry I, 11-

-263; V,

reinforced terra cotta hol-

exterior and interior finish I,

203

low tile

368

floors

103

stairways and doors

412

framing

steel and wrought-iron con-

roof

121

, struction

374

special framing

159

stove and smoke pipes

340

timber in natural state

terra cotta building blocks

372

tools used in

walls, piers, and partitions

328

Cartridge fuses

HI,

393 %

Biulding department, person-

Casement sash and frames

239

nel and powers of

307

Casings of stacks

IV, 87,

125

Building paper

206

Cast-iron boilers

IV,

151

Building superintendence III, 1 1

-232

Cast-iron radiators

IV,

cellar work and foundations

III,

Cast stone

III,

166

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

437

INDEX

Vol. Page
Catalogues, use of in estimat-
ing IV, 441; V, 12
Catch basins IV, 325
Cellar II, 284
Cellar columns V, 33
Cellar drainer, use of IV, 327
Cellar-window hardware IV, 431
Cellar work III, 23
concrete III, 33
construction of III, 31
description of good and

poor III, 28

drains and cesspools III, 23

foundations III, 23

underpinning III, 33

walls III, 27

Cement III, 143; V, 170, 184, 316, 364

Center arm head II, 39

Center rest assembly II, 35

Center rest base II, 34

Center rest top II, 33

Certificates, architect's V, 249, 297

Cesspools III, 24; IV, 317; V, 77

Check valve II, 58

Checks I, 23

Chemical fire extinguishers V, 394

Chimney flues ' IV, 38

Chimney furring III, 49

Chimneys y III, 44; V, 32, 342

Chisels IV, 202

Church spire I, 190

Circles II, 113

Circuit breakers III, 252, 305, 399

Circuit system IV, 128

Circuit venting IV, 342

Circulation, systems of IV, 108

Circulation coils IV, 55

City buildings III, 131
City regulations, relation to

specifications V, 164

City work, specifications for V, 163

cement V, 170

electric wiring V, 177

lumber V, 174

preliminary studies V, 163

roofing material V, 175

sand V, 166

ite. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol. Page
City work, specifications for

(continued)

studies in materials V, 165

Clapboarding I, 208; III, 58

Close-grain woods I, 418

Closet tanks IV, 241

Coal chute III, 57

Coal consumption IV, 159

Cocks III, 85

Coils IV, 55, 160

Coke boilers IV, 156

Cold-air box III, 90; IV, 38

Cold-air ducts IV, 92
Colonial house, details of

building II, 291

Colors II, 265

Columns III, 167, 189

Combination systems IV, 43, 117
Combined hopper and trap

closet IV, 235

Combustion chamber IV, 34

Commercial lighting III, 360

Common bricks IJI, 140

Common glass III, 127

Common rafters I, 145

Compasses II, 76, 82

Compensator III, 273

Composition II, 277

Composition roofing III, 179; V, 54

Compression tanks III, 73

Concealed radiators IV, 161

Concealed work III, 340

Concrete V, 31, 317

Concrete building blocks V, 369

Concrete floors III, 216

Concrete footings III, 134

Concrete work V, 81, 186, 358

Concreting cellar III, 64

Conduction of heat IV, 359

Conductors III, 183; V, 54

Conduit III, 348, 388

Conduit fittings III, 389

Conduit work III, 348, 388

Cone gears II, 41

Cones II, 117, 176, 177

Conic sections II, 119

Conifers I, 28

438

INDEX

Vol. Page
Constant-current system III, 247, 298
Constant-potential system III, 246, 301
Consulting engineers, employ-
ment of V, 131
Continuous venting IV, 339
Contractor V, 141, 180, 300, 301
Contractor and owner, agree-
ment between V, 288
Contractor's bids V, 199
Contractor's foreman V, 181, 292
Contracts V, 223
assignability of V, 234
avoidance of V, 235
breach of V, 236
conditions V, 232
consideration V, 230
construction of ' V, 233
discharge by consent V, 237
express V, 224
implied V, 224
law of V, 223
modification V, 237
mutual consent V, 228
parties to » V, 227
penalties and liquidated

damages V, 235
quarUum meruit V, 224
reformation of V, 235
statute of frauds V, 231
suretyship V, 238
validity of V, 226
waiver V, 237
Contracts and specifications V, 119-220
formal contracts V, 199
function of specification V, 119
general contracts V, 200
government contracts V, 205
points of emphasis in speci-
fication writing V, 126
specification writer's meth-
ods of work V, 132
specifications for city work V, 163
specifications for suburban

work V, 140
Controlling devices, rules for

installing III, 302

Convection of heat IV, 360

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol. Page
Conventions used in mechan-
ical drawing II, 22
Copper roofing III, 175
Corner beads III, 59
Corner boards I, 210
Corner posts I, 86
Cornices I, 262
Corrugated iron roofing II, 384, 387
Corrugated iron siding * II, 384, 392
Country houses, drainage of IV, 330
Courts in buildings V, 397
Cow sheds, drainage of IV, 329
Cross, definition III, 277
Cross-feed connecting link II, 33
Crossover III, 287
Crown venting IV, 339
Crowning I, 116
Crystal plate III, 128
Cube, isometrics of II, 181, 184
Cupola I, 188
Current III, 238, 240
Curtain walls III, 149
Cut-out- III, 245, 390
Cut stonework III, 157; V, 26
Cycloid curve II, 121
Cycloidal curves II, 121
Cylinder glass I, 424
Cylinders II, 117, 175, 185

D
Damages V, 300

Damar varnish I, 418

Damper-regulators IV, 144

Dampers , III, 66; IV, 87

Decorative lighting III, 360

Deep-seal trap IV, 222

Design, theory of II, 277

Design of dwelling II, 281, 291

Detail drawings II, 287; V, 179, 201, 291
Development of surfaces II, 174

Devices and materials for

electric wiring III, 384
circuit breakers III, 399

fuses or cut-outs III, 390

miscellaneous devices III, 401

rigid conduit and conduit

fittings III, 388

rubber-covered wire III. 385

439

INDEX

Diamond tool post T bolt
Dies

Dimension lines
Dining room
Direct current

Vol. Page

II, 33

IV, 198

II, 17

II, 283

III, 238

Direct-current motors, wiring

for III, 267
Direct^lraft furnace IV, 31
Direct hot-water heating IV, 14, 107
air-valves IV, 119
air-venting IV, 115
combination systems IV, 117
efficiency of radiators IV, 110
expansion tank IV, 113
fittings IV, 120
overhead distribution IV, 113
pipe connections IV, 115
pipe sizes IV, 120
systems of circulation IV, 108
systems of piping IV, 111
types of radiating surface IV, 109
valves and fittings IV, 119
Direct-indirect radiation, com-
puting IV, 180
Direct-indirect radiators IV, 14, 101, 164
Direct radiation, computing IV, 178, 211
Direct radiators IV, 160
Direct steam heating IV, 12, 52
air-valves IV, 68
boiler connections IV, 77
blow-off tanks IV, 78
cast-iron radiators IV, 53
circulation coils IV, 55
efficiency of radiators IV, 57
expansion of pipes IV, 66
location of radiators IV, 59
one-pipe circuit system IV, 64
one-pipe relief system IV, 62
pipe radiators IV, 55
pipe sizes IV, 70
radiator connections IV, 65
returns IV, 76
systems of piping IV, 59
types of radiating surface IV, 53
valves IV, 68
Direct water supply IV, 299
Direct water supply system IV, 282

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol. Page

Dividers II, 78

Dog-legged stair I, 290

Domes I, 191
Domestic hot-water supply IV, 359-390

character of water IV, 360

heat transmission* IV, 359

heaters and boilers IV, 363

systems of supply IV, 365

Door butts IV, 402

Door checks and springs IV, 427

Door-holder IV, 428

Door knobs IV, 416

Doors III, 111; V, 412

Dormer windows I, 224

Double-boiler system IV, 370

Double-pitch skylight II, 344

Double tenon joint I, 63

Dovetailing I, 78

Down-feed worm II, 43

Down-feed worm wheel II, 28

Drafting, "don'ts". in II, 91

Drainage pipe IV, 319; V, 33
Drainage systems, design and

construction of IV, 317

Drainage of various buildings IV, 325

basements IV, 325

country houses IV, 330

cow sheds IV, 329

garages IV, 329

stables IV, 328
Drainage work and venting IV, 317-357
design and construction of

drainage systems IV, 317
drainage of various build-

' ings IV, 325

Fiat system of plumbing IV, 351

laying of drains IV, 320

methods of testing drains IV, 332

methods of venting IV, 338

reports of inspection IV, 334

roughing in IV, 346

venting IV, 335

Draining mains and risers IV, 169

Drains III, 23; IV, 320, 332; V, 77

laying of IV, 320

methods of testing IV, 332

Drawing-in bolt II, 36

440

INDEX

Vol. Page
Drawing instruments and ma-
terials II, 67, 88, 213
Drawing sheet sizes II, 18
Drawings II, 270, 287; V, 142,

163, 179, 201, 291
Dwelling

design of II, 281

practical example II, 291

stages in building II, 285

Drills IV, 201

Drinking fountains IV, 253

Drum pin radiator IV, 124

Dry return system IV, 166

Dry rot I, . 20

Dry wells III, 26

Dryers used in paints I, 407

Ducts IV, 181, 212

Durham system of plumbing IV, 348

Earth loads
Eaves, finish at
Electric conduits
Electric gas lighters
Electric heaters

V, 322

I, 213

III, 224, 348, 388

III, 406

III, 311

Electric heating devices III, 405
Electric installations, essen-
tial parts of III, 251
Electric lighting fixtures V, 106
Electric signs III, 362
Electric wiring III, 52, 278, 293,

327, 376; V, 105, 177, 410

Electric work V, 66

bells V, 67

switches V, 67

wiring V, 66

Electrical ideas and terms III, 238

Electricity as cause of fires III, 237

Electrolysis III, 283

Elevations II, 225, 253, 269, 292, 301, 305

Elevators V, 410

Ellipse II, 119, 171

Emergency lights III, 364

Employer's liability insurance V, 181

Enamel paints I, 422

Enameled bricks III, 141

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Enclosed wiring
End shield
Epicycloid curve
Erasers
Escutcheons

Vol. Page

III, 328
II, 47
II, 122

II, '70, 213

IV, 416

Estimate for suburban dwelling V, 69
brickwork and flue linings V, 77
carpenter work V, 83
concreting V, 81
electric wiring V, 105
heating V, 101
painting V, 108
plastering V, 81
plumbing V, 103
Estimates, compilation of V, 23
Estimating V, 11-117
arithmetical principles V, 17
brickwork V, 29
carpentry V, 34
concrete V, 31
electric work V, 66
excavation V, 24
gas fitting V, 66
general factors in V, 12
hardware V, 48
• heating V, 59
introduction V, 11
lathing and plastering V, 54
methods of V, 13
painting V, 56
plumbing V, 63
roofing V, 52
scale of wages V, 23
stairs V, 46
stonework ' V, 26
typical estimate for sub-
urban dwelling V, 69
Estimating by cubing V, 14
Estimating by quantities V, 15
Estimating by the square V, 15
, Estimating by units of accom-
modation V, 15
Excavation V, 24, 72, 142, 183, 324
Exhaust head IV, 140
Exhaust steam IV, 15
Exhaust-steam heating IV, 134, 182
automatic return-pumps IV, 140

441

INDEX

Vol. Page

Exhaust-steam heating (con-
tinued)

back-pressure valve

damper-regulators

exhaust head

grease extractor

pipe connections

reducing valves

return traps
Exhibition drawings
Exits

Expansion
Expansion tank
Expansion-tank connections
Expansion of water
Express contracts
Exterior finish

Exterior painting and stain-
ing I, 412; III,
Exterior plastering I, 394; III,

IV, 138

IV, 144

IV, 140

IV, 137

IV, 145

IV, 136

IV, 142

II, 270

V, 384, 390, 396

IV, 175

IV, 113

IV, 209

IV, 360

V, 224

V, 44

120
62

F. and W. venting

Face bricks

Face gear

Factors of safety

Faucets

Fees

Fiat system of plumbing

adapted to big work

advantages

avoiding stoppage of pipes

bathtub connections

form of closet

lavatory fitting

re-vent fitting

sink waste pipe
Field punching
Fillers used in painting
Filleted splice
Finish I, 205;

material used for

outside roof finish

outside wall finish

trim

window and door finish
Finish coat

IV, 342

III, 140
II, 42
V, 321
V, 195
V, 311

IV, 351
IV, 351
IV, 351
IV, 353
IV, 356
IV, 354
IV, 354
IV, 357
IV, 356

II, 50

I, 410

I, 71

V, 43, 191

I, 205

I, 213

I, 205

I, 258

I, 231

I, 386

Finish lines

II,

Fink truss

183

Fire appliances

414

Fire escapes

414

Fire insurance

294

Fire limits

V,8

, 314

Fire protection in reinforced

concrete con-

struction

366

Fire-resisting roofings

III,

Fire stops

III,

Fireplace details

II,

327

Fireplaces III, 65; V,

342

Firepot

IV,

Fireproof building

III,

211

building site

III,

212

final building operations

III,

227

final inspection

III,

231

floor construction

III,

213

general construction prob-

lems

III,

212

heating, lighting, and

plumbing

III,

223

height of buildings

III,

211

land values

III,

211

partitions

III,

220

roof and wall construction

III,

219

Fireproof construction V, 349, 365,

414

Fireproof vaults

III,

205

First-angle projection

II, 58,

143

First-floor plans
Fittings
Fixture wiring
Fixtures
Flashers
Flashings
Flask trap
Flat extension skylight
Flat-seam roofing,
Flexible cords
Floor finishing
Floor framing
Floor paper

Floor timbers, crowning of
Flooring
Floors
bridging

II, 296, 307

IV, 120, 192

III, 314, 387

III, 314; V, 194, 402

III, 363

III, 55; IV,

IV,

II,
HI,
HI,
I,
III,
HI,
HI,

337
224
344
369
319
422
187
118
193

III, 36, 118, 196
I, 103; III, 36, 118, 196

I, 116

He. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

442

INDEX

Vol.

Page

Voi. :

Page

Floors (continued)

Frost-proof closets

IV,

239

composition and linoleum III, 119

,200

Fuller cock

HI,

crowning

116

Furnace III, 89; IV

, 30; V,

337

girders

103

Furnace heating

IV,

headers and trimmers

111

chimney flues

IV,

joist connection

111

cold-air box

IV,

joists

108

combination systems

IV,

porch floors

117

combustion chamber

IV,

stairs

118

efficiency

IV,

supports and partitions

108

firepot

IV,

tiling

III,

198

grates

IV,

unsupported corners

118

heating capacity

IV,

wood-block floors

III,

202

heating surface

IV,

wooden

III,

196

location of furnace

IV,

Flue linings

V, 32, 77

radiator

IV,

Flue velocities

V, 181,

, 213

IV,

Flues IV, 125,

181,

212; V,

342

return duct

IV,

Flush valves

III,

smoke pipes

IV,

Flushometers

HI,

78; IV,

245

types of furnaces

IV,

Foot baths

IV,

232

warm-air pipes

IV,

Footings

325

Furnace pipes

III,

Footlights

HI,

366

Furring walls

Forced blast

IV,

Fuses

III, 305,

390

Forced circulation

IV,

211

Forced hot-water circulation

IV,

127

Formal contracts

199

Foundation walls

III,

135

Gable finish

228

Foundations

III,

131; V,

325

Gable roof

123

Frame buildings

345

Gaged arch

III,

153

Frame construction

HI,

Gained joint

Framing I, 57, 159; III

,34,37;V,37

,190

Galleries

174

bridging

HI,

Gambrel roof

124, 140,

227

details

HI,

Garages, drainage of

IV,

329

exterior

HI,

Gas fitting

66, 160,

194

flooring

III,

Gas heaters

IV,

384

girders

•

III,

Gas mains

394

joints

Gas pipes III,

50,

224; V,

197

partitions

III,

Gas stoves

339

roofs

III,

Geared mechanism for loom

II,

sheet-metal joists

and

Gears used on 12-inch

mer-

beams

III,

chant mill

II,

special

159

General conditions of contract

splices

V, .278,

289

Framing of front and

L side

General contracts

200

elevations

II,

313

agreement between owner

French burl

and builder

201

Front elevation II, 301, 305, 313

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

alterations in work V, 200

44a

INDEX

Vol. Page
General contracts (continued)

architect's monthly reports V, 203
contracts that require bonds V, 204
' prompt preparation of de-
tail drawings V, 201
Generators III, 251, 255
Geometrical definitions II, 109
Geometrical problems II, 123
Geometrical stairways and

handrailing I, 307

bevels to square the wreaths I, 324

curves on face-mould I, 332

projection I, 308

risers around well-hole I, 338

tangent system I, 308

wreaths I, 307

Girders I, 103, 169; III, 35, 191

Girts I, 87

Glazing I, 424; III, 127; V, 155, 193

Globe valve II, 40

Government contracts V, 205

building conditions V, 207

specimen V, 212

Grading V, 142

Grain of wood I, 17

Granite V, 26, 28, 29, 185, 188

Grate surface and heating

capacity IV, 159

Grates IV, 32, 153

Gravity circulation IV, 108

Gravity supply system IV, 369

Grease extractor IV, 137

Grille work III, 203

Groins I, 198

Ground III, 245

Ground detectors III, 264

Ground line II, 148

Ground location I, 51

Grounding of circuits III, 287

Guaranty bonds V, 295

Gutters III, 182; V, 54

Hair I, 374

Hallway II, 281

Halved joint I, 63

miners IV, 202

• — For page number* see foot of pages.

Hangers
Hard water
Hardware

Vol. Page
IV, 193
IV, 361
III, 112; IV, 393-451;

V, 48, 95, 191

catalogues IV, 441

finishes of IV, 433

hinges and butts IV, 399

knobs and escutcheons IV, 416

locks IV, 409

miscellaneous IV, 424

nails and screws IV, 396

sash IV, 420

selecting and buying IV, 435

Hardware finishes IV, 433

Head of water IV, 278

Headers and trimmers I, 111

Heartshake I, 19

Heat loss from buildings IV, 23

Heat transmission IV, 359

Heater connections IV, 206

Heaters III, 99; IV, 82, 104, 202, 363

efficiency of IV, 84

types of IV, 82, 104

Heating III, 87; IV, 13, 81, 123,

202; V, 59, 101, 117, 156, 197, 401
Heating accessories III, 100

Heating apparatus V, 336

Heating capacity IV, 36, 159

Heating devices, electric III, 405

Heating pipes III, 225

Heating surface IV, 35

Heating systems III, 87, 225

Heating and ventilation IV, 11-149

care and management of
hot-water heat-
ers IV, 126
care and management of
steam-heating
boilers IV, 102
direct hot-water heating IV, 107
direct steam heating IV, 52
exhaust-steam heating IV, 134
forced hot-water circula-
tion IV, 127
furnace heating IV, 29
heat loss from buildings IV, 23
hot-water heaters IV, 104

444

INDEX

Vol. Page
Heating and ventilation (con-
tinued)

indirect-steam heating IV, 81

principles of ventilation IV, 17

steam boilers IV, 46

systems of warming IV, 11
High- and extra high-potential

systems III, 373

High-pressure steam boilers V, 408

High-tension lines III, 285

Hinges III, 113; IV, 399

Hip rafters curved I, 155

Hip roof I, 125
Hipped skylight H, 344, 345, 346

Hips III, 54

Hoistways V, 410

Hollow walls HI, 150

Horizontal boilers IV, 375

Horizontal center line II, 15

Hot-air flues V, 340
Hot-air heating

III, 89; IV, 15, 123;' V, 59

rules for installation V, 62
Hot-water fitting (see "Steam
and Hot-Water

Fitting") IV, 151

Hot-water heaters IV, 104

care and management of IV, 126

direct hot-water heating IV, 107

forced hot-water circulation IV, 127

indirect hot-water heating IV, 123
Hot-water heating

III, 96; IV, 202; V, 62

capacity of heaters IV, 203

computing radiation IV, 211

ducts and flues IV, 212

heaters IV, 202

piping IV, 206

radiators and valves IV, 204

Hot-water piping IV, 206

Hot-water supply III, 71; IV, 365

system of IV, 365

House drain IV, 317

House painting I, 411

House sewer IV, 317

House tanks IV, 289

Housed strings, definition of I, 271

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol.

Page

Hydrant

IV,

295

Hydraulic water lifts

IV,

290

Hyperbola

II,

120

Hypocycloid curve

Implied contracts

II,

122

224

Inactive loads

323

Inclined floors

165

India ink

II,

Indirect-draft furnace

IV,

Indirect hot-water heating IV, 15, 123
Indirect radiation, computing IV, 180, 211
Indirect radiators IV, 164

Indirect steam heating

III, 95; IV, 13, 81
cold-air ducts IV, 92

dampers IV, 87

direct-indirect radiators IV, 101

efficiency of heaters IV, 84

pipe connections IV, 99

pipe sizes IV, 100

registers IV, 97

stacks and casings IV, 87

types of heaters IV, 82

vent flues IV, 93

Indirect water supply system IV, 282
Inking drawing II, 84, 244

Inner fire limits V, 314

Inserts III, 152

Inside electrical work III, 292

fixtures and fixture wiring III, 314
installation rules for con-
trolling t protec-
tive devices III, 302
transformers III, 324
wiring systems III, 293
Inside finish III, 101; V, 43
Insolvency V, 245
Inspection, reports of IV, 334
Instantaneous heaters III, 73
Instruments and materials,

drawing II, 67, 88, 213

board II, 68, 214

bow pen and pencil II, 79

compasses II, 76, 82

dividers II, 78

445

INDEX

Vol.

Page

Vol.

Page

Instruments and materials,

drawing (contin-

Jack rafters

153

ued)

Jambs

HI,

166

erasers

II, 70,

213

Jet-siphon closet

IV,

237

ink

II,

Jetector wall closet

IV,

238

irregular curve

II,

Joints

paper

H, 67,

215

in carpentry

pen

II,

in joinery

pencils

II, 69,

213

in masonry

III,

146

protractor

II,

in plumbing

IV,

305

scales

II, 81,

216

Joist connection

111

T-square

II, 70,

215

Joists

108

thumb tacks

II,

XT'

tracing cloth

II,

216

triangles

II, 72,

215

Key-pattern air-valves

IV,

205

Insulating joint

HI,

315

Kick plates

IV,

429

Insulation, special

HI,

387

King-post truss

180

Insulation for conduit and

Kitchen

[, 283,

317

armored circuits

III,

388

Knee shaft clutch

II,

Insulators

III,

241

Knife switches

III

,303,

395

Interior painting and staining

Knobs III,

115;

IV,

416

I, 411

; in,

123

Knots

Interior plastering

I, 369,

382

back

389

finish coat

386

Labor, cost of

23, 44, 66

lathing

370

Large work, methods of show-

materials

373

ing

II,

moulding

393

Lathing

patent plasters

389

I, 370, 396; III, 59; V

, 54,

, 146,

192

plaster cracks

389

Laundry tubs III

,85;

;iv,

269

rough plaster finish

384

Lavatories III, 78,

226;

IV,

255

three-coat work

382

Law of agency

238

two-coat work

385

agent

239

Intermediate shaft clutch

II,

corporations

242

Intermediate studding

delegation of powers

Intersections

II, 22,

166

agent

241

Involute curves

II,

122

duties of agent to principal

240

Iron columns

HI,

190

independent contractor

239

Iron cupola chimneys

344

liability of principal

240

Iron pipes

HI,

powers of agent

239

Iron sinks

III,

public officers

242

Irregular curve

II,

societies

242

Irregular surfaces

II,

undisclosed principal

241

Isometric projection

II,

181

Law and equity

243

applications of

II,

184

Lead pipes

III,

characteristics of various

Lean-to roof

122

isometrics

II,

184

Ledger board

Tote. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

446

INDEX

II, 83, 196
V, 294
V, 311

V, 245, 297
V, 397

Vol. Page

Legal proceedings V, 244

Legal relations V, 223-276

architect's duties V, 247

architect's position under

building contract V, 249
bankruptcy and insolvency V, 245
contracts V, 223

law of agency V, 238

law and equity V, 243

legal proceedings V, 244

hens V, 245

statute law V, 246

torts V, 246

Lettering

Liability insurance

Licenses

Liens

Light courts

Lighting V, 401

Lightning arresters III, 262

Lights

location of V, 394

protection of V, 395

in public hallways V, 399

Lights and shadows II, 237

Lime I, 373; III, 142; V, 316

Lime deposit, avoiding IV, 385

Limestone

Line drawing

Line shading

Lines

dimensions

finish

section

shade

working

Linoleum

Linseed oil

Lintels

Liquidated damages

Live loads

Living rooms

Loads

Local venting

Locks

Loop venting

Lumber

V, 27, 28

II, 221

II, 20, 194

II, 16, 20, 109, 155

II
II
II
II
II

III
I

III
V
V
II
V

IV
III, 114; V

119

405

166

235

323

282

322

343

409

338

Lumber prices

Lump-sum method of deter-
mining profit

Vol. Page
V, 36

V, 12

I,
III,

IV,
IV,
IV,
IV,
IV,
I, 124,
V,
III,

III,
V, 29, 32,

40
209
166
335
335
335
128
141

28
407

44
184

32 •

III, 384

V, 174, 189

Mahogany

Mail chutes

Main for circuit system, size of

Main soil pipe

Main soil vent

Main vent

Mains, size of

Mansard roof

Marble

Marine work, electrical

Mason work

Masonry work

Masons' supplies

Materials, electrical (see "De-
vices and Mate-
rials")

Materials for building

V, 141, 165, 180, 181, 316, 421
acceptance and rejection V, 180

brick and stone V, 316

cement V, 170

concrete V, 317

lumber V, 174

not covered by code V, 421

roofing material V, 175

samples V, 181

sand V, 166

structural iron and steel V, 318

tests of V, 315

wood V, 318

Measured work II, 273

Measurement, units of V, 17

Mechanical drawing II, 67-211

geometrical definitions II, 109

geometrical problems II, 123

instruments and materials II, 67
lettering II, 83, 196

line problems II, 92

projections II, 141

Mechanical seal traps IV, 221, 225

Medicine cabinets III, 83

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

447

INDEX

Vol. Page
Mercury seal vacuum steam-
heating systems IV, 188
Metal lath partitions III, 221
Metal lathing III, 61, 221
Metal roofs II, 360, 364; V, 54
Metal work III, 182; V, 147
Mill construction V, 348
Miscellaneous mechanisms for

loom II, 58
Miter coil IV, 56, 163

Miters I, 73

Modeling architectural drawing II, 234
Moduli of elasticity, adhesion,

bond V, 358

Moments of external forces V, 360

Mortar I, 379; III, 29, 141; V, 317

Mortise-and-tenon joint . I, 60
Motor coupling of rod' mill

drive II, 54

Motor starters III, 272

Motors III, 265
Moving-picture theaters and

machines III, 369; V, 396
Mullioned windows and case-
ments I, 246; III, 109
Multiple connection III, 243

Nailing surfaces I, 93

Nails I, 49; III,' 56; IV, 396; V, 49

National Electrical Code III, 253 ; V, 410

Natural cement III, 143

Niches I, 198

Nitrogen IV, 17

No-voltage release III, 273

Non-conducting coverings IV, 160

Non-enclosed wiring III, 328

Notched strings, definition of I, 272

Objects

representation of II, 157

rotating and inclining of II, 158

Oblique projection II, 191, 232

Odontoidal curves II, 121

Office building construction

II, 290; III, 203

Offset valves IV, 68

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Ohm's law

One-pipe circuit system
One-pipe heating system
One-pipe relief system
Open-grain woods
Open-link fuses
Open-newel stairs
Open strings, definition of

Vol. Page

III, 241

IV, 64
IV, 169
IV, 62

I, 418

III, 390

I, 296

I, 271

Open-tank vs. pressure system IV, 210

Open timber trusses I, 183

hammer beam I, 185

scissors I, 184

Openwork III, 329

Ornament II, 280

Orthographic projection II, 141

definitions II, 141

development of surfaces II, 174

ground line II, 148

intersections II, 166

practical problems II, 151, 163, 168

projection lines II, 148

projection methods , II, 144

representation of objects II, 157

rotating and inclining of

objects II, 158
rules of projection II, 149
true length of lines II, 155
Outer fire limits V, 314
Outline lighting III, 361
Outline specifications V, 178
Outside finish III, 53
Outside work III, 277
electrolysis III, 283
grounding of circuits III, 287
high-tension lines III, 285
mounting of transformers III, 287
wiring III, 278
Overhead distribution IV, 113
Overhead feed system IV, 167, 208
Owner and contractor, agree-
ment between V, 288
Owner's rights V, 124, 299
Oxygen IV, 17

Painters' supplies I, 405
Painting

I, 403; III, 120; V, 56, 108, 154, 193

448

INDEX

Vol. Page
Painting (continued)

aluminum and bronze paints I, 424
enamel paints I, 422
floor finishing I, 422
glazing I, 424
house I, 411
introductory I, 403
painters' supplies I, 405
structural metal I, 415
varnish I, 417, 422
Panel boards III, 401
Parabola II, 120, 173
Partition blocks III, 220
Partitions I, 96; III, 42, 220; V, 328, 388
Party walls III, 131
Patent plasters - I, 389
Pedestal fixtures III, 79
Penalties V, 235, 311
Pendant switches III, 397
Percentage method of deter-
mining profit V, 12
Permits V, 298, 338, 347, 402
Perspective drawing II, 269
Perspective studies II, 269
Piazza III) 58
Piers V, 328
Pigments I, 405
Pile foundations III, 133
Pipe columns III, 191
Pipe connections IV, 99, 115, 125, 145
Pipe covering III, 100
Pipe cutters IV, 197
Pipe fitting, tools for IV, 197
Pipe and fittings IV, 189; V, 64
Pipe sizes IV, 70, 100, 120, 126, 171
Pipe tongs IV, 199
Pipe wrenches IV, 200
Pipes

air V, 402

back-air V, 404

brass V, 406

cast-iron V, 406
drain, erection and location V, 408

drip or overflow V, 404

expansion of IV, 66

flushing V, 404

galvanized wrought-iron V, 407

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol. Page

Pipes (continued)

gas, installation of

409

lead, restriction of

406

rules for running

III,

size, weight, gage

408

soil and waste

404

vent

402

ventilation

402

Pipes for drainage work IV, 319, 347, 349

Pipes for water mains IV, 287
Piping

III, 66, 96; IV, 59, 111, 127; V, 195

brass III, 67

iron III, 68

lead III, 67
pipes, general rules for

running III, 68

soil pipes III, 66

waste pipes and traps III, 68

Piping for hot-water heating IV, 206

Pitch-board I, 274

Pitch roof I, 123

Pitch of roof I, 129

Plan II, 224, 254, 269, 292, 296

Plan of building V, 311

Plan of foundry building II, 63

Planes I, 46

Plaster III, 61

Plaster board I, 373

Plaster cracks I, 389

Plaster materials I, 373

Plaster moulding I, 393

Plastered walls, painting I, 412

Plastering 1, 369-400; V, 54, 81, 146, 192

exterior I, 394

interior I, 369

Plate I, 89

Plate glass I, 425; III, 127

Platform stairs I, 290

Pliers IV, 201

Plug fuses III, 392

Plugs III, 152
Plumbing II, 317; III, 66; V, 63,

103, 156, 194, 401

Plumbing fixtures III, 74; V, 65

bathtubs III, 90

cocks III, 85

449

INDEX

Vol. Page
Plumbing fixtures (continued)

laundry tubs III, 85

lavatories III, 78

medicine cabinets III, 83

shower baths III, 83

sinks and trays III, 85

supervision III, 87

water closets III, 74

Pneumatic siphon closet IV, 235
Pneumatic system of water

supply IV, 292
Pointing III, 170
Pole piece lamination II, 51
Polygons II, 110
Polyhedrons II, 115
Porch III, 58
Porch floors I, 117
Portland cement III, 143; V, 316, 364
Potential, difference of III, 241
Potential starter III, 273
Power III, 242
Power-consuming devices III, 251
Power stations and equip-
ment III, 254
generators III, 255
ground detectors and tests III, 264
lightning arresters III, 262
motors III, 265
resistance boxes or rheo-
stats III, 262
storage batteries III, 275
switchboards III, 259
transformers III, 277
Practical problems in design II, 277
buildings for offices II, 290
design of dwelling II, 281
notes on theory of design II, 277
practical example: a colon-
ial house II, 291
stages in building house II, 285
Pressure vs. open-tank system IV, 210
Price lists, use of in estimating V, 12
Priming coat of paint I, 403
Principal, liability of V, 240
Prismatic glass III, 208
Prisms II, 115, 176, 188
Private water supply III, 73

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Profit, determination of
Projection lines
Projection rules
Projections

isometric

oblique

orthographic

Vol. Page
V, 12
II, 148
II, 149
II, 15, 141, 275
II, 181
II, 191
II, 141

Protective devices III, 251, 302, 379

rules for installing III, 302
Protective devices with motors III, 270

Protractor II, 81

Public buildings V, 382

Public sewer IV, 317

Pumps IV, 130, 290

Push button switches III, 397

Push plates - IV, 429

Putty coat of plaster I, 384

Pyramids II, 116, 178, 188

Quadrilaterals II, 112

Quantity surveyor, duties of V, 127

Quantum meruit V, 224

Queen-post truss I, 182

Quoins III, 166

Rabbeted splice I, 71

Radiating surface IV, 53, 109

Radiation, computing IV, 178, 211

Radiation of heat IV, 359

Radiator connections IV, 177, 209
Radiators III, 94, 98; IV, 34, 53,

83, 101, 110, 160, 204

cast-iron IV, 53

connections IV, 65

direct-indirect IV, 101

efficiency of IV, 57, 110

location of IV, 59

pipe IV, 55

types of IV, 124

Rafters I, 127, 145

common I, 145

curved hip I, 155

jack I, 153

valley and hip I, 148
Railway wires, lighting and

power from III, 373

450

INDEX

Vol.

Page

Vol.

Page

Rainfall

IV,

274

Roof frame (continued)

Range boilers

III,

gambrel roof

140

Range closets

IV,

247

interior supports

137

Reamers

IV,

201

layout of plan

133

Red bricks

III,

140

mansard roof

141

Reduced scale of drawing

II,

ridge

136

Reducing valves

IV,

136

Roof houses

HI,

186

Refrigerator

II,

283

Roof mensuration

II,

365

Registers

IV,

43,97

, 181

Roof painting

414

Reinforced concrete construc-

Roof plans

11,301

, 313

tion

358

Roof truss

II,

Reinforced terra cotta hollow

tile V, 368
Rendering II, 243, 253, 266
Repainting I, 413
Resistance III, 241
Resistance boxes III, 262
Return-bend coils IV, 163
Return duct IV, 39
Return pipes IV, 76
Return traps IV, 142
Re-vent IV, 336
Revolving doors III, 209
Rheostats III, 262, 272
Ridge III, 54
Ridge finish I, 218
Rigid conduit and conduit fit-
tings III, 388
Rise and run, definition of I, 267
Riser

definition of I, 267

expansion of IV, 176

Roof. I, 121, 141; III, 41, 53; V, 191

attic partitions I, 156

fire-resisting roofings III, 56

. flashings III, 55

frame I, 133

nails III, 56

paper III, 54.

pitch of roof I, 129

rafters I, 127, 145

ridge and hips III, 54

shingles III, 54

slating and tiling ~ III, 56

styles of I, 122

Roof frame I, 133

double gable roof I, 139

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Roofing II, 360; III, 172; V, 52, 175

asbestos shingles III, 179

composition III, 179

copper III, 175

corrugated iron II, 384

flatHseam II, 369

metal II, 364

roof mensuration II, 365

slate III, 176

standing-seam II, 397

supervision of III, 181

tin-roofing specifications III, 175

tin roofs III, 172

titles III, 178

tools II, 365

Rosettes III, 404

Rotary switches III, 397

Rough plaster finish I, 384

Rough strings, definition of I, 271

Roughing-in IV, 346

Rowlock arch III, 153

Royalties V, 298

Rubber-covered wire III, 385, 387

Rubbings II, 275

Rubble V, 26

Rubble masonry III, 161

Rubble walls III, 136

Rural venting IV, • 345

Saddle adjusting lever II, 44

Saddle nut II, 24

Salmon bricks III, 140
Sand I, 374; III, 141; V, 167, 184, 316, 364

Sandstone V, 28

Sanitary appliances IV, 217-271

451

INDEX

Vol. Page
Sanitary appliances (continued)

bath fixtures IV, 227

miscellaneous fixtures IV, 253

traps IV, 217

water closets IV, 233

Sash-cord IV, 424

Sash hardware IV, 420

Sash-pulley IV, 421

Satinwood I, 41

Saws I, 42

Scagliola III, 228

Scale II, 81, 216, 278

Schedules, illustrative V, 110

School pin radiator IV, 83

Scratch coat of plaster I, 383

Screens III, 117

Screws I, 50; IV, 396

Seam-faced granite V, 29

Seats V, 389

Second-floor plans - II, 298, 307

Secondary circulation system IV, 368

Section II, 224, 254

Section lines II, 18

Sectional boilers IV, 49

Self-siphonage IV, 221

Series connection III, 244

Service pipes IV, 296

Sewage pump, use of IV, 327

Sewer connections V, 184

Shade lines II, 20

Shading, line II, 20

Shadows II, 234

Shaft-bearing pedestal II, 47

Shafts, light or vent V, 334

Sheathing I, 205

Sheet glass I, 424

Sheet-metal joists and beams III, 43

Sheet-metal work II, 335-394

roofing II, 360

skylight work II, 335

Shellac I, 417, 420

Shingles I, 211; III, 54; V, 52

Shop drawings V, 291

Shoring V, 184

Short-circuit III, 245

Short hopper III, 74

Shower baths III, 83; IV, 229

•te. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol. Page

Shrinkage and settlement I, 102

Shrinkage stresses V, 362

Shunt III, 244

Shuttle mechanism for loom II, 56

Side elevation II, 301, 313

Sidewalk lights III, 207

Siding I, 209; II, 384, 392; III, 58

Sign flashers III, 363

Signaling systems III, 376

SiD I, 83; III, 34

Single-main system IV, 206

Single picture views II, 23

Single-pipe system IV, 128

Single-pitch skylight II, 343

Sinks III, 85; IV, 263

Siphon trap IV, 170

Siphonage IV, 219

Site of building V, 163, 183

Sitz bath ' IV, 231

Sketch elevations II, 269

Sketch plans II, 269

Sketches II, 270, 285, 291

Skirting I, 258

Sky signs V, 348

Skylight openings I, 219

Skylight work II, 335

bars, shapes of II, 338

construction II, 335

curbs, shapes of II, 339

hipped skylight II, 346

patterns II, 338, 346

shop tools II, 338

styles of II, 343

Skylights II, 343; III, 186; V, 411

Slabs I, 26

Slate roofing III, 176

Slating III, 56; V, 53

Sleeves IV, 193

Sliding-door sheaves IV, 430

Sliding doors III, 230

Smell test of drain IV, 332

Smoke flues V, 342

Smoke-pipes IV, 37; V, 340

Smoke test of drain IV, 333

Snap switches III, 397

Sockets III, 316, 402

Soft water IV, 361

452

INDEX

Vol. Page
Soil, relation to specifications V, 164
Soil foundation III, 132
Soil pipes III, 66; IV, 335, 349; V, 196
Sole I, 98
Solid die IV, 198
Solids II, 115
Special baths IV, 229
Special electric installations III, 360
car wiring III, 372
decorative and commer-
cial lighting III, 360
high- and extra high-poten-
tial systems III, 373
lighting and power from

railway wires III, 373
moving-picture theaters

and machines III, 369

signaling systems III, 376

theater wiring III, 364

Specification writer, duties of V, 125

Specifications V, 119, 142, 179

Specifications for city work V, 163
Specifications for suburban

work V, 140

Spheres II, 118

Spindle II, 60

Splices in carpentry I, 64

for bending I, 68

for compression I, 65

for tension I, 67

Splices in joinery I, 70

battened I, 72

filleted I, 71

plain butt I, 70

rabbeted I, 71

with spline I, 70

tongued-and-grooved I, 70, 72

Spring butts IV, 406

Stables, drainage of IV, 328

Stacks IV, 81, 87, 124

Stage pockets III, 367

Stage sprinklers V, 394

Stairbuilding I, 265-339

definitions of terms I, 266

geometrical stairways and

handrailing I,' 307

laying out I, 286

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Stairbuilding (continued)
open-newel stairs
pitch-board
setting out stairs
stairs with curved turns
types of stairs
well-hole

Vol. Page

Staircase details
Staircase finish

I, 296

I, 274

I, 272

I, 298

I, 305

I, 282

II, 327

I, 263

Stairs I, 118, 272, 290; II, 282, 327;
III, 105; V, 46, 386, 390,

391, 397, 412, 418, 419

Staking out I, 52

Standard Documents of A. I. A. V, 277

Standing-seam roofing II, 379

Standpipes V, 392, 414, 415

Starshake I, 20

Statute of frauds V, 231

Statute law V, 246

Staved strings, definition of I, 272
Steam boilers and connections

IV, 102, 151; V, 392
arrangement of grates IV, 153
ash pits IV, 156
boiler connections IV, 156
boiler fittings or trimmings IV, 158
boilers for soft coal IV, 154
capacity of boilers IV, 158
cast-iron boilers with ver-
tical sections IV, 152
coal consumption IV, 159
coke boilers IV, 156
grate surface and heating

capacity IV, 159

non-conducting coverings IV, 160

selection of boilers IV, 153

small cast-iron boilers IV, 151

Steam coils IV, 377

Steam heating

III, 91; IV, 13,81, 187; V, 62
Steam and hot- water fitting IV, 151-214

computing radiation IV, 178

ducts, flues, and registers IV, 181

exhaust-steam heating IV, • 182

expansion IV, 175

hot-water heating IV, 202

453

INDEX

Vol.

Page

Vol.]

Page

Steam and hot-water fitting

Stone footings

Ill,

134

(continued)

Stone masonry

III,

161

modified systems of steam

Stonework V, 26, 74, 144,

184

heating

IV,

187

Stove pipes

340

pipe and fittings

IV,

189

Stoves IV, 11; V,

338

steam boilers and connec-

Street pressure system

IV,

365

tions

IV,

151

Stresses, calculation of

322

steam piping

iy,

166

String-board, definition of

267

steam pressures and tem-

Structural iron V, 318,

374

peratures

IV,

174

Structural metal, painting

415

steam radiators and coils

IV,

160

Structural steel V, 318,

374

Steam piping

IV,

166

Structural steel columns

363

artificial water line

IV,

170

Stucco-work

draining mains and risers

IV,

169

Studding

dry return system

IV,

166

Subcontracts

301

one-pipe system

IV,

169

Supervision

307

overhead feed system

IV,

167

Supports and partitions

108

pipe sizes

IV,

171

Suretyship

238

size of main for circuit

Surface switches III, 304,

397

system

IV,

166

Surfaces

II,

110

two-pipe system

IV,

169

Swinging check valve

IV,

195

wet return systems

IV,

167

Switchboards

III,

259

Steam pressures and tempera-

Switches III, 302, 395,

,397

tures

IV,

174

Switches with motors

III,

270

Steam radiators and coils

IV,

160

Swivel table stud

II,

• concealed radiators

IV,

161

Symbols used in mechanical

direct-indirect radiators

IV,

164

drawing

II,

direct radiators

IV,

160

Systems of warming

IV,

heat given off by steam

radiators

IV,

165

indirect radiators

IV,

164

T-square

II, 70,

215

miter coils

IV,

163

Tables

return-bend coils

IV,

163

air-flow through flues of

wall coils

IV,

162

various heights

IV,

Steel, bending and elongation of V,

363

air required for ventilation

Steel columns

III,

190

of various classes

Steel construction

374

of buildings

IV,

Steel girders

III,

192

approved spacing and

Steel square

1,341

-367

marking for

as applied in roof framing

347

knife switches

HI,

396

heel cut of common rafter

355

areas of circles

heel cut of hips and valleys

356

board measure

hips

355

boiler, size of, for different

Steeples

187

conditions

IV,

Stocks and dies

IV,

198

brass ferrule data

405

Stone III, 158, 169; V, 185, 188, 316, 364
Stone cutting, tools used in III, 158

Note. — For page numbers see Joot of pages.

brass pipe data V, 407

capacities of one-pipe risers IV, 172

454

INDEX

Tables (continued)

Vol. Page

capacities of two-pipe risers

IV,

173

capacity of cisterns

carrying capacity of wires

III,

299

cast-iron pipe data

407

concrete mixtures, strength o\

F V,

358

corrugated sheet data

II,

386

dimensions of oval pipes

IV,

direct radiating surf ace sup-

plied by mains of

different sizes and

lengths of run

IV,

121

distance to screw pipes into

fittings

IV,

198

efficiency of radiators, coils,

etc.

IV,

equivalent water pressure

for different heads

IV,

279

firepot dimensions

IV,

flow of steam in pipes under

initial pressures

above five

pounds, factors

for calculating

IV,

flow of steam in pipes of

other lengths than

100 feet, factors

for calculating

IV,

flow of steam in pipes of

various sizes

IV,

foundation loads

323

friction loss, discharge, and

velocity of flow

through clean

iron pipe

IV,

280

grate area for different rates

of evaporation

and combustion

IV,

heat loss — southern expo-

sure

IV,

heat loss — other than south-

ern exposure

IV,

heat units emitted from

radiators and coils

IV,

165

heating surface supplied by

pipes of various

sizes

', 74

101
406

IV, 131

III, 389

V, 23

Vol. Page
Tables (continued)

indirect radiating surface
supplied by pipes
of various sizes IV,

lead pipe data V,

mains, sizes of, for various
conditions

minimum weights of conduit
for required wall
thickness

multiples to compute meas-
urements of reg-
ular polygons

number of changes of air
required in vari-
ous rooms

offset data

open-link fuse spacing

pipe data

pipe sizes from boiler to
main header

pipe sizes for radiator con-
nections

quantity of air required
per person

radiating surface supplied
by pipes of vari-
ous sizes

radiating surface supplied
by steam risers

radiation capacities of ex-
pansion tanks

relative cost of heating
systems

roofing data

sizes of circuit mains

sizes of registers for differ-
ent sizes of pipes IV,

sizes for return, blow-off,

and feed pipes IV,

sizes of returns for steam pipes IV,

sizes of supply connections
for indirect radi-
ators IV, 173

sizes of vent pipes for
buildings of vari-
ous heights IV, 351

IV,

300

III,

391

IV,

190

IV,

126

IV,

211

IV,

II,

361

IV,

166

78
76

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

455

INDEX

Vol. Page
Tables (continued)

sizes of wires for a.c. motors III, 269

sizes of wires for d.c. motors III, 268

soil and waste pipe V, ,405

soldering nipple data V, 405
supply main and gravity

return data IV, 172
temperature of steam at

various pressures IV, 174
thickness of rubber insu-
lation III, 386
undivided floor area, lim-
its of ' V, 398
warm-air pipe dimensions IV, 40
weight of cast-iron pipe IV, 348
weight of wrought-iron pipe IV, 350
weights of oakum and lead
for cast-iron pipe
joints IV, 349
Tank water supply system IV, 282
Tanks V, 400
Taps IV, 201
Tees IV, 192
Temperature regulation of hot-
water supply IV, 382
Temporary structures, permits for V, 347
Tenon-and-tusk joint I, 62
Terra cotta IIJ, 214; V, 185, 189
Terra cotta building blocks V, 372
Terra cotta floor arches III, 214
Tests of concrete construction V, 356
Tests of electric wiring III, 380
Tests of materials V, 315
Theater wiring III, 364
Theaters V, 382
Theory of design II, 277
Thermal stresses V, 362
Thermograde steam-heating

system IV, 187

Thermostats III, 100

Thinners used in paint I, 406
Third-angle projection II, 59, 142

Three-coat plaster I, 382

Three-way switches III, 305

Three-wire system III, 247

Thumb tacks II, 69

Tiling III, 56, 178, 198; V, 54

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Timber

characteristics of

classes of trees

conversion into lumber

defects in wood

manner of growth

varieties of trees

wood structure
Tin roofs

Tinned doors and shutters
Titles for drawings, uniform
Tongued-and-grooved splice
Tools for carpentry
Tools for pipe fitting
Tools for stone cutting
Top pulley bracket
Torts
Towers
Tracing cloth and paper

Vol. Page

I, 13

I, 41

I, 13

I, 24

I, 18

I, H

I, 27

I, 16

III, 172

III, 185
II, 325

I, 70

I, 42

IV, 197
III, 158

II, 44

V, 246

I, 187

II, 216

Transformers III, 247, 277, 287, 324

Transom hardware IV, 430

Transoms I, 243

Trap ventilation IV, 338

Traps III, 68; IV, 170, 217

Trays III, 85

Tread, definition of I, 267

Trees I, 13

Triangles II, 111

Triangles (instrument) II, 72, 215

Trim I, 258

Trolley wires III, 282

Trombone coil IV, 55, 163

True length of lines II, 155

Trussed partitions I, 162

Trusses I, 178

details I, 185

Fink I, 183

king-post I, 180

open timber I, 183

queen-post I, 182

Tubular boilers IV, 46

Two-coat plaster I, * 385

Two-pipe system IV, 59, 127, 169, 207

Two-wire system III, 247

Underground wires

III, 279

456

INDEX

Vol. Page

Underwriters' requirements III, 235-407

devices and materials III, 384

inside work III, 292

installation of wires in

buildings III, 327

introduction III, 235

National Electrical Code III, 253

outside work III, 277
power stations and their

equipment III, 254
special installations III, 360
testing III, 380
Uniform contract V, 284
Unit stresses for steel and con-
crete V, 359
Unknown dimensions, deter-
mination of V, 17
Unsupported corners I, 118
Urinals IV, 251

Vacuum cleaner V, 161

Vacuum-cleaning pipes » III, 52

Vacuum heating III, 96

Vacuum valve IV, 70

Valley-and-hip rafters I, 148

Valley roof I, 125

Valves III, 99; IV, 68, 136, 194, 204

Valves and connections III, 94

Valves and fittings IV, 119

Vapor steam-heating system IV, 187

Varnish I, 417, 420, 422

brushes I, 408

Varnishing I, 418, 421; V, 58, 193

Vaults I, 198; III, 138

Vehicles used in paint I, 405

Velocity of flow through drain IV, 320

Veneered walls III, 151

Vent flues IV, 93

Vent pipes IV, 350
Ventilation (see "Heating and

Ventilation") IV, 11

heat loss by IV, 28

horsepower IV, 52

principles of IV, 17

Ventilating pipe V, 338

Ventilation pipes III, 50

Venting IV, 335

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Vol.:

Page

Verge boards

230

Vertical center line

II,

Vertical section boilers

IV,

152

Views of objects

11,13

,141

Vise and bench

IV,

197

Voltage

HI,

240

Voltmeter method of testing

III,

381

Wage scale

Wainscoting

259

Waiver of rights

237

Wall board

III,

101

Wall coils

IV,

162

Wall radiators

IV,

161

Wall shingles

III,

Walls I, 82; III, 56, 137, 145;

V, 328, 386,

389

balloon frame

braced frame

braces

building of

III,

145

clapboarding and siding

III,

coal chute

III,

corner posts

girts

intermediate studding

ledger board

nailing surfaces

partitions

plate

porch and piazza

III,

shingles

III,

shrinkage and settlement

102

sill

studding

thickness of

III,

137

window fram'es

III,

Walls and windows, heat loss

through

IV,

Waney lumber

Wardrobe hooks

IV,

432

Warm-air flues

IV,

Warm-air pipes

IV,

Warping

Warranty clauses in specifi-

cations

130

457

INDEX

Vol. Page

II, 243

II, 244

II, 258

III, 74; IV, 238

III, 75; IV, 235

IV, 295

Wash, rendering in
materials
method

water color hints
Washdown closet
Washout closet
Washer
Waste pipes and traps

III, 68; IV, 335, 349
Water

character of IV, 360

nature and source of IV, 273

Water closets III, 74; IV, 233

closet tanks IV, 241

essential features IV, 233

flushometers IV, 245

frost-proof IV, 239

range closets IV, 247

types of IV, 233

urinals IV, 251

Water color hints II, 258

Water connections V, 184

Water hammer IV, 304

Water mains IV, 287

Water seal, methods by which

may be broken IV, 217
Water-seal traps IV, 221
Water supply IV, 273-314
approximate delivery IV, 276
direct water supply IV, 299
method of wiping joints IV, 305
nature and source of water IV, 273
Water supply for fire protection V, 393
Water-supply system acces-
sories IV, 287
house tanks IV, 289
pumps IV, 290
service pipes IV, 296
washer and hydrant IV, 295
water mains IV, 287
Water supply systems IV, 282
Water table I, 206
Water test of drain IV, 333
Water-tube boilers IV, 49
Waterproofing walls III, 153
Well-holes I, 282; V, 410
Wet return systems IV, 167

Note. — For page numbers see foot of pages.

Wet rot

Wheel guard T bolt
Wind pressure
Window and door finish

casement sash and frames

door frames

doors

double-hung sash

mullions

muntins

pulley stile

sill

transoms
Window frames
Window pulls
Windows
Windshake

Wiping joints, method of
Wire nails

Vol. Page
I, 21
II, 32
330
231
239
250
255
I, 236
I, 246
I, 239
I, 233
I, 235
Iv 243
56
420

II, 319; III

III, 108; V, 389, 399

I, 19

IV, 305

IV, 397

Wires in buildings, installa-
tion of III, 293, 327
armored cable III, 347
classification and general

principles

III,

328

concealed work

III,

340

conduit work

III,

348

open wiring in damp places III,

333

open work in dry places

III,

329

Wires in moulding

III,

337

Wiring in inside work

III,

293

Wiring in outside work

III,

278

Wiring in signaling systems

III,

376

Wood I,

16; V,

318

Wood-block floors

III,

202

Wood columns

III,

189

Wood cornices

262

Wood girders

III,

191

Work spindle slide

Working drawings II, 11, 286; V,

311

Working lines

Wreaths

307

Wrenches

IV,

200

Wrought-iron construction

374

Y branches

401

Yard fountains

IV,

255

458

21
K
»
1

)
)

« .

fl^QflOM 11*121

B89080449929A

il ' i

JL *-<*

. &F . «#*Wii ~T' *

I'
f

« i

•■¥£

#, "

• ■'

' -V

V s

- , : \iM

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Carpentry and contracting; a practical reference work on carpentry, building superintendence, etc."

See other formats